3G Baseline Parameters

MOC_Name
MO
Param_Name
Baseline_Value Para_Description
Aal1TpVccTp
Aal1TpVccTpId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal1TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal1TpVccTp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Aal1TpVccTp
ds0BundleId
Reference to an instance of Ds0B
undle MO.
Aal1TpVccTp
partialFill
47
"Indicates how many bytes are fi
lled in each ATM cell. The value 47 indicates that cells are not partially fille
d, that is, all cells are filled completely. Partial filling of cells is used in
circuit emulation, to reduce packetization delay. Refer to the "
Aal1TpVccTp
cdvt
"Specifies the Cell Delay Variation Tole
rance (CVDT). Refer to ATM Forum for more details. Unit: 0.001 ms, that is 1 mic
rosecond"
Aal1TpVccTp
operationalState
The operational state.
Aal1TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Specifies whether VC end-to-end
continuity check is active. Continuity checking means that a cell is sent downst
ream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continu
ity check both enables generation of continuity check cells as
Aal1TpVccTp
counterMode
0
PM mode is set to indicate the t
ype of the performance monitoring mode used for the F5 PM OAM flow.
Aal1TpVccTp
nomPmBlockSize 0
Nominal block size for PM. The m
inimum number of ATM cells that is sent before sending a Forward Performance Mon
itoring (FPM) cell. Unit: Number of cells
Aal1TpVccTp
vclTpId
Reference to an instance of VclTp MO.
Aal1TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
Specifies which type of alarms a
re reported.
Aal1TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
"Indicates whether PM co
unters are activated for this MO instance, when MO class activation is used in t
he Performance Management Service (PMS) interface. If true, this attribute activ
ates all PM counters for this MO instance. This attribute setting is ign"
Aal1TpVccTp
Aal1TpVccTpId
Aal1TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal1TpVccTp
availabilityStatus
Aal1TpVccTp
ds0BundleId
undle MO.
Aal1TpVccTp
partialFill
47
Aal1TpVccTp
cdvt
rosecond"
Aal1TpVccTp
operationalState
Aal1TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal1TpVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal1TpVccTp
nomPmBlockSize 0
Aal1TpVccTp
vclTpId
Aal1TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal1TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal1TpVccTp
Aal1TpVccTpId
Aal1TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal1TpVccTp
availabilityStatus
Aal1TpVccTp
ds0BundleId
undle MO.
Aal1TpVccTp
partialFill
47
Aal1TpVccTp
cdvt
rosecond"
Aal1TpVccTp
operationalState
Aal1TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal1TpVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal1TpVccTp
nomPmBlockSize 0
Aal1TpVccTp
vclTpId
Aal1TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal1TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal2Ap
Aal2ApId
Aal2Ap
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Ap
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Aal2Ap
operationalState
Aal2Ap
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Aal2Ap
timerErq
5000
Timer for Q.2630 establishment requests.
Unit: 1 ms
Aal2Ap
timerRel
2000
Timer for Q.2630 release requests. Unit:
1 ms
Aal2Ap
sigLinkId
Reference to a UniSaalTp MO or to an Mtp
3bAp MO that provides a signalling link for the Aal2Ap MO.
Aal2Ap
secondarySigLinkId
Reference to a UniSaalTp MO that
is used as a secondary signalling link. This attribute can be set only when sig
LinkId is of type UniSaalTp. The reference to the secondary signalling link can
be removed by setting this attribute to NULL.
Aal2Ap
rpuId
"The location of an AAL2 AP program represented
by a reference to a ReliableProgramUniter MO. When setting the rpuId, the attrib
ute reliableProgramLabel for the new rpuId must be the same as for the previous
rpuId. The rpuId must be specified when the MO i"
Aal2Ap
aal2QoSCodePointProfileId
"The identity of the QoS
CodePointProfile used by this MO. If this attribute is not specified, no QoS inf
ormation is sent in outgoing signalling messages from this AAL2 AP. If this attr
ibute is not specified, QoS Class A is assumed for incoming signalling m"
Aal2Ap
nrOfConfiguredAal2Paths 0
The total number of Aal2PathVccT
p MOs configured on this Aal2 Ap.
Aal2Ap
nrOfUnavailableAal2Paths
0
"The total number of una
vailable Aal2PathVccTp instances on this Aal2Ap MO, that is the number of Aal2Pa
thVccTp MOs connectected to this Aal2Ap MO, where administrativeState is LOCKED

and operatonalState is DISABLED."
Aal2Ap
nrOfRemotelyBlockedAal2Paths
Number of Aal2PathVccTp
instances that are connected to this Aal2Ap MO and where remoteBlockingState is
REMOTELY_BLOCKED.
Aal2Ap
allocationMode MANUAL(0)
"This attribute indicates if the
RPU allocation for the AAL2 AP and its Path Distribution Units is manual or aut
omatic. The manual allocation mode is supported for all types of AAL2 APs, but t
he automatic allocation mode is only supported for AAL2 APs usin"
Aal2Ap
Aal2ApId
Aal2Ap
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Ap
reservedBy
Aal2Ap
operationalState
Aal2Ap
availabilityStatus
Aal2Ap
timerErq
5000
Unit: 1 ms
Aal2Ap
timerRel
2000
1 ms
Aal2Ap
sigLinkId
Aal2Ap
secondarySigLinkId
Aal2Ap
rpuId
Aal2Ap
Aal2Ap
Aal2Ap
0
Aal2Ap
REMOTELY_BLOCKED.
Aal2Ap
allocationMode "Iu, Iur: MANUAL(0) Iub: AUTOMATIC(1)" "This at
tribute indicates if the RPU allocation for the AAL2 AP and its Path Distributio
n Units is manual or automatic. The manual allocation mode is supported for all
types of AAL2 APs, but the automatic allocation mode is only supported for AAL2
APs usin"
Aal2Ap
Aal2ApId
Aal2Ap
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Ap
reservedBy
Aal2Ap
operationalState
Aal2Ap
availabilityStatus
Aal2Ap
timerErq
5000
Unit: 1 ms
Aal2Ap
timerRel
2000
1 ms
Aal2Ap
sigLinkId

Aal2Ap
secondarySigLinkId
Aal2Ap
rpuId
Aal2Ap
Aal2Ap
Aal2Ap
0
Aal2Ap
REMOTELY_BLOCKED.
Aal2Ap
allocationMode MANUAL(0)
"This attribute indicates if the
RPU allocation for the AAL2 AP and its Path Distribution Units is manual or aut
omatic. The manual allocation mode is supported for all types of AAL2 APs, but t
he automatic allocation mode is only supported for AAL2 APs usin"
Aal2PathDistributionUnit
Aal2PathDistributionUnitId
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
rpuId
"The location of an AAL2
Path Resource Control Program represented by a reference to a ReliableProgramUn
iter MO. When setting the ""rpuId"", the ""reliableProgramLabel"" for the new ""
rpuId"" must be the same as for the previous ""rpuId"". This attribute must be s
"
aal2PathVccTpList
"List of
references to Aal2PathVccTp MOs. Setting of this attribute removes the current
list of Aal2PathVccTp MOs. The value of ""aal2PathId"" must be unique amongst al
l paths within all Aal2PathDistributionUnit MOs that belong to the same Aal2Ap M
O. If the "
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
rpuId
"
aal2PathVccTpList
"List of
O. If the "
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
rpuId
"
aal2PathVccTpList
"List of
O. If the "
Aal2PathVccTp
Aal2PathVccTpId
Aal2PathVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2PathVccTp
vclTpId
"Reference to an instance of VclTp MO. I
n order to set this attribute, the administrativeState or therelated physical po
rt must be LOCKED."
Aal2PathVccTp
administrativeState
0
"The administrative stat
e. When setting the admininstrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, 1800 seconds (30 minu
tes) will elapse before the MO goes into state LOCKED."
Aal2PathVccTp
operationalState
Aal2PathVccTp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.
Aal2PathVccTp
availabilityStatus
Aal2PathVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal2PathVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal2PathVccTp
nomPmBlocksize 0
Aal2PathVccTp
timerCu 10
"Timer that assures that CPS packets wit
h one or more octets already packed in the ATM cell, wait at most the duration o
f timerCu before being scheduled for transmission. Unit: 0.1 ms, that is 100 mic
roseconds"
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathId
Identifies the path in the Q.263
0 protocol. The value must be unique within all Aal2PathDistributionUnit MOs und
er the same Aal2Ap MO. The aal2PathId is used by the AAL2 connection control fun
ction in two AAL2 nodes to uniquely identify an AAL2 path betwe
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathOwner
"Indicates whether this AAL2 Pat
h VCC Termination Point is considered to be the owner of the AAL2 Path in order
to decide the channel selection procedure in the Q.2630 protocol. In order to se
t this attribute, the Aal2PathVccTp MO must not be reserved and "
Aal2PathVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSProfileId
Reference to an instance
of Aal2QosProfile MO.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSAvailableProfiles
Specifies which
QoS class can be supported by this MO.
Aal2PathVccTp
remoteBlockingState
0
Represents whether this
AAL2 Path VCC Termination Point is locked or unlocked from the remote end.
Aal2PathVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal2PathVccTp
Aal2PathVccTpId
Aal2PathVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2PathVccTp
vclTpId
rt must be LOCKED."
Aal2PathVccTp
administrativeState
0

Aal2PathVccTp
operationalState
Aal2PathVccTp
reservedBy
Aal2PathVccTp
availabilityStatus
Aal2PathVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal2PathVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal2PathVccTp
nomPmBlocksize 0
Aal2PathVccTp
timerCu Normally: 10If core network use 0.3 ms: 3
"Timer that assures that CPS packets with one or more octets already packed in t
he ATM cell, wait at most the duration of timerCu before being scheduled for tra
nsmission. Unit: 0.1 ms, that is 100 microseconds"
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathId
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathOwner
Aal2PathVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSProfileId
Aal2PathVccTp
Specifies which
Aal2PathVccTp
remoteBlockingState
0
Aal2PathVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal2PathVccTp
Aal2PathVccTpId
Aal2PathVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2PathVccTp
vclTpId
rt must be LOCKED."
Aal2PathVccTp
administrativeState
0
Aal2PathVccTp
operationalState
Aal2PathVccTp
reservedBy
Aal2PathVccTp
availabilityStatus
Aal2PathVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal2PathVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal2PathVccTp
nomPmBlocksize 0
Aal2PathVccTp
timerCu 10
"Timer that assures that CPS packets wit
h one or more octets already packed in the ATM cell, wait at most the duration o
f timerCu before being scheduled for transmission. Unit: 0.1 ms, that is 100 mic
roseconds"
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathId
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathOwner
Aal2PathVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSProfileId
Aal2PathVccTp
Specifies which
Aal2PathVccTp
remoteBlockingState
0
Aal2PathVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
Aal2QosCodePointProfileId
The valu
e component of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
qualityOfServiceCodePointA
128
"The Cod
e Point for Class A. Recommended value for Class A, 128."
qualityOfServiceCodePointB
129
"The Cod
e Point for Class B. Recommended value for Class B, 129."
qualityOfServiceCodePointC
130
"The Cod
e Point for Class C. Recommended value for Class C, 130."
qualityOfServiceCodePointD
131
"The Cod
e Point for Class D. Recommended value for Class D, 131."
reservedBy
Contains a list of Aal2A
p MO instances that reserve this MO instance.
The valu
userLabel
Label for free use.
128
"The Cod
129
"The Cod
130
"The Cod
131
"The Cod
reservedBy
The valu
userLabel
Label for free use.
128
"The Cod
129
"The Cod
130
"The Cod

131
"The Cod
reservedBy
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfileId
The value component of t
he RDN.
Aal2QosProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA
This attribute holds the values
applicable for QoS Class A.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB
applicable for QoS Class B.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC
applicable for QoS Class C.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD
applicable for QoS Class D.
Aal2QosProfile
reservedBy
Contains a list of Aal2PathVccTp
MO instances that reserve this MO instance.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnNodeDelay 10000 The upper bound
on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay
on ATM layer) through the current node. Unit: 1 microseconds.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnProbOfDelay
500000 Represen
ts the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds the del
ay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay. Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnProbOfLoss 500000 Represents the u
pper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node. Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnNodeDelay 20000 The upper bound
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnProbOfDelay
500000 Represen
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnProbOfLoss 500000 Represents the u
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnNodeDelay 25000 The upper bound
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnProbOfDelay
1000000000
Represents the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds
the delay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay. Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnProbOfLoss 1000000000
Represen
ts the upper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node. Unit: 1/100
0000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnNodeDelay 50000 The upper bound
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnProbOfDelay
1000000000
the delay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay. Unit: 1/1000000000 s
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnProbOfLoss 1000000000
Represen
0000000
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfileId
he RDN.
Aal2QosProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC

Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD
Aal2QosProfile
reservedBy
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
500000 Represen
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
500000 Represen
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
Represen
0000000
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
Represen
0000000
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfileId
he RDN.
Aal2QosProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD
Aal2QosProfile
reservedBy
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
500000 Represen
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
500000 Represen
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
Represen
0000000
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfile
1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
Represen
0000000
Aal2RoutingCase
Aal2RoutingCaseId
he RDN.
Aal2RoutingCase
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2RoutingCase
routeList
"An array of alternative routes
identified by the concerned Aal2Ap MOs. A routeList can have 0 to 5 Aal2Ap MOs.
The Aal2Ap must be unique. If this attribute is set, the routePriorityList must
also be set with the same number of values (that is, if the rout"
Aal2RoutingCase
routePriorityList
"A list of all the Aal2A
p priorities. The priority values can be in the range 1 to 5, one being the high
est priority. The Aal2Aps can have the same priorities."
Aal2RoutingCase
numberDirection
Defines the possible set of AAL
type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses (A2EA) that match the routing case. The number
direction of a routing case is interpreted as all AAL type 2 Service Endpoint A
ddresses starting with the string of numbers defined in the num
Aal2RoutingCase
Aal2RoutingCaseId
he RDN.
Aal2RoutingCase
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2RoutingCase
routeList
Aal2RoutingCase
routePriorityList
Aal2RoutingCase
numberDirection
Aal2RoutingCase
Aal2RoutingCaseId
he RDN.
Aal2RoutingCase
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2RoutingCase
routeList
Aal2RoutingCase
routePriorityList
Aal2RoutingCase
numberDirection
Aal2Sp
Aal2SpId
Aal2Sp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Sp
a2ea
"An E.164 format number that specifies the AAL t
ype 2 Service Endpoint Address of the node. Length Range: 1..15 Alphabet: ""0123
456789"" It is not allowed to use leading zeros when configuring this attribute.
"
Aal2Sp
Aal2SpId
Aal2Sp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Sp
a2ea
"
Aal2Sp
Aal2SpId
Aal2Sp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Sp
a2ea
"
Aal5TpVccTp
Aal5TpVccTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal5TpVccTp
processorId
"Specifies on what processor the
termination point resides. The processor can either be a board processor or a m
ain processor (PlugInUnit MO) or an SP processor (Spm MO). The operationalState
of this MO is DISABLED, until this attribute is set. This attrib"
Aal5TpVccTp
vclTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
operationalState
Aal5TpVccTp
fromUserMaxSduSize
"The maximum SDU size in
number of octets received from the user. The allowed range for the atribute max
SduSize in UniSaalTp MO and NniSaalTp MO, is dependent on the processor type: SP
: lowest maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=1600 BP: lowest maxSduSize =1"
Aal5TpVccTp
toUserMaxSduSize
number of octets sent to the user. The allowed range for the atribute maxSduSiz
e in UniSaalTp MO and NniSaalTp MO, is dependent on the processor type: SP: lowe
st maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=1600 BP: lowest maxSduSize =1, high"
Aal5TpVccTp
reservedBy
Aal5TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal5TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal5TpVccTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal5TpVccTp
Aal5TpVccTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal5TpVccTp
processorId
Aal5TpVccTp
vclTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
operationalState
Aal5TpVccTp
fromUserMaxSduSize
Aal5TpVccTp
toUserMaxSduSize
Aal5TpVccTp
reservedBy
Aal5TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal5TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal5TpVccTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
Aal5TpVccTp
Aal5TpVccTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal5TpVccTp
processorId
Aal5TpVccTp
vclTpId
Aal5TpVccTp
operationalState
Aal5TpVccTp
fromUserMaxSduSize
Aal5TpVccTp
toUserMaxSduSize
Aal5TpVccTp
reservedBy
Aal5TpVccTp
alarmReport
0
re reported.
Aal5TpVccTp
continuityCheck 0
Aal5TpVccTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterMode
0
Aal5TpVccTp
counterActivation
0
Accu
AccuId
Accu
deviceRef
Reference to the AC device that supervis
es this unit. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: PCU created. Ref. [CB
_ECF]
Accu
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the non-processing
unit. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER
_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstandi"
Accu
greenLed
"Indicates the operational status of the
non-processing unit. Possible values: ? NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not suppor
ted. ? NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. ? OUT = Power n
ot present, but since the LED state is not readable in t"
Accu
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 Precond
ition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productName
"Product name of the unit (part of PID).
Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 Precondit
ion: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (part of PID
Accu
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (part of P
ID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 Preco
ndition: Hardware must be installed Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productType
0
"Product type (PID) is used by product i
nventory to select products. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 Preco
ndition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the non-processing
unit. Possible values: ? NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. ? NOT_AVAI
LABLE = The LED state is currently not available. ? OUT = No fault. ? STEADY_LIG
HT = Fault. Use cases: MEC_310 Ref. [FS_MEC]
Accu
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the unit
(part of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_
FU:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
yellowLed
Indicates the information status of the
non-processing unit. Possible values: ? NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not support
ed. ? NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. ? OUT = Board un
locked. ? STEADY_LIGHT = Board locked. ? SLOW_BLINK = S
AccuSubrack
AccuSubrackId
AccuSubrack
cabinetPosition
"Free text, that denotes the cab
inet position on-site. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_F
U:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AccuSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position. The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>): X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the
left, one digit (1 - 9). Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starti
ng from the ground, one letter (A - Z). Z = Subrack horizontal p"
AcDevice
AcDeviceId
AcDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: AUC_310 Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDEN
CY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FU
LL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: AUC_310 Specification: I
AcDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: AUC_310 Specification: I
TU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_AUC]

AcDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e. Possible values: ? BUSY? IDLEUse cases: AUC_310 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.7
31Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDeviceSet
AcDeviceSetId
AcDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
of the device set. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPE
NDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LO
G_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: AUC_309 Specificatio
AcDeviceSet
operationalState
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMsId
he RDN.
ActiveOtherLMs
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance.
ActiveOtherLMs
otherLoaderNameContents
"References to instances
of the LoadModule MO, with loaderType set to OTHER and otherLoaderName set."
ActiveOtherLMs
activeLMs
"References to active instances
of the LoadModule MO, with loaderType set to OTHER."
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMsId
he RDN.
ActiveOtherLMs
reservedBy
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMs
activeLMs
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMsId
he RDN.
ActiveOtherLMs
reservedBy
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMs
activeLMs
AgpsPositioning
AgpsPositioningId
Naming attribute.Contain
s the value part of the RDN. Set by the system to 1.
AgpsPositioning
altitudeDirection
HEIGHT(0)
"Altitude direct
ion of the UE reference position, independent of whether the pre-estimate is suc
cessful or the RNC instead uses a fall-back position. The direction refers to he
ight above or depth below the WGS84 ellipsoid surface.Before starting the GPS me
"
AgpsPositioning
altitude
"Altitude of the UE reference po
sition, independent of whether the pre-estimate is successful or the RNC instead
uses a fall-back position. Altitudes larger than 32767 meters are represented a
s 32767 meters. Before starting the GPS measurements in the UE, "
AgpsPositioning
uncertaintyAltitude
"Uncertainty in altitude
for the UE reference position, independent of whether the pre-estimate is succe
ssful or the RNC instead uses a fall-back position. Before starting the GPS meas
urements in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If "
AgpsPositioning
confidence
"Confidence of the UE reference
position. This value is only used when the pre-estimate is successful, that is,
is used as the UE reference position. Before starting the GPS measurements in th
e UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pr"
AgpsPositioning
polygonRadiusFactor
"Scale factor that is mu
ltiplied with the uncertainty estimateThis value is only used when the pre-estim
ate is successful, that is, used as the UE reference position. Before starting t
he GPS measurements in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE po"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition
"Fall-back position used
when the pre-estimate fails. Before starting the GPS measurements in the UE, th
e RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-estimate is successful
, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate fails, a "
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsUncertaintyRadius
"Uncertainty sem
i-major and semi-minor axes for the fall-back position, used when the pre-estima
te fails. Both axes are assigned the same value. Before starting the GPS measure
ments in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-est
"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsConfidence
0
"Confidence of the fallback position, used when the pre-estimate fails. Before starting the GPS measure
ments in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-est
imate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre"
AgpsPositioning
elevationThreshold
5
Threshold for satellite
elevation.The satellites that are below the elevation threshold will not be used
. Unit: degrees Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
AgpsPositioning
posQualities
Typical QoS parameters for the A
-GPS positioning method. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next position
ing transaction)
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.latitude
0
"Latitude value
(N), derived by the formula: N <= (2^23) * (X / 90) < (N + 1) where X is the lat
itude in degrees (0??..90??). Unit: latitude unit"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.latitudeSign 0
The direction (n
orth or south) of the latitude value.
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.longitude
0
"Longitude value
(N), derived by the formula: N <= (2^24) * (X / 360) < (N + 1) where X is the l
ongitude in degrees (-180??..+180??). Unit: longitude unit Resolution: 1"
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.accuracyCodeTypical
0
"Expecte
d accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the selection of the po
sitioning method for the first positioning attempt.The uncertainty radius of a c
ircular uncertainty measure (in meters) is related to the accuracy code by: Radi
us = 10 "
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.confidenceEstimate 38
Expected confide
nce of the positioning method to be used for shape Conversion.Unit: %
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.responseTimeTypical
0
Expected
response time of the positioning method to be used in the selection of the posi
tioning method for the first positioning attempt. Unit: msResolution: 100
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.verticalAccuracyCodeTypical
0
"Expected vertical accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the se
lection of the positioning method for the first positioning attempt.The uncertai
nty (in meters) is related to the vertical accuracy code by: Uncertainty = 45 x
(1.025^verticalA"
Aich
AichId
Aich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDEN
LL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Aich
dbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to MO DbchDeviceSet. R
ef. [CB_MOP]
Aich
operationalState
Defines the operational state. P
ossible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Ref. [CB_MOP]
AiDevice
administrativeState
0
e of the device. Possible values: ? LOCKED ? UNLOCKED Use cases: MBD_UC_DEV_LOCK
, MBD_UC_DEV_UNLOCK, MBD_READ_ADM. Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
LOCK_UNLOCK_RBS_FU: 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 21, 24, 25 Disturbances: Changing thi"
AiDevice
AiDeviceId
AiDevice
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: DBC_UC906 Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDevice
availabilityStatus
LL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: DBC_UC906 Specification:

AiDevice
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: DBC_UC906 Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDevice
usageState
e. Possible values: ? BUSY? IDLEUse cases: DBC_UC906 Specification: ITU-T rec. X
.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDeviceSet
AiDeviceSetId
AiDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
G_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: DBC_905 Specificatio
AiDeviceSet
operationalState
AiDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s). Possible values: ? ACTIVE? BUSY? IDLEUse cases: DBC_UC905 Specif
ication: ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiuDeviceGroup
AiuDeviceGroupId
AiuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
of the device group. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DE
PENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ?
LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: DBC_904Specificati
AiuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test. Possible values: ? FAILED ? PASSED ? PENDING ? UNDETERMINED Hardware uni
ts not supporting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINE
D. Use cases: HWT_UC1 Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3 Ref. [FS_HWT]
AiuDeviceGroup
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: DBC_904Specification: IT
U-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiuDeviceGroup
usageState
AlarmIRP
AlarmIRPId
AlarmIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Alarm IRP version e
ntries Note: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet, "
AlarmPort
operationalState
state of the alarm port.
AlarmPort
AlarmPortId
The identity of the Alarm Port t
hat matches the number on the physical port and provides the value component of
the RDN.
AlarmPort
alarmSlogan
Specifies the alarm. Used in add
itional text in the alarm ExternalAlarm.
AlarmPort
activeExternalAlarm
Indicates that an active
alarm has been sent and there is an external alarm on the port.
AlarmPort
normallyOpen
0
Defines the active state of the
alarm port. True = Closing the circuit will generate an alarm. False = Opening t
he circuit will generate an alarm.
AlarmPort
perceivedSeverity
0
Specifies the severity l
evel code of the alarm ExternalAlarm. Specification: See 3GPP TS 32.111-2 for us
age of severity. Takes effect: At next generated alarm.
AlarmPort
probableCause 0
Specifies the probable cause cod
e of the alarm ExternalAlarm. The default value is code 550 for EXTERNAL EQUIPME
NT FAILURE. Specification: The 3GPP standard 3G TS 32.111 indicates valid cause
codes. Takes effect: At next generated alarm.
AlarmPort
availabilityStatus
AlarmPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
AlarmPort
administrativeState
0
The administrative state
. Takes effect: Immediatley.
AlmDevice
administrativeState
0
e of the device. Possible values: ? LOCKED ? UNLOCKED Use cases: EAC_UC100,EAC_U
C110, EAC_UC120,EAC_UC130 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
alarmSlogan
"Specifies the external alarm. U
se cases: EAC_UC110, EAC_UC100 Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_49 Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
AlmDeviceId
AlmDevice
almDeviceStatus
The current external alarm statu
s of the device. Shows if the device has detected an alarm signal from external
equipment. Possible values: ? 0 = No alarm. ? 1 = Alarm present. Use cases: EAC_
UC110 Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_42 Ref. [FS_EAC]
AlmDevice
normallyOpen
0
Defines the normal (non-active)
state of the alarm port. If true the connected external equipment issues an alar
m by closing the circuit between the external equipment and the External Alarm a
nd Control Unit. If false the connected external equipment issu
AlmDevice
perceivedSeverity
0
"Specifies the severity
level of the external alarm. Possible values: ? CRITICAL ? MAJOR ? MINOR ? WARNI
NG Specification: 3GPP TS 32.111-2 Use cases: EAC_UC110, EAC_UC100 Requirement:
AlarmH_RBS_FU_49 Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
probableCause 0
"Specifies the probable cause of
the external alarm. The probable cause is mapped to a corresponding event type
according to the specification 3GPP TS 32.111-2, so the event type for the alarm
does not have to be explicitly specified. Specification: 3GPP T"
AlmDevice
availabilityStatus
AlmDevice
operationalState
AlmDevice
usageState
AlmDevice
userLabel
Label for free use. Ref. [DR_MOM
]
AlmDeviceSet
AlmDeviceSetId
AlmDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
AlmDeviceSet
operationalState
AntennaBranch
AntennaBranchId
AntennaBranch
antennaSupervisionThreshold
0
"Threshold for s
upervision of antenna branch. Supervision is done by ASC if part of the configur
ation, otherwise by AIU or FU. There are two types of supervision, DC resistance
supervision, and VSWR supervision. Selection of supervision type is controlled
"
AntennaBranch
branchName
"A, B, C and D indicates the nam
e of an antenna branch within sector. Dependencies: The name of an antenna branc
h must be unique within a sector, that is, two antenna branches must not have th
e same name. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Eq"
AntennaBranch
fqBandHighEdge
"Denotes the downlink frequency
band high edge. Unit: 0.1 MHz Dependencies: fqBandHighEdge > fqBandLowEdge. Must
belong to band defined in action initSector (see MO Sector). Use cases: Configu
re RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment, Increase Coverage Requ"
AntennaBranch
fqBandLowEdge
"Denotes the downlink frequency
band low edge. Unit: 0.1 MHz Dependencies: fqBandLowEdge < fqBandHighEdge. Must
belong to band defined in action initSector (see MO Sector). Use cases: Configur
e RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment, Increase Coverage Requi"
AntennaBranch
mechanicalAntennaTilt 0
The antenna tilt relativ
e the vertical plane for this antenna. Positive values signify tilting of the an
tenna forwards from the vertical plane (lowering the antenna beam below the hori
zontal plane for this antenna). Negative values signify tilting of the
AntennaBranch
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Ref. [CB_MOP]
AntennaBranch
verticalAntennaTilt
0
"The total antenna tilt
relative to the vertical plane for this antenna. Vertical antenna tilt = Electri
cal antenna tilt + Mechanical antenna tilt. Negative values signify tilting the
antenna backwards from the vertical plane, that is, raising the antenna "
AntennaBranch
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the antenna
branch. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UN
DER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 wh
en bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding al"
AntennaBranch
lowCurrentSupervision 0
"Turns low current super
vision on or off, on the related antenna feeder cable. Ref. [CB_MOP]"
AntFeederCable
antennaBranchRef
Reference to the antenna
branch to which this cable must be connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Pr
econdition: The referred to MO must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
AntFeederCable
AntFeederCableId
AntFeederCable
connectedToObjectARef
"Reference to the hardwa
re unit (for example, RRU) to which this cable must be connected. Use cases: Scr
atch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Precondition: The referred to MO must
exist, and if a plug-in unit MO also the corresponding device group MO."
AntFeederCable
dlAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, downlink. Th
e sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval. The
first entry represents the attenuation value of the lowest frequency interval i
n the frequency band, and so on. The number of intervals depends"
AntFeederCable
electricalDlDelay
"Cable delay, downlink.
The sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval. T
he first entry represents the delay value of the lowest frequency interval in th
e frequency band, and so on. The number of intervals depends on the freq"
AntFeederCable
electricalUlDelay
"Cable delay, uplink. Th
e sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval. The
first entry represents the delay value of the lowest frequency interval in the
frequency band, and so on. The number of intervals depends on the freque"
AntFeederCable
objectAConnector
"Value representing the
connector on the hardware unit, to which this cable is connected. Note that the
value NOT_CONNECTED shall only be used temporarily during certain reconfiguratio
n activities. Leaving the cable in this state will result in an alarm at"
AntFeederCable
ulAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, uplink. The
sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval. The f
irst entry represents the attenuation value of the lowest frequency interval in
the frequency band, and so on. The number of intervals depends o"
Areas
AreasId
Relative Distinguished Name
ArpMap
ArpMapId
Naming attribute. Contains the value par
t of the RDN.
ArpMap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo
System default ARP values used w
hen the ARP mapping feature is not activated through its RncFeature MO instance.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies: The valu
es in this attribute are displayed in the read-only attribute s
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos
System default ARP values used w
hen the ARP mapping feature is not activated through its RncFeature MO instance.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos
"Default ARP values to be used when no E
xternal ARP value is received over RANAP, or when 'no priority' (= 15) is receiv
ed."
ArpMap
externalArpMapping
"List of internal priority value
s to which External ARP values are mapped. The index of the sequence element (it
s position) corresponds to the external ARP value, and the value at that index s
pecifies the internal priority to be used. "
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.intPrio
ARP priority level to be used.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.pci
Pre-emption capability.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerability.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.intPrio
ARP priority level to be
used.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.pci
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerability.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.intPrio
ARP priority level to be
used.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.pci
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerabilit
y.
ArpQosClassProfile
ArpQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
. Contains the value part of the RDN.
ArpQosClassProfile
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
ArpSpiMap
ArpSpiMapId
Naming attribute. Contains the v
alue part of the RDN.
ArpSpiMap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
ArpSpiMap
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO."
ArpSpiMap
externalArpMapping
0
"List of SPI values to w
hich External ARP priority values are mapped. The index of the sequence element
(its position) corresponds to the external ARP value, and the value at that inde
x points to the SpiQosClass instance to be used. A value of -1 indicates"
AscDeviceGroup
AscDeviceGroupId
AscDeviceGroup
usageState
ding device(s). Possible values: ? ACTIVE? BUSY? IDLEUse cases: AUC_308 Specific
ation: ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_AUC]
AscDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: AUC_308 Specificat
AscDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
e test. Possible values: ? FAILED ? PASSED ? PENDING ? UNDETERMINED Ref. [FS_HWT
]
AscDeviceGroup
operationalState
AtmCrossConnection
AtmCrossConnectionId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
AtmCrossConnection
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmCrossConnection
operationalState
The operational
state.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpAId
Identifies the VclTp MO
involved in the A side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B sid
e). Must not be the same as vclTpBId.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpBId
involved in the B side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B sid
e). Must not be the same as vclTpAId.
AtmCrossConnection
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
AtmCrossConnection
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmCrossConnection
operationalState
The operational
state.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpAId
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpBId
AtmCrossConnection
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
AtmCrossConnection
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmCrossConnection
operationalState
The operational
state.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpAId
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpBId
AtmPort
AtmPortId
AtmPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmPort
operationalState
AtmPort
availabilityStatus
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp
"This attribute returns
the ATM header (VPI, VCI and PTI) of the last received unexpected cell."
AtmPort
uses
"Reference to the physical port, IMA Group or Ds
0Bundle used by the ATM port. The possible MOs are: E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTe
rm, T1PhysPathTerm, E3PhysPathTerm, T3PhysPathTerm, Sts3CspeTtp, Sts1SpeTtp, Vc4
Ttp, E1Ttp, T1Ttp, Ds0Bundle and ImaGroup. If th"
AtmPort
hecCorrectionMode
TRUE(1) Header Error Correction. Specifi
es if the ATM Port detects and corrects single bit errors or detects multiple bi
t errors in the ATM header.
AtmPort
loopbackDetection
0
"Enables or disables the detecti
on of loopback on the physical path(s) used by AtmPort. If loopback is detected
the corresponding physical path is disabled, and an alarm is issued."
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.pti
0
The ATM header pti.
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.vci
0
The ATM header vci.
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.vpi
0
The ATM header vpi.
AtmPort
AtmPortId
AtmPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmPort
operationalState
AtmPort
availabilityStatus
AtmPort
AtmPort
uses
AtmPort
hecCorrectionMode
AtmPort
loopbackDetection
0
AtmPort
0
The ATM header pti.
AtmPort
0
The ATM header vci.
AtmPort
0
The ATM header vpi.
AtmPort
AtmPortId
AtmPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmPort
operationalState
AtmPort
availabilityStatus
AtmPort
AtmPort
uses
AtmPort
hecCorrectionMode
AtmPort
loopbackDetection
0
AtmPort
0
The ATM header pti.
AtmPort
0
The ATM header vci.
AtmPort
0
The ATM header vpi.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
AtmTrafficDescriptorId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
ingressAtmPcr 0
Ingress ATM Peak cell ra
te (cells/s). Only non-negative values are allowed. The attribute is only mandat
ory when serviceCategory is CBR.
ingressAtmQos
Ingress ATM quality of s
ervice. This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory
is set to CBR. This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory
is set to UBR+. This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute serv
egressAtmPcr
0
"Egress ATM Peak cell ra
te (cells/s). Only non-negative values are allowed. This attribute is only manda
tory when serviceCategory is CBR. When serviceCategory is set to UBR+, egressAtm
Pcr < egressAtmMcr disables shaping. egressAtmPcr >= egressAtmMcr enable"
egressAtmQos
Egress ATM quality of se
rvice. This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory i
s set to CBR. This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory
is set to UBR+. This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute servi
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
egressAtmMcr
0
Egress ATM minimum desir
ed cell rate. Only non-negative values are allowed. The attribute is only mandat
ory when serviceCategory is UBR+.
ingressAtmMcr 0
Ingress minimum desired
cell rate (cells/s). Only non-negative values are allowed. This attribute is man
datory only when serviceCategory is UBR+.
serviceCategory
The service category.
packetDiscard 0
Controls the functions E
arly Packet Discard (EPD) and Partial Packet Discard (PPD) used in AAL5 for traf
fic classes UBR and UBR+. N.B. should never be enabled for non-AAL5 traffic.
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
ingressAtmPcr 0
ingressAtmQos
egressAtmPcr
0

egressAtmQos
reservedBy
egressAtmMcr
0
ingressAtmMcr 0
serviceCategory
packetDiscard 0
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
ingressAtmPcr 0
ingressAtmQos
egressAtmPcr
0
egressAtmQos
reservedBy
egressAtmMcr
0
ingressAtmMcr 0
serviceCategory
packetDiscard 0
AuxPlugInUnit
administrativeState
0
e of the auxiliary plug-in unit. Possible values: ? LOCKED ? SHUTTING_DOWN ? UNL
OCKED Use cases: MBD_UC_AUX_LOCK, MBD_UC_AUX_UNLOCK, MBD_READ_ADM. Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: LOCK_UNLOCK_RBS_FU:21, 24, 25 Disturbanc"
AuxPlugInUnit
auType
"Type of auxiliary unit. Possible values
: ? ARETU ? ASC ? ATMAU ? BFU ? CLU ? CU ? FAN ? FCU ? FU ? MCPA ? PAU ? PCU ? P
SU ? RETU ? RRU? RRUW ? RU ? RUW ? SAIU ? XALM ? XCU Use cases: AUC_300, AUC_307
Ref. [FS_AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
AuxPlugInUnitId
AuxPlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
of the auxiliary plug-in unit. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN
_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? O
FF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: AUC_307

AuxPlugInUnit
greenLed
Indicates the operational status
of the auxiliary plug-in unit as shown by the green operation LED. Possible val
ues: ? NOT_APPLICABLE = The LED is not supported. ? NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED stat
e is currently not available. ? STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. ?
AuxPlugInUnit
operationalState
AuxPlugInUnit
piuType
Reference to corresponding PiuType MO. I
ndirectly used to control the loading of software on the auxiliary unit and the
auto-configuration of contained MOs. Note! For historical reasons the reference
may be NULL for certain non-loadable auxiliary units. U
AuxPlugInUnit
plugInUnitRef1
"Reference to the plug-in unit,
through which the MP communicates with the auxiliary unit. Use cases: AUC_300, A
UC_307 Precondition: The PlugInUnit or AuxPlugInUnit MO must exist. Ref. [FS_AUC
]"
AuxPlugInUnit
plugInUnitRef2
"Reference to the redundant plug
-in unit, through which the MP communicates with the auxiliary unit. Note that i
t is not possible to remove a reference to a redundant PIU by setting the attrib
ute to null. This is only possible by deleting the MO and recrea"
AuxPlugInUnit
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (par
t of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3
Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productName
"Product name of the unit (part
of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 P
recondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (par
AuxPlugInUnit
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (p
art of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productType
0
"Product type (PID) is used by p
roduct inventory to select products. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the auxili
ary plug-in unit as shown by the red fault LED. Possible values: ? NOT_APPLICABL
E= The LED is not supported. ? NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not av
ailable. ? OUT = No HW fault. ? STEADY_LIGHT = HW fault
AuxPlugInUnit
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: AUC_307 Ref. [FS_SUE]
AuxPlugInUnit
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies t
he unit (part of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement:
PID_RBS_FU:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
yellowLed
Indicates the information status
of the auxiliary plug-in unit as shown by the yellow information LED. Possible
values: ? NOT_APPLICABLE = The LED is not supported. ? NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED s
tate is currently not available. ? OUT = Board unlocked. ? STEA
AuxPlugInUnit
hubPosition
0
"The auxiliary plug-in unit conn
ection in the AU hub, used for HDLC addressing purposes.Mandatory for AU types B
FU, PSU, CLU and FCU. Not applicable to other AU types.Possible values: ? A-J =
Hub positions valid for hub type 1. ? A1-A8, B1-B8 = Hub positio"
AuxPlugInUnit
unitType
Type of unit. Displays the same
value as the struct member productName of the productData attribute on the corre
sponding PiuType MO. Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
uniqueHwId
An ID intended only for ARETU an
d used to uniquely identify an ARET among others cascaded ARETs in one sector. T
he ID is a concatenation of the vendor code and the ARET serial number and shoul
d contain just enough number of significant characters/digits t
AuxPlugInUnit
position
0
"Specifies the absolute position
of the auxiliary plug-in unit in a shelf. Positions start from left or ground w
ith the first position numbered 1. A plug-in unit can occupy more than one posit
ion, depending on its width. When a plug-in unit occupies more t"
AuxPlugInUnit
positionInformation
"The position of an auxi
liary plug-in unit can be ? in a shelf, ? not in a shelf but inside or outside t
he cabinet, or ? at a remote site. If the plug-in unit is contained in a shelf,
the attribute position is used. Otherwise this attribute can be used, fo"
AuxPlugInUnit
positionRef
"Reference to the cabinet or she
lf which the auxiliary plug-in unit is placed in or belongs to. Use cases: Manuf
acture RBS, Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]"
Battery
batteryCapacityDefaultValue
0
"Nominal battery capacit
y. Unit: 1 Ah Dependencies: If =< 30 then PowerSupplySystem: batteryTestEnable m
ay not be set to true (battery test is not allowed for low capacity batteries).
Use cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
BatteryId
Battery
batteryTestEndLimit
0
"Voltage limit at which battery
test is terminated. Example: -480 = -48 V Unit: 0.1 V Scope: Battery test Use ca
ses: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
batteryVoltageDefaultValue
0
"Nominal battery voltage
.Example: -480 = -48 V Unit: 0.1 V Use cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Re
f. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
chargeLimit
0
"After an AC failure or a battery test,
the battery is recharged. This parameter denotes the battery capacity, which has
to be recharged within the time limit chargeTimeLimit. The parameter is given a
s a percentage of discharged capacity. Unit: 1% Scope: B"
Battery
chargeOffset
0
"Voltage offset used during boost chargi
ng. Example: 12 = 1.2 V Unit: 0.1 V Scope: Battery charging Use cases: PSC_UC221
, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
chargeTimeLimit 0
"Limit for the recharging time of the ba
ttery, after a battery test or AC failure. Unit: 1 h Scope: Battery test Use cas
es: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
compFactor
0
"Compensation factor, shows how much the
voltage changes with temperature. Example: 2500 = 2.5 V per 1 degree Celsius Un
it: 0.001 V/?C Scope: Float charging Use cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224
Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
cyclicChargeInterval
0
"Indicates number of days betwee
n cyclic charging. Unit: 1 d Scope: Battery charging Use cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_U
C223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
dischargeLimit 0
"During an AC failure or a battery test,
the battery is discharged. This parameter denotes the battery capacity, that ca
n be discharged before the battery voltage has dropped to the level set by batte
ryTestEndVoltage. The parameter is given as a percentage"
Battery
freeDate2
"Date field, user defined. Use cases: PS
C_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeDate3
Battery
freeText1
"Text field, user defined. Use cases: PS
Battery
freeText2
C_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC] "
Battery
freeText3
Battery
freeText4
Battery
initialBatteryTestStartTime
0
"Start time of the initi
al battery test after the battery test function has been enabled. The value 0 me
ans 'initial test disabled'. Unit: 1 h Scope: Battery test Use cases: PSC_UC221,
PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
minDaysBeforeCyclicCharge
0
"Indicates minimum numbe
r of days before next cyclic charging is allowed. Unit: 1 d Takes effect: At com
mit or at next charging if charging is active. Scope: Battery charging Use cases
: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
remainingBackupTime
0
Estimated remaining time in minu
tes until the battery is empty. The remainingBackupTime is based on the present
current load and nominal battery capacity (see attribute batteryCapacityDefaultV
alue). The battery capacity is continuously calculated as the b
Battery
tempCharging
0
"Nominal temperature for float charging.
Example: 25 = 2.5 degrees Celsius Unit: 0.1?C Scope: Float charging Use cases:
PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeDate1
BatteryBackup
BatteryBackupId
BatteryBackup
userLabel
Label for free use.
BatteryBackup
batteryCurrent
The measured battery current. Th
e current is positive when the battery is being charged and negative when it is
being discharged. Undefined value: -9999 (no contact with BFU). Undefined value:
-9999 (no contact with BFU) Unit: 1 A Resolution: 1
BatteryBackup
batteryDisconnectTemp 0
"Specifies the battery t
emperature at which the battery is disconnected. Applies to both main and priori
ty loads. The battery is disconnected when batteryTemperature > batteryDisconnec
tTemp. Note! Only specified batteries should be set to values > 60, and "
BatteryBackup
batteryDisconnectTempCeaseOffset
0
Specifie
s the offset for the disconnected temperature below which the battery will be re
connected. Applies to both main and priority loads. The battery is reconnected w
hen batteryTemperature < batteryDisconnectedTemp-batteryDisconnectTempCeaseOffse
t. Unit
BatteryBackup
batteryTemperature
"Current temperature val
ue as reported by the battery temperature sensor, mounted on the battery. Undefi
ned value: 999 (no contact with BFU) Unit: 1?C Resolution: 1"
BatteryBackup
batteryType
0
Indicates the type of battery to
which the installed battery conforms. The type is related to the capabilities o
f the battery.Dependencies: batteryType = UNKNOWN is valid only when chargingMod
e = USER_DEFINED. Takes effect: Immediately.
BatteryBackup
batteryVoltage
"The measured battery voltage. 0
means the battery is disconnected. It is equal to the attribute systemVoltage,
PowerSupply MO, when the battery is connected. Undefined value: -1 (no contact w
ith BFU) Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1"
BatteryBackup
boostChargeTime 0
The time in boost charge. Value
zero (0) means that boost charging is disabled. Unit: 1 h Resolution: 1 Takes ef
fect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attribute char
gingMode in MO BatteryBackup has the value USER_DEFINED.
BatteryBackup
boostChargeTriggerVoltage
0
"Defines the tri
gger voltage for boost charge. When the trigger voltage is surpassed during disc
harge, the consecutive charging is boost charging. Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Tak
es effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attribute
"
BatteryBackup
chargingMode
0
"Defines the type of battery cha
rging used. If User Defined - the user must specify the charging algorithm to us
e and indicate the parameters. Dependencies: If the charging mode is Automatic,
the system charges according to defined behavior determined by a"
BatteryBackup
chargeMaxCurrent
0
Maximum allowed battery
current during charging. Unit: 1 A Resolution: 1Takes effect: Immediately.
BatteryBackup
chargingVoltage 0
The desired battery voltage for
charging at 25 degree Celsius. Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediate
ly. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attribute chargingMode in MO
BatteryBackup has the value USER_DEFINED.
BatteryBackup
equalizeChargeCyclicInterval
0
Indicates the nu
mber of days between equalize charging. The cycle is reset at restart. Unit: 1 d
ay Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only r
elevant if attribute chargingMode in MO BatteryBackup has the value USER_DEFINE
BatteryBackup
equalizeChargeTime
0
The time in equalize cha
rge. Value zero (0) means that equalize charging is disabled. To enable equalize
charging the value shall differ from zero (0). Unit: 1 h Resolution: 1 Takes ef
fect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attri
BatteryBackup
increasedChargeVoltage 0
The charge voltage used
at boost charging and equalize charging. Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect:
Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attribute chargingM
ode in MO BatteryBackup has the value USER_DEFINED.
BatteryBackup
intermittentChargeConnectTime 0
Defines the peri
od following disconnection after which the battery is reconnected. Used in inter
mittent charging. Unit: 1 h Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency:
This attribute is only relevant if attribute chargingMode in MO BatteryBackup
BatteryBackup
intermittentChargeConnectVoltage
0
"Defines
the minimum battery voltage level allowed for a disconnected battery. When mini
mum level is reached, the battery is reconnected. Used in intermittent charging.
Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute
is only"
BatteryBackup
intermittentChargeDisconnectTime
0
Defines
the time until the batteries are disconnected (during this time the batteries ar
e connected). Value zero (0) means that intermittent charging is not enabled. Un
it: 1 h Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is o
nly rel
BatteryBackup
nominalTemp
0
Nominal temperature for temperat
ure compensated float charging. Unit: 0.1?C Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediat
ely. Dependency: This attribute is only relevant if attribute chargingMode in MO
BatteryBackup has the value USER_DEFINED.
BatteryBackup
tempCompMaxVoltage
0
The maximum voltage allo
wed for float charging. Used in temperature compensated float charging. Unit: 0.
1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only
relevant if attribute chargingMode in MO BatteryBackup has the value US
BatteryBackup
tempCompMinVoltage
0
The minimum voltage allo
wed for float charging. Used in temperature compensated float charging. Unit: 0.
1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Dependency: This attribute is only
relevant if attribute chargingMode in MO BatteryBackup has the value US
BatteryBackup
tempCompVoltageSlope
0
A compensation factor th
at expresses the amount of voltage changes caused by temperature. Used in temper
ature compensated float charging. Fixed battery charging is achieved by assignin
g this attribute the value zero. Example: -2500 = -2.5 V per 1 degree C
BatteryBackup
sharedBattery 0
Defines if this RBS shares batte
ry with another RBS or other power consumer on the site. The setting of this att
ributes has large impact on the system behaviour. Dependencies: If sharedBattery
is set to True a backup time test will be used as battery test
BatteryBackup
batteryInstallationDate 0
"Specifies the date when
the batteries in the battery backup of the RBS were installed and taken into se
rvice. Format: ""YYYYMMDD"". Dependencies: The date must not be a future date. C
hanging this attribute will cause the system to restart battery capacity t"
BatteryBackup
testMode
0
"Specifies the mode of the batte
ry test. Dependencies: The following attributes are only relevant if testMode is
set to CONFIGURED: testStartDay, testStartTime and testStartMonths. Takes effec
t: Immediately."
BatteryBackup
testStartDay
0
Specifies the day of month for p
eriodic battery tests. Dependencies: The attribute is only relevant if testMode
has the value CONFIGURED. Combination of testStartDay and testStartMonths must b
e a valid date. Takes effect: Immediately.
BatteryBackup
testStartTime 0
"Specifies the time of day the p
eriodic battery tests will be started. Format: ""HH:MM"", 24 h format. Dependenc
ies: The attriute is only relevant if testMode has the value CONFIGURED. Takes e
ffect: Immediately."
BatteryBackup
testStartMonths 0
"Specifies the months in which p
eriodic battery tests will be executed. A battery test will be executed in the m
onths listed in this parameter. One month may only be listed once in the paramet
er. Default value = ""MARCH, SEPTEMBER"". Dependencies: The attrib"
BatteryBackup
minimumStateOfHealth
0
Specifies the minimum re
quirement for the State-of-Health of a battery when conducting a battery capacit
y test. An alarm will be raised if State-Of-Health is lower than minimumStateOfH
ealth. State-of-Health is defined as estimated battery capacity divided
BatteryBackup
referenceBatteryCapacity
The calculated r
eference battery capacity. This value is calculated at the first battery capacit
y test (manual or periodic) or when a significantly higher capacity is detected.
The attribute is used in battery capacity tests. Undefined value: -1 Dependenc
BatteryBackup
minimumBackupTime
0
Specifies the minimum re
quirement for backup time for the installed batteries when conducting a battery
backup time test. An alarm will be raised if measured backup time is shorter tha
n minimumBackupTime. Dependencies: This attribute is only relevant if s
BatteryBackup
nextScheduledTestDate 0
"Date of next scheduled
periodic battery test. Format: ""YYYYMMDD."" Undefined value: ""00000000"". Depe
ndencies: The value is undefined if testMode has the value DISABLED."
BbifBoard
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the BBIF bo
ard. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER_
REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when b
it 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alarm."
BbifBoard
BbifBoardId
BbifBoard
dlClockDelay
61
BBIF internal downlink clock del
ay.Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 61 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site User catego
ry: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
dlTrafficDelay 15
BBIF internal downlink traffic d
elay.Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 15 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site User cate
gory: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (par
BbifBoard
productName
"Product name of the unit (part
of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3 P
recondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (par
BbifBoard
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (p
art of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed Ref. [FS_PIY] "
BbifBoard
productType
0
"Product type (PID) is used by p
roduct inventory to select products. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
rfifPlugInUnitRef
"Reference to the RFIF d
evice board, through which MP communication is done. Use cases: Scratch RBS at S
ite Precondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MO must e
xist for the RFIF board. Ref. [CB_ECF]"
BbifBoard
serialNumber
"Unique number, which identifies
the unit (part of PID). Persistent in hardware. Use cases: UC1, UC2 Requirement
: PID_RBS_FU:3 Precondition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
ulClockDelay
61
BBIF internal uplink clock delay
.Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 61 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site User category
: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
ulTrafficDelay 32
BBIF internal uplink traffic del
ay.Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 32 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site User catego
ry: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]
Bch
availabilityStatus

Bch
BchId
Bch
operationalState
BfDevice
BfDeviceId
BfDevice
reservedBy
BfDevice
availabilityStatus
BfDevice
operationalState
BfDevice
usageState
BfDeviceSet
BfDeviceSetId
BfDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
BfDeviceSet
operationalState
BfSubrack
BfSubrackId
BfSubrack
cabinetPosition
inet position on-site Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU
:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
BfSubrack
subrackPosition
Bfu
BfuId
Bfu
deviceRef
Reference to the BF device that depends
on (uses) this unit. It is set by the system at creation of the NPU. Use cases:
Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: PCU created. Ref. [CB_ECF]
Bfu
alarmStatus
0
Bfu
greenLed
Bfu
productionDate 0
Bfu
productName
Bfu
productNumber
Bfu
productRevision
Bfu
productType
0

Bfu
redLed
Bfu
serialNumber
Bfu
yellowLed
BfuDeviceGroup
BfuDeviceGroupId
BfuDeviceGroup
usageState
BfuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
BfuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
BfuDeviceGroup
operationalState
BreakPoint
BreakPointId
BreakPoint
reached 0
"Indicates whether the breakpoint is val
id or not. Once a breakpoint has been reached the value is set to TRUE.Initial v
alue is FALSE.Sub: PCA, RNR "
BreakPoint
timestamp
The timestamp information (with
nanosecond precision) in the breakpoint. It is used by PCA activation to fetch a
nd execute planned actions less than or equal to the timestamp of the breakpoint
. On reaching a breakpoint the plan activation will stop. Sub:
BreakPoint
breakPointName
"Name of the breakpoint. Sub: PC
A, RNR "
BreakPoint
description
"Description of the breakpoint.
Sub: PCA, RNR "
BulkCmIRP
BulkCmIRPId
BulkCmIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Bulk CM IRP version
entries. Note: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet,. [21] "
Cabinet
cabinetIdentifier
"Unique identifier for the cabin
et. Undefined value: """", i.e. empty string (no contact with SCU, SUP or suppor
t system controlling node) Dependencies: Reflects the value of attribute product
Data; productNumber and serialNumber on the HwUnit MO with attribu"
Cabinet
productData
"Enclosure product information data (PID
). In order to guarantee that the data survives a MP replacement, the data is st
ored persistently in both the data base and in the corresponding support control
unit (SCU/SUP). Any mismatches between the stored data "
Cabinet
cabinetParameters
0
Cabinet specific parameters for
fan control and cabinet configuration. Parameter value modification is only inte
nded for Node Verification to determine good values of the cabinet parameter pro
files. Dependencies: Typically reflects the value of cabinetPar
Cabinet
cabinetParametersProfileStandard
0
"Cabinet paramet
ers profile for a standard climate system. The specification of each parameter w
ith unit and valid range is pre-defined in document Support System Configuration
Data, 1/15502-HRB 105 602. User category: Ericsson personnel."
Cabinet
cabinetParametersProfileExtended
0
"Cabinet paramet
ers profile for an extended climate system. The specification of each parameter
with unit and valid range is pre-defined in document Support System Configuratio
n Data, 1/15502-HRB 105 602. User category: Ericsson personnel."

Cabinet
climateSystem 0
"Defines which type of climate system th
at is used, (indirectly how many fan groups there are in the cabinet). Dependenc
ies: Only valid in the node where the attribute supportSystemControl in MO Equip
mentSupportFunction is set to true. Takes effect: Immedi"
Cabinet
CabinetId
Cabinet
productData.productName
"The name of the product. The pr
oduct name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadM
odule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
Cabinet
productData.productNumber
"The product number of t
he product or document. Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 999 For Up
gradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package. Maximum length
for a product number is 36 when referring to a document.The product num"
Cabinet
productData.productRevision
"The revision state of t
he product. Examples: R1, R1A, R1A02, P7B The product revision is mandatory for
the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and
SubrackProdType."
Cabinet
productData.productionDate
"The production date is
represented in two ways: - the preferred syntax is four-digits for the year, two
digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight characters.E
xample: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by two digits for the"
Cabinet
productData.serialNumber
The serial number consis
ts of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The first 6 c
haracters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are used fo
r an individual number or batch number.
Carrier
aiDeviceRef
"Reference to the AI device(s) of the ca
rrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of c
reate Carrier (for initiated sector). Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00849 Rev:A R
ef. [CB_MOP]"
Carrier
availabilityStatus
arrier. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCK
ED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO
STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
averagePowLimSwitchOn
"Shows if the Average Power Limi
ter is on or not, on the DPCL device (controlled by the actions turnAveragePowLi
mOn and turnAveragePowLimOff). Set by the system to true, if the DPCL device is
released for some reason. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref."
Carrier
CarrierId
Carrier
cqiAdjustmentOn FALSE(0)
Turns the CQI adjustment of the
UE reported CQI on or off per cell. Requirement: HSUP_AD_RBS_5001:01068 Rev:B Re
f. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
cqiErrors
10
Denotes the repetition factor for trigge
ring consecutive erroneous CQI reports.Value 0 -> the RBS triggered updates are
turned off. Resolution: 1 in range 0..15 and 5 in range 15..100 Dependencies: Tu
ning of cqiErrors is made together with cqiErrorsAbsent
Carrier
cqiErrorsAbsent 10
Denotes the repetition factor for trigge
ring consecutive correct CQI reports. Value 0 -> the RBS triggered updates are t
urned off. Resolution: 1 in range 0..15 and 5 in range 15..100 Dependencies: Tun
ing of cqiErrorsAbsent is made together with cqiErrors.
Carrier
dbccDeviceRef
"Reference to the DBCC device(s) of the
carrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
create Carrier (for initiated sector). Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00851 Rev:A
Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Carrier
dlTestModelTransmissionHsOn
Shows whether the DL tes
t model transmission is started for HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH (controlled by the acti
ons startHsDlTestModelTran and stopHsDlTestModelTran). User category: Ericsson p
ersonnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
dpclDevicesRef
"Reference to the DPCL device(s) of the
carrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Carrier
frequencyPlane
"Denotes the frequency plane of the carr
ier. Carriers with the same frequency plane are allocated to cells with the same
frequency. If frequencyPlane is not given at create of the Carrier MO, the RBS
system generates a value; the first free frequency plane"
Carrier
hsPowerMargin 2
Power margin the HSDPA scheduler is usin
g when allocating remaining power of cell carrier. It is relative the maximum av
ailable power of the cell. Example: 2 = 0.2 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Requirement: HSCAP_A
D_RBS_5001:00912 Rev:B Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
hsScchMaxCodePower
-20
HS-SCCH maximum code power relat
ive PCPICH power. This parameter also determines the fixed power level for HS-SC
CH. Example: 15 = 1.5 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5 Requirement: HSCP_AD_RBS_500
1:01833 Rev:B Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
nonModCarrierIsActive
Indicates whether or not the car
rier is modulated (controlled through the actions startNonModulated and stopNonM
odulated). Possible values: ? 0 = False (carrier is modulated). ? 1 = True (carr
ier is non-moulated). User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [C
Carrier
nonModCarrierPower
The transmission power of the no
n-modulated carrier. Unit: 0.1 dBm User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UT
S]
Carrier
operationalState
ossible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9 Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
queueSelectAlgorithm
0
Specifies the scheduling algorit
hm used in the cell. Possible values: ? EQUAL_RATE ? MAXIMUM_CQI ? PROPORTIONAL_
FAIR_HIGH ? PROPORTIONAL_FAIR_LOW ? PROPORTIONAL_FAIR_MEDIUM ? ROUND_ROBIN Depen
dencies: Can only be set to other values than PROPOTIONAL_FAIR_
Carrier
reservedBy
erve this MO instance. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
tpaDeviceRef
"Reference to the TPA device(s) of the c
arrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Carrier
trDeviceRef
"Reference to the TR device(s) of the ca
rrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of c
reate Carrier (for initiated sector). Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00809 Rev:A R
ef. [CB_MOP]"
Carrier
txGainCalType 0
Defines whether manual or automatic TX G
ain Calibration is used. The attribute has no effect if Digital Predistortion is
used. Possible values: ? AUTOMATIC ? MANUAL User category: Ericsson personnel R
ef. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
txGainCalValue 0
Gain value used if manually TX Gain sett
ing is used. The attribute has no effect if Digital Predistortion is used. Unit:
0.1 dB User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
hsScchMinCodePower
-150
HS-SCCH minimum transmit code po
wer relative P-CPICH reference power. Example: 15 = 1.5 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Resoluti
on: 5 Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03171 Rev:B Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
qualityCheckPower
0
Feedback from the HS-SCCH receiv
ed quality. Unit: 1 dB Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03172 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
airRateTypeSelector
TRANSMITTED(1) Scheduling index to weig
ht the factor (air rate) in the queue selection procedure. Possible values: ? AC
KNOWLEDGED ? TRANSMITTED Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03435 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
txGainAdjustHidden
Last calculated TX Gain adjustme
nt. Unit: 0.01 dB User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
cpichIsActive
Indicates whether CPICH is turned on or
off (controlled by the actions turnCpichOff and resumeCpich). Possible values: ?
0 = False (CPICH is turned off). ? 1 = True (CPICH is turned on). User category
: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
schIsActive
Indicates whether SCH is turned on or of
f (controlled by the actions turnSchBchOff and resumeSchBch). Possible values: ?
0 = False (SCH is turned off). ? 1 = True (SCH is turned on). User category: Er
icsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]

Carrier
bchIsActive
Indicates whether BCH is turned on or of
f (controlled by the actions turnSchBchOff and resumeSchBch). Possible values: ?
0 = False (BCH is turned off). ? 1 = True (BCH is turned on). User category: Er
icsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
schPrioForAbsResSharing 15
Parameter to decide the priority
class(es) where absolute resource sharing will be applied. Requirement: HSCH_AD
_RBS-OSS_6011:02255 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schCongThreshGbr
5
Threshold to detect the congesti
on situation of the guaranteed service. Example: 5 = 10ms Unit: 2 ms Requirement
: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02256 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schCongPeriodGbr
50
Minimum time period to define th
e congestion situation of the guaranteed service. Example: 5 = 10ms Unit: 2 ms R
equirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02257 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schNoCongThreshGbr
15
Threshold to detect the time tha
t congestion situation of the guaranteed service ends. Example: 15 = 30 ms Unit:
2 ms Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02258 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schNoCongPeriodGbr
25
Minimum time period to define th
e time that congestion situation of the guaranteed service ends. Example: 5 = 10
ms Unit: 2 ms Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02259 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schCongThreshNonGbr
2
Threshold to detect the congesti
on situation of the non-guaranteed service.Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:022
60 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schPowerDeltaCongGbr
15
Parameter to define the minimum
necessary power for the guaranteed service in congestion situation. The value is
defined as a percentage of maximum transmission power.Unit: 1% Requirement: HSC
H_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02261 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schMinPowerNonGbrHsUsers
Parameter to define the
minimum reserved power for the non-guaranteed service in congestion situation. T
he value is defined as a percentage of maximum transmission power.Unit: 1% Requi
rement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02262 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
schMaxDelay
0
Parameter to define the maximum scheduli
ng delay for scheduling priority class 0 to 15 (the first value in the sequence
is for scheduling priority class 0). Example: 10 = 100 msUnit: 10 msUndefined va
lue: -1 Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02263 Rev:A R
Carrier
schWeight
0
Parameter to define the scheduling weigh
t for scheduling priority class 0 to 15 (the first value in the sequence is for
scheduling priority class 0). Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02264 Rev:D Ref.
[CB_MOP]
Carrier
numberOfTxBranches
0
"Parameter for configuration of
number of TX (transmit) branches. Precondition: Sector to which the carrier belo
ngs is not initialized (Sector::proceduralStatus = INITIALIZATION_REQUIRED). Dep
endencies: At initSector, all carriers of a sector must have the"
Carrier
numberOfRxBranches
0
Parameter for configuration of n
umber of RX (receiver) branches. Precondition: Sector to which the carrier belon
gs is not initialized (Sector::proceduralStatus = INITIALIZATION_REQUIRED). Depe
ndencies: It is only possible to set to 4 if there are 2 Sector
Carrier
ulBandwidth
0
Denotes the carrier bandwidth in uplink.
Example: 50 = 5.0 MHz Unit: 0.1 MHz Precondition: Cell must not be setup by the
RNC. If corresponding sector is initialized the TR devices used by the carrier
must be capable of setting UL bandwidth. Dependencies:
Carrier
dlBandwidth
0
Denotes the carrier bandwidth in downlin
k. Example: 50 = 5.0 MHz Unit: 0.1 MHz Precondition: Cell must not be setup by t
he RNC. If corresponding sector is initialized the TR devices used by the carrie
r must be capable of setting DL bandwidth. Dependencies
Carrier
ulFilterProfile 0
Denotes the filter profile that will be
used for the carrier bandwidth in uplink. Possible values: ? STANDARD ? ACA800_1
Precondition: Cell must not be setup by the RNC. If corresponding sector is ini
tialized the TR devices used by the carrier must be cap
Carrier
dlFilterProfile 0
Denotes the filter profile that will be
used for the carrier bandwidth in downlink. Possible values: ? STANDARD ? ACA800
_1 Precondition: Cell must not be setup by the RNC. If corresponding sector is i
nitialized the TR devices used by the carrier must be c
Carrier
hsdpaMcActivityBufferThreshold 2
Parameter determining th
e required amount of data in the multi carrier (MC) priority queue (PQ) data buf
fer in order to re-activate the secondary serving HS-DSCH cell for a UE in MC mo
de for which the secondary serving HS-DSCH cell is currently deactivate
Carrier
hsdpaMcInactivityTimer 2
Parameter determining the requir
ed time of empty multi carrier (MC) priority queue (PQ) data buffer in order to
deactivating the secondary serving HS-DSCH cell for a UE in MC mode. In the case
of multiple MC-PQs belonging to the same UE all data buffers s
Carrier
extraHsScchPowerForSrbOnHsdpa 20
Extra power used for HSSCCH for a user with SRB on HS. Relative to the output from the HS-SCCH power co
ntrol. Unit: 0.1 dBRequirement: SRBFRA_OBS_RBS-OSS_8811:00388 Ref. [CB_MOP]
Carrier
extraPowerForSrbOnHsdpa 20
Extra power used for sending the
data during a HSDPA TTI which includes SRB data. Relative to the output from th
e HS scheduler. Unit: 0.1 dBRequirement: SRBFRA_OBS_RBS-OSS_8811:00387 Ref. [CB_
MOP]
Carrier
minBitRate
0
Parameter to define the target minimum b
it rate of HS priority queues for scheduling priority class 0 to 15 (the first v
alue in the sequence is for scheduling priority class 0). Value -1 disables func
tion. Unit: 1 kbpsUndefined value: -1 Requirement: MINB
Carrier
minBitRateMinCqi
8
The minimum CQI adjust value tha
t allows performing minimum bit rate scheduling. Unit: 1 dBRequirement: MINBR_AD
_RBS-OSS_8811:01290 Ref. [CB_MOP]
Cbu
CbuId
Cbu
operationalState
Cbu
availabilityStatusEt
The availability status for the
Exchange Terminal part of the Cbu board. It contains details about operationalSt
ate.
Cbu
availabilityStatusTu
The availability status for the
Timing Unit part of the Cbu board. It contains details about operationalState.
CcDevice
CcDeviceId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN. Set by the system.
CcDevice
userLabel
CcDevice
deviceIndId
"Device individual identity. Set
by the system to ""CCD-<#>"", where #=a number greater that zero."
CcDevice
administrativeState
0
of the Common channel device.
CcDevice
operationalState
The operational state of
the Common channel device.
CcDevice
usageState
The usage state of the Common Ch
annel device.
CcDevice
availabilityStatus
of the Common Channel device.More than one of the following conditions can apply
for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bi
t 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 whe
CcDevice
spmReference
Reference to an instance of Spm
or PiuDevice MO.
CchFrameSynch
CchFrameSynchId
lue part of the RDN. Set by the system to 1.
CchFrameSynch
tProcRncDl
1
Buffering/processing time in the
RNC for a FACH/PCH data frame on the downlink.Part of the Downlink Offset (DO).
Should be set to the upper limit of the delay within the RNC in the transmission
of each frame. The actual buffering/processing time is affecte
CchFrameSynch
tProcRbsDl
5
Buffering/processing time in the
RBS for a FACH/PCH data frame on the downlink.Part of the Downlink Offset (DO).
Should be set to the upper limit of the delay within the RBS in the transmission
of each frame. The actual buffering/processing time is affecte
CchFrameSynch
dto
10
"Downlink Transport delay Offset.Part of
the Downlink Offset (DO). Represents the maximum transport delay between the RN
C and the RBS, including transport network associated delays in each node. Used
as a compensation to secure that a traffic frame will ha"
CchFrameSynch
doStep 1
Downlink offset step size. Unit: ms
CchFrameSynch
toAWS 30
Time of arrival window starting point. U
nit: ms
CchFrameSynch
toAWE 2
Time of arrival window end point. Unit:
ms
CchFrameSynch
toAE
195
Time of arrival early point. Unit: ms
CellUpdate
CellUpdateId
CellUpdate
rrcTcuc 10
Timer for supervision of the response to
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Unit: 0.1 s
ChannelSwitching
ChannelSwitchingId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN. Set by the system to 1.
ChannelSwitching
dlRlcBufUpswitch
500
"Downlink RLC bu
ffer threshold for upswitching from FACH/RACH to dedicated channel. When the RLC
buffer load in the downlink exceeds this threshold, an upswitch request is issu
ed. Unit: bytes Resolution: 100 bytes Change takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
ulRlcBufUpswitch
256
"Uplink RLC buff
er threshold for upswitching from FACH/RACH to dedicated channel. When the RLC b
uffer load in the uplink exceeds this threshold, a measurement report is sent fr
om the UE. An upswitch request is issued upon reception of the measurement repor
"
ChannelSwitching
pendingTimeAfterTrigger 1
"Time after a ch
annel switch is requested, after which the next measurement report may be sent f
rom either the UE or RNC internal buffer load measurements. Used to limit the UE
and RNC buffer load reporting intensity. This attribute may only be changed by
"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchThreshold
0
"Throughput thre
shold for downswitching from dedicated channel to FACH/RACH. Once the throughput
on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below this threshold, a downswitch t
o FACH/RACH is normaly requested after the length of time set in downswitchTimer
"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerThreshold
0
"Through
put threshold used to achieve hysteresis for downswitching from dedicated channe
l to FACH/RACH.Once the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen be
low the value of downswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally requ
ested af"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimer 10
"Time after which a conn
ection with low throughput is downswitched from dedicated channel to FACH/RACH.O
nce the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below the value of
downswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally requested af"
ChannelSwitching
thpReportInterval
5
Averaging period
of the UL and/or DL throughput measurement. This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel.Unit: 0.1 s Change takes effect: New connections
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimer 30
"Time after which an ina
ctive connection in CELL_FACH state is downswitched to URA_PCH state.When both t
he downlink and uplink throughput have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitted
) for this length of time, a downswitch from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state "
ChannelSwitching
bandwidthMargin 90
Throughput threshold for
triggering an upswitch of a downlink radio bearer on DCH to a higher DCH rate.
Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the currently allocated radio
bearer. When the downlink throughput has been above this threshold for
ChannelSwitching
coverageTimer 10
Time after which a downl
ink radio bearer on DCH is downswitched to a lower DCH rate due to high transmit
ted code power. When the difference between the downlink transmitted code power
and the maximum allowed code power has been less than the value of down
ChannelSwitching
dlRlcBufUpswitchMrab
0
"Downlink RLC bu
ffer threshold for upswitching from the multi-RAB SP0 (Speech + PS 0/0) to a mul
ti-RAB at the preferred rate (Speech + ulPrefRate/dlPrefRate or Speech + ulPrefR
ate/HS). When the RLC buffer load in the downlink exceeds this threshold, an ups
"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchPwrMargin
2
"Margin on trans
mitted code power in the downlink, for triggering a downswitch to a lower DCH ra
te when the transmitted power is too high.Expressed relative to the maximum allo
wed code power. When the difference between the downlink transmitted code power
"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerSp
2
"Time after whic
h the packet part of the multi-RAB ""Speech 12.2 kbps + Packet 64/64 kbps"" will
be switched down to multi-RAB SP0 (""Speech 12.2 kbps + Packet 0/0 kbps""), if
no PS data has been transmitted. If the SP0 feature is not active, the packet pa
rt o"
ChannelSwitching
filteringCoefficient
6
Filtering coeffi
cient of the code power measurements. This attribute may only be changed by Eric
sson personnel.Change takes effect: New connections
ChannelSwitching
repeatTimer
4
"Time between repeated r
equests to downswitch a downlink radio bearer on DCH with bad coverage to a lowe
r DCH rate. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special val
ues. 0: the repeat timer not in use, meaning that a downswitch request w"
ChannelSwitching
ulRlcBufUpswitchMrab
8
"Uplink RLC buff
er threshold for upswitching from the multi-RAB SP0 (Speech + PS 0/0) to a multi
-RAB at the preferred rate (Speech + ulPrefRate/dlPrefRate or Speech + ulPrefRat
e/HS). When the RLC buffer load in the uplink exceeds this threshold, a measurem
"
ChannelSwitching
upswitchPwrMargin
6
"Margin on trans
mitted code power in the downlink, used to prohibit upswitches when the transmit
ted power is too high.Expressed relative to the maximum allowed code power. Befo
re an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rate is requested, an estimate of the po
"
ChannelSwitching
upswitchTimer 5
"Time after which a down
link radio bearer on DCH with high throughput is upswitched to a higher DCH rate
. When the downlink throughput has been above the percentage defined by bandwidt
hMargin for this length of time, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH ra"
ChannelSwitching
allowSwitchToCommon
1
Controls whether
it is allowed to switch the radio connection from a dedicated transport channel
to a common transport channel (RACH/FACH) during channel switching in case of r
adio bearer inactivity. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personne
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimerDch
30
"Time after whic
h an IU RELEASE REQUEST message is sent to the core network, for UEs that only u
se one or two signaling connections and no RABs in state CELL_DCH. This attribut
e may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0: do not release (n
"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerUp
60
"Time after whic
h the packet part of the multi-RAB ""UDI + 8/8"" (CS Data 64 kbps + Packet 8kbps
) will be released, if no PS data has been transmitted. The default setting is b
ased on packet performance criteria.However, the actual setting may need to devi
at"
ChannelSwitching
hsdschInactivityTimer 2
"Time after whic
h a connection with low throughput is downswitched from HS-DSCH to CELL_FACH.Onc
e the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below the value of d
ownswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally requested after this l
"
ChannelSwitching
upswitchTimerUl 5
"Time after which an upl
ink radio bearer on DCH with high throughput is upswitched to a higher DCH rate.
When the uplink throughput has been above the percentage defined by bandwidthMa
rginUl for this length of time, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rat"
ChannelSwitching
bandwidthMarginUl
90
Throughput thres
hold for triggering an upswitch of an uplink radio bearer on DCH to a higher DCH
rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the currently allocate
d radio bearer. When the uplink throughput has been above this threshold for th
ChannelSwitching
ulThroughputDownswitchTimer
20
"Time af
ter which an uplink radio bearer on DCH with low throughput is downswitched to a
lower DCH rate. When the uplink throughput has been below the percentage define
d by ulDownswitchBandwidthMargin for this length of time, a downswitch from DCH
to a low"
ChannelSwitching
ulDownswitchBandwidthMargin
80
Throughp
ut threshold for triggering a downswitch of an uplink radio bearer on DCH to a l
ower DCH rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the radio bear
er to which the UE will been downswitched (the next lower rate). When the uplink
throug
ChannelSwitching
ulThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold
0
Throughput threshold for allowing an upswitch in the uplink after a throughput-b
ased downswitch. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the currentl
y allocated radio bearer (the rate to which the UE has been downswitched). After
a throughput-b
ChannelSwitching
dlThroughputDownswitchTimer
20
"Time af
ter which a downlink radio bearer on DCH with low throughput is downswitched to
a lower DCH rate. When the downlink throughput has been below the percentage def
ined by dlDownswitchBandwidthMargin for this length of time, a downswitch from D
CH to a "
ChannelSwitching
dlDownswitchBandwidthMargin
80
Throughp
ut threshold for triggering a downswitch of a downlink radio bearer on DCH to a
lower DCH rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the radio bea
rer to which the UE will been downswitched (the next lower rate). When the downl
ink thr
ChannelSwitching
dlThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold
0
Throughput threshold for allowing an upswitch in the downlink after a throughput
-based downswitch. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the curren
tly allocated radio bearer (the rate to which the UE has been downswitched). Aft
er a throughput
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimerPch
30
"Time after whic
h a connection in URA_PCH state is switched down to IDLE state, if no upswitches
have been subsequently requested.Unit: min Change takes effect: New connections
"
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimeMultiPsInteractive
50
"Time after which an inactive RB in a RAB combination containing PS Interactive
is released. When both the downlink and uplink throughput for an RB in the combi
nation have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitted) for this length of time,
a release of tha"
ChannelSwitching
fachToHsDisabled
FALSE(0)
"Control
s whether direct transitions from FACH to HS-DSCH are allowed for HS category 12
UEs. When set to TRUE, cat 12 UEs are forced to upswitch to HS via DCH. Direct
transitions to HS are disabled by removing all HS states from the DCCS when the
cat 12 U"
ChannelSwitching
hsdschInactivityTimerCpc
50
Time aft
er which a CPC activated connection with low throughput is downswitched from CEL
L_DCH to CELL_FACH. This parameter is used instead of hsdschInactivityTimer for
CPC activated connections. Resolution: 5Unit: 0.1 s Change takes effect: New con
nection
ClDevice
ClDeviceId
ClDevice
reservedBy
ClDevice
availabilityStatus
ClDevice
operationalState

ClDevice
usageState
ClDeviceSet
ClDeviceSetId
ClDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
ClDeviceSet
operationalState
Clu
CluId
Clu
deviceRef
Reference to the CL device that depends
on (uses) this unit. It is set by the system at creation of the NPU. Use cases:
Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: PCU created. Ref. [CB_ECF]
Clu
alarmStatus
0
Clu
greenLed
Clu
productionDate 0
Clu
productName
Clu
productNumber
Clu
productRevision
Clu
productType
0
Clu
redLed
Clu
serialNumber
Clu
yellowLed
CluDeviceGroup
CluDeviceGroupId
CluDeviceGroup
usageState
CluDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
CluDeviceGroup
hwTestResult

]
CluDeviceGroup
operationalState
CnOperator
CnOperatorId
lue part of the RDN.
CnOperator
plmnIdentity
"The PLMN identity of this core
network operator.When the NRI MOCN feature is active, this attribute, together w
ith equivalentPlmnIdGroupRef, is used to identify to which CN Node a Ue should b
e connected, when the routing procedure is based on IMSI. When t"
CnOperator
iphoNetworkRefsUtran
Defines the UTRAN networ
ks to which a UE registered in this core network is allowed to perform an interor intra-PLMN handover. Used by the NRI MOCN feature to filter the ExternalUtra
nCells allowed for handover.See the class description of UtranRelation
CnOperator
iphoNetworkRefsGsm
Defines the external GSM
networks to which a UE registered in this core network is allowed to perform an
inter-PLMN handover. Used by the NRI MOCN feature to filter the ExternalGsmCell
s allowed for handover.See the class description of GsmRelation for mor
CnOperator
reservedBy
s to this MO.See references in RncFunction and MocnCellProfile."
CnOperator
userLabel
CnOperator
equivalentPlmnIdentityGroupRef
"List of groups
of PLMN identities. Taken together, these groups identify the external CN operat
ors that have roaming agreements with this sharing CN operator."
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mcc
0
The MCC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mnc
0
The MNC part of a PLMN i
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mncLength 0
The length of the MNC pa
rt of a PLMN identity used in the radio network Unit: digit
CommContexts
CommContextsId
CommContexts
noOfCommContexts
Total number of Communic
ation Contexts allocated in the RBS. Ref. [CB_DCC]
CommContexts
ccIdHiMonitoringStarted
"Shows the ccId's that h
ave HI monitoring active. Maximum one ccId per TX board can have HI Monitoring a
ctive, that is, in total 2 ccId can have HI Monitoring active. Ref. [CB_UTS]"
ConfigurationVersion
ConfigurationVersionId
The value compon
ent of the RDN. It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
storedConfigurationVersions
"Lists t
he stored configuration versions in the node. These CVs are stored in, and read
from the file system. The CV list is formatted as a sequence of ConfigurationVer
sionAttributes. Each structure contains one CV with the following fields: - name
- ident"
currentLoadedConfigurationVersion
"Specifies the name of the currently loaded configuration version. This is store
d in, and read from the file system. This is the configuration version that the
system started with, that is, the configuration version that was able to start a
t the last node "
startableConfigurationVersion
"Specifi
es the name of the configuration version to use at the next node restart. This i
s stored in, and read from the file system. This attribute is set by the action,
setStartable. It is also set at rollback by the system. The first CV in the rol
lback li"
rollbackList
"Specifies a list of con
figuration versions to rollback to (configuration version name). The first CV on
the list is used at the next rollback. This entry is then automatically removed
from the rollback list. This attribute is modified by the actions, setF"
currentUpgradePackage
This is a refere
nce to the upgrade package that is executing currently.
autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn 0
"This flag indic
ates that a configuration version is created automatically once a day, if it is
set to true. The value of this attribute must be set to false, if the node has l
imited disk space."
timeForAutoCreatedCV
0
"Specifies the t
ime (HH:MM) when the configuration versions are automatically created (once a da
y). See also the attribute, autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn. If the clock on the node is
changed, this attribute must be set or else the JVM MP must be restarted."
rollbackOn
0
"This flag indicates if
rollback is enabled or not. If true, the system automatically sets the rollback
counter. If cyclic restarts, a rollback is issued after x restarts (x is defined
by the rollbackInitCounterValue)."
rollbackInitTimerValue 0
"Specifies the t
ime used by the system when rollback is switched on (rollbackOn = true). After t
he given time, the node is not in a cyclic restart mode. The rollback counter, r
ollbackInitCounterValue, is then reset to its initial value. Unit: 1 min"
rollbackInitCounterValue
0
Specifie
s the initial value of the rollback counter. This is used when rollback is switc
hed on (rollbackOn = true).
executingCv
"Specifies the name of t
he executing Configuration Version. This is the same as the attribute, currentLo
adedConfigurationVersion, after a node restart, where this is changed to the val
ue of the lastCreatedCv, when a CV is created."
lastCreatedCv
Specifies the name of th
e last created Configuration Version. A CV of type downloaded is not considered
as last created.
actionResult
Contains the result from
the latest invoked action. Additional information is stored in the attribute ad
ditionalActionResultData. This attribute is only valid for the non-blocking acti
ons: - putToFtpServer - getFromFtpServer - verifyRestore - restore - fo
additionalActionResultData
Contains
additional action result information.
corruptedUpgradePackages
"Specifi
es the upgrade packages which contain load modules that are corrupted. To correc
t this problem, a forced installation of these upgrade packages is done. This at
tribute is set at the execution of the actions verifyRestore, restore and forced
Restore."
currentDetailedActivity
Specifies the cu
rrent detailed activity (within the main activity) at the execution of a non-blo
cking action. Example: RETREIVING_BACKUP_FROM_REMOTE_SERVER.
currentMainActivity
Specifies the cu
rrent main activity at the execution of CV related actions (not the actions that
handle the command log). Example: CREATING_CV.
listOfHtmlResultFiles
Specifies the ab
solute file paths to the verify restore html result files.
missingUpgradePackages
"Specifies the u
pgrade packages that are included in the downloaded CV, but do not exist in the
node. This attribute is set at the execution of the actions verifyRestore, resto
re and forcedRestore."
restoreConfirmationDeadline
"Specifi
es the deadline, date and time for an operator confirmation of a restore action.
If the deadline is not met, then an automatic rollback to a previous configurat
ion is issued by the system. The date and time is in UTC format. Unit: 1 min"
configAdmCountdown
0
"Specifies the n
umber of seconds until node restart, that is until a confirmation of the latest
change must be made. If the countdown mechanism is already activated (if the att
ribute configCountdownActivated is set to true), changing this attribute will no
"
configOpCountdown
"Displays the nu
mber of seconds until node restart, that is until a confirmation of the latest c
hange must have been made. When the value of this attribute has reached 0, the n
ode restarts. If configCountdownActivated is false, the value of this attribute
"
configCountdownActivated
0
"Activat
es or deactivates the robust rollback function, that is a countdown mechanism fo
r confirmation of a configuration change. If set to true, the countdown mechanis
m is activated. If set to false, the latest configuration change is regarded as
confirme"
storedConfigurationVersions.date
storedConfigurationVersions.identity
storedConfigurationVersions.name
storedConfigurationVersions.operatorComment
storedConfigurationVersions.operatorName
storedConfigurationVersions.status
storedConfigurationVersions.type
storedConfigurationVersions.upgradePackageId
actionResult.actionId 0
This ID is used
to link more than one result to one action.
actionResult.configurationVersionName
"Specifies the name of the CV in which a particular action has been executed. No
tice that this CV name is the name that the CV has in the node (that is, it has
nothing to do with the name that a copy of the CV might have in a FTP server)."
actionResult.invokedAction
0
actionResult.mainResult 0
actionResult.pathToDetailedInformation
"Absolute file path to a HTML file containing detailed information logged at the
execution of the action. This parameter is populated only for actions verifyRes
tore, restore and forcedRestore."
actionResult.time
"A timestamp. Fo
rmat: ""Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"""
additionalActionResultData.additionalInformation
Additional detailed information.
additionalActionResultData.information
corruptedUpgradePackages.productInfo
Information about the product. If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the ran
ge is 0.. (unlimited).
corruptedUpgradePackages.productName
"The name of the product. The product name is mandatory for the MOs: Configurati
onVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
corruptedUpgradePackages.productNumber
"The product number of the product or document. Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 4
56, 1/BFD 101 999 For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade
package. Maximum length for a product number is 36 when referring to a document
. The product nu"
corruptedUpgradePackages.productRevision
"The revision state of the product. Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7B The product re
vision is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModul
e, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
corruptedUpgradePackages.productionDate
"The production date is represented in two ways: - the preferred syntax is fourdigits for the year, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a tot
al of eight characters. Example: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by t
wo digits for th"
missingUpgradePackages.productInfo
missingUpgradePackages.productName

missingUpgradePackages.productNumber
. The product nu"
missingUpgradePackages.productRevision
missingUpgradePackages.productionDate
wo digits for th"
The value compon
userLabel
Label for free use.
"Lists t
- ident"
t the last node "
"Specifi
lback li"
rollbackList
This is a refere
"This flag indic
imited disk space."
0
"Specifies the t
rollbackOn
0
"Specifies the t
2
Specifie
executingCv

lastCreatedCv
as last created.
actionResult
Contains
"Specifi
Restore."
Specifies the cu
currentMainActivity
Specifies the cu
Specifies the ab
"Specifies the u
"Specifi
configAdmCountdown
0
"Specifies the n
"
configOpCountdown
"Displays the nu
"
0
"Activat
confirme"
This ID is used
0
actionResult.time
"A timestamp. Fo
rmat: ""Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"""
. The product nu"
wo digits for th"
. The product nu"
wo digits for th"
The value compon
"Lists t
- ident"
t the last node "
"Specifi
lback li"
rollbackList
This is a refere
"This flag indic
imited disk space."
0
"Specifies the t
rollbackOn
0
"Specifies the t
0
Specifie
executingCv
lastCreatedCv
as last created.
actionResult
Contains
"Specifi
Restore."
Specifies the cu
currentMainActivity
Specifies the cu
Specifies the ab
"Specifies the u
"Specifi
configAdmCountdown
0
"Specifies the n
"
configOpCountdown
"Displays the nu
"
0
"Activat
confirme"
This ID is used
0
actionResult.time
"A timestamp. Fo
rmat: ""Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"""
. The product nu"
wo digits for th"
. The product nu"
wo digits for th"
ConnectionField
cabPosition
"A string that defines in which
cabinet the connection field is located. Does not affect operation of the system
. String with cabinet position as defined by Mub user' for positioning of cabinet
. Used by system in alarms, but does not affect operation of t"
ConnectionField
ConnectionFieldId
ConnectionField
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: CEC_400 Ref. [FS_CEC]
ControlPort
operationalState
state of the ControlPort.
ControlPort
ControlPortId
The identity of the ControlPort.
It matches the number of the physical port and is the value component of the RD
N.
ControlPort
equipmentName
Specifies the external device be
ing controlled. Takes effect: Immediately.
ControlPort
normallyOpen
0
Defines the active state of the
control port. True = Setting portStatus=On will close the circuit. False = Setti
ng portStatus=On will open the circuit. Takes effect: Immediately.
ControlPort
portStatus
0
Controls the current status of t
he external device connected to the port. Takes effect: Immediately.
ControlPort
availabilityStatus
ControlPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
ControlPort
administrativeState
0
. Takes effect: Immediatley.
CoverageRelation
CoverageRelationId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.
CoverageRelation
utranCellRef
Reference to the target
cell in the relation.
CoverageRelation
coverageIndicator
0
"Defines whether
the coverage area of the source cell and the target cell are indicated to overl
ap (has approximately the same coverage area), or whether the coverage area of t
he target cell is indicated to cover the source cell or it is contained in the s
"
CoverageRelation
relationCapability
Specifies which
features use this relation.
CoverageRelation
relationCapability.dchLoadSharing
0
Specifies if DCH interfrequency load sharing can be used between the source and
target cells defined by this relation. Dependencies: Not used if the license Dch
Loadsharing is not active.
CoverageRelation
relationCapability.hsCellSelection
0
Specifies if HS cell selection can be used between the source and target cells d
efined by this relation. Change takes effect: Immediately
CoverageRelation
relationCapability.hsLoadSharing
0
Specifies if HS interfrequency load sharing can be used between the source and t
arget cells defined by this relation. This can also result in selecting a cell b
ased only on capability.Dependencies: Not used if the license HspaLoadsharing is
not active.
Cpc
CpcId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN. Set by the system to 1.
Cpc
ueDtxCycle1
20
Number of subframes in the uplink DPCCH
pattern in DTX cycle 1. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
ueDtxCycle2
20
Number of subframes in the uplink DPCCH
pattern in DTX cycle 2. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
macDtxCycle
5
Length of the MAC DTX cycle. This attrib
ute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connecti
on
Cpc
ueDpcchBurst1Tti2
2
Number of subframes in the uplin
k DPCCH burst in DTX cycle 1 for EUL 2ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
ueDpcchBurst2Tti2
2
k DPCCH burst in DTX cycle 2 for EUL 2ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
ueDpcchBurst1Tti10
5
k DPCCH burst in DTX cycle 1 for EUL 10ms TTI. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
ueDpcchBurst2Tti10
5
k DPCCH burst in DTX cycle 2 for EUL 10ms TTI. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti2 1
"Number of consecutive E
-DCH TTIs without an E-DCH transmission, after which the UE shall immediately mo
ve from DTX cycle 1 to DTX cycle 2, for EUL 2ms TTI . This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection"
Cpc
inactivityThreshUeDtxCycle2Tti10
1
"Number of conse
cutive E-DCH TTIs without an E-DCH transmission, after which the UE shall immedi
ately move from DTX cycle 1 to DTX cycle 2, for EUL 10ms TTI. This attribute may
only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection"
Cpc
ueDtxLongPreambleLength 4
"Number of slots in the long pre
amble associated with DTX cycle 2Note, when this parameter is set to 2, RNC excl
udes the IE ""UE DTX long preamble length"" from the RRC message containing the
IE DTX-DRX information. This attribute may only be changed by Eric"
Cpc
macInactivityThresh
2
"Number of consecutive E-DCH TTI
s without an E-DCH transmission, after which the UE E-DCH transmissions are rest
ricted to the MAC DTX pattern.The UE E-DCH transmissions are never restricted to
the MAC DTX pattern when it is set to 0 (=infinity). This attri"
Cpc
cqiDtxTimer
2
Number of subframes after an HS-DSCH rec
eption during which the CQI reports have higher priority than the DTX patternThe
CQI reports always have higher priority than the DTX pattern when it is set to
-1 (=infinity).This attribute may only be changed by Er
Cpc
ueDrxCycle
5
Length of the HS-SCCH reception pattern
in subframes. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change t
akes effect: New connection

Cpc
inactivityThreshUeDrxCycle
2
Number of subframes afte
r an HS-SCCH reception or after the first slot of an HS-PDSCH reception during w
hich the UE shall monitor the HS-SCCHs in the UE's HS-SCCH set continuously. Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes eff
Cpc
inactivityThreshUeGrantMonTti2 16
"Number of TTIs after an
E-DCH transmission during which the UE shall monitor the E-AGCH transmissions f
rom the serving E-DCH cell and the E-RGCH from cells in the serving E-DCH radio
link set, for EUL 2ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso"
Cpc
inactivityThreshUeGrantMonTti10 4
"Number of TTIs after an
E-DCH transmission during which the UE shall monitor the E-AGCH transmissions f
rom the serving E-DCH cell and the E-RGCH from cells in the serving E-DCH radio
link set, for EUL 10ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed by Ericss"
Cpc
ueDrxGrantMonitoring
FALSE(0)
Determines whether the U
E is required to monitor the E-AGCH and the E-RGCH when the subframe (2msTTI) or
frame (10ms TTI) overlaps with the start of the DRX reception pattern. This att
ribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect:
Cpc
ueDtxDrxOffsetTti2
2
Offset of the DTX and DRX cycles
compared to the CFN for E-DCH 2ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
ueDtxDrxOffsetTti10
0
Offset of the DTX and DRX cycles
compared to the CFN for E-DCH 10ms TTI. This attribute may only be changed by E
ricsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connection
Cpc
enablingDelay 128
Number of radio frames during which the
UE shall send DPCCH continuously after (re)configuration with CPC activated. Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New
connection
Cpc
cpcProfileOverride
OFF(0) "Parameter to determine whether
the pre-defined hardcoded parameter set(profile) is used or not to configure the
CPC connections.If it is set to ""OFF"", the CPC connections are configured wit
h a pre-defined hardcoded parameter set(CPC profile). If ON, the s"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
CpmTransGapPattSeqId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN. Set by the system.
CpmTransGapPattSeq
userLabel
C.
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGSN
4
"Transmission gap starting slot
number. A transmission gap pattern begins in a radio frame, containing at least
one transmission gap slot. TGSN is the slot number of the first transmission gap
slot within the first radio frame of the transmission gap patte"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGL1
7
"Transmission gap length 1. Numb
er of slots in the first transmission gap within the transmission gap pattern.Th
is attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: Possible v
alues for GSM carrier RSSI Measurement are 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 14. P"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGL2
7
"Transmission gap length 2. Numb
er of slots in the second transmission gap within the transmission gap pattern.T
his attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies: If this pa
rameter is not explicitly set by higher layers, then tGL2 = tGL1"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPL1
"Transmission gap pattern length
1. Number of frames in transmission gap pattern 1. This attribute may only be c
hanged by Ericsson personnel.Special values: Initial value (set by system) for G
SM carrier RSSI Measurement (""CpmTransGapPattSeq=1"") is 8. Initi"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPL2
"Transmission gap pattern length
2. Numer of frames in transmission gap pattern 2. This attribute may only be ch
anged by Ericsson personnel.Special values: Initial value (set by system) for GS
M carrier RSSI Measurement (""CpmTransGapPattSeq=1"") is 8. Initia"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPRC 0
Transmission gap pattern repetit
ion count. Number of transmission gap patterns within the transmission gap patte
rn sequence.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special val
ues: 0 means infinity.Change takes effect: Next configuration o
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGD
0
"Transmission gap start distance
. Number of slots between the starting slots of two consecutive transmission gap
s within a transmission gap pattern.If this parameter is not set by higher layer
s, then there is only one transmission gap in the transmission g"
CpmTransGapPattSeq
downLinkFrameType
0
"Frame structure
type used in downlink compressed mode control.This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0 = 'A' 1 = 'B' Change takes effect: Next
configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
nIdentifyAbort 66
Maximum number of patter
n repeats that the UE shall use to attempt to decode the unknown BSIC of a GSM c
ell in the initial BSIC identification procedure. This attribute may only be cha
nged by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: Next configuration of t
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tReconfirmAbort 11
Maximum time allowed for
the re-confirmation of the BSIC of a GSM cell in the BSIC re-confirmation proce
dure. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 1:
0.5 s 2: 1.0 s 3: 1.5 s ... 11: 5.5 s ... 20: 10.0 s Unit: 0.5 s Chang
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tgcfnOffset
"Offset to the transmiss
ion gap connection frame number, for the pattern sequence when starting CPM. TGC
FN = running CFN + startCFNoffset + TGCFNoffset This attribute may only be chang
ed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: Initial value (set by system) f"
CuDeviceGroup
CuDeviceGroupId
CuDeviceGroup
usageState
CuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
CuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
CuDeviceGroup
operationalState
CuSubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet position as
defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet. It is used to distinguish sub
racks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to be built
.Example: 9. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL"
CuSubrack
CuSubrackId
CuSubrack
subrackPosition
DbccDevice
DbccDeviceId
DbccDevice
reservedBy
DbccDevice
availabilityStatus
DbccDevice
operationalState
DbccDevice
usageState
DbccDeviceSet
DbccDeviceSetId
DbccDeviceSet
availabilityStatus

DbccDeviceSet
operationalState
DbccDeviceSet
usageState
DbchDeviceSet
DbchDeviceSetId
DbchDeviceSet
reservedBy
DbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
DbchDeviceSet
operationalState
DbchDeviceSet
usageState
DcDevice
DcDeviceId
DcDevice
userLabel
DcDevice
deviceIndId
by the system to ""DCD-<#>"", where #=a number greater that zero."
DcDevice
administrativeState
0
of the DC device.
DcDevice
operationalState
the DC device.
DcDevice
usageState
The usage state of the DC device
.
DcDevice
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the DcDevice.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the sam
e object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFF
LINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, 10 o"
DcDevice
spmReference
or PiuDevice MO.
DchFrameSynch
DchFrameSynchId
DchFrameSynch
userLabel
DchFrameSynch
tProcRncDl
1
Buffering/processing time for a
downlink DCH data frame in RNC. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson p
ersonnel.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
tProcRbsDl
5
Buffering/processing time for a
downlink DCH data frame in RBS. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson p
ersonnel.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
tProcRncUl
1
Buffering/processing time for an
uplink DCH data frame in RNC. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel.Dependencies: It is recommended to set tProcRncUl + toAWEUl + toAEUl <=
640 [ms]It is recommended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUl Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
tProcRbsUl
10
Buffering/processing time for an
uplink DCH data frame in RBS. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
dto
Downlink transport delay offset. Unit: m
s
DchFrameSynch
doStep
Downlink offset step size. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
toAWS
"Downlink, time of arrival window starti
ng point. Unit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAWE 2
Time of arrival window end point in the
downlink. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
toAE
195
"Downlink, time of arrival early point.
Unit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
uto
Uplink transport delay offset. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
uoStep
Uplink offset step size. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
toAWSUl
"Uplink, time of arrival window startpoi
nt. Dependencies: It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms]It is rec
ommended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUl Unit: ms "
DchFrameSynch
toAWEUl
"Uplink, time of arrival window endpoint
. Dependencies: It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms]It is recom
mended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUl Unit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAEUl
"Uplink, time of arrival early point. De
pendencies: It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms]It is recommend
ed to set toAWSUl <= toAEUl Unit: ms "
DchFrameSynch
reservedBy
"Reference back to the UeRrcType
and/or UeRabType MO(s) that uses this DchFrameSynch instance. The system will s
et this attribute when the dchFrameSynchRef attribute of the UeRrcType MO and/or
UeRabType MO is set to this instance, and then in the same tran"
DchMap
DchMapId
t of the RDN.
DchMap
userLabel
DchMap
gbrDlRangeStart
Starting point for the GBR range in the
downlink.Dependencies:gbrDlRangeStart < gbrDlRangeEnd when dchDirectrion =DL_DCH
_UL_DCH This parameter is ignored if dchDirection = DL_DCH_ONLY or UL_DCH_ONLY.
For further restrictions please see DchMap class descri
DchMap
gbrDlRangeEnd
End point for the GBR range in the downl
ink.Dependencies:gbrDlRangeEnd > gbrDlRangeStart when dchDirectrion =DL_DCH_UL_D
CH This parameter is ignored if dchDirection = DL_DCH_ONLY or UL_DCH_ONLY. For f
urther restrictions please see DchMap class description
DchMap
dchDirection
Unidirectional DCH Indicator. Dependenci
es:gbrDlRangeStart < gbrDlRangeEnd when dchDirectrion =DL_DCH_UL_DCH. For furthe
r restrictions please see DchMap class description.Change takes effect: New conn
ections
DchMap
internalArp
"Subset of ARP values applicable for thi
s instance of DchMap.If the sequence length is zero, the complete ARP range is u
sed. Dependencies:For further restrictions please see DchMap class description.C
hange takes effect: New connections"
DchMap
qosRef
Reference to a TnlQosClass instance containing t
he QoS settings.Dependencies:This reference must point at an instance of TnlQosC
lass that is contained under the same profile as this instance. Change takes eff
ect: New connections
DeviceGroup
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the device
group. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDE
R_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alar"
DeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
DeviceGroup
hwTestResult
DeviceGroup
operationalState
DeviceGroup
usageState

DeviceGroup
DeviceGroupId
"Instance name, part of the rela
tive distinguished name (RDN). Indicates the device group type. Possible values:
? ATMAU ? DUI ? RUW ? XCU "
Dhcp
DhcpId
The value component of the RDN. It is set automa
tically when the MO instance is created.
Dhcp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Dhcp
dhcpServerAddresses
"IP addresses to the DHCP server
, used by the DHCP Relay Agent. Default is an empty array. Adding and removing a
ddresses are done using the actions, addDhcpServerAddress() and removeDhcpServer
Address()."
Dhcp
DhcpId
Dhcp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Dhcp
dhcpServerAddresses
Address()."
Dhcp
DhcpId
Dhcp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Dhcp
dhcpServerAddresses
Address()."
DigitalCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the cable.
Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER_REPAI
R bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bit 1,
2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alarm. Use "
DigitalCable
re unit (for example, RUIFB) to which this cable must be connected. The informat
ion sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is us
ed both for DL and UL, the DL direction must be Object A to Object B. Pr"
DigitalCable
connectedToObjectBRef
re unit (for example, RU) to which this cable must be connected. The information
sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is used
both for DL and UL, the DL direction must be Object A to Object B. Preco"
DigitalCable
electricalDelay
"Electricaldelay of the cable. T
he value -1 indicates that the electrical delay for the cable is measured by the
RBS. Example: 100 = 10 nanoseconds Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell
setup for the affected cell. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Mod"
DigitalCable
objectAConnector
connector on the hardware unit represented by object A (RUIFB, DUW, XCU, RUW or
RRUW) to which this cable must be connected. Possible values: ? DATA_A = Valid c
onnector for RUIFB and XCU. ? DATA_B = Valid connector for RUIFB and XCU"
DigitalCable
objectBConnector
connector on the hardware unit represented by object B (DUW, XCU, RU, RRU, RUW a
nd RRUW) to which this cable must be connected. Possible values: ? DATA_1 = Vali
d connector for XCU, RU, RRU, RUW and RRUW. ? DATA_2 = Valid connector f"
DigitalCable
DigitalCableId
DownlinkBaseBandPool
DownlinkBaseBandPoolId
radioInterfaceBoardRef
"Refers to the r
adio interface board connected to the DL baseband pool. Use cases: MEC_300, DBC_
UC157, DBC_UC161, DBC_UC165 Ref. [CB_PMG] "
maxNumADchReservation 0
The maximum numb
er of A-DCH resources that may be configured in a baseband pool. Takes effect: T
akes effect immediately if possible. Otherwise it will take effect gracefully (s
tarving out resources). Ref. [CB_MOP]
DpclDevice
DpclDeviceId
DpclDevice
reservedBy

DpclDevice
availabilityStatus
DpclDevice
operationalState
DpclDevice
usageState
DpclDeviceSet
DpclDeviceSetId
DpclDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
DpclDeviceSet
operationalState
DpclDeviceSet
usageState
DpProgram
DpProgramId
DpProgram
loadModule
"Reference to the corresponding
LoadModule MO. It contains information for loading: product data, load module fi
le path and file size. Use cases: SUE_UC_U2, SUE_UC_H2 Precondition: The LoadMod
ule MO must exist. Ref. [FS_SUE]"
DpProgram
startState
0
"Shows whether the DpProgram is
allowed to be used after a device board restart (allowed if enabled). Possible v
alues: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: DBC_UC139, DBC_UC119, DBC_UC140 Dependenc
ies: Only 1 program is allowed to have the state ENABLED at the "
Ds0Bundle
Ds0BundleId
Ds0Bundle
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ds0Bundle
availabilityStatus
Ds0Bundle
operationalState
Ds0Bundle
listOfTimeSlots
"The list gives the time slots (
within ATM traffic fraction) that are to be allocated to the DS0 Bundle. When a
DS0 Bundle is contained by an E1PhysPathTerm, the slots that can be placed in th
is list are 1 to 31. When a DS0 Bundle is contained by a J1PhysP"
Ds0Bundle
tdmMode
The state of tdmMode. true - enabled. fa
lse - disabled.
Ds0Bundle
reservedBy
Ds0Bundle
Ds0BundleId
Ds0Bundle
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ds0Bundle
availabilityStatus
Ds0Bundle
operationalState
Ds0Bundle
listOfTimeSlots
Ds0Bundle
tdmMode
lse - disabled.
Ds0Bundle
reservedBy
Ds0Bundle
Ds0BundleId
Ds0Bundle
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ds0Bundle
availabilityStatus

Ds0Bundle
operationalState
Ds0Bundle
listOfTimeSlots
Ds0Bundle
tdmMode
lse - disabled.
Ds0Bundle
reservedBy
E1PhysPathTerm
E1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
The line number on the board.
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
The identity of the AtmP
ort MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
loopback
NONE(0) The loopback state of this physi
cal path termination. The attribute administrativeState must be set to LOCKED wh
en setting the attribute loopback.
E1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E1PhysPathTerm
crc4Mode
ON(1) Indicates whether the E1 uses Cy
clical Redundancy Check (CRC) 4 framing.
E1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
"The idle pattern applie
s only to ports using TDM switching. It defines the pattern being sent out on a
timeslot that is not occupied by a 64 Kbit/s TDM connection. Changing from A_LAW
or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is allowed, but setting up one ET board with both"
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
"Specifies how many of the recei
ved blocks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made each second.
If the threshold is exceeded, the second is considered to be bad. Unit: 1%"
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
The number of bad seconds in a row that
causes a Degraded Signal alarm.
E1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false
- reporting disabled.
E1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false reporting disabled.
E1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
"The shut-down timer. It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, a
dministrativeState is set to LOCKED. Unit: 1 s"
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
The identity of the Synchronizat
ion MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
The identity of the ImaL
ink MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
E1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
E1PhysPathTerm
loopback
E1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E1PhysPathTerm
crc4Mode
E1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
E1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
E1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
E1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
E1PhysPathTerm
E1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
E1PhysPathTerm
loopback
E1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E1PhysPathTerm
crc4Mode
E1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
E1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
E1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
E1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
E1Ttp
E1TtpId
E1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1Ttp
degDegThr
0
"Specifies how many of the received bloc
ks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made each second. If the t
hreshold is exceeded, the second is considered to be bad. Unit: 1%"
E1Ttp
degDegM 0
The number of bad seconds in a row that causes a
Degraded Signal alarm.
E1Ttp
aisReporting
0
Indicates whether the alarm PDH Alarm In
dication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - reporti
ng disabled.
E1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
Indicates whether the alarm PDH Remote D
efect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - report
ing disabled.
E1Ttp
crc4Mode
ON(1) Indicates whether the E1 uses Cyclical R
edundancy Check (CRC) 4 framing.
E1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
"The idle pattern applies only t
o ports using TDM switching. It defines the pattern being sent out on a timeslot
that is not occupied by a 64 Kbit/s TDM connection. Changing from A_LAW or U_LA
W to UNDEFINED is allowed, but setting up one ET board with both"
E1Ttp
operationalState
E1Ttp
availabilityStatus
E1Ttp
reservedBy
E1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
The identity of the ImaLink MO t
hat reserves this MO instance.
E1Ttp
E1TtpId
E1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1Ttp
degDegThr
0
E1Ttp
degDegM 0
E1Ttp
aisReporting
0
ng disabled.
E1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
ing disabled.
E1Ttp
crc4Mode
E1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
E1Ttp
operationalState
E1Ttp
availabilityStatus
E1Ttp
reservedBy
E1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
E1Ttp
E1TtpId
E1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1Ttp
degDegThr
0
E1Ttp
degDegM 0
E1Ttp
aisReporting
0
ng disabled.
E1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
ing disabled.
E1Ttp
crc4Mode
E1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
E1Ttp
operationalState
E1Ttp
availabilityStatus
E1Ttp
reservedBy
E1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
E3PhysPathTerm
E3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
E3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
E3PhysPathTerm
loopback
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
E3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
E3PhysPathTerm
E3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
E3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
E3PhysPathTerm
loopback
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
E3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
E3PhysPathTerm
E3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
E3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
E3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
E3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
E3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
E3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
E3PhysPathTerm
loopback
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
E3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
EcPort
EcPortId
EcPort
hubPosition
"The hub port that the external node or
HW unit is connected to, used for addressing purposes."
EDbchDeviceSet
EDbchDeviceSetId
EDbchDeviceSet
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: DBC_UC905Ref. [FS_DBC]

EDbchDeviceSet
activeRdbtMeasurements
Array with all activeEUL
RDBT Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 105 and 1
06. Up to 2 measurements can be active.Undefined value: 0 User category: Ericsso
n personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
EDbchDeviceSet
alarmStatus
0
set. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER_
EDbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
EDbchDeviceSet
operationalState
EDbchDeviceSet
usageState
EDchResources
EDchResourcesId
EDchResources
eDbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to an E-DBCH d
evice set. Ref. [CB_MOP]
EDchResources
eScDeviceSetRef
Reference to an E-SC device set.
Ref. [CB_MOP]
EDchResources
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Ref. [CB_MOP]
EDchResources
availabilityStatus
of the resources. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPEN
DENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG
_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Equipment
EquipmentId
It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
Equipment
EquipmentId
Equipment
EquipmentId
EquipmentSupportFunction
supportSystemControl
0
"Defines
if the node is controlling and supervising the climate, power and external alar
m HW in the cabinet.Only one node in the cabinet can control and supervise clima
te and power.Takes effect: Immediately."
EquipmentSupportFunction
EquipmentSupportFunctionId
EScDeviceSet
EScDeviceSetId
EScDeviceSet
reservedBy
EScDeviceSet
activeRdbtMeasurements
"Array with all active E
UL local measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 100..
104,108,109. Up to 7 measurements can be active.Undefined value: 0 User category
: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]"
EScDeviceSet
alarmStatus
0
set. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER_
EScDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
EScDeviceSet
operationalState
EScDeviceSet
usageState
EthernetLink
EthernetLinkId
EthernetLink
interfaceName
"The interface name. Dependencie
s: If the IP address of the EthernetLink MO is the OAM IP Address for the node,
the attribute nodeInterfaceName in the Ip MO must be set to the value of this at
tribute."
EthernetLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetLink
ipAddress
"Specifies the IP address of the
Ethernet link. The input format is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. E
ach field consists of one to three digits. The address must not be a broadcast o
r multicast address. Dependencies: The value of this attribute m"
EthernetLink
subnetMask
"States the subnet mask of the E
thernet link. The input format is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Eac
h field consists of one to three digits. The subnet mask must be contiguous. Exa
mple: 255.255.255.X Contiguous subnet masks: 11111111.11111111.1"
EthernetLink
broadcastAddress
"The input format is fou
r fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of one to three digi
ts."
EthernetLink
mtuSize 0
The IP layer expects the Ethernet link t
o have an MTU size (maximum Ethernet frame size without fragmentization) of 1500
bytes. The value must be the default value.
EthernetLink
metric 1
Specifies the metric of the Ethernet lin
k. The metric value is calculated as 10^8 divided by the link bit speed. For exa
mple: Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10 Metric for 100 Mbps or faster
Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1
EthernetLink
operationalState
"The operational state.
This attribute is dependent of the operational states of the underlying MAUs tha
t represent the Ethernet transceiver function. If there is at least one operatio
nal MAU, the operationalState of EthernetLink is set to ENABLED."
EthernetLink
macAddress
The MAC address is persistently
stored in the flash PROM on the MP where the IP stack resides. It is stored ther
e when the board is manufactured.
EthernetLink
reservedBy
EthernetLink
availabilityStatus
EthernetLink
activeMau
Reference to the active Medium A
ccess Unit (MAU).
EthernetLink
availableMaus
Contains a list of references to
all available Medium Access Units (MAUs).
EthernetLink
EthernetLinkId
EthernetLink
interfaceName
tribute."
EthernetLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetLink
ipAddress
EthernetLink
subnetMask
EthernetLink
broadcastAddress
ts."
EthernetLink
mtuSize 0
EthernetLink
metric 1
Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1
EthernetLink
operationalState
EthernetLink
macAddress
EthernetLink
reservedBy
EthernetLink
availabilityStatus
EthernetLink
activeMau
ccess Unit (MAU).
EthernetLink
availableMaus
EthernetLink
EthernetLinkId
EthernetLink
interfaceName
tribute."
EthernetLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetLink
ipAddress
EthernetLink
subnetMask
EthernetLink
broadcastAddress
ts."
EthernetLink
mtuSize 0
EthernetLink
metric 1
Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1
EthernetLink
operationalState
EthernetLink
macAddress
EthernetLink
reservedBy
EthernetLink
availabilityStatus
EthernetLink
activeMau
ccess Unit (MAU).
EthernetLink
availableMaus
EthernetSwitch
reservedBy
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p values to switch
queues for the port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue 3 has the highes
t priority.
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressPriority 0
"All packets that are un
tagged, when they ingress the internal port, have a VLAN tag inserted with this
priority into the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag. If enableVlan is set to fa
lse, this attribute is ignored."
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressVid
0
tagged, when they ingress the internal port, have a VLAN tag inserted with the s
pecified VLAN id.If this attribute is set to 1, the default VLAN id is used. If
another value is specified, the port must be a member of the specified V"
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership
"The VLAN identities supported b
y the internal port, and the egress untag behavior for the VLAN on the internal
port. If the vid is set to 0, it means that no VLAN id is specified for the port
and the value specified for egressUntag will be ignored.Ifvid i"
EthernetSwitch
enableVlan
0
"Specifies whether the switch us
es VLAN. If disabled, all VLAN settings for the EthernetSwitchPort MO are ignore
d."
EthernetSwitch
availabilityStatus
EthernetSwitch
operationalState
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitchId
he RDN.
EthernetSwitch
macAddress
0
"Media Access Control address. I
t is used for the switch management. If the board is not available, the attribut
e has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
EthernetSwitch
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.egressUntag
0
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit of the
IP packet.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue.
EthernetSwitch
reservedBy
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap
t priority.
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressVid
0
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership
EthernetSwitch
enableVlan
0
d."
EthernetSwitch
availabilityStatus
EthernetSwitch
operationalState
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitchId
he RDN.
EthernetSwitch
macAddress
0
e has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
EthernetSwitch
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitch
0
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.pbit
IP packet.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue.
EthernetSwitch
reservedBy
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap
t priority.
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressVid
0
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership
EthernetSwitch
enableVlan
0
d."
EthernetSwitch
availabilityStatus
EthernetSwitch
operationalState
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitchId
he RDN.
EthernetSwitch
macAddress
0
e has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
EthernetSwitch
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitch
0
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.pbit
IP packet.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue.
EthernetSwitchFabric
EthernetSwitchFabricId
The value compon
EthernetSwitchFabric
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchModule
reservedBy
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
operationalState
The operational
state.
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchModuleId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
macAddress
0
"The Media Access Contro
l address. It is the mac address used to address the switch for switch managemen
t and by switch control protocols such as RSTP. If the board is not available, t
he attribute has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
backPlanePortState
The state of the
ethernet back plane.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
portNo
"Physical Port number as
sociated with this MO instance. Each EthernetSwitchPort instance belonging to th
e same EthernetSwitch must have a unique portNo, which maps the MO instance to e
xactly one physical port."
"All pac
kets that ingress the port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with this pri
ority in the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag."
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mod
e, in which the port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the lin
k is disabled. See the attribute operatingMode for values of configured speed."
availabilityStatus
The avai
lability status. It contains details about operationalState.
operationalState
The oper
ational state.
administrativeState
0
"The adm
inistrative state. Setting this attribute to LOCKED will suppress port alarms. H
owever, it does not stop traffic or impact RSTP."
EthernetSwitchModulePortId
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p
values to switch queues for this port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue
7 has the highest priority.
operatingMode
Contains the con
figured speed duplex for the port. Autonegotiation is not supported.
externalPort
0
"Specifies if th
e port is external. If set to false, the port is defined to be connected to an E
SL. If set to true, the port is defined to be connected to an external equipment
. If there is a link failure on an external port where RSTP is deactivated (by s
"
egressUntagVlanRef
"Referen
ce to a list of Vlan MOs. If a packet contains a vid with the same value as one
of the referenced Vlan MOs, the packet will be untagged at egress. If this attri
bute is set to null, the default value 1 is used for the vid. The maximum number
of Vlan"
vlanRef
Reference to a list of V
lan MOs. The referenced instances represent the VLANs that are opened on this po
rt. The maximum number of Vlan MO references is 256.
untaggedIngressVlanRef
"Referen
ce to a of Vlan MO. In all packets that ingress the ethernet port untagged, a VL
AN tag is inserted, with the vid of the referenced Vlan MO. If this attribute is
set to null, the default value 1 is used for the vid. Dependency: The port must
be a me"
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
operatingMode.autoNegotiation FALSE(0)
Autonegotiation is currently not supported and is reserved for future use. Chang
ing this value has no operational impact.
operatingMode.configuredSpeedDuplex
ETH_10_GB_FULL(2)
Specifies the fixed operating speed for this port.
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The prio
rity bit of the IP packet.
pbitQueueMap.queue
The swit
ch queue.
EthernetSwitchPort
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in wh
ich the port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the link is dis
abled or that autonegotiation is in progress. See attribute operatingMode for va
lues of autonegotiation and configured speed."
EthernetSwitchPort
administrativeState
0
"The administrat
ive state. Setting this attribute to LOCKED will suppress port alarms. However,
it does not stop traffic or impact RSTP."
EthernetSwitchPort
availabilityStatus
The availability
EthernetSwitchPort
EthernetSwitchPortId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchPort
ingressPeakBitrate
1000
The maximum allo
wed incoming bit rate on this port. Unit: 1 Mbps
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode
"A struct that contains
the configured speed duplex for the port, and an indication of whether autonegot
iation is performed.If autonegotiation is set to true, it must be set to true fo
r both ports in the Ethernet link. If autonegotiation is set to false, t"
EthernetSwitchPort
operationalState
The operational
state.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p values t
o switch queues for this port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue 3 has t
he highest priority.
EthernetSwitchPort
portNo
"Physical Port number associated
with this MO instance. Each EthernetSwitchPort instance belonging to the same E
thernetSwitch must have a unique portNo, which maps the MO instance to exactly o
ne physical port."
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation
Information about the SF
P port. Valid only if the attribute sfpPort is set to true.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpPort
"Specifies whether the switch po
rt is an SFP port. Autonegotiation must be configured to true for an SFP port. O
therwise, the port may be disabled."
EthernetSwitchPort
systemPort
FALSE(0)
"Specifies wheth
er the switch port is a system (backhaul) port, which carries traffic to/from th
e IP interfaces on the board. The IP interfaces on the board are automatically d
isabled, any time all ports designated as system ports on the switch are down. I
"
EthernetSwitchPort
"All packets tha
t ingress the port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with this priority in
the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag. If the attribute enableVlan of the rela
ted EthernetSwitch MO is set to false, this attribute is ignored."
EthernetSwitchPort
untaggedIngressVid
0
"All packets tha
t ingress the ethernet port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with the spe
cified VLAN id. If this attribute is set to 1, the default VLAN id is used. If a
nother value is specified, the port must be a member of the specified VLAN as de
"
EthernetSwitchPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership
"The VLAN identities sup
ported by this port, and the egress untag behavior for the VLAN on this port. If
the vid is set to 0, it means that no VLAN id is specified for the port and the
value specified for egressUntag will be ignored. If vid is set to any n"
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpProductNumber
The prod
uct number of an SFP module.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpState
The state of the
SFP port.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpType
The type of SFP.
Example: GE_1000_BASE_Tor GE_1000_BASE_CX.
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode.autoNegotiation TRUE(1) "Specifi
es if autonegotiation is enabled or disabled on this port. Autonegotiation must
be enabled for SFP ports and when port speed and duplex settings are configured
as ETH_1000_MB_FULL or ETH_1000_MB_HALF. Changing autonegotiation to OFF (manual
mode), "
EthernetSwitchPort
ETH_10_M
B_HALF(1)
"If autoNegotiation is false, this attribute specifies the fixed
operating mode for the port. If autoNegotiation is true, it specifies the minim
um acceptable operating mode for the port. If the minimum mode is not achieved,
a link failure alarm is raised o"
EthernetSwitchPort
0
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit
of the IP packet.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue
.
EthernetSwitchPort
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in wh
EthernetSwitchPort
administrativeState
0
"The administrat
EthernetSwitchPort
availabilityStatus
The availability
EthernetSwitchPort
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchPort
ingressPeakBitrate
1000
The maximum allo
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode
EthernetSwitchPort
operationalState
The operational
state.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap
EthernetSwitchPort
portNo
ne physical port."
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpPort
EthernetSwitchPort
systemPort
0
"Specifies whether the s
witch port is a system (backhaul) port, which carries traffic to/from the IP int
erfaces on the board. The IP interfaces on the board are automatically disabled,
any time all ports designated as system ports on the switch are down. I"
EthernetSwitchPort
"All packets tha
EthernetSwitchPort
untaggedIngressVid
0
"All packets tha
"
EthernetSwitchPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership
EthernetSwitchPort
The prod
EthernetSwitchPort
The state of the
SFP port.
EthernetSwitchPort
The type of SFP.
EthernetSwitchPort
mode), "
EthernetSwitchPort
ETH_10_M
B_HALF(1)
EthernetSwitchPort
0
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit
of the IP packet.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue
.
EthernetSwitchPort
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in wh
EthernetSwitchPort
administrativeState
0
"The administrat
EthernetSwitchPort
availabilityStatus
The availability
EthernetSwitchPort
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchPort
ingressPeakBitrate
1000
The maximum allo
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode
EthernetSwitchPort
operationalState
The operational
state.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap
EthernetSwitchPort
portNo
ne physical port."
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpPort
EthernetSwitchPort
systemPort
0
"Specifies whether the s
witch port is a system (backhaul) port, which carries traffic to/from the IP int
erfaces on the board. The IP interfaces on the board are automatically disabled,
any time all ports designated as system ports on the switch are down. I"
EthernetSwitchPort
"All packets tha
EthernetSwitchPort
untaggedIngressVid
0
"All packets tha
"
EthernetSwitchPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership
EthernetSwitchPort
mode), "
EthernetSwitchPort
ETH_10_M
B_HALF(1)
EthernetSwitchPort
0
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit
of the IP packet.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue
.
EthernetSwitchPort
The prod
EthernetSwitchPort
The state of the
SFP port.
EthernetSwitchPort
The type of SFP.
Eul
EulId
Naming attribute. Contains the value part of the
RDN.
Eul
administrativeState
0
"The administrative state of the
Eul resources in the cell. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ong
oing traffic. When set to LOCKED, all E-DCH radio links are released in the cell
and the Eul service is deactivated in the cell. When set to UNL"
Eul
operationalState
The operational state of the Eul
resources in the cell.
Eul
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the E
ul resources in the cell. More than one of the following conditions can apply fo
r the same object. Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3
= 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to
Eul
userLabel
Eul
numEhichErgchCodes
2
"Number of codes used for the EHICH/E-RGCH. Dependencies: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. W
hen the number of codes is increased, all traffic is released from the cell. Whe
n the number is decreased, only Eul traffic is released."
Eul
numEagchCodes 1
"Number of codes used for the E-AGCH. De
pendencies: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. When the number
of codes is increased, all traffic is released from the cell. When the number is
decreased, only Eul traffic is released."
Eul
eulMaxTargetRtwp
-499
Maximum allowed Received Total W
ideband Power (RTWP) for the RBS scheduler for EUL. Unit: 0.1 dB
Eul
edchTti2Support
Indicates whether 2 ms TTI is supported
in the RBS or not.
ExchangeTerminal
ExchangeTerminalId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminal
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminal
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminal
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminal
description
"This attribute contains
information on what can be configured on the board, as well as restrictions and
specifications. Refer to the description of the relevant board for details on f
unctions and characteristics of this board."
ExchangeTerminal
description.aal2LayerDescription
This attribute contains information on the characteristics and restrictions for
the AAL2 layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.atmLayerDescription
This att
ribute contains information on the characteristics and restrictions for the ATM
layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.etType
The type of Exch
ange Terminal.
ExchangeTerminal
description.physicalLayerDescription
the Physical layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.tdmSupport
This attribute c
ontains information on the characteristics and restrictions for TDM.
ExchangeTerminal
ExchangeTerminalId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminal
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminal
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminal
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminal
description
ExchangeTerminal
the AAL2 layer.
ExchangeTerminal
This att
layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.etType
The type of Exch
ange Terminal.
ExchangeTerminal
the Physical layer.
ExchangeTerminal
This attribute c
ExchangeTerminal
ExchangeTerminalId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminal
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminal
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminal
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminal
description
ExchangeTerminal
the AAL2 layer.
ExchangeTerminal
This att
layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.etType
The type of Exch
ange Terminal.
ExchangeTerminal
the Physical layer.
ExchangeTerminal
This attribute c
ExchangeTerminalIp
ExchangeTerminalIpId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminalIp
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminalIp
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminalIp
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminalIp
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminalIp
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminalIp
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminalIp
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminalIp
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminalIp
availabilityStatus
The availability
ExchangeTerminalIp
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminalIp
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExternalAntenna
antennaType
0
"Type of antenna. Possible value
s: ? 0..50 = Reserved for predefined antenna types supported by Ericsson. ? 51..
100 = Available for customer specific antenna types. Precondition: Corresponding
sector not initiated. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Modify "
ExternalAntenna
sectorRef
"Reference to the Sector MO in w
hich this external antenna is used. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Modify Ant
enna Equipment, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
ExternalAntenna
userLabel
]
ExternalAntenna
ExternalAntennaId
ExternalGsmCell
ExternalGsmCellId
ExternalGsmCell
cellIdentity
"Cell Identity Note1: For CORBA
users, Integer,"
ExternalGsmCell
userLabel
a user friendly (and user assign
ed) name of the association object
ExternalGsmCell
bcchFrequency
"Absolute radio frequency channe
l number of the BCCH channel of the GSM cell. Note: Integer, for CORBA users,"
ExternalGsmCell
ncc
"Network Color Code Note: Integer, for C
ORBA users,"
ExternalGsmCell
bcc
"Base Station Color Code Note: Integer,
for CORBA users,"
ExternalGsmCell
lac
"Location Area Code Note1: For CORBA use
rs, Integer,"
ExternalGsmCell
maxTxPowerUl
0
Maximun allowed UL transmitted p
ower in the GSM cell.
ExternalGsmCell
qRxLevMin
0
Minimum received GSM level in th
e GSM cell.
ExternalGsmCell
individualOffset
0
Offset that is used to d
eal with differences between minimum received GSM level in the cell and the comm
on value.
ExternalGsmCell
parentSystem
Reference to ExternalGsmPlmn ins
tance
ExternalGsmCell
mcc
The MCC part of the PLMN identity used i
n Gsm radio network.
ExternalGsmCell
mnc
The MNC part of the PLMN identity used i
n the radio network
ExternalGsmCell
mncLength
Length of the MNC part of the PL
MN identity used in Gsm radio network
ExternalGsmCell
bandIndicator 0
"This parameter is used to indic
ate the frequency of the external GSM cell. The ARFCN is unique for all GSM band
s except the two GSM bands DCS1800 and PCS1900, so the band indicator is needed
to disciminate between the two."
ExternalGsmCell
ExternalGsmCellId
s the value part of the RDN.
ExternalGsmCell
userLabel
ExternalGsmCell
cellIdentity
The external GSM cell identity.
This is the identity of the GSM cell. It is unique within a location area. The C
I along with the LAI (Location area identity) makes up the CGI (cell global iden
tification).
ExternalGsmCell
ncc
This is part of the BSIC.
ExternalGsmCell
bcc
This is part of the BSIC.
ExternalGsmCell
bcchFrequency
BCCH frequency code in the GSM c
ell.Contains the absolute radio frequency channel number of the BCCH channel for
the GSM cell. It uniquely identifies the BCCH.NOTE: Setting a value outside of
the ranges supported in the GSM network will cause IRAT handove
ExternalGsmCell
lac
The Location Area Code of the external G
SM cell.Special values: The values 0000 and FFFE are reserved for special cases
where no valid LAI exists in the MS.
ExternalGsmCell
maxTxPowerUl
0
Maximum UE transmission power on
the RACH when accessing the system. Used in UE functions for cell selection/res
election in idle mode and connected mode.Also used to control the maximum TX pow
er level that a UE may use. If the current UE uplink transmit p
ExternalGsmCell
qRxLevMin
-107
Minimum required (acceptable) RX
level in the cell.Used in UE functions for cell selection/reselection in idle m
ode and connected mode. Value launched by System information (SIB11) for each in
tra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjacent cell
ExternalGsmCell
individualOffset
0
This offset is added to
the measured quantity before the UE evaluates if an event has occurred. Used in
UE function event-reporting.The parameter is used both for signaling over RRC an
d RNSAP. Unit: dB
ExternalGsmCell
reservedBy
"Reference back to the GsmRelati
on and/or UtranCell MO(s) that refers to this ExternalGsmCell. When a new GsmRel
ation MO is created with its externalGsmCellRef attribute set to refer to this E
xternalGsmCell, the system automatically adds to this sequence a"
ExternalGsmCell
bandIndicator 0
"Indicates the frequency band of
the external GSM cell.The BCCH frequency is unique for all GSM bands except the
two GSM bands DCS1800 and PCS1900, so the band indicator is needed to discrimin
ate between the two.When the ExternalGsmCell has a BCCH frequenc"
ExternalGsmFreq
ExternalGsmFreqId
ExternalGsmFreq
userLabel
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.
ExternalGsmFreq
arfcnValueGeranDl
The IE GERAN-ARFCN-Value
is used to specify a GERAN BCCH carrier frequency.
ExternalGsmFreq
bandIndicator 0
"GERAN-BandIndicator is used as
an indication of how to interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN. More specif
ically, the attribute indicates the GERAN frequency band in case the ARFCN value
can concern either a DCS 1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. "
ExternalGsmFreq
externalGsmFreqGroupId
Identifies the ExternalG
smFreqGroup in which this frequency is part of. It equates to the frequencyGroup
Id in ExternalGsmFreqGroup.
ExternalGsmFreqGroup
ExternalGsmFreqGroupId
userLabel
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.
frequencyGroupId
This ID identifi
es the ExternalGsmFreqGroup in the network.
reservedBy
ExternalGsmNetwork
ExternalGsmNetworkId
Naming attribute
ExternalGsmNetwork
userLabel
C.
ExternalGsmNetwork
mcc
"The MCC part of the PLMN identi
ty used in the GSM radio network.The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Countr
y Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits.(Example: If MCC=12
5 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.) Dependencies: Changing this att"
ExternalGsmNetwork
mnc
"The MNC part of the PLMN identi
ty used in the GSM radio network.The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Countr
y Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits.(Example: If MCC=12
5 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.) Dependencies: Changing this att"
ExternalGsmNetwork
mncLength
"The length of the MNC p
art of the PLMN identity used in the GSM radio network.The PLMN identity consist
s of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digi
ts.(Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.) Dependencies: Cha"
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities
List of alias PL
MN identities for the Selective Handover feature. See the class description of G
smRelation for more details. Dependencies:Only used if Handover::selHoSup = TRUE
and MOCN is not used. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
ExternalGsmNetwork
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,
updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO.See reference in CnOperator."
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc 0
The MCC part of
a PLMN identity used in the radio network.
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc 0
The MNC part of
a PLMN identity used in the radio network.
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength 0
The leng
th of the MNC part of a PLMN identity used in the radio network Unit: digit
ExternalGsmPlmn
ExternalGsmPlmnId
ExternalGsmPlmn
userLabel
Provides support for putting a l
abel on the MO instance.
ExternalGsmPlmn
mcc
The MCC part of the PLMN identity used i
n Gsm radio network.
ExternalGsmPlmn
mnc
The MNC part of the PLMN identity used i
n the radio network
ExternalGsmPlmn
mncLength
Length of the MNC part of the PL
MN identity used in Gsm radio network
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
Sequence of max 30 PlmnI
dentities.
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength
ExternalNode
ExternalNodeId
ExternalNode
logicalName
The attribute reflects the value
of attribute logicalName on MO ManagedElement in the external node. This value
is used as additional information in alarms for resources used by this node.
ExternalTma
dlAttenuation
"Internal attenuation, downlink.
Example: 50 = 5.0 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Use cases: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes eff
ect: At next cell setup for the affected cells. Ref. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
dlTrafficDelayA 300
Internal downlink traffic delay
for branch A. Example: 312 = 31.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 300 Use cas
es: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes effect: At next cell setup for the affected c
ells. Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
dlTrafficDelayB 300
Internal downlink traffic delay
for branch B. Example: 312 = 31.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 300 Use cas
es: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes effect: At next cell setup for the affected c
ells. Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ExternalTmaId
ExternalTma
internalPower
Indicates how power is supplied
to the external TMA. Possible values: ? NO = Not supplied through RBS. ? YES = R
BS internal power is supplied through RF cable (AntFeederCable) to the external
TMA. Dependencies: In case an ATMA is configured below the Sect
ExternalTma
ulGain
Internal uplink gain. Example: 120 = 12.
0 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Use cases: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes effect: At next cell
setup for the affected cells. Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ulTrafficDelayA 300
Internal uplink traffic delay fo
r branch A. Example: 312 = 31.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 300 Use cases
: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes effect:At next cell setup for the affected cell
s. Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ulTrafficDelayB 300
Internal uplink traffic delay fo
r branch B. Example: 312 = 31.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Recommended value: 300 Use cases
: Modify Antenna Equipment Takes effect:At next cell setup for the affected cell
s. Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
currentLowLimA 0
"Indicates the lower current lim
it when LNA failure shall be reported for branch A. This attribute is only valid
for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100. When calc
ulating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna config"
ExternalTma
currentLowLimB 0
"Indicates the lower current lim
it when LNA failure shall be reported for branch B. This attribute is only valid
for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100.When calcu
lating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna configu"
ExternalTma
currentHighLimA 0
"Indicates the higher current li
mit when LNA failure shall be reported for branch A. This attribute is only vali
d for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100. When cal
culating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna confi"
ExternalTma
currentHighLimB 0
"Indicates the higher current li
mit when LNA failure shall be reported for branch B. This attribute is only vali
d for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100. When cal
culating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna confi"
ExternalTma
tmaDegradedSupported
0
Indicates whether the TM
A support reporting of degraded functionality. This attribute is only valid for
configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100. Possible value
s: ? NO = The TMA does not support reporting of degraded functionality
ExternalTransportNetwork
ExternalTransportNetworkId
ExternalTransportNetwork
userLabel
"Provides suppor
t for putting a label on the MO instance. Sub: TNH,"
ExternalUtranCell
ExternalUtranCellId
ExternalUtranCell
userLabel
A user-friendly (and use
r assigned) name of the associated object
ExternalUtranCell
cId
"Cid is the identifier of a cell
in one RNC Note: Integer, for CORBA users,"
ExternalUtranCell
mcc
"Mobile Contry Code Note: Intege
r, for CORBA users,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelat
ion instances"
ExternalUtranCell
mnc
"Mobile Network Code Note: Integ
er, for CORBA users,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRela
tion instances"
ExternalUtranCell
rncId
"Unique RNC ID for the drift RNC
Note: Integer, for CORBA users,The set operation will be rejected if there exis
ts UtranRelation instances"
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnUl
"The UL UTRA absolute Ra
dio Frequency Radio Channel number, UARFCN Note1: For CORBA users, Integer, "
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnDl
"The DL UTRA absolute Ra
dio Frequency Radio Channel number, UARFCN Note1: For CORBA users, Integer, "
ExternalUtranCell
primaryScramblingCode
"The primary DL
scrambling code used by the cell Note: Integer, for CORBA users, "
ExternalUtranCell
primaryCpichPower
0
"The power of th
e primary CPICH channel in the cell Note: Integer, for CORBA users, "
ExternalUtranCell
lac
"Location Area Code Note: Intege
r, for CORBA users, "
ExternalUtranCell
rac
"Routing Area Code Note: Integer
, for CORBA users, "
ExternalUtranCell
mncLength
"The length of the attri
bute ""mnc"" The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation in
stances"
ExternalUtranCell
parentSystem
Reference to ExternalUtr
anPlmn instance.
ExternalUtranCell
individualOffset
0
"Used in UE func
tion event-reporting. This offset is added to the measured quantity before the U
E evaluates if an event has occured. -100: -10,0 dB - 95: - 9,5 dB ... 100: 10,0
dB Resolution: 5 (=0,5 dB)"
ExternalUtranCell
maxTxPowerUl
0
"Used in UE functions fo
r cell selection/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Also used by UTRAN
to control the maximum TX power level an UE may use. If the current UE uplink t
ransmit power is above the indicated power value, the UE shall decrease "
ExternalUtranCell
qQualMin
0
Used in UE functions for
cell selection/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Minimum required (a
cceptable) quality level in the cell (dB). 100: Default value. The value for the
parameter is unspecified by the operator when this value is set.The pa
ExternalUtranCell
qRxLevMin
0
Used in UE functions for
cell selection/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Minimum required (a
cceptable) RX level in the cell. (dBm). Value launched by System information (SI
B11) for each intra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjac
ExternalUtranCell
agpsEnabled
0
Indicates if A-GPS is en
abled or not for a cell. FALSE = 0 TRUE = 1 Unit: N/A Resolution: N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability
"Indicates the capabilit
ies of the inter-RNS cell. Note that if OSS-RC is used, configured value will be
subject to consistency check and may be overridden if inconsistent. In case of
Ericsson only system not using OSS-RC, or multi-vendor system not using "
ExternalUtranCell
transmissionScheme
0
Transmission tec
hnique for an external UTRAN cell. Unit: N/A Resolution: N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.cpcSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if CPC is supported in the cell. Unit: N/A Resolution:
N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if EUL is supported in the cell Unit: N/A Resolution:
N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchTti2Support 0
Capabili
ty information indicating if 2 ms TTI EUL is supported in the cellUnit: N/A Reso
lution: N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.enhancedL2Support
0
Indicates whether Enhanced Layer 2 is supported or not. Unit: N/A Resolution: N/
A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.fdpchSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if F-DPCH is supported in the external utran cell or t
he DRNC. Unit: N/A Resolution: N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.hsdschSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if HS is supported in the cell. Unit: N/A Resolution:
N/A
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.multiCarrierSupport
0
Capability information indicating if the cell can act as a serving HS-DSCH cell
for Multi Carrier connections. Unit: N/A Resolution: N/A
ExternalUtranCell
ExternalUtranCellId
Naming attribute
ExternalUtranCell
userLabel
C.
ExternalUtranCell
cId
Cell identity. Unique in an exte
rnal RNC. cId is the identifier of a cell in an external RNC and is used togethe
r with the attribute rncId on MO IurLink as cell id in system information broadc
ast.
ExternalUtranCell
lac
"The Location Area Code of the e
xternal RNC cell, used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the CS CN. "
ExternalUtranCell
rac
"Routing Area Code of a routing
area. An RA is used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the PS CN. When the
parameter is changed, UTRAN updatea system information and notifies the UEs."
ExternalUtranCell
individualOffset
0
"Used in UE func
tion event-reporting. This offset is added to the measured quantity before the U
E evaluates if an event has occurred.Dependencies: If CN Hard Handover is suppor
ted, individualOffset should be set to less than the attributes intraFreqCnhhoPe
"
ExternalUtranCell
The primary down
link scrambling code to be used in the external cell.
ExternalUtranCell
primaryCpichPower
0
Power to be used
for transmitting the PCPICH. Disturbances: Changing this parameter may affect e
xisting traffic. It is recommended to increase/decrease the value in steps not g
reater than 3dBm (preferably in 1dBm steps). Unit: 0.1 dBm
ExternalUtranCell
maxTxPowerUl
0
Maximum UE transmission
power on the RACH when accessing the system. Used in UE functions for cell selec
tion/reselection in idle mode and connected mode.Also used to control the maximu
m TX power level that a UE may use. If the current UE uplink transmit p
ExternalUtranCell
qQualMin
100
Minimum required (accept
able) quality level in the cell (dB). Used to set cell border between two cells.
Used in UE functions for cell selection/reselection in idle mode and connected m
ode. Special values: 100: Indicates that the minimum quality level has
ExternalUtranCell
qRxLevMin
0
Minimum required (accept
able) RX level in the cell. (dBm).Used in UE functions for cell selection/resele
ction in idle mode and connected mode. Value launched by System information (SIB
11) for each intra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjace
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnDl
Downlink UTRA Absolute R
adio Frequency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central down
link frequency. The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is describ
ed in 3GPP specification TS 25.104. Dependencies: An intra-frequency re
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnUl
Uplink UTRA Absolute Rad
io Frequency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central uplink
frequency. The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is described i
n 3GPP specification TS 25.104. Dependencies: An intra-frequency relati
ExternalUtranCell
reservedBy
eferences to this MO.See reference in UtranRelation and ExternalUtranCell."
ExternalUtranCell
agpsEnabled
0
"Indicates that this cel
l is considered to be A-GPS capable for emergency calls. For an emergency call,
if any of the cells in the active set has agpsEnabled==TRUE, then a positioning
attempt will be made within UTRAN rather than handling the call over to "
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability
"Indicates the capabilit
ies of this inter-RNS cell. Note that if OSS-RC is used, any manually configured
value will be subject to consistency check and may be overridden if inconsisten
t. However, if OSS-RC is not used, the cell capability of external borde"
ExternalUtranCell
transmissionScheme
0
Transmission tec
hnique for an external UTRAN cell Change takes effect: Object disabled/enabled
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.cpcSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if CPC is supported in the cell. Change takes effect:
New connection
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if EUL is supported in the cell

ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchTti2Support 0
Capabili
ty information indicating if 2 ms TTI EUL is supported in the cell
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.enhancedL2Support
0
Indicates whether Enhanced Layer 2 is supported or not.
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.fdpchSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if F-DPCH is supported in the external utran cell or t
he DRNC.
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.hsdschSupport
0
Capabili
ty information indicating if HS is supported in the cell.
ExternalUtranFreq
ExternalUtranFreqId
ExternalUtranFreq
userLabel
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.
ExternalUtranFreq
arfcnValueUtranDl
"The arfcnValueU
tran is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink UTRA carrier freque
ncy, as defined in TS 25.331."
ExternalUtranPlmn
ExternalUtranPlmnId
ExternalUtranPlmn
userLabel
Provides support for put
ting a label on the MO instance
ExternalUtranPlmn
mcc
"Mobile Contry Code Note: Intege
r, for CORBA users,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelat
ion instances"
ExternalUtranPlmn
mnc
"Mobile Network Code Note: Integ
er, for CORBA users,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRela
tion instances"
ExternalUtranPlmn
mncLength
"The length of the attri
bute ""mnc"" The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation in
stances"
ExternalUtranPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
Sequence of max
30 PlmnIdentites.
ExternalUtranPlmn
ExternalUtranPlmn
ExternalUtranPlmn
ExternalViewableNode
ExternalViewableNodeId
ExternalViewableNode
userLabel
"Provides support for pu
tting a label on the MO instance. Sub: TNH,"
ExternalVplTp
ExternalVplTpId
ExternalVplTp
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a
label on the MO instance. Sub: TNH,"
ExternalVplTp
vplTpId
Fach
FachId
RDN. Set by the system.
Fach
administrativeState
0
The administrative state of the
channel.
Fach
operationalState
The operational state of the FAC
H channel.
Fach
availabilityStatus
"The availability status of the
FACH channel.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same ob
ject: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE
Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, "
Fach
userLabel
Fach
maxFach1Power 18
"Maximum power used for the first FACH c
hannel, relative to the value of primaryCpichPower. The first FACH is used for l
ogical channels BCCH, CCCH and DCCH, for control signaling. Unit: 0.1 dB "
Fach
maxFach2Power 15
"Maximum power used for the second FACH
channel, relative to the value of primaryCpichPower. The second FACH is used for
logical channel DTCH, for traffic signaling. Unit: 0.1 dB "
Fach
sccpchOffset
0
"Radio timing offset inside a radio fram
e. (SCCPCH parameter) Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing tr
affic. Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automatically and then re
-enabled. Value mapping: 0: 0 chip 1: 256 chip .. 149: 3"
Fach
fach1RateMatchingAttrDl 220
"Rate matching attribute in down
link for Fach1.The Fach1 is used for logical channels BCCH, CCCH and DCCH, contr
ol signaling. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturban
ces: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. "
Fach
fach2RateMatchingAttrDl 130
"Rate matching attribute in down
link for Fach2.The Fach2 is used for logical channel DTCH, traffic signaling. Th
is attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturbances: Changing th
is attribute may affect ongoing traffic. "
Fach
pOffset1Fach
0
"Power offset for the TFCI. This paramet
er is applied to both FACH and PCH. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may af
fect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automatica
lly and then re-enabled. Value mapping: 0 : 0.0dB 1 : 0."
Fach
pOffset3Fach
0
"Power offset for the pilot. This parame
ter is applied to both FACH and PCH. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may a
ffect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automatic
ally and then re-enabled. Value mapping: 0 : 0.0dB 1 : 0"
Fach
availabilityStatus
Fach
FachId
Fach
operationalState
Fach
pnIsActive
Identifies if a PN transmission is start
ed on FACH. Possible values: ? 0 = FALSE ? 1 = TRUE User category: Ericsson pers
onnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Fach
pnTfi
Defines the transport format that are used in an
active PN sending. Precondition: A PN transmission is started. User category: E
ricsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Fan
activeSwAllocation
"The SwAllocation instance, amon
g the predefined instances, which is active. The SwAllocation instance which is
active is the one currently used by the Fan MO. If no matching SwAllocation, con
taining the specific PiuType, is found, the value of this attrib"
Fan
FanId
Fan
userLabel
Label for free use.
Fan
administrativeState
0
The administrative state.
Fan
connectedToScu
Specifies the SCU that the fan is connec
ted to. A fan must always be connected to a SCU that mediates the communication
with a main processor.
Fan
operationalState
Fan
piuType
Reference to an instance of PiuType.
Fan
operationalProductData
Describes the product data of th
e fan that is installed.
Fan
reservedBy
Fan
criticalAirTempAlarmLimit
0
"Specifies the threshold
value for the critical air temperature alarm. This attribute must be greater th
an highAirTempAlarmLimit + 3, but it is recommended to set it to highAirTempAlar
mLimit + 10. Dependencies: This attribute is set only if alarmLimitsSupp"
Fan
yellowLed
0
fan. The following values are possible for this attribute: NOT_AVAILABLE = The L
ED state is not available at the moment OUT = Fan unlocked SLOW_BLINK = Minor al
arm issued FLICKERING = Major alarm issued.
Fan
alarmLimitsSupported
Indicates whether the air temper
ature alarm threshold is supported or not. It is used by criticalAirTempAlarmLim
it and highAirTempAlarmLimit.
Fan
fanNumber
0
"Specifies the fan used in the subrack.
Use the default fan number if there is only one fan in the subrack. If external
fan devices are used, this specifies the fan position in the Denib-chain countin
g from the right-most SCB."
Fan
fanPosition
"Indicates the position of the fan on th
e subrack.Possible values: - ABOVE - BELOW - the fanNumber, that is, digit 1 to
10, if external fan devices are used."
Fan
highAirTempAlarmLimit 0
"Specifies the threshold value f
or the warning air temperature alarm. See the recommended limit for criticalAirT
empAlarmLimit. Dependencies: This attribute is set only if alarmLimitsSupported
is true. If alarmLimitsSupported is set to false, this attribute"
Fan
operationalProductData.productName
A user-friendly
name of the product.
Fan
operationalProductData.productNumber
"Unique identity
for each product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC numb
er). The maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 sla
shes, 2 spaces and 2 characters for origination notation. Example of product num
"
Fan
operationalProductData.productRevision
"Indicates the r
evision state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits
and/or one or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R
or P. Example: R1A, R1A02, P7B A suffix may be added to the revision state. The
"
Fan
operationalProductData.productionDate
"The production
date can be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit re
presentation of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a twodigit representation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eigh
"
Fan
operationalProductData.serialNumber
The serial numbe
r consists of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The f
irst 6 characters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are
used for an individual number or batch number.
Fan
activeSwAllocation
active is the one currently used by the Fan MO. If no matching SwAllocation, con
taining the specific PiuType, is found, the value of this attrib"
Fan
FanId
Fan
userLabel
Label for free use.
Fan
administrativeState
0
Fan
connectedToScu
Specifies the SCU that the fan is connec
ted to. A fan must always be connected to a SCU that mediates the communication
with a main processor.
Fan
operationalState
Fan
piuType
Fan
Describes the product data of th
e fan that is installed.
Fan
reservedBy
Fan
criticalAirTempAlarmLimit
0
"Specifies the threshold
value for the critical air temperature alarm. This attribute must be greater th
an highAirTempAlarmLimit + 3, but it is recommended to set it to highAirTempAlar
mLimit + 10. Dependencies: This attribute is set only if alarmLimitsSupp"
Fan
yellowLed
0
fan. The following values are possible for this attribute: NOT_AVAILABLE = The L
ED state is not available at the moment OUT = Fan unlocked SLOW_BLINK = Minor al
arm issued FLICKERING = Major alarm issued.
Fan
alarmLimitsSupported
Indicates whether the air temper
ature alarm threshold is supported or not. It is used by criticalAirTempAlarmLim
it and highAirTempAlarmLimit.
Fan
fanNumber
0
"Specifies the fan used in the subrack.
Use the default fan number if there is only one fan in the subrack. If external
fan devices are used, this specifies the fan position in the Denib-chain countin
g from the right-most SCB."

Fan
fanPosition
"Indicates the position of the fan on th
e subrack.Possible values: - ABOVE - BELOW - the fanNumber, that is, digit 1 to
10, if external fan devices are used."
Fan
highAirTempAlarmLimit 0
"Specifies the threshold value f
or the warning air temperature alarm. See the recommended limit for criticalAirT
empAlarmLimit. Dependencies: This attribute is set only if alarmLimitsSupported
is true. If alarmLimitsSupported is set to false, this attribute"
Fan
A user-friendly
Fan
"Unique identity
"
Fan
"Indicates the r
"
Fan
"The production
"
Fan
The serial numbe
FanDeviceGroup
FanDeviceGroupId
FanDeviceGroup
supplyAirTemperature
"Current suppy air tempe
rature value as reported by the supply air temperature sensor, mounted at the ai
r inlet to the fan unit. Note! The value is not adjusted to compensate for syste
matic reading errors resulting from the placement of the sensor. Use cas"
FanDeviceGroup
fanUnitSpeedSetting
Current fan speed (revol
utions per minute) as ordered by the fan unit control algorithm.If different fan
elements are set at different speeds (owing to fault recovery or similar) then
the value for the fan element set at the highest speed is reported. Und
FanDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
FanDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
FanDeviceGroup
operationalState
FanGroup
FanGroupId
Identity of the fan group. It ma
tches the number on the physical unit and it is the value component of the RDN.
FanGroup
yellowLed
Indicates the current fault LED
status of the fan group. The LED is physically located on the corresponding SCU.
FastEthernet
FastEthernetId
The value componenet of the RDN.
FastEthernet
userLabel
Label for free use.
FastEthernet
operationalState
FastEthernet
availabilityStatus
FastEthernet
administrativeState
0
. Traffic is not stopped if administrativeState is set to LOCKED.
FastEthernet
reservedBy

FastEthernet
macAddress
0
"The MAC address of the ethernet
link. If the board is not available, the attribute has the value ""00:00:00:00:
00:00""."
FastEthernet
subnet
This attribute contains the subnet addre
ss of the FastEthernet MO.
FastEthernet
defaultRouter
The IP address of the default ro
uter.
FastEthernet
mtu
1500
The maximum transfer unit.
FastEthernet
networkPrefixLength
"The subnet mask. Exampl
e: networkPrefixLength = 24, subnet mask is 255.255.255.0 Example: networkPrefix
Length = 28, subnet mask is 255.255.255.240 Unit: 1 bit"
FcuDeviceGroup
FcuDeviceGroupId
FcuDeviceGroup
cabinetParameters
0
Cabinet specific paramet
ers for fan control (for excelusive use by Node Production Center). The specific
ation of each parameter with unit and valid range is located in [FS_CGC]. Use ca
ses: CGC_UC_1 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_CGC]
FcuDeviceGroup
numberOfFanGroups
Specifies the number of
fan groups. A fan group is one or or more fans which are supervised and controll
ed as a group. Undefined value: 0 Use cases: CGC_UC402 Ref. [FS_CGC]
FcuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
FcuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
FcuDeviceGroup
operationalState
FuDeviceGroup
FuDeviceGroupId
FuDeviceGroup
usageState
FuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
FuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
FuDeviceGroup
operationalState
GammaCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the gamma c
able. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDER
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alarm"
GammaCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF board wher
e the gamma cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The
BbifBoard MO must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
GammaCable
bbifConnector
Value represents the connector t
hat connects the cable to the BBIF board. Possible values: ? A ? B Use cases: Sc
ratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
GammaCable
electricalDelay
"Electrical delay of the gamma c
able. Example: 107 = 10.7 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Ant
enna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected
cells. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
GammaCable
GammaCableId
GammaCable
rfifConnector
Value represents the connector t
hat connects the cable to the RFIF board. Possible values: ? A ? B Use cases: Sc
ratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
GammaCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
"Reference to the RFIF p
lug-in unit, to which the cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Pre
condition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.
Ref. [CB_ECF]"
GanC
GanCId
RDN.
GanC
userLabel
GanC
ncc
"Network Colour Code.This is part of the BSIC, w
hich (in combination with bcchFrequency) is used in RRC messages towards the UE.
It is configured by the operator in the UTRAN system and needs to correspond to
that used by the GAN controller towards the UE "
GanC
bcc
"Base Station Colour Code.This is part of the BS
IC, which (in combination with bcchFrequency) is used in RRC messages towards th
e UE. It is configured by the operator in the UTRAN system and needs to correspo
nd to that used by the GAN controller towards th"
GanC
bandIndicator
Used to differentiate between the GSM ba
nds DCS1800 and PCS1900 if bcchFrequency is set to a value inside the normal GSM
bands. For GAN measurements it is recommended to set bcchFrequency to a value o
utside the normal GSM bands and set this parameter to O
GanC
bcchFrequency
"BCCH frequency code in the GAN cell, wh
ich is the absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of the BCCH channel f
or the GAN cell. It uniquely identifies the BCCH and is signaled in the RRC Meas
urement Control message in the UTRAN system. Corresponds"
GanC
ganCIdentity
GAN cell identity.Used as the CI field t
owards the core network in RANAP messages. The CI along with the LAI (Location a
rea identity) makes up the CGI (cell global identification).Specification: 3GPP
TS 45.005Dependencies: Not used if the license ganMobil
GanC
lac
Location Area Code.Used together with plmnIdenti
ty in RANAP messages towards the Core Network to form the LAI (Location Area Ide
ntity). The LAI along with the CI (Cell Identity) makes up the CGI (cell global
identification). Dependencies: Not used if the
GanC
plmnIdentity
PLMN identity.Used together with lac in
RANAP messages towards the core network to form the LAI (Location Area Identity)
. The LAI along with the CI (Cell Identity) makes up the CGI (cell global identi
fication). Dependencies: Not used if the license ganMob
GanC
plmnIdentity.mcc
0
The MCC part of a PLMN identity
used in the radio network.
GanC
plmnIdentity.mnc
0
The MNC part of a PLMN identity
used in the radio network.
GanC
The length of the MNC part of a
PLMN identity used in the radio network Unit: digit
GeneralProcessorUnit
GeneralProcessorUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
operationalState
"The operational
state. The value for operationalState is retrived from the parent of this MO, t
hat is PlugInUnit MO."
hdVolumeDSize
The total size of the D
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumeDFreespace
The amount of fr
eespace available on the D volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumePSize
The total size of the P
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumePFreespace
The amount of fr
eespace available on the P volume. Unit: 1 B
reservedBy
minimumHdVolumeDFreespace
0
"Minimum
number of megabytes of free space on D volume before an alarm is issued. 0 mean
s that no alarm will be sent. It is used as a threshold that triggers alarms whe
n the D volume of any board is about to be full, that is, when the attribute hdV
olumeDFr"
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
userLabel
Label for free use.
operationalState
"The operational
hdVolumeDSize
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumeDFreespace
The amount of fr
hdVolumePSize
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumePFreespace
The amount of fr
reservedBy
0
"Minimum
olumeDFr"
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
operationalState
"The operational
hdVolumeDSize
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumeDFreespace
The amount of fr
hdVolumePSize
volume. Unit: 1 B
hdVolumePFreespace
The amount of fr
reservedBy
0
"Minimum
olumeDFr"
GigaBitEthernet
GigaBitEthernetId
The value componenet of
the RDN.
GigaBitEthernet
userLabel
Label for free use.
GigaBitEthernet
operationalState
GigaBitEthernet
availabilityStatus
GigaBitEthernet
administrativeState
0
. Traffic is not stopped if administrativeState is set to LOCKED.
GigaBitEthernet
link1State
Operational state of the link 1
(lower).
GigaBitEthernet
link2State
Operational state of the link 2
(upper).
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap
"Specifies the value of the DSCP
and corresponding pbit (priority). The number of members in this sequence is 64
. All the 64 possible DscpPbit structs must be defined when setting this attribu
te. If no values are submitted, the default values from struct D"
GigaBitEthernet
macAddressLink1 0
"The MAC address of link 1. If t
he board is not available, the attribute has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
GigaBitEthernet
macAddressLink2 0
"The MAC address of link 2. If t
he board is not available, the attribute has the value ""00:00:00:00:00:00""."
GigaBitEthernet
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX(0)
"Ethernet outgoi
ng frame format. Before changing the value from ETHERNET_2_DIX to IEEE_802_3_LLC
_SNAP, ensure first that the attribute mtu of the children MOs (IpInterface) is
not higher than 1492. If this is the case, reduce the mtu to 1492 before changin
"
GigaBitEthernet
primaryLink
LINK_ONE_PRIMARY_LINK_TWO_SECONDARY(0)
"Specifies which link is primary and which is secondary. Link 1 is identical to
portNo 1 and link 2 to portNo 2. For details regarding port numbering, see the d
escription of the relevant board. Disturbances: Setting of this attribute may ca
use traffic dist"
GigaBitEthernet
activeLink
0
Specifies the active link.
GigaBitEthernet
autoNegotiation TRUE(1) "Indicates whether Ethernet auto
-negotiation is performed when starting the link(s). In normal traffic situation
s this attribute is set to true. The value false, is meant for test situations o
nly."
GigaBitEthernet
protectiveMode TRUE(1) "Indicates whether a switchover
to the secondary link is allowed. If link redundancy is not supported for the bo
ard, this attribute has no meaning and it is ignored. If link redundancy is supp
orted and this attribute is set to false, it means that a board "
GigaBitEthernet
switchBackTimer 30
"The switch-back timer, after th
e primary link has returned to state ENABLED (working). The value 0 (zero) means
that the system does not switch back from the secondary link to the primary lin
k. Traffic continues to run on the secondary link until - a manu"
GigaBitEthernet
shutDownTimeout 0
The shutting-down timer. It is u
sed when administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. This value must be positiv
e. Unit: 1 s
GigaBitEthernet
statePropagationDelay 25
This attribute is used t
o delay the propagation of fault on both links. Unit: 1 ds (1 decisecond)
GigaBitEthernet
linkType
0
"Indicates if the GigaBitEtherne
t link for external traffic is using the front ports or the backplane ports. If
the backplane ports are used, the link is a 10G link. This attribute is only val
id on ETs, that have Ethernet backplane connections. Other ETs u"
GigaBitEthernet
sfpInformation
Information about the SFP port.
Valid only if the attribute sfpPort is set to true.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpPort 0
"Specifies if the port is an SFP port. A
utonegotiation must be configured to true for an SFP port. Otherwise, the port m
ay be disabled."
GigaBitEthernet
portNo 1
"Physical port number associated with th
is MO instance. This attribute is applicable only on boards where link redundanc
y is not supported. For details regarding port numbering, see the description of
the relevant board."
GigaBitEthernet
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in which the
port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the link is disabled or
that autonegotiation is in progress. The following values are possible for this
attribute, for electrical interfaces: - ETH_100_MB_FULL - ETH_1000_MB_F"
GigaBitEthernet
The product numb
er of an SFP module.
GigaBitEthernet
The state of the SFP por
t.
GigaBitEthernet
The type of SFP. Example
: GE_1000_BASE_Tor GE_1000_BASE_CX.
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - differentiated se
rvices code point. The number of members in this sequence is 64.
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p priorities accor
ding to IEEE 8021D: 0 - Best effort 1 - Background 2 - Spare 3 - Excellent effor

t 4 - Controlled load 5 - Voice, less than 100 ms delay 6 - Voice, less than 10
ms delay 7 - Network control The number of members in this sequence is 6"
GpsReceiver
GpsReceiverId
GpsReceiver
administrativeState
0
of the GPS receiver. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
GpsReceiver
operationalState
the GPS receiver.
GsmRelation
adjacentCell
Reference to ExternalGsmCell MO
which contains the specification of the adjacent cell. Even though this is not a
restricted attribute it can only be set by an operator upon MO creation and can
not be modified to point to a new ExternalGsmCell. FDN accordin
GsmRelation
GsmRelationId
GsmRelation
qOffset1sn
7
"Signal strength offset between
source and target cells.Dependencies: Used when the IE ""cell_selection_and_rese
lection_quality_measure"" in SIB 11/12 is set to ""CPICH RSCP"".This is configur
ed through UtranCell::qualMeasQuantity. Unit: dB "
GsmRelation
externalGsmCellRef
"Reference to the Extern
alGsmCell MO, containing the specification of this adjacent cell."
GsmRelation
mobilityRelationType
0
Type of the mobility rel
ation.Dependencies: Note that the total number of GsmRelations with mobilityRela
tionType = HO_AND_CELL_RESEL (Both Handover and Cell selection/Reselection) for
a UtranCell may not exceed 32.
GsmRelation
selectionPriority
0
"Selection priority amon
g neighbour GSM relations for a UTRAN source cell. The neighbor cell priority is
used when building the monitored set, so that neighbor cells with higher priori
ty are included before low priority neighbors, for each cell in the acti"
Handover
HandoverId
Handover
maxActiveSet
0
"Maximum number of cells in acti
ve set. The reporting deactivation threshold, used to control intra-frequency me
asurements (event 1a), is set to maxActiveSet - 1. The replacement activation th
reshold, used to control intra-frequency measurements (event 1c)"
Handover
releaseConnOffset
120
"The threshold (offset)
for a cell to be included in the active set, when the connection is released at
inclusion rejection.Value mapping: -30 : -3.0 dB -25 : -2.5 dB ... 250: +25.0 dB
Unit: 0.1dB Resolution: 5 Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (nex"
Handover
maxBufferTime 10
Maximum time in buffer for a buf
fered report.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapp
ing: 0: 0 s 1: 0.2 s 2: 0.4 s 3: 0.6 s 4: 0.8 s 5: 1.0 s ... 50: 10 s Unit: 0.2
s Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL
Handover
gsmPropRepeatInterval 5
Minimum time interval be
tween proposals of the same GSM cell for handover based on the same measurement
report.Value mapping: 0: 0.0 s 1: 0.2 s 2: 0.4 s 3: 0.6 s 4: 0.8 s 5: 1.0 s ...
25: 5.0 s Unit: 0.2 s Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next sw
Handover
gsmAmountPropRepeat
4
Max number of repeated p
roposals (not including the first proposal) of GSM cell(s) for handover based on
the same measurement report. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next swi
tch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
timeRelocprep 10
Maximum time for resource alloca
tion in the target system. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Unit: s Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
timeRelocoverall
5
Maximum time to complete
a handover. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: s Ch
ange takes effect: New connections
Handover
timeRelocsup
15
Maximum time for relocation in t
he target RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: s C
hange takes effect: New connections
Handover
timeReleaseIuPs 10
"Guard timer, in case the PS CN
does not release the Iu connection after an IRATHO (inter radio access technolog
y handover) to GSM.Special values: 0: infinity (this means that this timer shoul
d not be used) Unit: s"
Handover
fddGsmHOSupp
0
Indicates if the RNC supports in
ter-RAT HO (Inter Radio Access Technology Handover).Change takes effect: Ongoing
connections
Handover
tCellChange
20
"Time for supervising the ""move
"" from UTRAN to GSM. Once the cell change order from UTRAN has been sent, the s
ystem expects to receive an Iu release command or Cell change failure from UTRAN
within this amount of time. This attribute may only be changed by"
Handover
initialCellListDelay
0
"When the connection is
set up for the first time, Measurement handler function will wait this predeterm
ined time before it sends the first cell list to the UE. This extra delay will d
ecrease the risk for the UE not to get the initial cell list , since ini"
Handover
comprModeRetryInterv
5
Time interval between tr
ials to initiate compressed mode.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Special values: 0 means no retry.Value mapping: 0: 0.0 s 1: 0.2 s 2: 0
.4 s 3: 0.6 s 4: 0.8 s 5: 1.0 s ... 50: 10 s Unit: 0.2 s Change takes e
Handover
maxSohoListSubset
32
Maximum number of intrafrequency cells that the UE shall measure on.This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
maxGsmMonSubset 32
Maximum number of GSM cells that
the UE shall measure on.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
tsHoInIratHo
2
Maximum time for soft or softer
handover to execute during the IRATHO execution. This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 1: 0.5 s 2: 1.0 s ... 10: 5.0 s Unit: 0
.5 s Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
selHoSup
0
"Selects whether the Selective H
andover feature is activated. Specifies if cell filtering to support selective h
andover is performed in the system at creation of any of the intra-frequency, in
ter-frequency or inter-RAT monitored sets. Selective Handover is"
Handover
maxIefMonSubset 32
Maximum number of inter-frequenc
y cells that the UE shall measure on. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
ifhoPropRepeatInterval 5
Minimum time interval be
tween proposals of the same non-used frequency cell for handover based on the sa
me measurement report. Unit: 0.2 s Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (nex
t switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
ifhoAmountPropRepeat
4
Maximum number of repeat
ed proposals of non-used frequency cell(s) for handover based on the same measur
ement report. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
fddIfhoSupp
0
Indicates if the RNC supports IF
HO. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
cnhhoSupp
0
Defines if the feature CN Hard H
andover is activated in the RNC. Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
intraFreqCnhhoPenalty 30
Defines how much penalty
shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal intra-freq
uency cell.Dependencies: The value to chose depends on the setting of the parame
ter measQuantity1 (which indicate if there are Ec/No or RSCP measuremen
Handover
intraFreqCnhhoWeight
0
"Defines the weight of t
he radio links in the active set, when comparing them to an intra-frequency CN H
ard Handover candidate. intraFreqCnhhoWeight=0 means that only the best cell in
AS is considered,intraFreqCnhhoWeight>0 means that all radio links in th"
Handover
interFreqCnhhoPenaltyEcno
30
Defines how much
penalty shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal in
ter-frequency cell during Ec/No evaluation. Dependencies:It is recommended to se
t ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset to less than interFreqCnhhoPenaltyEcno.Thi
Handover
interFreqCnhhoPenaltyRscp
30
Defines how much
penalty shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal in
ter-frequency cell during RSCP evaluation. Dependencies:It is recommended to set
ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset to less than interFreqCnhhoPenaltyRscp.This

Handover
tmStopGsmMeas 20
Maximum time for Service/Load Ba
sed GSM Handover measurements. Special values: 60: Measurements are never stoppe
d. Unit: s Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
lbhoMinSpeechUsers
0
"Minimum number of speec
h users connected in this cell before LBHO may be triggered. When more than this
number of speech users are connected in the cell, and the total load in the cel
l for all types of users is considered high, then LBHO for one or more s"
Handover
lbhoMaxTriggeredUsers 1
Maximum number of speech
users that can be triggeredto performLBHO.Change takes effect: Next soft conges
tion trigger
Handover
lbhoMinTriggerTime
5
"Minimum allowed time be
tween triggered LBHO attempts in this cell. As LBHO can potentially trigger for
every admission request, there is a risk that it may be triggered too often for
the same cell, for example due to many quick repeated upswitch attempts "
Handover
tmStopIfMeas
20
Time for Supervision for measure
ments started due to Inter-frequency Load based handover. Unit: Seconds Change t
akes effect: Next soft congestion This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.
Handover
ifLbhoMode
0
"Defines how the inter-frequency
monitored set shall be filtered and what inter-frequency target cells are allow
ed.ifLbhoMode = 1 Include all defined inter-frequency neighbor cells, both non-I
ur external cells used for CNHHO and normal inter-frequency neig"
Handover
iflsHyst
20
"Hysteresis load between the tar
get and source cell that must be fulfilled before triggering a load sharing redi
rection to the target cell, relative to the current load in the source cell. Uni
t: % Change takes effect: Immediately"
HgTtp
hgAisReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm HG Alarm Ind
ication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - reportin
g disabled.
HgTtp
availabilityStatus
ains details about operationalState. (DEGRADED qualifies the operational state E
NABLED.)
HgTtp
HgTtpId
HgTtp
operationalState
HgTtp
hgBaisReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm HG Backward
Alarm Indication Signal (BAIS) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false
HgTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
HgTtp
hgAisReporting 0
g disabled.
HgTtp
availabilityStatus
NABLED.)
HgTtp
HgTtpId
HgTtp
operationalState
HgTtp
hgBaisReporting 0
HgTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
HgTtp
hgAisReporting 0
g disabled.
HgTtp
availabilityStatus
NABLED.)
HgTtp
HgTtpId

HgTtp
operationalState
HgTtp
hgBaisReporting 0
HgTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
HiPowTxCable
aiuConnector
Value denoting the connector at
the AIU. Possible values: ? HL_IN_A1 ? HL_IN_A2 ? TX_IN_A ? TX_IN_B Use cases: S
cratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the AIU. Us
e cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the correspondi
ng device group MOs must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
dlAttenuation
"Electrical attenuation of the c
able, downlink. Example: 36 = 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Ante
nna Equipment Unit: 0.1 dB Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected
cell. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
HiPowTxCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical downlink del
ay of the cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site,
Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for
the affected cell. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
HiPowTxCable
HiPowTxCableId
HiPowTxCable
mcpaAuxPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the auxilia
ry plug-in unit of MCPA. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The AuxPlu
gInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
mcpaConnector
Value representing the connector
at the auxiliary plug-in unit of MCPA. Possible values: ? TX_OUT Use cases: Scr
atch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
HsDbchDeviceSet
HsDbchDeviceSetId
HsDbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
HsDbchDeviceSet
operationalState
HsDbchDeviceSet
usageState
Hsdsch
HsdschId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
Hsdsch
userLabel
Hsdsch
administrativeState
0
HSDPA resources in the cell. Data for the HSDPA physical channels HS-SCCH and H
S-PDSCH will be configured in the RBS. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may
affect ongoing traffic. When set to LOCKED, Hsdsch support for "
Hsdsch
operationalState
The operational state of the HSD
PA resources in the cell.
Hsdsch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the H
SDPA resources in the cell. More than one of the following conditions can apply
for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit
3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set t
Hsdsch
deltaAck1
5
The power offset for acknowledgement mes
sages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.
Hsdsch
deltaNack1
5
The power offset for non-acknowledgement
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.
Hsdsch
deltaAck2
7
The power offset for acknowledgement mes
sages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
deltaNack2
7
The power offset for non-acknowledgement
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
deltaCqi1
4
The power offset for CQI report messages
on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.
Hsdsch
deltaCqi2
6
The power offset for CQI report messages
on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
initialCqiRepetitionFactor
1
The initial number of re
petitions for CQI report messages on HS-DPCCH. Dependencies: Must be set less th
an or equal to cqiFeedbackCycle / 2 ms.
Hsdsch
initialAckNackRepetitionFactor 1
The initial number of re
petitions for ACK/NACK feedback transmissions on HS-DPCCH.
Hsdsch
cqiFeedbackCycle
8
The duration of the CQI feedback
cycle on HS-DPCCH. Dependencies: Must be set equal to or greater than 2 ms * in
itialCqiRepetitionFactor. Unit: ms
Hsdsch
hsMeasurementPowerOffset
80
"The Measurement power o
ffset, also called gamma, sent to the UE and RBS via RRC and NBAP. Used to offse
t the CQI in order to utilize the whole CQI range. Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5"
Hsdsch
numHsPdschCodes 5
"Number of codes of SF=16 used for the H
S-PDSCH. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. When
the number of codes is incremented, all traffic is released from the cell. When
the number is decreased, traffic is not released in the "
Hsdsch
numHsScchCodes 1
"Number of codes of SF=128 used for the
HS-SCCH. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. When
the number of codes is incremented or decreased, all traffic within the cell is
released. "
Hsdsch
codeThresholdPdu656
6
"Threshold for determining when
to use the RLC PDU size = 656 bits for UEs with HS-DSCH physical layer category
7 to 10, 13 or higher. Special values: 0: always used 15: never used any other v
alue: - 656 bits are used if codeThresholdPdu656 < numHsPdschCod"
Hsdsch
enhancedL2Support
"Indicates whether Enhanced Laye
r 2 is supported in the cell or not, as reported by the RBS in RSI or audit resp
onse. "
Hsdsch
qam64Support
"Indicates whether 64QAM is supported in
the cell or not, as reported by the RBS in RSI or audit response. Dependencies:
The operator must have valid licenses for EL2, 16QAM and 64QAM in order for this
parameter to take effect. Change takes effect: New conn"
HsDschResources
availabilityStatus
of the resources. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPEN
DENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG
_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]
HsDschResources
HsDschResourcesId
HsDschResources
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Ref. [CB_MOP]
HsDschResources
pnOnScchDschIsActive
Shows if PN transmission
on HS-SCCH and HS-DSCH is active. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UT
S]
HsDschResources
activeRdbtCellMeasurements
Active HSDPA Loc
al Measurements on this MO. Measurement type for this attribute is 16. One measu
rement can be active. Undefined value: 0 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref.
[CB_UTS]
HsDschResources
fixedBuffersIsActive
Shows whether fixed buff
er have been set or not (done through the action setFixedBuffersCellHidden). Use
r category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
HwUnit
piuType
Reference to corresponding PiuType MO. Indirectl
y used to control the auto-configuration of HwUnit contained MOs.
HwUnit
productData
HwUnit product data.Will match the produ
ct data on the HW Unit label.
HwUnit
HwUnitId
HwUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
HwUnit
unitType
This attribute mirrors the attribute Piu
Type::productData(productName).
HwUnit
administrativeState
0
The administrative state. Takes
effect: Immediatley.
HwUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability status containi
ng details about operationalState.
HwUnit
operationalState
Defines the operational state.
HwUnit
greenLed
Indicates the operational status of the
HW Unit.
HwUnit
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the HW unit.
HwUnit
position
0
Specifies the absolute position of the H
W unit within a shelf starting from left or ground with first position 1. Depend
ing on the width of the board it may occupy more than one position. If a board o
ccupies more than one position its position is the left
HwUnit
positionInformation
The position of a HW unit can ei
ther be ? in a shelf? not contained in a shelf but placed inside or outside a
If the HW is contained in a shelf the attribute position shall be used. Otherwi
se this attribu
HwUnit
positionRef
Reference to the cabinet or shelf which
the HW unit is placed in or belongs to. Takes effect: Immediatley.
HwUnit
HwUnit
for a product number is 36 when referring to a document.The product num"
HwUnit
he product. Examples: R1, R1A, R1A02, P7B The product revision is mandatory for
SubrackProdType."
HwUnit
digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight characters.E
xample: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by two digits for the"
HwUnit
ImaGroup
ImaGroupId
ImaGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaGroup
physicalPortList
"Contains a list of phys
ical port MOs connected to this ImaGroup MO. The physical port MOs can be of typ
e: - E1PhysPathTerm, - J1PhysPathTerm, - T1PhysPathTerm, - E1Ttp, - T1Ttp. Add o
r remove physical port MOs in one set-operation, not both in the same se"
ImaGroup
requiredNumberOfLinks 0
ImaLinks that needs to be operational in order for the complete group to be oper
ational. The bandwidth available for the AtmPort (and thus for the creation of V
P/VC connections) is defined by this number. Setting the requiredNumber
ImaGroup
activeLinks
0
Number of active links.
ImaGroup
operationalState
ImaGroup
availabilityStatus
ImaGroup
reservedBy
Contains an AtmPort MO instance
that reserves this MO instance.
ImaGroup
ImaGroupId
ImaGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaGroup
physicalPortList
ImaGroup
ImaGroup
activeLinks
0
ImaGroup
operationalState
ImaGroup
availabilityStatus
ImaGroup
reservedBy
ImaGroup
ImaGroupId
ImaGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaGroup
physicalPortList
ImaGroup
ImaGroup
activeLinks
0
ImaGroup
operationalState
ImaGroup
availabilityStatus
ImaGroup
reservedBy
ImaLink
ImaLinkId
The value component of the RDN. It is se
t automatically when the MO instance is created.
ImaLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaLink
operationalState
"The operational state. If the o
perationalState is DISABLED, the ImaLink is blocked for traffic."
ImaLink
availabilityStatus
ImaLink
uses
"Reference to the physical port represented by t
his MO. Can be of types: - E1PhysPathTerm, - J1PhysPathTerm, - T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp or - T1Ttp."
ImaLink
ImaLinkId
ImaLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaLink
operationalState
ImaLink
availabilityStatus
ImaLink
uses
ImaLink
ImaLinkId
ImaLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaLink
operationalState
ImaLink
availabilityStatus
ImaLink
uses
InternalEthernetPort
ethernetSwitchRef
Reference to an
instance of EthernetSwitch MO.
dscpPbitMap
"The value of the DSCP a
nd the corresponding pbit (priority). The number of members in this sequence is
64. All 64 possible dscpPbit structs must be defined when setting this attribute
. If no values are set, the default values specified in the table in the"
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX(0)
"Etherne
t outgoing frame format. Before changing the value from ETHERNET_2_DIX to IEEE_8
02_3_LLC_SNAP, ensure first that the attribute mtu of the IpInterface is not gre
ater than 1492. If mtu > 1492, reduce it to 1492 before changing this attribute.
Disturb"
userLabel
Label for free use.
InternalEthernetPortId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
macAddress
0
"Media Access Control ad
dress If the board is not available, the attribute has the value ""00:00:00:00:0
0:00""."
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - different
iated services code point. The number of members in this sequence is 64.
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p prioriti
es according to IEEE 8021D: 0 - Best effort 1 - Background 2 - Spare 3 - Excelle
nt effort 4 - Controlled load 5 - Voice, less than 100 ms delay 6 - Voice, less
than 10 ms delay 7 - Network control The number of members in this sequence is 6
"
ethernetSwitchRef
Reference to an
dscpPbitMap
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX(0)
"Etherne
Disturb"
userLabel
Label for free use.
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
macAddress
0
0:00""."
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - different
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p prioriti
"
ethernetSwitchRef
Reference to an
dscpPbitMap
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX(0)
"Etherne
Disturb"
userLabel
Label for free use.
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
macAddress
0
0:00""."
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - different
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p prioriti
"
InternalLinkGroup
InternalLinkGroupId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
InternalLinkGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber1
Contains a refer
ence to the SwitchModule MO that is interconnected by the link in the InternalLi
nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber2
Contains a refer
nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state.
InternalLinkGroup
operationalState
The operational
status.
InternalLinkGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability
InternalLinkGroup
InternalLinkGroupId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber1
Contains a refer
nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber2
Contains a refer
nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state.
InternalLinkGroup
operationalState
The operational
status.
InternalLinkGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability
InterPiuLink
availabilityStatus
InterPiuLink
InterPiuLinkId
InterPiuLink
operationalState
InterPiuLink
primaryPiuSlot
The slot where the primary PIU i
s placed.
InterPiuLink
secondaryPiuSlot
The slot where the secon
dary PIU is placed.
InterPiuLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
InterPiuLink
administrativeState
0
.
InterPiuLink
availabilityStatus
InterPiuLink
InterPiuLinkId
InterPiuLink
operationalState
InterPiuLink
primaryPiuSlot
s placed.
InterPiuLink
secondaryPiuSlot
dary PIU is placed.
InterPiuLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
InterPiuLink
administrativeState
0
.
InterPiuLink
availabilityStatus
InterPiuLink
InterPiuLinkId
InterPiuLink
operationalState
InterPiuLink
primaryPiuSlot
s placed.
InterPiuLink
secondaryPiuSlot
dary PIU is placed.
InterPiuLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
InterPiuLink
administrativeState
0
.
InterSubTimingCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the
inter sub timing cable. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only ge
t access.bit0=UNDER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTAND
ING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outsta"
InterSubTimingCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF bo
ard to which the cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition
: The BbifBoard MO must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
bbifConnector
Value denoting the conne
ctor that connects the cable to the BBIF board. Possible values: ? D Use cases:
Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical dela
y of the cable. Specified in 0.1 ns (nanoseconds), for example, 107 = 10.7 nanos
econds. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Ta
kes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. User category: Ericsso
"
InterSubTimingCable
InterSubTimingCableId
InterSubTimingCable
rfifConnector
Value denoting the conne
ctor that connects the cable to the RFIF board. Possible values: ? C Use cases:
Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the
RFIF PIU to which the cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precon
dition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist. Ref
. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
aiuConnector
Parameter denoting the connector
at the AIU. Possible values: ? ANT_A ? ANT_B Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Ref
. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the AIU. Us
e cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the correspondi
ng device group MOs must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
connectionFieldRef
Reference to the connect
ion field. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The ConnectionField MO m
ust exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
connFieldConnector
Parameter denoting the c
onnector at the connection field to which the jumper cable is connected. Use cas
es: Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
dlAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, downlink. Ex
ample: 36 = 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit
: 0.1 dB Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Ref. [CB_EC
F]"
IntJumperCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical delay of the
cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 ns Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equ
ipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.
User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
IntJumperCable
electricalUlDelay
cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify A
ntenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affec
ted cell. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
IntJumperCable
IntJumperCableId
IntJumperCable
ulAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, uplink. Exam
ple: 36 = 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit:
0.1 dB Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Ref. [CB_ECF]
"
IntraCabTimingCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the
inter cab timing cable. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only ge
t access.bit0=UNDER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTAND
ING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outsta"
IntraCabTimingCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF bo
ard. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The MO BbifBoard must exist Re
f. [CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
bbifConnector
Value representing the c
onnector towards the BBIF board. Possible values: ? C Use cases: Scratch RBS at
Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
electricalUlDelay
"Electrical dela
y of the cable.Example: 107 = 10.7 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, M
odify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for th
e affected cell. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
IntraCabTimingCable
IntraCabTimingCableId
IntraCabTimingCable
rfifConnector
Value representing the c
onnector towards the RFIF plug-in unit. Possible values: ? D Use cases: Scratch
RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the
RFIF plug-in unit to which the cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Si
te Precondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must e
xist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
Ip
dnsServerAddresses
A list of IP addresses to Domain
Name Servers. A maximum of 3 DNS servers is possible.
Ip
IpId
Ip
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ip
workingMode
ROUTER_MODE(1) "Specifies if the IP stack in th
e node works as a combined host/router (ROUTER_MODE) or only as a host (HOST_MOD
E). Dependencies: If the IpHostLink MO is used, do not set this attribute to ROU
TER_MODE, since routing on incoming OAM traffic is not supported"
Ip
retransInterval 4
The retransmission interval. Unit: 1 s
Ip
noOfRetrans
5
The number of retransmissions.
Ip
isRecursiveSearch
0
Specifies how the DNS client wan
ts the DNS server do the search for the IP address in the network . true - recur
sive search false - non-recursive search
Ip
isSubDomainName 0
Specifies whether to use subsets of the
fully qualified domain name to reach the simple domain name. true - use subsets
of domain name false - do not use subsets of domain name
Ip
isDefDomainName 0
Specifies whether the default domain nam
e is present. true - present false - not present
Ip
defDomainName
"Contains default domain name. If isDefD
omainName is set to true, the domain name found in this attribute is used by the
DNS resolver and there is no need to submit the complete domain name. If the do
main name is for example 'ws5741.uab.ericsson.se', then "
Ip
operationalState
The operational state. This attr
ibute is set to ENABLED if at least one link is operational.
Ip
numberOfLinks
"Represents the number of interfaces (co
rresponding to the MOs: EthernetLink, IpAtmLink and IpHostLink) which have regis
tered to the Ip MO."
Ip
availabilityStatus
Ip
reservedBy
Contains an Ospf MO instance that reserv
es this MO instance.
Ip
useHostFile
TRUE(1) Specifies if the host file is used. The
hostFile is used by the resolver and chosen as a source of information before qu
erying a DNS server. true - use the host file false - do not use the host file
Ip
dscp
0
"The DiffServ CodePoint. The code point values a
re used by DiffServ enabled hosts and router to identify different service level
s. When set, the DSCPs are mapped to Per Hop Behaviours (PHB) by forwarding devi
ces along the path between the source and destin"
Ip
icmpRedirect
TRUE(1) Indicates if ICMP redirects is sent out
or not.
Ip
udpChecksumState
1
Enables or disables generation o
f UDP checksum. 0 = disabled 1 = enabled The UDP checksum is used to verify that
the UDP header has not been damaged during transmission.
Ip
nodeInterfaceName
0
The interface name of the link o
bject that determines the OAM IP Address for the node. Dependencies: The value o
f this attribute is set to the value of the attribute interfaceName in the Ether
netLink MO or in the IpHostLink MO.
Ip
nodeIpAddress
The OAM IP Address for the node.
Ip
dnsServerAddresses
Ip
IpId
Ip
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ip
workingMode
ROUTER_MODE(1) "Specifies if the IP stack in th
e node works as a combined host/router (ROUTER_MODE) or only as a host (HOST_MOD
E). Dependencies: If the IpHostLink MO is used, do not set this attribute to ROU
TER_MODE, since routing on incoming OAM traffic is not supported"
Ip
retransInterval 4
Ip
noOfRetrans
5
Ip
isRecursiveSearch
0
Ip
isSubDomainName 0
Ip
isDefDomainName 0
Ip
defDomainName
Ip
operationalState
Ip
numberOfLinks
Ip
availabilityStatus
Ip
reservedBy
Ip
useHostFile
Ip
dscp
0
Ip
icmpRedirect
or not.
Ip
udpChecksumState
1
Ip
nodeInterfaceName
0
Ip
nodeIpAddress
Ip
dnsServerAddresses
Ip
IpId
Ip
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ip
workingMode
"Specifies if the IP stack in the node w
orks as a combined host/router (ROUTER_MODE) or only as a host (HOST_MODE). Depe
ndencies: If the IpHostLink MO is used, do not set this attribute to ROUTER_MODE
, since routing on incoming OAM traffic is not supported"
Ip
retransInterval 4
Ip
noOfRetrans
5
Ip
isRecursiveSearch
0
Ip
isSubDomainName 0
Ip
isDefDomainName 0
Ip
defDomainName
Ip
operationalState
Ip
numberOfLinks
Ip
availabilityStatus
Ip
reservedBy
Ip
useHostFile
Ip
dscp
0
Ip
icmpRedirect
or not.
Ip
udpChecksumState
1
Ip
nodeInterfaceName
0
Ip
nodeIpAddress
IpAccessAutoConfig
IpAccessAutoConfigId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
IpAccessAutoConfig
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessAutoConfig
reservedBy
stances that reserve IP access hosts.
IpAccessAutoConfig
nrOfUnusedAdresses
0
Number of unused
addresses The number of addresses in the range that are not used.
IpAccessAutoConfig
totalNrOfAddresses
0
Total number of
addresses in the range. The first address in the range is the same one as the on
e for networkAddress.
IpAccessAutoConfig
minIpAddress
"Minimum IP address The
lowest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IP acc
ess host, it is not necessary to assign explicitly an IP address and prefix leng
th to the host. The IP address is assigned by the Control Plane, based o"
IpAccessAutoConfig
maxIpAddress
"Maximum IP address The
highest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IP ac
cess host, it is not necessary to assign explicitly an IP address and prefix len
gth to the host. The IP address is assigned by the Control Plane, based "
IpAccessHostEt
IpAccessHostEtId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostEt
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostEt
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostEt
ipAddress
"The IP address of the host. Thi
s IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node. To set this
attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED. This IP address must belong to t
he subnet which is indicated in the MO referenced by ipInterface"
IpAccessHostEt
ipDefaultTtl
64
"The default value of the Time-T
o-Live (TTL) field of the IP header. The value is inserted into datagrams origin
ating at this host, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer
protocol."
IpAccessHostEt
ipInterfaceMoRef
Reference to an IpInterf
ace MO or VpnInterface MO.
IpAccessHostEt
operationalState
IpAccessHostEt
reservedBy
IpAccessHostEt
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostEt
ntpServerMode 0
"Specifies whether a host is act
ing as an NTP server. This attribute cannot be set to ENABLED, if there are any
IpSyncRef MOs in the node."
IpAccessHostEt
ntpDscp 0
The DSCP value to be used for outgoing N
TP packets.
IpAccessHostEt
IpAccessHostEtId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostEt
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostEt
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostEt
ipAddress
IpAccessHostEt
ipDefaultTtl
64
protocol."
IpAccessHostEt
ipInterfaceMoRef
IpAccessHostEt
operationalState
IpAccessHostEt
reservedBy
IpAccessHostEt
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostEt
ntpServerMode 0
IpAccessHostEt
ntpDscp 0
TP packets.
IpAccessHostEt
IpAccessHostEtId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostEt
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostEt
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostEt
ipAddress
IpAccessHostEt
ipDefaultTtl
64
protocol."
IpAccessHostEt
ipInterfaceMoRef
IpAccessHostEt
operationalState
IpAccessHostEt
reservedBy
IpAccessHostEt
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostEt
ntpServerMode 0
IpAccessHostEt
ntpDscp 0
TP packets.
IpAccessHostGpb
IpAccessHostGpbId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostGpb
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostGpb
reservedBy
IpAccessHostGpb
operationalState
IpAccessHostGpb
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostGpb
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostGpb
generalProcessorUnitId
of GeneralProcessorUnit MO. Default location of the IP host after a node restar
t. The location can be overriden by the value of the attribute activeGpuId.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfig
0
This attribute specifies whether
autoconfiguration for the IP Access Host is used.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity
The identity of the IpAc
cessAutoConfig MO used by this host. This attribute is mandatory if autoConfig i
s set to ON.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity2
"The identity of the IpA
ccessAutoConfig MO used by this host. This attribute must be set, if autoConfig
is set to ON and if the host has two IP addresses assigned automatically."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress1
0
"The first IP address of the hos
t. This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node. To se
t this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED. This attribute must be set
, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. This IP address must belong "
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress2
0
"The second IP address of the ho
st. This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node. To s
et this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED. This attribute must be se
t, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. This IP address must belong"
IpAccessHostGpb
ipDefaultTtl
64
protocol."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipReasmTimeout 60
"The maximum number of seconds,
during which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at t
his host. The value for this attribute must be greater than zero. Recommended va
lues, according to RFC 1122, are between 60 and 120."
IpAccessHostGpb
interface1
"Reference to an IpInterface MO
or to a FastEthernet MO. If two IP addresses are used, and thus two interfaces,
this interface is for IP address 1. The attributes interface1 and interface2 hav
e their own instances of the IpInterface MO. When the IpAccessHo"
IpAccessHostGpb
interface2
or to a FastEthernet MO. This attribute must refer to an MO of the same type as
interface1. This attribute must be set, if ipAddress2 or autoConfigIdentity2 is
set. The attributes interface1 and interface2 have their own ins"
IpAccessHostGpb
activeGpuId
"Reference to the active General
ProcessorUnit MO. After restart, the reference is the same as generalProcessorUn
itId. The reference can be set only by the user of the IpAccessHostGpb MO."
IpAccessHostGpb
IpAccessHostGpbId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostGpb
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostGpb
reservedBy
IpAccessHostGpb
operationalState
IpAccessHostGpb
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostGpb
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostGpb
generalProcessorUnitId
of GeneralProcessorUnit MO. Default location of the IP host after a node restar
t. The location can be overriden by the value of the attribute activeGpuId.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfig
0
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity
s set to ON.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity2
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress1
0
, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. This IP address must belong "
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress2
0
st. This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node. To s
et this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED. This attribute must be se
t, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. This IP address must belong"
IpAccessHostGpb
ipDefaultTtl
64
protocol."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipReasmTimeout 60
IpAccessHostGpb
interface1
or to a FastEthernet MO. If two IP addresses are used, and thus two interfaces,
this interface is for IP address 1. The attributes interface1 and interface2 hav
e their own instances of the IpInterface MO. When the IpAccessHo"
IpAccessHostGpb
interface2
or to a FastEthernet MO. This attribute must refer to an MO of the same type as
interface1. This attribute must be set, if ipAddress2 or autoConfigIdentity2 is
set. The attributes interface1 and interface2 have their own ins"
IpAccessHostGpb
activeGpuId
"Reference to the active General
ProcessorUnit MO. After restart, the reference is the same as generalProcessorUn
itId. The reference can be set only by the user of the IpAccessHostGpb MO."
IpAccessHostPool
IpAccessHostPoolId
Naming attribute
IpAccessHostPool
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state of the IpAccessHostPool. Change takes effect: New connections
IpAccessHostPool
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the IpAccessHostPool.More than one of the following conditions can ap

ply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF
Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit
IpAccessHostPool
operationalState
The operational
state of the IpAccessHostPool.
IpAccessHostPool
ipAccessHostRef
List of IP Access Hosts
that belong to the pool
IpAccessHostPool
reservedBy
eferences to this MO.See references in IuLink, IubLink and IurLink."
IpAccessHostPool
userLabel
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the R
NC.
IpAccessHostSpb
IpAccessHostSpbId
he RDN.
IpAccessHostSpb
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostSpb
operationalState
IpAccessHostSpb
availabilityStatus
IpAccessHostSpb
administrativeState
0
.
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfig
0
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfigIdentity
s set to ON.
IpAccessHostSpb
spmId
Reference to an instance of Spm MO. Defa
ult location of the IP host after a node restart. The location can be overridden
by the value of the attribute activeSpmId.
IpAccessHostSpb
ipAddress
0
, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. Disturbances: Changing this "
IpAccessHostSpb
ipDefaultTtl
64
protocol."
IpAccessHostSpb
ipReasmTimeout 60
IpAccessHostSpb
activeSpmId
"Reference to the active Spm MO.
After restart, the reference is the same as the spmId. The reference can be set
only by the user of the IpAccessHostSpb MO."
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfigIdentity2
IpAccessHostSpb
interface2
"Reference to an IpInterface MO.
The attributes ipInterface and interface2 have their own instances of the IpInt
erface MO. When the IpAccessHostSpb MO is configured as multihomed, do not confi
gure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board. The interfac"
IpAccessHostSpb
ipAddress2
0
st at multihoming. This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in
the node. To set this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED. This attri
bute must be set, only if autoConfig is set to OFF. This IP addr"
IpAccessHostSpb
reservedBy
IpAccessHostSpb
ipInterface
"Reference to an IpInterface MO.
The attributes ipInterface and interface2 have their own instances of the IpInt
erface MO. When the IpAccessHostSpb MO is configured as multihomed, do not confi
gure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board. The interfac"

IpAccessSctp
IpAccessSctpId
IpAccessSctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessSctp
reservedBy
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef1
"The identity of a prima
ry ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 and
ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance. This
attribute must always contain a valid MO reference."
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef2
"The identity of a secon
dary ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 a
nd ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance."
IpAccessSctp
operationalState
IpAccessSctp
availabilityStatus
IpAccessSctp
IpAccessSctpId
IpAccessSctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessSctp
reservedBy
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef1
"The identity of a prima
ry ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 and
ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance. This
attribute must always contain a valid MO reference."
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef2
"The identity of a secon
dary ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 a
nd ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance."
IpAccessSctp
operationalState
IpAccessSctp
availabilityStatus
IpAtmLink
IpAtmLinkId
IpAtmLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAtmLink
operationalState
This attribute is dependent of the supervision of the link or, if it is closed,
of the operational states of the underlying AAL5 termination points (Aal5TpVccTp
MO) that are used to transport IP datagrams."
IpAtmLink
availabilityStatus
IpAtmLink
reservedBy
Contains an OspfInterface MO ins
tance that reserves this MO instance.
IpAtmLink
ipAddress
"The input format used by the op
erator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of thre
e digits."
IpAtmLink
subnetMask
"The attribute subnetMask states
the subnet mask of the IP over ATM link (point-to-point link). The input format
used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field c
onsists of three digits. For a point-to-point link, the subnet m"
IpAtmLink
mtuSize 1500
"Specifies the maximum IP datagram size
that may be sent on the IP over ATM link in bytes, without fragmentation. Recomm
ended MTU size is 1500 bytes to prevent IP fragmentation. Note that the size of
the IP datagram does not include the 8 Bytes added for t"
IpAtmLink
metric 0
"The attribute metric states the metric
""cost"" of the IP over ATM link. The metric value is calculated as 10^8 /link b
it speed. For example: Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10 Metric for 1
00 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1"
IpAtmLink
monitor TRUE(1) Specifies whether InvATMARP monitor is t
urned on or off.
IpAtmLink
monitorInterval 10
The interval between sending mon
itor packets. Unit: 1 s
IpAtmLink
monitorRetries 10
The number of retries when sendi
ng monitor packets.
IpAtmLink
interfaceName
The interface name.
IpAtmLink
aal5TpVccTpId
Reference to an Aal5TpVccTp MO i
nstance that represents the underlying AAL5 termination point (of an AAL5 PVC:s)
for the IP over ATM link. The operator gives the name of the Aal5TpVccTp MO to
be used by the IP over ATM link. Only Aal5TpVccTp MOs that term
IpAtmLink
IpAtmLinkId
IpAtmLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAtmLink
operationalState
IpAtmLink
availabilityStatus
IpAtmLink
reservedBy
IpAtmLink
ipAddress
e digits."
IpAtmLink
subnetMask
IpAtmLink
mtuSize 1500
IpAtmLink
metric 0
00 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1"
IpAtmLink
urned on or off.
IpAtmLink
monitorInterval 60
IpAtmLink
monitorRetries 10
ng monitor packets.
IpAtmLink
interfaceName
The interface name.
IpAtmLink
aal5TpVccTpId
IpAtmLink
IpAtmLinkId
IpAtmLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAtmLink
operationalState
IpAtmLink
availabilityStatus
IpAtmLink
reservedBy
IpAtmLink
ipAddress
e digits."
IpAtmLink
subnetMask
IpAtmLink
mtuSize 1500
IpAtmLink
metric 0
00 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1"
IpAtmLink
urned on or off.
IpAtmLink
monitorInterval 10
IpAtmLink
monitorRetries 10
ng monitor packets.
IpAtmLink
interfaceName
The interface name.
IpAtmLink
aal5TpVccTpId
IpEthPacketDataRouter
IpEthPacketDataRouterId
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state of the IpEthPacketDataRouter
operationalState
The operational
state of the IpEthPacketDataRouter
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the IpEthPacketDataRouter More than one of the following conditions c
an apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POW
EROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 whe
userLabel
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the R
NC.
reservedBy
eferences to this MO."
ipAccessHostSpbRef
Reference to IpA
ccessHostSpb MO.
ipAddressSelection
0
RNC Iu link IP a
ddress specification. Dependencies: Instances of this MO that refer to the same
IpAccessHostSpb (attribute ipAccessHostSpbRef) must have different values for th
is parameter.
IpHostLink
availabilityStatus
IpHostLink
interfaceName
s: If the IP address of the IpHostLink MO is the OAM IP Address for the node , t
he attribute nodeInterfaceName in the Ip MO must be set to the value of this att
ribute."
IpHostLink
ipAddress
The IP address of the IP host li
nk. This IP address must belong to the subnet defined in the referenced IpInterf
ace MO. Dependencies: The value of this attribute must not be identical to the v
alue of the attribute ipAddress in the MO EthernetLink.
IpHostLink
IpHostLinkId
IpHostLink
ipInterfaceMoRef
of IpInterface MO.
IpHostLink
operationalState
IpHostLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
IpInterfaceId
IpInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
operationalState
IpInterface
availabilityStatus
IpInterface
vid
0
"The Virtual LAN (VLAN) identifier. This
attribute is applicable only when: - vLan is set to true - front ports are conf
igured, that is the attribute linkType of the GigaBitEthernet MO is set to FRONT

_PORTS. vid 0 = priority tag only vid 1 - 4094 = with pr"
IpInterface
vLan
0
"Specifies whether VLAN tagging is used
on this interface. This attribute is applicable only when front ports are config
ured, that is, when one of the following conditions is fulfilled: - This instanc
e is related to a GigaBitEthernet MO, which has the attr"
IpInterface
rps
0
"Router Path Supervision Router Path Sup
ervision is done on the links defined by ownIpAddressActive and ownIpAddressPass
ive, if they have valid IP addresses defined when they are created. It is possib
le to enable Router Path Supervision after the creation "
IpInterface
mtu
1500
"The maximum transfer unit, that is the
maximum number of Ethernet payload octets in an Ethernet frame that is sent from
the node.Dependencies: The maximum value for mtu depends on attributes, frameFo
rmat and linkType in the parent MO GigabitEthernet or fr"
IpInterface
networkPrefixLength
Length = 28, subnet mask is 255.255.255.240 Dependencies: This attribute can be
changed using the action assignIpAddress on the IpHostLink MO. If the su"
IpInterface
defaultRouter0
"The IP address of the default r
outer 0. It is not allowed to set the value of this attribute to 0.0.0.0. The at
tributes defaultRouter0, defaultRouter1 and defaultRouter2 must not indicate the
same IP address. If rps is set to false, the egress traffic is "
IpInterface
defaultRouter1 0
outer 1. The attributes defaultRouter0, defaultRouter1 and defaultRouter2 must n
ot indicate the same IP address. If the address of the defaultRouter1 is changed
, it has to belong to the subnet defined by the networkPrefixLen"
IpInterface
defaultRouter2 0
IpInterface
defaultRouter0State
Indicates whether ping s
upervision is successful toward default router 0. If router path supervision is
turned off (rps = false) the value of this attribute is ENABLED.
IpInterface
defaultRouter1State
"Indicates whether ping
supervision is successful toward default router 1. If no default router 1 is con
figured, the value of this attribute is DISABLED. If router path supervision is
turned off (rps = false) the value of this attribute is ENABLED."
IpInterface
defaultRouter2State
IpInterface
defaultRouterTraffic
0
Indicates which of the d
efault routers is selected for egress traffic.
IpInterface
defaultRouterPingInterval
0
"The interval at
which the default router is ping-ed. Must be larger than or equal to maxWaitFor
PingReply. The value of this attribute is irrelevant, if rps = false. Unit: 100m
s"
IpInterface
maxWaitForPingReply
3
"If echo reply is not re
ceived within this time, ping supervision is considered to be failed. This value
is irrelevant, if rps = false. Unit: 100ms"
IpInterface
maxNoOfFailedPings
2
"Maximum number of conse
cutive failed pings before the contact with the default router is considered to
be lost. This value is irrelevant, if rps = false."
IpInterface
noOfPingsBeforeOk
2
"Minimum number of conse
cutive successful pings before a default router is considered to be reachable, a
fter having been considered unreachable. This value is irrelevant, if rps = fals
e."
IpInterface
switchBackTimer 180
"Switchback timer When a higherpriority router has become reachable, the traffic switches back to default route
r 0 or default router 1, after expiry of the switchback timer. This value is irr
elevant, if rps = false. Unit: 1s"

IpInterface
ownIpAddressActive
0
"The IP address of Route
r Path Supervision on the active link. The active link is the one where traffic
is handled. This IP address must be set, if rps = true. This IP address can be s
hared with a host that is connected to the IP interface, but apart from "
IpInterface
ownIpAddressPassive
0
The IP address of Router
Path Supervision on the passive link. This IP address must be unique in the nod
e if the attribute rps is set to true. The attribute is not valid if the IpInter
face belongs to an InternalEthernetPort MO.
IpInterface
subnet 0
ss of the IpInterface MO. The subnet address is constructed from the address in
defaultRouter0 and the attribute networkPrefixLength.
IpInterface
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. A maximum of 96 users can reserve the IpInterface
MOs configured on the same logical network.
IpInterface
trafficType
0
"The type of traffic on this int
erface. This attribute is only for information, setting it does not affect traff
ic or system behaviour."
IpInterface
IpInterfaceId
IpInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
operationalState
IpInterface
availabilityStatus
IpInterface
vid
0
IpInterface
vLan
0
IpInterface
rps
0
IpInterface
mtu
1500
IpInterface
networkPrefixLength
IpInterface
defaultRouter0
IpInterface
defaultRouter1 0
IpInterface
defaultRouter2 0
IpInterface
defaultRouter0State
IpInterface
defaultRouter1State

IpInterface
defaultRouter2State
IpInterface
0
IpInterface
0
"The interval at
s"
IpInterface
maxWaitForPingReply
3
IpInterface
maxNoOfFailedPings
2
IpInterface
noOfPingsBeforeOk
2
e."
IpInterface
switchBackTimer 180
IpInterface
ownIpAddressActive
0
IpInterface
ownIpAddressPassive
0
IpInterface
subnet 0
IpInterface
reservedBy
IpInterface
trafficType
0
IpInterface
vlanRef
"Reference to an instance of a Vlan MO.
The referenced instance represents an external VLAN that is opened on this port.
This attribute is applicable only when this instance is related to a GigaBitEth
ernet MO. When configuring backplane ports, that is if t"
IpInterface
IpInterfaceId
IpInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
operationalState
IpInterface
availabilityStatus
IpInterface
vid
0
IpInterface
vLan
0
IpInterface
rps
0
IpInterface
mtu
1500
IpInterface
networkPrefixLength
IpInterface
defaultRouter0
IpInterface
defaultRouter1 0
IpInterface
defaultRouter2 0
IpInterface
defaultRouter0State
IpInterface
defaultRouter1State
IpInterface
defaultRouter2State
IpInterface
0
IpInterface
0
"The interval at
s"
IpInterface
maxWaitForPingReply
3
IpInterface
maxNoOfFailedPings
2
IpInterface
noOfPingsBeforeOk
2
e."
IpInterface
switchBackTimer 180
IpInterface
ownIpAddressActive
0
IpInterface
ownIpAddressPassive
0
IpInterface
subnet 0
IpInterface
reservedBy
IpInterface
trafficType
0
IpOam
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpOam
IpOamId
IpOam
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpOam
IpOamId
IpOam
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpOam
IpOamId
IpRoutingTable
IpRoutingTableId
he RDN. It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
IpRoutingTable
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpRoutingTable
indexOfDeletableStaticRoutes
0
This attribute g
ives the indexes for the static routes that are possible to delete by the operat
or.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes
"List of static routes. When thi
s attribute is set, all the static routes in the node configuration are either a
dded, removed, modified or unchanged. The actions, addStaticRoute and deleteStat
icRoute, can be used to add or remove one single static route. D"
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.indexOfStaticRoute
The index of the
static route. It can differ from the index of the route in the routing table.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.ipAddress
The destination IP addre
ss.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.networkMask
The destination
IP network mask.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.nextHopIpAddr
The next hop IP
address.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.redistribute
Indicates if the
route should be redistributed.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.routeMetric
The route metric
.
IpRoutingTable
IpRoutingTableId
IpRoutingTable
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpRoutingTable
0
This attribute g
or.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes
IpRoutingTable
The index of the
IpRoutingTable
ss.
IpRoutingTable
The destination
IP network mask.
IpRoutingTable
The next hop IP
address.
IpRoutingTable
Indicates if the
IpRoutingTable
The route metric
.
IpRoutingTable
IpRoutingTableId
IpRoutingTable
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpRoutingTable
0
This attribute g
or.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes
IpRoutingTable
The index of the
IpRoutingTable
ss.
IpRoutingTable
The destination
IP network mask.
IpRoutingTable
The next hop IP
address.
IpRoutingTable
Indicates if the
IpRoutingTable
The route metric
.
IpSyncRef
administrativeState
0
.
IpSyncRef
availabilityStatus
IpSyncRef
IpSyncRefId
IpSyncRef
ntpServerIpAddress
This attribute contains
the domain name or the IP address of the NTP server to be used. It must be a val
id IP address or a valid domain name. A valid IP address is four eight-bit numbe
rs separated by dots. The eight-bit numbers are represented in decimal
IpSyncRef
operationalState
IpSyncRef
reservedBy
IpSyncRef
cachedIpAddress
This attribute contains the late
st IP address received from the DNS server with the specified domain name. If do
main name is not valid or no value yet received from the DNS server this will be
a null string.
IpSyncRef
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpSystem
IpSystemId
IpSystem
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpSystem
IpSystemId
IpSystem
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpSystem
IpSystemId
IpSystem
userLabel
Label for free use.
IRATHOMUTRAN
IRATHOMUTRANId
IRATHOMUTRAN
interfaceVersion
Version of the interface
IRATHOMUTRAN
versionInformation
"List of the supported M
IM's and their versions. Due to UML2XML does not support sequence of sequences,
the class MimInfo is introduced. The MimInfo is a class that has two attributes:
mimName that is the name of the supported MIM and mimVersion that is a "
IRPAgent
IRPAgentId
Relative Distinguished Name Note
: irpAgentId according to
IRPAgent
systemDN
The Distinguished Name of IRPAge
nt
Iub
IubId
Iub
rbsId
"Used by OSS-RC to identify an RBS and the corre
sponding Iub in RNC. The attribute is not used by RBS itself, it only serves as
storage for OSS-RC. Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Network Ref. [CB_ICC]"
Iub
userLabel
Label for free use. Ref. [DR_MOM]
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption
"Transport option for th
e user plane on the Iub interface. One or both of the flags must be set to true.
Setting of both to false is not allowed. Both flags (that is, both struct membe
rs) must be supplied at create of the MO, and at setting of the attribut"
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption
"Transport option for th
e NBAP signalling bearers on the Iub interface. One and only one of the flags mu
st be set to true (that is, setting of both to true, or both to false, is not al
lowed). Both flags (that is, both struct members) must be supplied at cr"
Iub
userPlaneIpResourceRef
Local user plane IP resource ava
ilable for the Iub. Dependencies: Required if userPlaneTransportOption is set to
IPv4. Takes effect: At next establishment of a transport bearer. Use cases: Int
egrate RBS in the Radio Network Requirement: CommonUPIP_AD_RBSIub
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the Iub interface.
2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding ala"
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption.atm
ATM used as transport be
arer.
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption.ipV4
IP version 4 use
d as transport bearer.
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption.atm
ATM used as transport be
arer.
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption.ipV4
IP version 4 used as tra
nsport bearer.
IuBcLink
IuBcLinkId
IuBcLink
administrativeState
0
of the resource modeling the Iu-BC interface between RNC and the CBC.Disturbanc
es:- When set to LOCKED:Ongoing or scheduled Cell Broadcast Service messages are
stopped and cleared in all cells. All open TCP connections towards CBC
IuBcLink
operationalState
the resource modeling the Iu-BC interface between RNC and the CBC.
IuBcLink
availabilityStatus
of the resource modeling the Iu-Bc interface between RNC and CBC.More than one o
f the following conditions can apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1
= 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit
IuBcLink
userLabel
IuBcLink
cbcIpAddress
"IP address of the CBC.The input
format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each f
ield may consist of three digits. The value of each field shall be in the range
0..255. Change takes effect: New connections"
IuBcLink
sourceIpAddressValidation
TRUE(1) "Indicates if th
e source IP address shall be validated when the CBC establishes a connection.Whe
n set to TRUE, only a source IP address equal to cbcIpAddress is accepted. Chang
e takes effect: New connections"
IubDataStreams
IubDataStreamsId
IubDataStreams
maxHsRate
15
Maximum HSDPA bit rate over Iub.
Unit: 0.1 Mbps Requirement: DFCA3_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:03989 Rev. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
IubDataStreams
noOfCommonStreams
The total number of comm
on data streams and HS-DSCH data streams allocated in the RBS. Ref. [CB_DCC]
IubDataStreams
noOfDedicatedStreams
Total number of DCH data
streams allocated in the RBS. Ref. [CB_DCC]

IubDataStreams
activeRdbtRbsMeasurements
"Array with all
active HSDPA RDBT Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute
are 35, 36, 38..42, 45, 46, 55 and 56. Up to 11 measurements can be active. Unde
fined value: 0 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]"
IubDataStreams
hsDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Defines the max
imum transport network buffer build-up delay, the dynamic delay. A measured dyna
mic delay above this limit is interpreted as an Iub congestion detection occuran
ce. Unit: 1 ms Requirement: DFCA3_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:03988 rev A Ref. [CB_MOP]"
IubDataStreams
schHsFlowControlOnOff 0
Flow control status; act
ivated (ON) or deactivated (OFF) for each scheduling priority class (first value
in the sequence is for scheduling priority class 0). Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-O
SS_6011:02265 Rev. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
IubEdch
IubEdchId
IubEdch
userLabel
riendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the RNC.
IubEdch
edchDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Maximum dynamic delay (
buffer build-ups over Iub, including the node's ET boards) that the E-DCH data f
rames can have without being detected as a dynamic delay Iub congestion.Unit: ms
"
IubLink
iubLinkNodeBFunction
"Reference to related NodeBFunct
ion instance FDN according to [9] and [20]. For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem:
:AttributeTypes::MOReference,"
IubLink
IubLinkId
of the RDN.
IubLink
operationalState
The operational state of the Iub
.
IubLink
availabilityStatus
Iub. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object: Bi
t 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 =
1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 o"
IubLink
userLabel
IubLink
rbsId
Iub connection identity.The value of this attrib
ute should be unique within the RNC. This value is not used by the RNC. It is us
ed in OSS-RC for correlation between RNC and RBS.
IubLink
tpcPattern01CountDl
8
"Downlink TPC pattern transmitte
d for the first RLS, until uplink initial synchronization is achieved. This para
meter is used for the NBAP cell setup message. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies:Changing this attribute may"
IubLink
rncModuleRef
Reference to the RncModule that it belon
gs to.
IubLink
reservedBy
"Sequence of UtranCell MO references.Ind
icates all of the UTRAN cells that are associated with the RBS represented by th
is IubLink. When a new UtranCell MO is created with its iubLinkRef attribute set
to refer to this IubLink, the system will automatically"
IubLink
dlHwAdm 100
"Admission limit on RBS downlink hardware resour
ce utilization, applicable to all admission requests. Special values: Setting dl
HwAdm to 100 % will disable the downlink hardware admission policy. Unit: % Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately"
IubLink
ulHwAdm
"Admission limit on RBS uplink hardware resource
utilization, applicable to all admission requests. Special values: Setting ulHw
Adm to 100 % will disable the uplink hardware admission policy. Unit: % Change t
akes effect: Immediately"
IubLink
atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef
"Reference to the Subrac
k MO that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane termination of the Iub
link is located, and from which the Iub link should preferably be controlled. T
he Iub link control location should be selected to minimize inter-subrac"
IubLink
switchModuleNumber
Number of the switch module refe
rred to by IubLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef.This attribute may only be used b
y Ericsson personnel. Special values: -1: indicates that IubLink::atmUserPlaneTe

rmSubrackRef is empty. Dependencies:This attribute is not used
IubLink
"User plane transport op
tion for the Iub interface.At least one of the flags must be set to TRUE. If bot
h flags are set to TRUE (meaning dual stack is configured), but the dual stack f
eature has not been activated, then ATM will be used as the transport op"
IubLink
Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for the Iub interface. Dependencies:This attribute must contain a vali
d reference if userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 = TRUE.
IubLink
administrativeState
0
Iub link.
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption
Transport option for the
NBAP signaling bearers for this IubLink instance.One and only one of the flags
must be set to TRUE. Dependencies:This attribute should not be changed in the sa
me transaction as atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef. This IubLink must be lock
IubLink
remoteCpIpAddress1
"Primary identifier for the cont
rol plane IP host of the RBS. Contains either the domain name or the IP address
of the control plane IP host. For a domain name, the input format is a series of
alphanumeric characters, hyphens and periods. Hyphens and perio"
IubLink
remoteCpIpAddress2
"Secondary identifier for the co
ntrol plane IP host of the RBS. Contains either the domain name or the IP addres
s of the control plane IP host. Only used if the RBS is multi-homed. For a domai
n name, the input format is a series of alphanumeric characters,"
IubLink
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used.Dependencies
: Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
remoteSctpPortNbapC
0
Remote port SCTP port number use
d for establishing the SCTP association with the RBS for NBAP Common. Dependenci
es: Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
remoteSctpPortNbapD
0
Remote port SCTP port number use
d for establishing the SCTP association with the RBS for NBAP Dedicated. Depende
ncies: Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
l2EstReqRetryTimeNbapC 5
Time between successive attempts
to establish layer 2 signaling bearers for NBAP Common. Unit: s Change takes ef
fect: Immediately
IubLink
l2EstReqRetryTimeNbapD 5
Time between successive attempts
to establish layer 2 signaling bearers for NBAP Dedicated. Unit: s Change takes
effect: Immediately
IubLink
cachedRemoteCpIpAddress1
"Latest IP address recei
ved from the DNS, when remoteCpIpaddress1 is set to a domain name. Before a valu
e is received from the DNS, the value of this attribute is """" (empty string).
Dependencies: Set to an empty string when remoteCpIpaddress1 is changed, e"
IubLink
cachedRemoteCpIpAddress2
"Latest IP address recei
ved from the DNS, when remoteCpIpaddress2 is set to a domain name. Before a valu
e is received from the DNS, the value of this attribute is """" (empty string).
Dependencies: Set to an empty string when remoteCpIpaddress2 is changed, e"
IubLink
spare 0
Spare attribute. It is intended for temporary so
lutions and its usage may vary depending on RNC release.
IubLink
userPlaneGbrAdmEnabled 0
Activates the Iub GBR admission
control feature for GBR transport bearers. The GBR transport bearers affected by
this feature are: - Conversational transport bearers - Streaming transport bear
ers - Transport bearers for RRC connection setup - All Common (
IubLink
userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthDl
0
"Amount of downlink tran
smission bandwidth on this IubLink that is reserved for GBR transport bearers, w
hen the Iub GBR admission control feature is active. The bandwith for IP transpo
rt includes UDP/IP/Ethernet overhead; likewise, the bandwidth for ATM tr"
IubLink
userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthUl
0
"Amount of uplink transm
ission bandwidth on this IubLink that is reserved for GBR transport bearers, whe
n the Iub GBR admission control feature is active. The bandwith for IP transport
includes UDP/IP/Ethernet overhead; likewise, the bandwidth for ATM tran"
IubLink
userPlaneGbrAdmMarginDl 0
"Margin to which this Iub link i
s over- or underbooked in the downlink, when the Iub GBR admission control featu
re is active. Expressed relative to the value of userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthDl. Thi
s value is used by TN Connection Admission Control to calculate "
IubLink
userPlaneGbrAdmMarginUl 0
"Margin to which this Iub link i
s over- or underbooked in the uplink, when the Iub GBR admission control feature
is active. Expressed relative to the value of userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthUl. This
value is used by TN Connection Admission Control to calculate th"
IubLink
softCongThreshGbrBwUl 0
Uplink soft congestion threshold
in percent of the configured Iub bandwidth (userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthUl includin
g userPlaneGbrAdmMarginUl).Unit: % Change takes effect: New connections
IubLink
softCongThreshGbrBwDl 0
Downlink soft congestion thresho
ld in percent of the configured Iub bandwidth (userPlaneGbrAdmBandwidthDl includ
ing userPlaneGbrAdmMarginDl). Unit: % Change takes effect: New connections
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls if ATM is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4
is enabled in the transport layer.
IubLink
IubLink
userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4is enabl
IuLink
IuLinkId
of the RDN.
IuLink
"User plane transport op
tion for this IuLink.At least one of the flags must be set to TRUE. Dependencies
:If Ranap::cnDomainId = CIRCUIT_SWITCHED and userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 = TRU
E, userPlaneIpResourceRef must contain a valid reference. Otherwise, use"
IuLink
"Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for this IuLink. Dependencies: If Ranap::cnDomainId = CIRCUIT_SWITCHE
D and userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 = TRUE, userPlaneIpResourceRef must contain
a valid reference. Otherwise, userPlaneIpResourceRef is not used"
IuLink
packetDataRouterRef
List of references to the instan
ces of MO PacketDataRouter or MO IpEthPacketDataRouter that may be selected when
establishing a PS connection to the CN node represented by this IuLink. Used to
control which PDR devices can be used for PS traffic towards t
IuLink
userLabel
riendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the RNC.
IuLink
k MO that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane termination of the IuL
ink is located. Dependencies:If userPlaneTransportOption.atm = FALSE or RncFunct
ion::intraNodeIpResourceRef is empty, this attribute is not used."
IuLink
switchModuleNumber
rred to by IuLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef. This attribute may only be used b
y Ericsson personnel. Special values: -1: indicates that IubLink::atmUserPlaneTe
rmSubrackRef is empty. Dependencies:This attribute is not used
IuLink
spare 0
IuLink
IuLink
IurLink
IurLinkId
of the RDN.
IurLink
userLabel
IurLink
mnc
0
Note: This attribute is currently not used as MN
C (Mobile Network Code) by the RNC. It is used to control whether the RNSAP IE U
nidirectional DCH Indicator is supported or not. The attribute will be completel
y removed in a later MOM release. When this att
IurLink
rncId
RNC identity used in the external RNC which the
IurLink instance is connected to. The RNC identity is a part of the RNTI.The val
ue of this attribute should be unique within the RNC.
IurLink
synchTimeout
2
DL/UL Synchronization control frame time
out value. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: 100 ms
IurLink
synchRetransmissions
2
Number of re-transmissions when
sending a DL/UL Synchronization control frame. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.
IurLink
utranNetworkRef
Reference to the UTRAN network to which
this Iur link belongs.
IurLink
User plane transport opt
ion for the Iur interface. One and only one of the flags have to be set to TRUE.
Dependencies:If userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 is TRUE then userPlaneIpResourceRe
f is mandatory.Change takes effect: Connection on a new transport beare
IurLink
Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for the Iur interface. Setting reference to local user plane IP resour
ces is mandatory if userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 is TRUE.
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl
Controls the cell capabilities u
sed when the external RNC represented by this IurLink acts as DRNC. These flags
override the value of cellCapability for the ExternalUtranCells under this IurLi
nk.
IurLink
hspaPathlossThreshold 170
"Maximum pathloss threshold allo
wed for inter-RNS EUL&HS Serving cell selection to validate coverage related, ta
rget cell, for selection. Unit: dB"
IurLink
srncPmReporting OFF(0) Used to turn Iur Observability on/off on
a per Iur link basis. Controls if pm information for drifting UEs is reported f
rom SRNC to DRNC or not
IurLink
iurArpGuaranteed
3
ARP priority level to be used fo
r guaranteed rate services originating over Iur when 'no priority' is received i
n the RNSAP message. Change takes effect: New connections
IurLink
iurArpNonguaranteed
8
ARP priority level to be used fo
r non-guaranteed rate services originating over Iur when 'no priority' is receiv
ed in the RNSAP message. Change takes effect: New connections
IurLink
edchDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Maximum dynamic delay t
hat E-DCH MAC-es flows sent from RBS (over Iub) to RNC via Iur can have, without
being detected as an Iur hard congestion.Soft congestion detections use the sam
e threshold, but with a hardcoded factor, which gives a threshold that i"
IurLink
maxMacdPduSizeExtended 1504
Maximum size of flexible MAC-d P
DUs used by the Enhanced Layer 2 feature. Dependencies: The MAC-d PDU will have
the maximum length defined by the minimum of the parameter and the system value
for the RAB. Setting this parameter to a value smaller than the
IurLink
k Managed Object that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane terminatio
n of the IurLink is located.Dependencies: If userPlaneTransportOption.atm = FALS
E or RncFunction::intraNodeIpResourceRef is empty, this attribute is not"
IurLink
switchModuleNumber
rred to by IurLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef. The value of -1 corresponds to t
hat the IurLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef is empty. This attribute may only be
used by Ericsson personnel.
IurLink
spare 0
IurLink
ganHoEnabled
0
Indicates if GAN Handover is enabled ove
r this Iur link.Dependencies: Not used if the license ganMobility is not active.
Change takes effect: At next evaluation of conditions for allowing a GAN measur
ement
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.cpcSupport
OFF(0) Capability infor
mation indicating if CPC is supported in the cell. Change takes effect: New conn
ection
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.edchSupport
0
Capability infor
mation indicating if EUL is supported in the cell
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.edchTti2Support 0
mation indicating if 2 ms TTI EUL is supported in the cell
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.enhancedL2Support 0
r Enhanced Layer 2 is supported or not.
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.fdpchSupport
OFF(0)
mation indicating if F-DPCH is supported in the external utran
Capability infor
Indicates whethe
Capability infor
cell or the DRNC.
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.hsdschSupport
0
Capability infor
mation indicating if HS is supported in the cell.
IurLink
IurLink
J1PhysPathTerm
J1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
J1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
J1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
J1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
J1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
J1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
J1PhysPathTerm
physicalLineType
0
Indicates the supported
physical line interface.
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
J1PhysPathTerm
degThreshold
0
"Specifies the Bit Error Rate (B
ER) threshold for the Degraded Signal (DEG) alarm. The value of this attribute g
ives a BER of 10 raised to the power of -X, where X is the value of degThreshold
. If the threshold is exceeded, a Degraded Signal (DEG) alarm is"
J1PhysPathTerm
loopback
J1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
J1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
J1PhysPathTerm
J1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
J1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
J1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
J1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
J1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
J1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
J1PhysPathTerm
physicalLineType
0

J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
J1PhysPathTerm
degThreshold
0
J1PhysPathTerm
loopback
J1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
J1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
J1PhysPathTerm
J1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
J1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
J1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
J1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
J1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
J1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
J1PhysPathTerm
physicalLineType
0
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
J1PhysPathTerm
degThreshold
0
J1PhysPathTerm
loopback
J1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
J1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
J1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
Jvm
JvmId
Jvm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Jvm
classpath
The current classpath that the JVM is us
ing.
Jvm
admClasspath
"New classpath that is activated at next
restart of JVM. The classpath has a directory, which contains the load module,
that is the classpath references the load module."
Jvm
freeMemory
0
"The free memory in the java machine. Be
fore this value is read from the system, the action garbageCollect is invoked. U
nit: 1 B"
Jvm
totalMemory
0
The total amount of memory allocated to
the java machine. Unit: 1 B
Jvm
mopplets
Contains all classes that are to be init
ialized and started when the JVM restarts. Technical note: The specified classes
must implement the se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet interface and be found
in a jar/zip-file pointed out by the classpath.
Jvm
main
"Specifies the start class name. For example: ""
se.ericsson.cello.oms.Oms""."
Jvm
options
"Current options: -D<property>=<value>Set a syst
em property value. Commonly java.class.path -Xms<size>Specify the size, in bytes
, of the memory allocation pool. -Xss<size> Set thread stack size in bytes. -Xve
rify:[all | remote | none]Verify classes accordi"
Jvm
properties
Specifies the current system properties.
Jvm
reliableProgramUniter
Contains a reference to the Reli
ableProgramUniter MO that refers to the programs where the JVM executes.
Jvm
admMain
"New start class that is activated at next resta
rt of the JVM. For example: ""se.ericsson.cello.oms.Oms""."
Jvm
admOptions
"This attribute is used when setting one
or more administrative options. A set option is operational after the next Java
Machine restart. One or more options can be set, one option in each string of t
he sequence according to description in the attribute op"
Jvm
reservedBySwAllocation
Contains the SwAllocation instan
ce that reserves this MO instance. Restriction: This MO instance can be reserved
by only one instance of SwAllocation.
Jvm
JvmId
Jvm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Jvm
classpath
ing.
Jvm
admClasspath
Jvm
freeMemory
0
nit: 1 B"
Jvm
totalMemory
0
Jvm
mopplets
Jvm
main
Jvm
options
Jvm
properties
Jvm
Jvm
admMain
Jvm
admOptions
Jvm
Jvm
JvmId
Jvm
classpath
ing.
Jvm
admClasspath
Jvm
freeMemory
0
nit: 1 B"
Jvm
totalMemory
0
Jvm
mopplets
Jvm
main
Jvm
options
Jvm
properties
Jvm
Jvm
admMain
Jvm
admOptions
Jvm
Licensing
LicensingId
Licensing
userLabel
Label for free use.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo
"Specifies information a
bout the emergency status and the time remaining in the current state. If the no
de is in emergency state USE_DEGRADED or USE_DISABLED, the the value of the stru
ct attribute time is insignificant."
Licensing
licenseFileUrl
"This attribute returns the URL
to the License Key File so it can be viewed with an XML capable web browser in c
ase this is a licensed node. In case the node is not licensed, an empty string i
s returned."
Licensing
fingerprint
The fingerprint of the node.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo.state
0
The current emer
gency state of the license server.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo.time 0
"Indicates the remaining
time in state ACTIVE or ACTIVE_AGAIN. The time out values for the states ACTIVE
and ACTIVE_AGAIN is 7 days. The time out value is 0 when the state is NEVER_USE
D, USE_DEGRADED and USE_DISABLED. 1 day = 86400 s 7 days = 604800 s Unit"
Licensing
LicensingId
Licensing
userLabel
Label for free use.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo
Licensing
licenseFileUrl
s returned."
Licensing
fingerprint
Licensing
0
The current emer
Licensing
Licensing
LicensingId
Licensing
userLabel
Label for free use.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo
Licensing
licenseFileUrl
s returned."
Licensing
fingerprint
Licensing
0
The current emer
Licensing
Link
LinkId
Link
userLabel
Link
linkType
LoadControl
LoadControlId
LoadModule
LoadModuleId
It is set automatically during system upgrade.
LoadModule
productData
Product information data.
LoadModule
loadModuleFilePath
"Specifies the path to t
his load module in the file system, including the file name. Example: /c/load_mo
dules/CXC112874R1A01, where /c/load_modules/ is the directory, and CXC112874R1A0
1 is the file name."
LoadModule
loaderType
0
Specifies the type of the progra
m loader. This is the LoaderName in the UCF.
LoadModule
otherLoaderName
"The name of the load module, wi
th loaderType = OTHER."
LoadModule
preLoad 0
"Enables faster loading at restart of pr
ograms referring to this load module if preLoad = MUST. Recommended: Cache this
load module close to where its program(s) execute(s), for example, in a flash fi
le system."
LoadModule
fileFormat
"The file format. Example: RPDOU
T, html, java, fpga"
LoadModule
oseProgramLoadClass
0
"Specifies in which load
phase, programs of this load module is started. If the LoadModule MO is a Java
archive file (.jar), it will be loaded in the load phase of the Java machine rat
her than according to its own oseProgramLoadClass."
LoadModule
reliableProgramLabel
Reliable program identit
y. Compare this label to the reliableProgramLabel in ReliableProgramUniter MO.
LoadModule
isDirectory
0
Specifies if the load module is
a file or a directory.
LoadModule
oseProgramPoolSize
0
Specifies the Program po
ol size. The LoadModule MO has a default size defined at compile time. This valu
e is used if no other value is submitted when the LoadModule MO is created. This
value is fetched by the Program MO and used if no other value is submi
LoadModule
oseProgramHeapSize
0
"Sets the Program heap s
ize. The LoadModule MO has a default size defined at compile time. This value is
used if no other value is submitted when the LoadModule MO is created. This val
ue is fetched by the Program MO and used if no other value is submitted,"
LoadModule
programMustBeSingleton 0
"Indicates if the (OSE)
program must be a Singleton, or not."
LoadModule
moppletEntries
"Contains all classes that are t
o be initialized and started when the JVM restarts. The class name must specify
the full package and class name in standard Java syntax. Example: se.ericsson.ce
llo.X The interface, se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet, must"
LoadModule
reservedByUpgradePackage
0
Indicates if thi
s MO is reserved by the UpgradePackage MO or not.
LoadModule
fileState
Specifies if the load module fil
e(s) is installed or not.
LoadModule
deviceLoaderInformation
"If loaderType is set to
DEVICE_LOADER, this attribute can have a value. It is transferred to the device
loader."
LoadModule
deviceLoaderName
DEVICE_LOADER, this attribute must have a value."
LoadModule
funcId
Specifies the functionality identity giv
en in the UCF file. For use by Ericsson staff only.
LoadModule
productData.productInfo
Information about the pr
oduct. If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlimited).
LoadModule
"The name of the product
. The product name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackag
e, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
LoadModule
"The product num
ber of the product or document. Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 99
9 For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package. Maximu
m length for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The product nu
"
LoadModule
"The revision st
ate of the product. Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7B The product revision is mandat
ory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subr
ack and SubrackProdType."
LoadModule
"The production
date is represented in two ways: - the preferred syntax is four-digits for the y
ear, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight char
acters. Example: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by two digits for th
"
LoadModule
LoadModuleId
LoadModule
productData
LoadModule
loadModuleFilePath
LoadModule
loaderType
0
LoadModule
otherLoaderName
LoadModule
preLoad 0
le system."
LoadModule
fileFormat
LoadModule
oseProgramLoadClass
0
LoadModule
LoadModule
isDirectory
0
LoadModule
oseProgramPoolSize
0
LoadModule
oseProgramHeapSize
0
LoadModule
LoadModule
moppletEntries
LoadModule
0
Indicates if thi
LoadModule
fileState
LoadModule
loader."
LoadModule
deviceLoaderName
LoadModule
funcId
LoadModule
LoadModule
LoadModule
"The product num
"
LoadModule
"The revision st
LoadModule
"The production
"
LoadModule
LoadModuleId
LoadModule
productData
LoadModule
loadModuleFilePath
LoadModule
loaderType
0
LoadModule
otherLoaderName
LoadModule
preLoad 0
le system."
LoadModule
fileFormat
LoadModule
oseProgramLoadClass
0
LoadModule
LoadModule
isDirectory
0
LoadModule
oseProgramPoolSize
0
LoadModule
oseProgramHeapSize
0
LoadModule
LoadModule
moppletEntries
LoadModule
0
Indicates if thi
LoadModule
fileState
LoadModule
loader."
LoadModule
deviceLoaderName
LoadModule
funcId
LoadModule
LoadModule
LoadModule
"The product num
"
LoadModule
"The revision st
LoadModule
"The production
"
LocationArea
LocationAreaId
LocationArea
userLabel
Location Area name CMS Ref.
LocationArea
lac
Location Area code
LocationArea
t3212 0
Periodic time for LA update 0..255 CMS R
ef.
LocationArea
att
0
ATT is a flag for attach/detach allowed
or not. Some IMSI's are not allowed in some LA's. FALSE = 0 (IMSI attach not all
owed) TRUE = 1
LocationArea
LocationAreaId
LocationArea
userLabel
LocationArea
lac
"Location Area Code. This value must be
unique in the RNC, meaning that each Location Area Code value can be assigned to
only one instance of the MO Class LocationArea. Changing this parameter can cau
se a mismatch between CN configuration and UTRAN configu"
LocationArea
t3212 10
Periodic update timer for LA update. Spe
cial values: 0 means infinite time (not active). Unit: 0.1 h (6 min)
LocationArea
att
TRUE(1) Indicates to the UE whether IMSI attach/
detach is allowed.(Some IMSIs are not allowed in some LAs.) This helps to facili
tate the avoidance of unnecessary paging attempts. The value is sent on the BCCH
. Value mapping: FALSE: IMSI attach not allowed TRUE: I
LocationArea
reservedBy
s to this MO.See reference in UtranCell."
Log
logSize
The maximum size of the log file. Unit: 1B
Log
logFilePath
Destination file path on the log file se
rver.
Log
logName
"The name of the log. It must be included in the
attribute logs, in the MO LogService."
Log
accountInfo
Account Information Information for the
server connection.
Log
transferData
Information about the last file transfer
.
Log
LogId
Log
userLabel
Label for free use.
Log
transferData.lastSent
Date and time when the last file
was transferred. The attribute is updated even if the transfer is unsuccessful.
Log
transferData.transferInformation
"Information abo
ut the last file transfer, including information about whether it was successful
."
Log
accountInfo.password
Password used for logging in to
the remote host (file server).
Log
accountInfo.remoteHost
"IP address of the remote host (
file server). The IP address is specified in dotted notation, for example, 192.1
68.25.33."
Log
accountInfo.userID
User ID for logging in to the re
mote host (file server).
Log
logSize
Log
logFilePath
rver.
Log
logName
Log
accountInfo
server connection.
Log
transferData
.
Log
LogId
Log
userLabel
Label for free use.
Log
Log
"Information abo
."
Log
Log
68.25.33."
Log
accountInfo.userID
Log
logSize
Log
logFilePath
rver.
Log
logName
Log
accountInfo
server connection.
Log
transferData
.
Log
LogId
Log
userLabel
Label for free use.
Log
Log
"Information abo
."
Log
Log
68.25.33."
Log
accountInfo.userID
LogFilter
LogFilterId
LogFilter
userLabel
Provides support for a user defi
ned label or name upon an object instance level.
LogFilter
filterParam
Configurable parameter types and
values.
LogFilter
filterParam.paramType
LogFilter
filterParam.paramValue
LogService
logs
List of logs included in this service.
LogService
LogServiceId
LogService
userLabel
Label for free use.
LogService
logs
LogService
LogServiceId
LogService
userLabel
Label for free use.
LogService
logs
LogService
LogServiceId
LogService
userLabel
Label for free use.
LoPowTxCable
aiuConnector
Value denoting the connector at
the AIU. Possible values: ? LL_OUT_A ? LL_OUT_B Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site R
ef. [CB_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the PIU to
which the low power TX cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precon
dition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist. Ref
. [CB_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
alarmStatus
0
2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alarm. Spec"
LoPowTxCable
dlAttenuation
"Electrical attenuation of the c
able. Specified as 0.1 dB, that is, 10 = 1.0 dB, 36 = 3.6 dB and so on. Use case
s: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 dB Takes effect: At t
he next cell setup for the affected cell. User category: Ericsso"
LoPowTxCable
electricalDlDelay
cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify A
LoPowTxCable
LoPowTxCableId
LoPowTxCable
mcpaAuxPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the auxilia
ry plug-in unit of MCPA. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: The AuxPlu
gInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MO must exist. Ref. [CB_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
mcpaConnector
at the Auxiliary plug-in unit of MCPA. Possible values: ? TX_IN Use cases: Scra
tch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
M3uAssociation
userLabel
Label for free use.
M3uAssociation
reservedBy
M3uAssociation
associationState
0
The state of the M3UA as
sociation. Possible values: Bit 1 = 1 indicates INACTIVE Bit 2 = 1 indicates ACT
IVE Bit 3 = 1 indicates ESTABLISHED Bit 4 = 1 indicates DOWN These values are mu
tually exclusive.
M3uAssociation
autoStartAssociation
TRUE(1) "Specifies if the M3UA a
ssociation is started automatically. Applicable only if the attribute role is se
t to CLIENT. That is, the M3UA association is never started if its role is SERVE
R."
M3uAssociation
dscp
0
"The DSCP, Differentiated Services Code
Point, for the internal M3UA user, to use for signaling traffic in the IP networ
k. The DSCP value must be the same for all M3UA associations sharing the same SC
TP host and local port number. This means that if dscp=1"
M3uAssociation
localIpMask
0
"The homing state of the local S
CTP endpoint of the M3UA association. Specifies whether single- or multi-homing
is used. If set to SINGLE_HOMED_1, the attributes ipAddress1 or autoConfigIdenti
ty in the IpAccessHostGpb MO must be defined. If set to SINGLE_H"
M3uAssociation
localPortNumber 0
The port number of the local SCT
P endpoint of the M3UA association. The SCTP and TCP Registered User Port Number
Assignment for M3UA is 2905 according to the standard specification. Specificat
ion: RFC 4666
M3uAssociation
operationalState
The operational state is ENABLED, if the signalling process represented by this
MO is in state ASP-ACTIVE. That is, the attribute associationState is ACTIVE."
M3uAssociation
M3uAssociationId
he RDN.
M3uAssociation
mtp3bSrsId
"Reference to an instance of Mtp
3bSrs, specifying the adjacent node of the M3UA association."
M3uAssociation
remoteIpAddress1
"The remote IP address 1
. This address is considered as the primary IP address. In case the association
establishment attempt fails when using this IP address, the remote IP address 2
will be used for the next attempt. The range is 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.25"
M3uAssociation
remoteIpAddress2
"The remote IP address 2
. In case the association establishment attempt fails when using this IP address
, the remote IP address 1 will be used for the next attempt. The range is 0.0.0.
0 255.255.255.255. If set to """", it means that the IP address is not s"
M3uAssociation
remotePortNumber
0
"The port number of the
remote SCTP endpoint of the M3UA association. If the role of the M3UA associatio
n is set to SERVER, association establishment requests are accepted from any rem
ote port number. In this case, this attribute is not used and can be set"
M3uAssociation
role
CLIENT(0)
"Indicates if the association is
to operate as CLIENT or SERVER. The ASP messaging will be set to ON for a CLIEN
T and to OFF for a SERVER. If the role is set to CLIENT, the association operate
s as CLIENT-PEER. That is, it acts as CLIENT, but accepts if the"
M3uAssociation
sctpId
"Reference to an instance of Sctp MO, wh
ich represents the SCTP host. To set this attribute, the attribute ipAccessHostG
pbId in the Sctp MO must contain a value."
M3uAssociation
congestionAlarmThreshold
50
"Specifies the a
ccumulated time limit the M3UA association is allowed to be congested before an
alarm is issued. If set to 0, the alarm is issued immediately. Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second)"
ManagedElement
dnPrefix
"DN prefix information. Specifie
d only if the instance of the ManagedElement MO is a local root instance of the
MIB, otherwise it is set to NULL,"
ManagedElement
managedElementType
"Type of ManagedElement
i.e RNC, NodeB seeand RANAG (Ericsson specific). Note: For CORBA users, GenericN
RIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::StringSet,"
ManagedElement
vendorName
0
Name of the ManagedElement vendo
r i.e. Ericsson.
ManagedElement
locationName
The physical location of this en
tity (e.g. an address) This attribute is mapped to ManagedElement.site in Cello
MIB.
ManagedElement
userDefinedState
Operator defined state f
or operator specific use.
ManagedElement
swVersion
The software version of the Mana
ged Node. Retrieved from ConfigurationVersion.currentUpgradePackage(UpgradePacka
ge.administrativeData) in Cello MO_s. Concatenation of productNumber and product
Revision in AdminProductData MO.
ManagedElement
managedBy
"The management node that manage
s this NE. Full Distinguished Name of the ManagementNode according to [9] and [2
0]. Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReferenceSet,"
ManagedElement
sourceType
0
"Information about on what platf
orm the network element is running on, i.e. Cello, AXE "
ManagedElement
release 0
"Denotes the latest release which this m
anaged element supports, e.g. W10.1 "
ManagedElement
siteRef
FDN of the Site MO instance this Managed
Element belongs to
ManagedElement
dnPrefix
ManagedElement
managedElementType
ManagedElement
vendorName
0
r i.e. Ericsson.
ManagedElement
locationName
MIB.
ManagedElement
userDefinedState
ManagedElement
swVersion
ManagedElement
managedBy
0]. Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReferenceSet, "
ManagedElement
sourceType
0
ManagedElement
release 0
anaged element supports, e.g. W10.1"
ManagedElement
siteRef
Element belongs to
ManagedElement
dnPrefix
ManagedElement
managedElementType
ManagedElement
vendorName
0
r i.e. Ericsson.
ManagedElement
locationName
MIB.
ManagedElement
userDefinedState
ManagedElement
swVersion
ManagedElement
managedBy
0]. Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReferenceSet,"
ManagedElement
sourceType
0
ManagedElement
release 0
anaged element supports, e.g. W10.1 "
ManagedElement
siteRef
Element belongs to
ManagedElement
ManagedElementId
ManagedElement
userLabel
Label for free use.
ManagedElement
site
"This attribute gives information about
geographical location, for example place name."
ManagedElement
logicalName
Specifies the logical name of a
node.
ManagedElement
productType
0
"This attribute describes the pr
oduct type and is always set to the value ""Node""."
ManagedElement
productName
This attribute describes the imp
lemented functionality.
ManagedElement
productNumber
"This attribute uniquely identif
ies the product, for example ROF123."
ManagedElement
productRevision
"This attribute identifies the v
ersion of the product, for example R2A."
ManagedElement
mimName
Deprecated: Replaced by mimInfo The name
and version of the MIM on the node.

ManagedElement
faultTolerantCoreStates
"Retrieves information o
f PIUs (maximum 2 PIUs) that are running Fault Tolerant Core (FTC). This attribu
te contains an array of strings, for example: ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Subra
ck=1,Slot=1,PlugInUnit=1;ftcState=Active ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Su"
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration
Specifies config
uration data critical for an application.
ManagedElement
mimInfo
"The name, version and release of the MI
M."
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule
"The scheduled time and
weekday, when the health check starts. Stop the health check by clearing the val
ue of this attribute."
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult
The result of the latest
health check.
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration.name
The name of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration.value
The value of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimName
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimRelease
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimVersion
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.healthCheckResultCode
The resu
lt of the health check.
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.message
"Provides additi
onal results. The initial value is an emtpy string ("""")."
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.startTime
"The time the he
alth check starts. Format:yyyy:MM:dd HH:mm The initial value is an empty string
("""")."
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule.time
"The time of the
day, when the action startHealthCheck starts. Format: hh:mm hh - hour mm - minu
tes"
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule.weekday
"The weekday, wh
en the action startHealthCheck starts."
ManagedElement
ManagedElementId
ManagedElement
userLabel
Label for free use.
ManagedElement
site
ManagedElement
logicalName
node.
ManagedElement
productType
0
ManagedElement
productName
ManagedElement
productNumber
ManagedElement
productRevision
ManagedElement
ManagedElement
Specifies config
ManagedElement
mimInfo
M."
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult
health check.
ManagedElement
The name of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
The value of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimName
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimRelease
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimVersion
ManagedElement
The resu
ManagedElement
"Provides additi
ManagedElement
"The time the he
("""")."
ManagedElement
"The time of the
tes"
ManagedElement
"The weekday, wh
ManagedElement
ManagedElementId
ManagedElement
userLabel
Label for free use.
ManagedElement
site
ManagedElement
logicalName
node.
ManagedElement
productType
0
ManagedElement
productName
ManagedElement
productNumber
ManagedElement
productRevision
ManagedElement
ManagedElement
Specifies config
ManagedElement
mimInfo
M."
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult
health check.
ManagedElement
The name of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
The value of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimName
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimRelease
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimVersion
ManagedElement
The resu
ManagedElement
"Provides additi
ManagedElement
"The time the he
("""")."
ManagedElement
"The time of the
tes"
ManagedElement
"The weekday, wh
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementDataId
The value compon
ManagedElementData
autoConfigurationAllowed
0
This att
ribute specifies if the system is allowed to automatically configure detected ob
jects.Autoconfiguration is supported for upgradable hardware connected to CPP Su
brack and Slot. When setting this attribute from true to false the system create
s a new
ManagedElementData
documentServerAddress
"The base URL fo
r the documentation server. The attribute is read by the Element Management appl
ication to find the documentation server in the network. The URL shall contain t
he document server, for example: http://cpi2.al.sw.ericsson.se/alexserv The synt
"
ManagedElementData
logonServerAddress
"A list of node
names or IP addresses of the single logon servers (SLSs). The list uses commas t
o seperate the single logon server addresses, e.g. ""https://SLS1,https://SLS2,h
ttps://SLS3"", these addresses consists of the URLs to the concerned SLS servers
. "
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressPrimary
"This is the IP
address to the NTP server. If this NTP server is not configured, this attribute
responds with 0.0.0.0."
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActivePrimary TRUE(1) "Specifies if th
e node should poll the primary NTP server for information. Even if this NTP serv
er is not configured, this attribute still responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollPrimary
64
"This value stat
es the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server. This va
lue must be > 0. Even if this NTP server is not configured, this attribute still
responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollPrimary
1024
"This value stat
es the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server. This va
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagPrimary
FALSE(0)
"This is
the burst flag used towards the primary NTP server. Even if this NTP server is
not configured, this attribute still responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressSecondary
"This is
an alternative IP address to an NTP server. If this NTP server is not configure
d, this attribute responds with 0.0.0.0."
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActiveSecondary
TRUE(1) "Specifi
es if the node should poll the secondary NTP server for information. Even if thi
s NTP server is not configured, this attribute still responds with its default v
alue."
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollSecondary
64
"This value stat
es the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server. This
value must be > 0. Even if this NTP server is not configured, this attribute sti
ll responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollSecondary
1024
"This value stat
es the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server. This
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagSecondary FALSE(0)
"This is
the burst flag used towards the secondary NTP server. Even if this NTP server i
s not configured, this attribute still responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
nodeUTCTime
0
"This attribute specifie
s the UTC time used in the node. It is the number of milliseconds elapsed since
the epoch time (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 GMT). To set this attribute, all the t
hree attributes, ntpServiceActive for Primary, Secondary and Third, must"
ManagedElementData
nodeLocalTimeZone
"Specifies the t
ime zone of the node. This attribute is needed by management application to conv
ert UTC time from a log or NTP service to local time.It will not change the real
time clock on the node. Choose a time zone abbreviation, three characters, in t
"
ManagedElementData
daylightSavingTime
0
"This attribute
states if daylight saving time is used on this node. It is used by the node, and
will not change the real time clock on the node."
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCSize
The total size of the C
volume on the Cello node in bytes. The C volume may be replicated on several har
d disks.
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCFreespace
The number of by
tes of free space available on the C volume. The C volume may be replicated on s
everal hard disks in a Cello node.
ManagedElementData
nodeUniqueID
This is a unique node id
entity to be set only in the factory.
ManagedElementData
swServerUrlList
"A comma-separated list
of URLs, ending with the folder name containing CXC folders. Example: Entering U
RL ""http://111.222.333.444:8080/Ericsson"" makes the node look for files locate
d in ""http://111.222.333.444:8080/Ericsson/CXC112233/Rxxx/jarfile.jar"" For"
ManagedElementData
piuGroupEscalationType 0
The type of node
restart when it is a problem with the last PIU in a PIU group.
ManagedElementData
minimumHdVolumeCFreespace
0
Minimum
number of Mbytes of free space on C volume before an alarm is issued. 0 means th
at no alarm will be sent. It is used as a threshold that triggers alarms when th
e C volume is about to be full (i.e. when the attribute hdVolumeCFreespace excee
ds this
ManagedElementData
docLibSystemDefined
"The identity of
the ALEX document library defined for this node type and version, set by the sy
stem. The attribute is read by the Element Management application to find the do
cumentation library. The value must contain the used library identity, without s
"
ManagedElementData
docLibUserDefined
"The identity of
an ALEX document library that can be defined by the user. Use this attribute to
set the library identity, if the attribute docLibSystemDefined is not available
, or if the system-defined ALEX library is not available on the document server.
"
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagThird
FALSE(0)
"This is
the burst flag used towards the third NTP server. Even if this NTP server is no
t configured, this attribute still responds with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollThird 1024
"This value states the m
aximum interval (in seconds) for polling the third NTP server. This value must b
e > 0. Even if this NTP server is not configured, this attribute still responds
with its default value."
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollThird 64
inimum interval (in seconds) for polling the third NTP server. This value must b
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressThird
"This is an alte
rnative IP address to an NTP server. If this NTP server is not configured, this
attribute responds with 0.0.0.0."
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActiveThird FALSE(0)
"Specifi
es if the node should poll the third NTP server for information. Even if this NT
P server is not configured, this attribute still responds with its default value
."
ManagedElementData
autoConfigurationStatus
Displays if auto
configuration is in progress or not.
ManagedElementData
The value compon
ManagedElementData
0
This att
s a new
ManagedElementData
"The base URL fo
"
ManagedElementData
logonServerAddress
"A list of node
. "
ManagedElementData
"This is the IP
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollPrimary
64
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollPrimary
1024
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagPrimary
FALSE(0)
"This is
ManagedElementData
"This is
ManagedElementData
TRUE(1) "Specifi
alue."
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollSecondary
64
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollSecondary
1024
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
"This is
ManagedElementData
nodeUTCTime
0
ManagedElementData
nodeLocalTimeZone
"Specifies the t
"
ManagedElementData
daylightSavingTime
0
"This attribute
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCSize
d disks.
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCFreespace
The number of by
ManagedElementData
nodeUniqueID
ManagedElementData
swServerUrlList
ManagedElementData
The type of node
ManagedElementData
0
Minimum
ds this
ManagedElementData
docLibSystemDefined
"The identity of
"
ManagedElementData
docLibUserDefined
"The identity of
"
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagThird
FALSE(0)
"This is
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollThird 64
ManagedElementData
"This is an alte
ManagedElementData
"Specifi
."
ManagedElementData
Displays if auto
ManagedElementData
The value compon
ManagedElementData
0
This att
s a new
ManagedElementData
"The base URL fo
"
ManagedElementData
logonServerAddress
"A list of node
. "
ManagedElementData
"This is the IP
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollPrimary
64
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollPrimary
1024
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagPrimary
FALSE(0)
"This is
ManagedElementData
"This is
ManagedElementData
TRUE(1) "Specifi
alue."
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollSecondary
64
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollSecondary
1024
"This value stat
ManagedElementData
"This is
ManagedElementData
nodeUTCTime
0
ManagedElementData
nodeLocalTimeZone
"Specifies the t
"
ManagedElementData
daylightSavingTime
0
"This attribute
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCSize
d disks.
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCFreespace
The number of by
ManagedElementData
nodeUniqueID
ManagedElementData
swServerUrlList
ManagedElementData
The type of node
ManagedElementData
0
Minimum
ds this
ManagedElementData
docLibSystemDefined
"The identity of
"
ManagedElementData
docLibUserDefined
"The identity of
"
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagThird
FALSE(0)
"This is
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollThird 64
ManagedElementData
"This is an alte
ManagedElementData
"Specifi
."
ManagedElementData
Displays if auto
ManagementNode
ManagementNodeId
ManagementNode
userLabel
A user-friendly name of this obj
ect
ManagementNode
vendorName
0
The name of the ManagementNode v
endor. Defined in XML file Sub:
ManagementNode
userDefinedState
An operator defined stat
e for operator specific usage
ManagementNode
locationName
tity (e.g an address)
ManagementNode
swVersion
"Software version of the manager
ment node, e.g. R1A, R1B, etc."
ManagementNode
manages
"List of ManagedElement objects FDN acco
rding to [9] and [20] Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes:
:MOReferenceSet,, RAH"
Mbms
MbmsId
RDN.
Mbms
mbmsModificationPeriodCoeff
9
"Represents m, the modif
ication period coefficient.The actual modification period (MP), in number of fra
mes, equals 2^m. m >= k, where k = max[cnDrxCycleLengthPs, cnDrxCycleLengthCs, u
tranDrxCycleLength]To allow the UE to measure, when applicable, on anoth"
Mbms
mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff
2
"Represents r, the repet
ition period coefficient.The number of repetitions per modification period equal
s 2^r while the actual repetition period, in number of frames, equals [2^m DIV 2
^r], where m is the modification period coefficient. [2^m DIV 2^r] >= nr"
Mbms
nonPlSessionsMax
20
Maximum number of simultaneous o
ngoing MBMS sessions in one non-PL cell.The MCCH FACH with TTI 20 ms for S-CCPCH
has maximum user data rate 7.6 kbps. The values of the mbmsModificationPeriodCo
eff (m) and mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) have dependencies to
Mbms
plSessionsMax 10
Maximum number of simultaneous ongoing M
BMS sessions in one PL cell.The MCCH FACH with TTI 20 ms for S-CCPCH has maximum
user data rate 7.6 kbps. The values of the mbmsModificationPeriodCoeff (m) and
mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) have dependencies to the
Mbms
neighbourCellsMax
20
Maximum number of intra-frequenc
y neighboring cells for which information is sent on MCCH.The MCCH FACH with TTI
20 ms for S-CCPCH has maximum user data rate 7.6 kbps. The values of the mbmsMo
dificationPeriodCoeff (m) and mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) hav
Mbms
inactivityTimer 0
Time after which an MBMS session with do
wnlink user data throughput equal to 0 kbps is considered inactive.Special value
s: 0 is used to turn MBMS inactivity supervision off. Change takes effect: New M
BMS sessions Unit: min
MbmsCch
nonPlMbmsSac
List of non-preferred layer Mbms Service
Area Codes.
MbmsCch
plMbmsSac
List of preferred layer Mbms Service Are
a Codes.
MbmsCch
MbmsCchId
t of the RDN.
MbmsCch
administrativeState
0
MCCH and MICH control channels in the cell. When set to LOCKED: The MCCH and MI
CH control channels are deactivated in the air interface. For MBMS sessions wher
e this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs)"
MbmsCch
operationalState
The operational state of the MBM
S resources in the cell.
MbmsCch
availabilityStatus
The Availability status of the M
BMS resources in the cell.More than one of the following conditions can apply fo
r the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 =
1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 whe
MbmsCch
plMbmsSaRef
"List of preferred layer references to t
he MbmsServiceArea Managed Object.Dependencies: At least one of the attributes p
lMbmsSaRef or nonPlMbmsSaRef must be set when creating an MbmsCch MO, meaning th
at the cell must always be associated with at least one "
MbmsCch
nonPlMbmsSaRef
"List of non-preferred layer references
to the MbmsServiceArea Managed Object.Dependencies: At least one of the attribut
es plMbmsSaRef or nonPlMbmsSaRef must be set when creating an MbmsCch MO, meanin
g that the cell must always be associated with at least "
MbmsCch
michPowerOffset -7
MICH power.The power is set relative to
primaryCpichPower in the cell. If CPICH power changes the absolute power of MICH
will also change. Disturbances: A consequence of changing the parameter is that
all MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The
MbmsCch
mcchPowerOffset -20
The power of the S-CPCCH used for MCCH t
ransmission.The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower in the cell. If CPICH
power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for MCCH will also change. The
power needed depends on the number of repetitions on M
MbmsCch
mcchPowerOffsetTfci
0
"The power of the TFCI field on
the S-CPCCH used for MCCH transmission.The power is set relative to primaryCpich
Power in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of the TFCI f
ield used for MCCH will also change.Disturbances: A consequence "
MbmsCch
mtch64PowerOffset
-40
"The power of the S-CPCCH used f
or MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower in
the cell, thus if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for MT
CH 64.8 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS sess"
MbmsCch
mtch64PowerOffsetTfci 200
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to th
e Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPower
in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of"
MbmsCch
mtch128PowerOffset
-10
or MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower i
n the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for
MTCH 129.6 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS s"
MbmsCch
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to t
he Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPowe
r in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power o"
MbmsCch
mtch256PowerOffset
20
or MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower i
n the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for
MTCH 259.2 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS s"
MbmsCch
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission.The power is set relative to t
he Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPowe
r in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power o"
MbmsCch
numNotificationInd
18
"The number of notification indi
cators per MICH frame. Provided to the RBS at configuration of MCCH/MICH by incl
usion of MICH Mode in NBAP signaling. To minimize MICH power, Nn is set to a low
value.Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433 and 3GPP TS 25.211.Change t"
MbmsCch
qualityOffset -1
"Additional quality offset added, if HCS
is not used, by UE to the measured quality of the cells on the MBMS preferred f
requency in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency.Used to set the value of
the qOffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH.Special values"
MbmsCch
hcsPrioOffset 7
"Priority offset added, if HCS is used,
by UE to the normal HCS priority level of cells on the MBMS preferred frequency
in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency.Used to set the value of the hcsO
ffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH.Larger values indicat"
MbmsCch
plServiceRestriction
0
"When set to TRUE that the UE sh
all consider that UTRAN will not provide any non-MBMS services on the MBMS prefe
rred frequency and based on this the UE should perform service prioritizing, tha
t is, select between MBMS services and non-MBMS services. Otherw"
MbmsServiceArea
MbmsServiceAreaId
MbmsServiceArea
sac
Service area code
MbmsServiceArea
userLabel
abel on the MO instance.Ref.
MbmsServiceArea
MbmsServiceAreaId
Naming attribute. Contai
ns the value part of the RDN.
MbmsServiceArea
userLabel
MbmsServiceArea
sac
MBMS Service Area Code. Dependencies: Th
e value of this parameter must be unique within the RNC. Change takes effect: Af
ter MbmsCch lock/unlock
MbmsServiceArea
reservedBy
s to this MO.See references in MbmsCch"
McpaDeviceGroup
McpaDeviceGroupId
McpaDeviceGroup
usageState
McpaDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
McpaDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
McpaDeviceGroup
operationalState
McpaSubrack
cabinetPosition
inet position on-site. Use cases:Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU
:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
McpaSubrack
McpaSubrackId
McpaSubrack
noOfSlots
0
"Number of slots in MCPA subrack
, depends on the RBS type. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL_R
BS_FU:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
McpaSubrack
subrackPosition
MeContext
MeContextId
Relative Distinguished Name. Set
equal to MeContext.userLabel
MeContext
neLinkRelations
List of the remote NE_s associat
e d with this NE. FDN of MeContext instances Used to model the RANAG-RNC link re
lations.
MeContext
synchronisationProgress 0
Represents the percentag
e progress of the node being synchronised. Has 0% when the node is not connected
or unsynchronised and 100% when the node is fully synchronised. Has values in b
etween when then node is synchronising. The initial value set at create
MeContext
dnPrefix
"DN Prefix information. Specifie
d only if the instance of the MeContext MO is a local root instance of the MIB,
otherwise it is set to NULL,"
MeContext
userLabel
label on the MO instance. It is used by RANOS application to write the attribute
value into the GUI.For information about allowed characters, . "
MeContext
ipAddress
0
The IP address of the NE.A DNS n
ame according to ref. [33]
MeContext
segmentName
The segment to which the NE belo
ngs. Full Distinguished Name of the segment according to [9] and [20].
MeContext
mimSwitchPolicy
Defines how version upgrade for
a network element and the mirrored MIB shall be handled. RANOS_FOLLOWS = 1 NO_SW
ITCH = 2 NE_FOLLOWS = 3 UPGRADE_ATTEMPTED = 4
MeContext
neMIMversion
"The branch and the version of t
he NE MIM used by this MeContext,<branch>.<version>.<release>, e.g. B.1.0 (NEAD
concatenates the branch part of the MIM name and the version). "
MeContext
compatibilityOfMIMs
0
Indication whether or no
t the NE MIM is compatible with the NE mirrored MIM version. Applications should
not perform read operations towards incompatible Mirrored MIMs.
MeContext
connectionStatus
0
"Status of the instance.
""NeverConnected"" is set at instance creation. ""Connected "" is set to indica
te that RANOS has contact with the Network Element. ""Disconnect"" is set to ind
icate thet RANOS has lost contact with the Network Element. NEVER_CONNECTED = "
MeContext
mirrorMIBsynchStatus
0
Indicates whether or not
the Mirrored MIB of this RNC is currently being synchronized with the MIB in th
e RNC. Initial value is unsynchronized. TOPOLOGY = 1 ATTRIBUTE = 2 SYNCHRONIZED
= 3 UNSYNCHRONIZED = 4
MeContext
mirrorMIBupdateStatus 0
the mirrored MIB the mirrored MIB of this RNC is currently being updated with a
planned configuration. Initial value is idle. UPDATING = 1 IDLE = 2
MeContext
generationCounter
0
Keeps track of notificat
ions received from the RNC. The initial value set at create is -1.
MeContext
neMIMName
The NE MIM name represented by t
his MeContext. <node>_NODE_MODEL (NEAD removes the branch tag received from the
node).
MeContext
neType
The NE type this MeContext represents. R
NC = 1 NODEB = 2 RANAG = 3 ENODEB = 4
MeContext
neCreationComplete
0
the creation of an NE has been completed successfully. Administered by MOAD
MeContext
restartWarning 0
Indicates that the NE this MeCon
text represesnts is about to restart due to software upgrade or restore of a bac
kup. Alarms for disconected NE shall be supressed when restartWarning is TRUE.
MeContext
rollbackMirrorMIBname
Name of the old NE mirro
r MIB to be used for rollback during upgrade.
MeContext
neSecurityStatus
Indicates whether securi
ty is activated on this NE or not. Allowed string values are: ON OFF
MeContext
bcrLastChange 0
OSS time in ms last BCR related
notification wasreceived from the node. Always reset after node synchronisation.
The initial value set at create is -1.
MeContext
bctLastChange 0
OSS time in ms last BCT related
MeContext
telisLastChange 0
Number of Telis related notifica
tions received from the node. Always reset after node synchronisation.The initia
l value set at create is -1.
MeContext
lostSynchronisation
"The time (YYYY-MM-DD HH
:MM:SS) when the OSS lost synchronisation with the node. When the node is synchr
onised, the value will be SYNCHRONISED "
MeContext
nodeStartTime
The time (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS) w
hen the node last started.
MeContext
pendingRestart 0
Indicates whether or not a node
restart is pending.
MeContext
0
"Activates or de
activates the robust rollback function, that is a countdown mechanism for confir
mation of a configuration change. When set to TRUE the countdown on the node is
activated and the activation function has failed to stop the count down on the n
"
MeContext
cppVersion
0
CPP version of the node.
MeContext
MeContextId
MeContext
rbsIubId
0
"The identity of the RNC IubLink
MO that corresponds to the RBS this MeContext represents. rbsIubId has the same
value as the attribute rbsId in IubLink MO in RNC and Iub MO in RBS. If the Iub
MO presently does not exist, the value must be 0. Used only in "
MeContext
ftpServerRef
Set by ADD RBS Wizard. A referen
ce to an MO describing FTP-server to use for upgrade and installation. Used only
in RBS. For RNC and RANAG= NULL.
MeContext
rbsGroupRef
"Reference to the RbsGroup this
MeContext belongs to. The attribute consists of the FDN of the RbsGroup accordin
g to [9] and [20]. Used only in RBS. For RNC and RANAG = NULL. NOTE: For instanc
es of RBS type, this attribute shall be Mandatory "
MeContext
fdnOfRncIubLink
FDN of the associated IubLink MO
on the RNC. Set to empty if the IubLink MO does not exist
MeContext
MeContext
autoIntegration 0
Specifies if the RBS is to be Au
to-Integrated. The initial value set at create is NO.
MeContext
dnPrefix
MeContext
userLabel
MeContext
ipAddress
0
MeContext
segmentName
MeContext
mimSwitchPolicy
MeContext
neMIMversion
MeContext
compatibilityOfMIMs
0
MeContext
connectionStatus
0
MeContext
0
MeContext
MeContext
generationCounter
0
MeContext
neMIMName
node).
MeContext
neType
NC = 1 NODEB = 2 RANAG = 3 ENODEB = 4 TDRNC = 5 TDNODEB = 6
MeContext
neCreationComplete
0
MeContext
restartWarning 0
MeContext
MeContext
neSecurityStatus
MeContext
bcrLastChange 0
MeContext
bctLastChange 0
MeContext
telisLastChange 0
MeContext
lostSynchronisation
MeContext
nodeStartTime
MeContext
pendingRestart 0
restart is pending.
MeContext
0
"Activates or de
"
MeContext
multiStandardRbs6k
0
Indicates if the node is
included in a multi-standard RBS6000 cabinet.
MeContext
cppVersion
0
MeContext
MeContextId
MeContext
neLinkRelations
List of the remote NE_s associat
e d with this NE. FDN of MeContext instances Used to model the RANAG-RNC link re
lations.
MeContext
MeContext
dnPrefix
MeContext
userLabel
MeContext
ipAddress
0
MeContext
segmentName
MeContext
mimSwitchPolicy
MeContext
neMIMversion
MeContext
compatibilityOfMIMs
0
MeContext
connectionStatus
0
MeContext
0
MeContext
MeContext
generationCounter
0
MeContext
neMIMName
node).
MeContext
neType
NC = 1 NODEB = 2 RANAG = 3 ENODEB = 4
MeContext
neCreationComplete
0
MeContext
restartWarning 0
MeContext
MeContext
neSecurityStatus
MeContext
bcrLastChange 0
MeContext
bctLastChange 0
MeContext
telisLastChange 0
MeContext
lostSynchronisation
MeContext
nodeStartTime
MeContext
pendingRestart 0
restart is pending.
MeContext
0
"Activates or de
"
MeContext
cppVersion
0
MediumAccessUnit
MediumAccessUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
MediumAccessUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalState
The operational
state.
MediumAccessUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability
MediumAccessUnit
connectorLabel 0
This attribute is used b
y a management system to show the label on the port the connector is attached to
.
MediumAccessUnit
linkSpeed
The Link Speed. Unit: 1
Mbps
MediumAccessUnit
duplexMode
The duplex mode used.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalMode
The operational mode.
MediumAccessUnit
MediumAccessUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
MediumAccessUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalState
The operational
state.
MediumAccessUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability
MediumAccessUnit
connectorLabel 0
.
MediumAccessUnit
linkSpeed
Mbps
MediumAccessUnit
duplexMode
MediumAccessUnit
operationalMode
MediumAccessUnit
MediumAccessUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalState
The operational
state.
MediumAccessUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability
MediumAccessUnit
connectorLabel 0
.
MediumAccessUnit
linkSpeed
Mbps
MediumAccessUnit
duplexMode
MediumAccessUnit
operationalMode
Mich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the d
evice. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKE
D ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO
Mich
dbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to the DBCH device set
carrying this channel. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Mich
operationalState
Mich
MichId
MimInfo
MimInfoId
MimInfo
mimName
Name of the MIM supported by this interface
MimInfo
mimVersion
MIMs versions supported by this interfac
e
MocnCellProfile
MocnCellProfileId
MocnCellProfile
commonPlmnRef
Reference to the CN operator tha
t owns the cells that reference this profile. The PLMN of that CN operator will
be broadcasted in these cells. Change takes effect: New connections
MocnCellProfile
reservedBy
s to this MO."
MocnCellProfile
userLabel
MscPool
MscPoolId
MscPool
userLabel
Provides support for putting a label on
the MO instance.
Mspg
MspgId
Mspg
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mspg
os155SpiWorkingId
The working OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
os155SpiStandbyId
The standby OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
switchMode
0
The switching mode. Two values are possi
ble: switchMode = LOCKED if any of the involved Os155SpiTtp MOs is locked (or is
indirectly locked from the PlugInUnit MO). switchMode = AUTOMATIC in all other
cases.
Mspg
operationalState
Mspg
availabilityStatus
Mspg
selectedPort
The port currently selected by the MSPG.
The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an equipment
protection switch.
Mspg
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is currentl
y used to process the user plane traffic. The only action that can change the se
lected board is an equipment protection switch.
Mspg
degCauseMsp
0
Defines whether a degraded signal (DEG)
defect should cause an automatic MSP switch. This attribute applies to the ETSI
standard.
Mspg
lockout 0
"If lockout is set to true, the MSP logic is fro
zen meaning that no MSP switch occur, regardless of what happens on the lines. T
he APS (K1KL2) signalling also continues to signal the request and/or responses
that it did when the set operation was perfomed."
Mspg
primarySection
"The primary section indicates the Os155
SpiTtp that currently has the role of primary interface. As a consequence of a c
ompleted MSP switch, the primary and secondary sections can be interchanged. Thi
s attribute applies to the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
Mspg
rdiSecondarySf 0
"Specifies if MSPG should prevent an MSP
switch, if MS-RDI is present on the secondary section. This attribute applies t
o the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
Mspg
MspgId
Mspg
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mspg
os155SpiWorkingId
The working OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
os155SpiStandbyId
The standby OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
switchMode
0
The switching mode. Two values are possi
ble: switchMode = LOCKED if any of the involved Os155SpiTtp MOs is locked (or is
indirectly locked from the PlugInUnit MO). switchMode = AUTOMATIC in all other
cases.
Mspg
operationalState
Mspg
availabilityStatus
Mspg
selectedPort
The port currently selected by the MSPG.
The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an equipment
protection switch.
Mspg
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is currentl
y used to process the user plane traffic. The only action that can change the se
lected board is an equipment protection switch.
Mspg
degCauseMsp
0
Defines whether a degraded signal (DEG)
defect should cause an automatic MSP switch. This attribute applies to the ETSI
standard.
Mspg
lockout 0
"If lockout is set to true, the MSP logic is fro
zen meaning that no MSP switch occur, regardless of what happens on the lines. T
he APS (K1KL2) signalling also continues to signal the request and/or responses
that it did when the set operation was perfomed."
Mspg
primarySection
"The primary section indicates the Os155
SpiTtp that currently has the role of primary interface. As a consequence of a c
ompleted MSP switch, the primary and secondary sections can be interchanged. Thi
s attribute applies to the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
Mspg
rdiSecondarySf 0
"Specifies if MSPG should prevent an MSP
switch, if MS-RDI is present on the secondary section. This attribute applies t
o the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
MspgExtended
MspgExtendedId
MspgExtended
os155SpiWorkingRef
of Os155SpiTtp MO. The working OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
os155SpiProtectionRef
of Os155SpiTtp MO. The protection OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is
currently used to process the user plane traffic. The only action that can chang
e the selected board is an equipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
selectedPort
The port currently selected by t
he MSPG. The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an eq
uipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
userLabel
Label for free use.
MspgExtended
availabilityStatus
MspgExtended
operationalState
MspgExtended
bidirectional 0
Specifies the switching type of
the MSP. true = bidirectional mode false = unidirectional mode
MspgExtended
revertive
0
Specifies whether the MSP is rev
ertive or non-revertive. true = revertive false = non-revertive
MspgExtended
waitToRestoreTime
5
Represents the time that
the working section must be fault-free before switching back from the protectio
n section. Unit: 1 min
MspgExtended
protectionStatus
Indicates the status of
the protection switch.
MspgExtended
opBidirectionalMode
"Indicates the operation
al switching type of the MSP.It differs from the value of the attribute bidirect
ional if:-the standardMode of the os155SpiWorkingRef is ANSI,-bidirectional is t
rue, and -the remote side does not support bidirectional switching mode."
MspgExtended
MspgExtendedId
MspgExtended
os155SpiWorkingRef
of Os155SpiTtp MO. The working OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
os155SpiProtectionRef
of Os155SpiTtp MO. The protection OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is
currently used to process the user plane traffic. The only action that can chang
e the selected board is an equipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
selectedPort
The port currently selected by t
he MSPG. The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an eq
uipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
userLabel
Label for free use.
MspgExtended
availabilityStatus
MspgExtended
operationalState
MspgExtended
bidirectional 0
Specifies the switching type of
the MSP. true = bidirectional mode false = unidirectional mode
MspgExtended
revertive
0
Specifies whether the MSP is rev
ertive or non-revertive. true = revertive false = non-revertive
MspgExtended
waitToRestoreTime
5
Represents the time that
the working section must be fault-free before switching back from the protectio
n section. Unit: 1 min
MspgExtended
protectionStatus
Indicates the status of
the protection switch.
MspgExtended
opBidirectionalMode
"Indicates the operation
al switching type of the MSP.It differs from the value of the attribute bidirect
ional if:-the standardMode of the os155SpiWorkingRef is ANSI,-bidirectional is t
rue, and -the remote side does not support bidirectional switching mode."
MtchFrameSynch
MtchFrameSynchId
MtchFrameSynch
iubTransportDelayMax
30
Maximum Iub delay for wh
ich soft combining is supported.Special values: 0 means that no soft combining w
ill be supported within the RNS. Unit: ms
MtchFrameSynch
iubTransportDelayOffset 2
"Iub downlink transport
delay offset. The value may be increased to accommodate high transport delay var
iation, but this also increases overall delays for MTCH.Unit: ms"
MtchFrameSynch
toaWindowEndpoint
0
Latest time of arrival m
argin endpoint (3GPP parameter ToAWE).Unit: ms Dependencies: toaWindowEndpoint <
toaWindowSize
MtchFrameSynch
toaWindowSize 190
Time of arrival window size. (3G
PP parameter ToAWS).Unit: ms Dependencies: toaWindowSize > toaWindowEndpoint
MtchFrameSynch
phaseDriftThreshold
15
"Threshold for maximum a
llowed phase drift of an MTCH FACH in % of the TTI length. When this value is ex
ceeded, a re-synchronization is performed. Unit: %"
Mtp3bAp
Mtp3bApId
Mtp3bAp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bAp
routeSetId
Reference to an instance of Mtp3bSrs MO.
Specifies the destination for the traffic from the client.
Mtp3bAp
serviceInd
"The service indicator. Specifies the Se
rvice Indicator (SI) of the client, which is used in outgoing messages and is us
ed by traffic handling functions to perform message distribution. Possible SI va
lues are: 3 = SCCP 4 = Telephone User Part (TUP) 5 = ISD"
Mtp3bAp
availabilityStatus
The availability status. Contain
s details about the operationalState. Possible values for operational state ENAB
LED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable. - DEGRADED: the corresponding destin

ation is congested. - OFF_DUTY: The ASP Active procedure can no
Mtp3bAp
reservedBy
Mtp3bAp
operationalState
"The operational state. The oper
ational state is ENABLED, if the client is allowed to send traffic."
Mtp3bSlAnsi
Mtp3bSlAnsiId
Mtp3bSlAnsi
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
operationalState
Mtp3bSlAnsi
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSlAnsi
tpId
Reference to a termination point of the
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are: Mtp2TpAnsi for narrowband. NniSaalTp
for broadband. Only one link instance can reserve one termination point instanc
e.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
linkState
"The link state. The link state
represents a bitmap which contains a combination of the following hexadecimal va
lues, long within parenthesis: 0x00 (0) Available 0x01 (1) Failed 0x02 (2) Remot
ely blocked 0x04 (4) Locally blocked 0x08 (8) Remotely inhibited"
Mtp3bSlAnsi
usageState
The usage state of the link.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
signLinkCode
"The signalling link code, SLC,
used for this link. The signLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes
, independent on in which linkSet the link belongs."
Mtp3bSlAnsi
proceduralState
The procedural state of the link
.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
autoStartLink TRUE(1) Specifies if the link should be
activated at creation.
Mtp3bSlChina
Mtp3bSlChinaId
Mtp3bSlChina
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlChina
operationalState
Mtp3bSlChina
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSlChina
Mtp3bSlChina
linkState
Mtp3bSlChina
prioBeforeSio FALSE(0)
Specifies if the message
priority shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO)
.
Mtp3bSlChina
proceduralState
The procedural status of the lin
k.
Mtp3bSlChina
signLinkCode
, independent of which link set the link belongs to."
Mtp3bSlChina
tpId
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are: Mtp2TpChina for narrowband. Mtp2HslT
pChina for high speed link. NniSaalTp for broadband. Only one link instance can
reserve one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlChina
usageState
Mtp3bSlItu
Mtp3bSlItuId
Mtp3bSlItu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlItu
operationalState
Mtp3bSlItu
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSlItu
tpId
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are: Mtp2TpItu for narrowband. Mtp2HslTpI
tu for high speed link. NniSaalTp for broadband. Only one link instance can rese
rve one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlItu
linkState
Mtp3bSlItu
usageState
Mtp3bSlItu
signLinkCode
, independent of which link set the link belongs to."
Mtp3bSlItu
proceduralState
.
Mtp3bSlItu
Mtp3bSlItu
prioBeforeSio FALSE(0)
Specifies if the message
priority shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO)
.
Mtp3bSls
Mtp3bSlsId
Mtp3bSls
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSls
operationalState
Mtp3bSls
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSls
usageState
The usage state of the link set.
- ACTIVE: At least one of the contained links of the SLS is ACTIVE and no link
is BUSY. - BUSY: At least one of the contained links is BUSY. - IDLE: All links
of the SLS are IDLE.
Mtp3bSls
mtp3bSrsId
Reference to an instance of Mtp3
bSrs.
Mtp3bSls
reservedBy
Mtp3bSls
cLinkAnsi
0
"The cLinkAnsi shall be set to t
rue for a link set with C-links between STP-pairs, to prevent SLS bit rotation i
n an ANSI network. This attribute is only valid for an ANSI network."
Mtp3bSlTtc
Mtp3bSlTtcId
Mtp3bSlTtc
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlTtc
tpId
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are: Mtp2TpTtc for narrowband. NniSaalTp
for broadband. Only one link instance can reserve one termination point instance
.
Mtp3bSlTtc
operationalState
Mtp3bSlTtc
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSlTtc
linkState
Mtp3bSlTtc
usageState
Mtp3bSlTtc
signLinkCode
"The TTC three bit signalling li
nk code (SLC) and TTC one bit A/Bindicator, used for this link. The code have to
be unique in this signal link set, i.e the signallingLinkCode for all the Mtp3b
Sl that belongs to the same Mtp3bSls must be unique (mutual excl"
Mtp3bSlTtc
proceduralState
.
Mtp3bSlTtc
Mtp3bSlTtc
prioBeforeSio TRUE(1) Specifies if the message priorit
y shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
Mtp3bSpAnsiId
Mtp3bSpAnsi
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
operationalState
Mtp3bSpAnsi
availabilityStatus
Contains details about the operationalState. Possible values for operational st
ate ENABLED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable. Possible values for operatio
nal state DISABLED: - DEPENDENCY_FAILED: based on the operational state
Mtp3bSpAnsi
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProg
ramUniter MO (RPU). Specifies the SCC stack for the MO. An RPU shall be used onl
y by signaling points of the same standard. A maximum of 15 instances of this MO
can reference the same RPU.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
networkInd
NATIONAL_NETWORK(2)
"The network ind
icator (NI) discriminates messages between different networks. When setting this
attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfilled: - No external MTP3b u
ser can have a reference to an Mtp3bAp related to this MO. - In an IPSP configur
"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
signallingPointCode
"The Signalling Point Co
de (SPC) . When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulf
illed: - In an IPSP configuration, in case of double exchange mode, and in an SG
P configuration, all related M3uaRemoteSp instances must be LOCKED. - In"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
testPatternSltm A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 "Specifi
es the test pattern in the Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM). Allowed characte
rs are 0-9, A-F. The pattern must contain an even number of characters. Applicab
le only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
nodeBehaviour SEP(0) "The type of MTP3 signalling poi
nt. When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfilled:
- In an IPSP configuration, in case of double exchange mode, and in an SGP confi
guration, all related M3uaRemoteSp instances must be LOCKED. - I"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
rerouting buffer. Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1
KB
Mtp3bSpAnsi
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
changeover buffer. Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1
KB
Mtp3bSpAnsi
transFrHandler IGNORED(0)
Specifies how a Transfer
Restricted (TFR) message shall be treated. Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRA
N configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
sioSpare
PRIO(1) Specifies how the two spare bits
in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used. Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
statusIndInterval
4
"The status indication i
nterval. The number of messages received from the user part, before the user par
t is notified that the destination is congested. Applicable only for SS7 and E-S
IGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
resendTfcInterval
8
"The resend TFC and SCON
interval. The number of messages received from the peer side, before the Transf
er Controlled (TFC) message or Signalling Congestion (SCON) message is sent to t
he originating signalling point, indicating that the destination is cong"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority
The priority data for this signa
lling point. Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
noOfCongestLevelForNI 3
"The number of congestio
n levels for a national NI. If set to 1, only congestion level 1 is handled. Thi
s attribute is not applicable for an international NI. Applicable only for SS7 a
nd E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
routeSetCongestTestFlag 1
"Specifies the congestio
n handling procedure to be used for national networks, which have congestion pri
orities. If set to 0, the congestion handling procedure described by the TTC sta
ndard is applied. In this case the attribute timerTc is used. If set to "
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer
The timer data for this signaling point.
Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Can be of type SccpSp.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
modifiedSlsRotation
ACTIVATED(1)
"Specifies the s
tandard behavior of Signalling Link Set (SLS) rotation. If the attribute is set
to ACTIVATED, only two Mtp3bSr MOs can be configured under an Mtb3bSrs MO. The a
ttribute is valid, only if nodeBehaviour is set to SEP (Signalling End Point). I

"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE(0)
"Specifies wheth
er Associated Signalling Mode in SGW function (ASM) is activated for this signal
ling point. The ASM is configured using SgwMgmtMapping MOs. Applicable only for
SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. In an IETF M3UA configuration, this attribute
"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment 4
The maxi
mum number of attempts to establish an M3UA association. Applicable only for an
E-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds 0
"The number of attempts
to send the Destination Audit (DAUD) message. If set to 0, the DAUD message is s
ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received. Appli
cable only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit 300
"Timer used for
audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait before s
ending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state of SS7 d
estinations. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association fails. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
ncing of messages when an association becomes active. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 s
econd).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid message m
is-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated. Unit: 1 deciseco
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
8
Timer controlling the tr
affic activation delay during restart. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
8
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were unsucces
sful. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
ncing when controlled rerouting is initiated. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Delay to inhibit sending
of DUNA messages using the response method. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTack 40
Maximum time to wait for
message acknowledgement. This attribute must follow the rule: timerM3uaTack > a
ssociationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO. Unit: 1
decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTassocack
40
Maximum time to
wait for association establisment acknowledgement. This attribute must follow th
e rule: timerM3uaTassocack > (maxInitialRtrAtt + 1) * maximumRto. The latter att
ributes are in the Sctp MO. It should be longer than the time a message spends
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Timer controlling the pe
riod a route set is considered congested when an SCON message has been received.
Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerSlta
100
Supervision timer for SL
TA message. Corresponds to timer T1 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard. Unit: 1 decisec
ond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerSltm
400
Timer for sending SLTM p
eriodically. Corresponds to timer T2 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard. Unit: 1 decise
cond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT1 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on changeover. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT10
400
Timer for sending RST pe
riodically. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT12
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk uninhibit acknowledgement. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT13
10
nk forced uninhibit. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT14
30
nk inhibit acknowledgement. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT15
20
"Supervision timer for s
tart signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the ""Route Set Congestion
Test Selection"" option is set to ""Use Route Set Congestion test"". Guiding va
lue 20 - 30. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT16
14
"Timer waiting for route
set congestion status update. Used only if the ""Route Set Congestion Test Sele
cton"" option is set to ""Use Route Set Congestion test"". Guiding value 14 - 22
. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT17
9
Delay to avoid oscillati
on of initial alignment failure and link restart. The value for this timer shoul
d be less than the value for timerT2. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COA. Uni
t: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT20
1000
riodic resending of a Local Inhibit Test message. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 secon
d).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT21
1000
riodic resend of Remote Inhibit Test Message. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT22
600
Delay on commencement of
MTP Restart to allow the node to rebuild an accurate routing table based on mes
sages for adjacent nodes. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT23
40
Supervision timer for ro
uting updates on MTP Restart. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT25
300
Supervision timer for re
ciept of a Traffic Restart Waiting message from an adjacent SP which is restarti
ng. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT26
120
riodic resend of Traffic Restart Waiting messages during restart of the local no
de. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT27
20
The minimum time period
thats the links are out of service during MTP restart. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT28
30
Timer controlling the ti
me to react on a restart of an adjacent node. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT29
600
Timer for waiting for a
Traffic Restart message from an adjacent node. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT3 10
ncing on a time controlled diversion change back. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 secon
d).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT30
300
Timer for not sending TF
Ps and TFRs messages in response to unexpected TRA and TRW. The timer is not val
id if nodeBehaviour is set to SEP. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT31
100
Timer controlling the ti
me for the detection of false link congestion. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT4 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT5 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, seco
nd attempt Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT6 9
Timer for delay to avoid message
mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT8 8
"Timer for delay to prohibit sen
ding of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter,
which is ignored when configured as an endpoint. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
Waiting for BSNT value f
rom MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard timer). Unit: 1 decisecond (1/1
0 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTRetrieval 10
Timer for waiting for co
mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t

imer). Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
etween attempts to start a link. Timing starts when timerT17 expires (not standa
rd timer). Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTc 50
Timer controlling the period a r
oute set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been rec
eived. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the Changeback-declaration (CBD) and Changeback-acknowledgement (CBA
) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the
two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the Changeover-order (COO) and Changeover-acknowledgement (COA) or E
xtended Changeover Order (XCO) and Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) mes
sages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two s
"
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the Emergency-changeover-order (ECO) and Emergency-changeover-acknow
ledgement (ECA) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message prio
rity uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST(3)
Specifies the pr
iority for link-related messages. The messages are: Link inhibit (LIN) Link unin
hibit (LUN) Link inhibit denied (LID) Link inhibit acknowledgement (LIA) Link un
inhibit acknowledgement (LUA) Link forced uninhibit (LFU) Link local inhibit te
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for Signalling-route-set-test signal for prohibited destination (RST) me
ssage. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two s
pare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM) and Signalling Link Test Acknowl
edgement (SLTA) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message prio
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the Transfer-controlled (TFC), Transfer-allowed (TFA), Transfer-proh
ibited (TFP) and Transfer-restricted (TFR) messages. When a message is sent from
the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the Traffic-restart-allowed (TRA) message. When a message is sent fr
om the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
riority for the User part unavailable (UPU) message. When a message is sent from
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChinaId
Mtp3bSpChina
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpChina
operationalState
Mtp3bSpChina
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSpChina
reservedBy
Mtp3bSpChina
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpChina
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpChina
networkInd
NATIONAL_NETWORK(2)
"The network ind

"
Mtp3bSpChina
signallingPointCode
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
resendTfcInterval
8
Mtp3bSpChina
sioSpare
SPARE(0)
Specifies how the two sp
are bits in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used. Applicable only for SS
7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer
Mtp3bSpChina
statusIndInterval
4
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
N configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
rpuId
Mtp3bSpChina
restartType
ITU_96_RESTART(5)
"This attribute
shows what MTP3b restart standard the system follows. With China, it is possible
using this attribute to set which of the ITU restart standard that shall be fol
lowed. 5 = ITU_96_RESTART 6 = ITU_88_RESTART This attribute is applicable only w
"
Mtp3bSpChina
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE(0)
"Specifies wheth
"
Mtp3bSpChina
The maxi
Mtp3bSpChina

Mtp3bSpChina
"Timer used for
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
econd).
Mtp3bSpChina
8
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
8
Mtp3bSpChina
8
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
40
Maximum time to
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerSlta
100
ond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerSltm
400
cond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT1 10
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT10
400
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT12
10
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT13
10
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT14
30
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT15
20
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT16
14
"Supervision timer for r
oute set congestion status update. Used only if the ""Route Set Congestion Test
Selection"" option is set to ""Use Route Set Congestion test"". Guiding value 14
- 22. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT17
9
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT18
550
"Supervision timer for t
he first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is
ignored when configured as an endpoint. The value for this timer should be less
than the value for timerT20. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT19
680
Timer controlling the re
sponse of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node. Unit:
1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT2 10
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT20
600
Overall MTP restart time
r at the restarting MTP. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT21
640
Overall MTP restart time
r at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT22
2500
Timer for test of local
inhibit. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT23
2500
Remote inhibit test time
r. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT3 10
d).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT4 10
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT5 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, seco
nd attempt Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT6 9
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT8 8
)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
0 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTc 50
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
"
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST(3)
Specifies the pr
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItuId
Mtp3bSpItu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpItu
operationalState
Mtp3bSpItu
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSpItu
networkInd
NATIONAL_NETWORK(2)
"The network ind
"
Mtp3bSpItu
signallingPointCode
Mtp3bSpItu
version ITU_T_07_96(2) Specifies the version of the MTP
3 ITU-T standard. Applicable only for an SS7 configuration.
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
resendTfcInterval
8
Mtp3bSpItu
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpItu
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpItu
N configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
sioSpare
PRIO(1) Specifies how the two spare bits
in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used. Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
statusIndInterval
4
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer
Mtp3bSpItu
rpuId
Mtp3bSpItu
reservedBy
Mtp3bSpItu
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE(0)
"Specifies wheth
"
Mtp3bSpItu
The maxi
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
"
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST(3)
Specifies the pr
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO"
Mtp3bSpItu
"Timer used for
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
econd).
Mtp3bSpItu
8
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
8
Mtp3bSpItu
8
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
40
Maximum time to
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerSlta
100
ond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerSltm
400
cond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT1 10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT10
400
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT12
10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT13
10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT14
30
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT15
20
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT16
14
Selection"" option is set to ""Use Route Set Congestion test"". Guiding value 14
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT17
9
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT18
550
"Supervision timer for t
he first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is
ignored when configured as an endpoint. The value for this timer should be less
than the value for timerT20. If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88"
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT19
680
"Timer controlling the r
esponse of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node. If th
e attribute version is set to ITU_T_88, the recommended value is 40. Unit: 1 dec
isecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT2 10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT20
600
"Overall MTP restart tim
er at the restarting MTP. If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88, the recom
mended value is 40. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT21
640
"Overall MTP restart tim
er at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP. If the attribute version
is set to ITU_T_88, the recommended value is 300. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 seco
nd)"
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT22
2500
Timer for test of local
inhibit. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT23
2500
Remote inhibit test time
r. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT3 10
d).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT4 10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT5 10
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT6 9
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT8 8
)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
0 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTc 50
Mtp3bSpTtc
The maxi
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtcId
Mtp3bSpTtc
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpTtc
operationalState
Mtp3bSpTtc
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSpTtc
signallingPointCode
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
resendTfcInterval
8
Mtp3bSpTtc
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpTtc
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
KB
Mtp3bSpTtc
statusIndInterval
4
Mtp3bSpTtc
testPatternSltm 7711
"Specifies the test pattern in t
he Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM). Allowed characters are 0-9, A-F. The pat
tern must contain an even number of characters. Applicable only for SS7 and E-SI
GTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority
Mtp3bSpTtc
rpuId
Mtp3bSpTtc
reservedBy
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE(0)
"Specifies wheth
"
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua
The M3UA timer data for this sig
naling point. Applicable only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerSrt
100
Timer for waiting for Si
gnalling Route Test Acknowledgement. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT1 10
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT10
400
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT15
20
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT16
14
Selecton"" option is set to ""Use Route Set Congestion test"". Guiding value 14
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT17
9
d be less than the value for timerT2. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)..
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COO or a
COA. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT3 10
d).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT4 10
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT6 9
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT8 8
)."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
0 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTc 50
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
"
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioRt
HIGHEST(3)
Specifies the pr
iority for signalling route test (SRT/SRA) messages.

Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST(3)
"Specifies the p
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit
300
"Timer u
sed for audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait
before sending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state
of SS7 destinations. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT1 5
Mtp3bSpTtc
econd).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid m
essage mis-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated. Unit: 1
Mtp3bSpTtc
8
Timer controllin
g the traffic activation delay during restart. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
8
Timer for the in
terval between attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were
unsuccessful. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTack
40
Maximum time to
wait for message acknowledgement. This attribute must follow the rule: timerM3ua
Tack > associationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTassocack 40
Maximum time to
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTc 50
Mtp3bSr
Mtp3bSrId
Mtp3bSr
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSr
linkSetM3uId
Reference to an instance of MTP3bSls or
M3uAssociation.
Mtp3bSr
operationalState
Mtp3bSr
usageState
"The usage state of the route. For direc
t routes, the value of the attribute is the same as for usageState in the relate
d Mtp3bSls. For routes via STP or SGW, usageState is determined by traffic manag
ement messages: - ACTIVE: A TFA or a DAVA is received. -"
Mtp3bSr
availabilityStatus
Mtp3bSr
priority
"The priority of the alternative route.
The traffic is directed to the highest priority route(s) available in the route
set. If more than one route has the same priority within a route set, loadsharin
g is permitted between these routes. The value 1 is the "
Mtp3bSr
routeBlockingState
0
The blocking state of the route.
Mtp3bSrs
Mtp3bSrsId
Mtp3bSrs
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSrs
operationalState
The operational state is ENABLED, if the destination is available via SS7 and/or
IP."
Mtp3bSrs
reservedBy
Mtp3bSrs
destPointCode
"The destination point code (DPC
). The Destination Point Code in a Route Set has to be unique within each Signal
ing Point. The format of this attribute must be aligned with the standard of the
parent Mtp3bSp: ANSI, China, ITU or TTC. In an IETF M3UA config"
Mtp3bSrs
congestedLevel
"In SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurat
ions, this attribute indicates whether the Route Set is congested. In an IETF M3
UA configuration, it indicates whether the remote destination is congested."
Mtp3bSrs
autoReroute
0
Deprecated: Has no functional be
havior. This attribute is Obsolete and will always return false.
Mtp3bSrs
preferredBearer SS7(1) The preferred bearer type for ro
uting outgoing messages. The specified bearer is used if available.A rerouting b
etween bearers is performed automatically. Only the SS7 value is applicable for
SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
MultiCarrier
MultiCarrierId
MultiCarrier
multiCarrierSupport
Indicates if all conditi
ons are met for this cell to act as a serving HS-DSCH cell for Multi Carrier con
nections.
MultiCarrier
cellRefsDl
"References to UtranCells that m
ay act as secondary serving HS-DSCH cells, as reported by the RBS. "
NbapCommon
NbapCommonId
NbapCommon
administrativeState
0
of the signaling link.
NbapCommon
operationalState
the NBAP common signaling bearer.
NbapCommon
availabilityStatus
of the NBAP common signaling bearer.More than one of the following conditions ca
n apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWE
ROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set t
NbapCommon
userLabel
NbapCommon
activeUniSaalTpRef
Reference to the UniSaal
Tp Managed Object that represents the active UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapCommon
standbyUniSaalTpRef
Tp Managed Object that represents the stand-by UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapCommon
activeBearer
Specifies which UniSaalTp is act
ive when ATM is transport bearer alt. that Sctp is active when IPv4 is bearer.Po
ssible values: ? NONE = No active bearer. ? UNI_SAAL_TP_REF1 = Attribute uniSaal
TpRef1 is used. ? UNI_SAAL_TP_REF2 = Attribute uniSaalTpRef2 is
NbapCommon
auditRetransmissionT
5
Time between successive
audit retransmissions.Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Network Re
f. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
availabilityStatus
of the protocol termination. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_T
EST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF
_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: Integrate
NbapCommon
l2EstablishReqRetryT
1
attempts to establish layer 2 communication.Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS i
n the Radio Network Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
l2EstablishSupervisionT 30
Maximum allowed time to
establish layer 2 communication.Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio
Network Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
establish NBAP communication: Successfull establishment of layer 2 followed by a
successful audit procedure. Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Net
work Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
NbapCommonId
NbapCommon
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Rad
io Network Ref. [CB_ICC]

NbapCommon
uniSaalTpRef1
"Reference to the UniSaalTp inst
ance used for the primary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the c
ontrolPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM. Dependencies: Must not be set to the s
ame value as uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO, and not to the same value"
NbapCommon
uniSaalTpRef2
ance used for the secondary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the
controlPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM. Dependencies: Must not be set to the
same value as uniSaalTpRef1 on this MO, and not to the same val"
NbapCommon
userLabel
]
NbapCommon
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used. The
reference is only used if the controlPlaneTransportOption is set to IPv4. Use c
ases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Network Requirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01
219 Rev:A Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
NbapDedicatedId
NbapDedicated
administrativeState
0
of the signaling link.
NbapDedicated
operationalState
the NBAP dedicated signaling bearer.
NbapDedicated
availabilityStatus
of the NBAP dedicated signaling bearer. More than one of the following condition
s can apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1:
POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (s
NbapDedicated
userLabel
NbapDedicated
activeUniSaalTpRef
Tp Managed Object that represents the active UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapDedicated
standbyUniSaalTpRef
Tp Managed Object that represents the stand-by UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapDedicated
activeBearer
Specifies which UniSaalTp is act
ive when ATM is transport bearer alt. that Sctp is active when IPv4 is bearer.Po
ssible values: ? NONE = No active bearer. ? UNI_SAAL_TP_REF1 = Attribute uniSaal
TpRef1 is used. ? UNI_SAAL_TP_REF2 = Attribute uniSaalTpRef2 is
NbapDedicated
availabilityStatus
of the protocol termination. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_T
EST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF
_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: Integrate
NbapDedicated
l2EstablishReqRetryT
1
attempts to establish layer 2 communication. Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS
in the Radio Network Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
establish layer 2 communication. Unit: 1 s Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio
Network Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
NbapDedicatedId
NbapDedicated
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Rad
io Network Ref. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
uniSaalTpRef1
ance used for the primary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the c
ontrolPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM. Dependencies: Must not be set to the s
ame value as uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO, and not to the same value"
NbapDedicated
uniSaalTpRef2
ance used for the secondary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the
controlPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM. Dependencies: Must not be set to the
same value as uniSaalTpRef1 on this MO, and not to the same val"
NbapDedicated
userLabel
]
NbapDedicated
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used. The
reference is only used if the controlPlaneTransportOption is set to IPv4. Use c

ases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Network Requirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01
221 Rev:A Ref. [CB_ICC]
Ncli
administrativeState
0
"The administrative state. The N
CLI Server is stopped by setting the administrativeState to LOCKED. This will cl
ose down all ongoing NCLI sessions immediately. When setting the administrativeS
tate to SHUTTING_DOWN, 1800 seconds (30 minutes) will elapse bef"
Ncli
NcliId
Ncli
operationalState
Ncli
administrativeState
0
Ncli
NcliId
Ncli
operationalState
Ncli
administrativeState
0
Ncli
NcliId
Ncli
operationalState
NniSaalProfile
NniSaalProfileId
he RDN.
NniSaalProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
NniSaalProfile
reservedBy
NniSaalProfile
profileData
Struct containing profile data.
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel1Abatement 60
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel1Abatement, the M
TP3b congestion status of the internal signalling link changes from 1 to 0. This
attribute must follow the rule, 0 <= congestionLevel1Abatement < congestionLeve
l1OnSet."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel1OnSet
70
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy increases above the congestionLevel1Onset, a con
gestion indication is sent to MTP3b and the MTP3b congestion status of the inter
nal signalling link changes from 0 to 1."
NniSaalProfile
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel2Abatement, but i
s not below congestionLevel1Abatement, the MTP3b congestion status of the intern
al signalling link changes from 2 to 1. This attribute shall follow the rule, co
ngestion"
NniSaalProfile
80
"When th
NniSaalProfile
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel3Abatement, but i
s not below congestionLevel2Abatement, the MTP3b congestion status of the intern
al signalling link changes from 3 to 2. This attribute must follow the rule, con
gestionL"
NniSaalProfile
90
"When th
NniSaalProfile
profileData.discardMessagesLevel1
80
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel1, but does not exce
ed discardMessagesLevel2, the MTP3b will discard messages with priority 0. This
attribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel1OnSet < discardMessagesLevel1 <=

congest"
NniSaalProfile
90
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel2, but does not exce
ed discardMessagesLevel3, the MTP3b will discard messages with priority 0 and 1.
This attribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel2OnSet < discardMessagesLev
el2 <= c"
NniSaalProfile
100
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel3, the MTP3b will di
scard messages with priority 0, 1 and 2. This attribute must follow the rule, co
ngestionLevel3OnSet < discardMessagesLevel3 <= 100."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.initialCredit
"The initial num
ber of credits. For 64 kbit/s, use 30. This attribute must follow the rule, init
ialCredit > maxPD. Unit: number of transmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxCC
4
"The maximum number of r
etransmissions of Protocol Data Units (PDU): BGN, END, ER, RS. Unit: number of t
ransmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxNRP
0
The maximum number of re
transmissions of PDUs during proving to consider proving successful. Unit: numbe
r of transmitted PDUs.
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxPD
"The maximum number of S
D PDUs before a poll is sent. This attribute must follow the rule, maxPD < initi
alCredit. Unit: number of transmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxStat
67
"The maximum number, odd
integer value, of list elements placed in a STAT PDU. The maxStat attribute is
controlled by the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The maxSt
at times 4 (octets) plus additional 12 octets (for header) must not exce"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.mps 2
"The Management Proving Status (
MPS) which is used to determine whether for proving is done during setup of the
SAAL connection. mps = 0 (NORMAL) If set to 0, normal proving is done regardless
of the incoming SSCOP-UU or the local User Part Proving Status "
NniSaalProfile
profileData.nrOfPDUsDuringProving
1000
"The len
gth of proving in terms of number of transmitted PDUs (n1). This attribute must
follow the rule, timerT2 > 2 * nrOfPDUsDuringProving * timerT3 * t3Factor. The t
3Factor describes (approximately) the relationship between the configured value
and the "
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerCC
200
"The timer determining t
he time between retransmission of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. It should be more than
the roundtrip delay. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerIdle
"The timer running when
there are no PDUs to transmit and there are no outstanding acknowledgements or d
ata pending for credit. When this timer is running, no POLL PDUs are sent. This
timer should be significantly greater than the value of timerKeepAlive. "
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerKeepAlive
"The timer to be
used during a period of no outstanding acknowledgements or new data pending rec
eipt of credit. At timeout, the peer is polled to see if it is alive. The timer
determines the interval between polls in the transient phase. This timer should
"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerNoCredit
1500
"The maximum tim
e of no credit. If the timer expires, the assured data transfer mode is released
. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerNoResponse
"The timer to de
termine the maximum time interval, during which reception of at least one STAT P
DU is expected as a response to a poll. This attribute must follow the rule, tim
erNoResponse >= timerKeepAlive + one roundtrip delay Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerPoll
The timer that specifies
the maximum time between sending of POLL PDUs to the peer receiver during other
traffic (active phase). Unit: 1ms
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerRepeatSrec
3600000 "The timer which
is set whenever a report of SSCOP recovery is received from the SSCF. If the ti
mer is running when another report of recovery is received, the assured data tra
nsfer mode is released. If the timer expires, nothing is done. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT1
5000
"The timer between the l
ink release action and the next link re-establish action during the alignment. W
hentimer T1 expires, a new attempt is made to set up assured data transfer mode
to the peer. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT2
30000 "The total time that SSC
F attempts alignment. When timer T2expires, the alignment procedure is interrupt
ed. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT3
5
"The time between provin
g PDUs. The timer is set so that loading of the signalling link is approximately
50% of it's nominal rate. This attribute must follow the rule, timerT2 > 2 * nr
OfPDUsDuringProving * timerT3 * t3Factor. The t3Factor describes (approx"
NniSaalTp
NniSaalTpId
NniSaalTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
NniSaalTp
operationalState
NniSaalTp
reservedBy
NniSaalTp
nniSaalProfileId
The Reference to an inst
ance of a NniSaalProfile MO. The maxStat attribute defined in the NniSaalProfile
MO is controlled by the AAL5 SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. See the de
scription of the maxStat attribute in the NniSaalProfile MO. The consis
NniSaalTp
aal5TpVccTpId
The reference to an instance of
an Aal5TpVccTp MO. The AAL5 termination point must terminate on a main processor
.
NniSaalTp
maxSduSize
276
"The maximum SAAL SDU size. The
attribute is dependent on the maximum SDU size forAAL5, defined in Aal5TpVccTp.
The attribute, maxSduSize must be 4 bytes less than the maximum SDU size forAAL5
(the lower of the two attributes, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUser"
NodeBFunction
nodeBFunctionIubLink
"Reference to related Iu
bLink instance. (Iub instance in RBS) FDN according to [9] and [20]. For CORBA u
sers, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReference,"
NodeBFunction
analogUlAlignIsActive 0
the analog uplink delay alignment function is activated. 0=NOT ACTIVATED 1=ACTI
VATED Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00852 Rev:A Ref. [FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
berAllowed
35
Pilot BER threshold value. Defin
es the Pilot BER threshold value (percentage of erroneous pilot bits per radio f
rames) to be used for UL synchronisation detection and supervision. Unit: 1% Tak
es effect: Only for new radio link sets. User category: Ericsso
NodeBFunction
branchDiffAbsTime
0
Branch Difference Absolu
te Time which defines at what time of the day each measurement must start. Ref.
[FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
branchDiffMeasTime
0
"Branch Difference Measu
rement Time, which defines the period of each measurement. Ref. [FS_RSY]"
NodeBFunction
gpehOverloadProtEv
"With the attribute gpeh
OverloadProtEv the RBS registers occuring measures taken due to an overload even
t. Measures in this case are reject a job, to overcome an impending overload sit
uation. TX board, RAX board and Main Processor (MP) can initiate the eve"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupFailSyncEv
"With the attribute gpeh
RlsSupFailSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS supervision have dectected that the
synchronization process failed during the sync state ""WAIT"". The out of sync e
vent is identified with the Event ID = 261. Note! This attribute is only t"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupFoundSyncEv
With the attribute gpehR
lsSupFoundSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS supervison have detected that synchr
onization has been acheived. The In-Sync event is identified with the Event ID =
260. Note! This attribute is only to be used by the Performance Manage
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupLostSyncEv
lsSupLostSyncEv the RBS registers when the RLS supervision have detected that th
at the RBS has lost synchronization.. The lost sync event is identified with the
Event ID = 259. Note! This attribute is only to be used by the Perform
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupStartedEv
With the gpehRlsSupStart
edEv the RBS registers when the RLS supervision started the synchronization proc
ess. The sync started event is identified with Event ID = 257. Note! This attrib
ute is only to be used by the Performance Management Service. It must N
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupSyncEv
lsSupSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS suspervision have detected that synchroni
zation is achieved. The in-sync event is identified with Event ID = 258. Note! T
his attribute is only to be used by the Performance Management Service.
NodeBFunction
gpehUlSyncReachedEv
With the attribute gpehU
lSyncReachedEv the RBS registers when UL synchronization is initiated. As an act
ion on this event the UL inner loop power control algorithm is started. The UL s
ynchronization event is identified with the Event ID = 256. Note! This
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtectionIsActive
TRUE(1) Status of the MP
overload protection mechanism. Use cases: OLP_UC02&03 User category: Ericsson p
ersonnel Ref. [FS_OLP]
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtSupInterval
1000
Interval for che
cking high load. Use cases: OLP_UC02&03 Dependencies: mpOverloadProtSupInterval
> mpOverloadProtSupTime Unit: 1 ms User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_OL
P]
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtSupTime 500
Maximum time the RBS tra
ffic application and jobs on higher priority are allowed to execute before it is
considered high load. Use cases: OLP_UC02&03 Unit: 1 ms Dependencies: mpOverloa
dProtSupInterval > mpOverloadProtSupTime User category: Ericsson person
NodeBFunction
NodeBFunctionId
NodeBFunction
noOfSteps1stStage
0
Number of steps for firs
t power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Use cases: DPC-UC1-2 Requ
irement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
noOfSteps2ndStage
0
Number of steps for seco
nd power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Use cases: DPC-UC1-2 Req
uirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
nrOfCallsThresh 10
Defines the minimum number of ca
lls required from the branch difference measurement report from UBP in order to
take the measurements into account for delay difference calculation. User catego
ry: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
nrOfSamplesThresh
1000
Defines the minimum numb
er of samples required from the branch difference measurement report from UBP in
order to take the measurements into account for delay difference calculation. U
ser category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
orthLossComp
4
"Offset added to the power level
. Will be used when configuring Compressed Mode SF/2 with an alternative scrambl
ing code. Unit: 0.25 dB User category: Ericsson personnel Use cases: DRL_UC27, D
RL_UC28 Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 Ref. [FS_DPC]"
NodeBFunction
rbsActivationClockStatus
LOCKED_MODE(3) "Sets th
e clock status when the RBS is activated after a restart. Activated means that N
BAP is started and cell setup is allowed. The RBS system controls the actual clo
ck status, which is not impacted by this attribute and the RBS system does not c
hange th"
NodeBFunction
stepDuration1stStage
2
Step duration for first
power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Use cases: DPC-UC1-2 Requir
ement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
backplanePid
"The identity of the backplane,
used to identify the capabilities of the backplane. Use cases: DBC_201 User cate
gory: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_DBC]"
NodeBFunction
stepDuration2ndStage
10
Step duration for second
power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Use cases: DPC-UC1-2 Requi
rement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
stepSize1stStage
4
Power step size for firs
t power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Unit: 0.25 dB Use cases:
DPC-UC1-2 Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [
FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
stepSize2ndStage
4
Power step size for seco
nd power ramping stage during DL initial power control. Unit: 0.25 dB Use cases:
DPC-UC1-2 Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref.
[FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
toaeCch 195
Time of arrival early point for common c
hannels. Unit: 1 ms Scope: All common channels being setup or reconfigured after
value of this attribute has been updated. Dependencies: ToAWS =< toaeCch =< (20
0 ms - ToAWE) Takes effect: At next Common Transport Ch
NodeBFunction
toaeDch 170
Time of arrival early point for dedicate
d channels. Unit: 1 ms Scope: All dedicated channels being setup or reconfigured
after value of this attribute has been updated. Dependencies: ToAWS =< toaeDch
=< (200 ms - ToAWE) Takes effect: At next Common Transp
NodeBFunction
userLabel
]
NodeBFunction
wideSearchTimer 150
Defines the time allowed for ach
ieving UL synchronisation. If the timer expires the wide-search procedure is ini
tiated. Attribute value 0 means infinit time. Unit: frames Takes effect: Only fo
r new radio link sets. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [
NodeBFunction
steeredHsAllocation
0
"Governs if the use of h
sCodeResourceId setting (in MO RbsLocalCell) must be used or not. If set to true
, the hsCodeResourceId values must be followed and the HS-DSCH Resources of the
cells must be mapped to the specified code resources (HS module on TX bo"
NodeBFunction
eulNoReschUsers 5
The number of simultaneous users
per cell that are allowed to perform rescheduling. Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5
302:06152 Rev. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
eulTargetRate 128
The target scheduled grant for a
user. Unit: 1 kbps Resolution: 32 Requirement: EU2SCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00710 Rev
. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
eulMaxShoRate 5760
Defines the maximum rate that ma
y be allocated in the serving cell for scheduled data to an E-DCH user during a
soft handover.Unit: 1 kbps Resolution: 32 Requirement: EU2SCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00
711 Rev A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
sharedEquipmentController
"Used by OSS-RC
for fault management coordination between the WCDMA RBS and another node, for ex
ample, a GSM RBS, that controls equipment used by the WCDMA RBS. Use cases: EQF_
UC_930, EQF_UC_931 Ref. [FS_EQF]"
NodeBFunction
ulGraceTimeLeft
"Defines the time left, the grac
e period, before the UL capacity is limited to licensed capacity. Precondition:
The feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license. Us
e cases: CC_UC9 Undefined value:-1 Unit: 1 d Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
ulLimitedByLicenseLevel
Indicates if the uplink
capacity is limited to licensed level after ended grace period. Precondition: Th
e feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license. Use
cases: CC_UC9 Ref. [FS_CC]
NodeBFunction
dlLimitedByLicenseLevel
Indicates if the downlin
k capacity is limited to licensed level after ended grace period. Precondition:
e cases: CC_UC8 Ref. [FS_CC]
NodeBFunction
dlGraceTimeLeft
"Defines the time left, the grac
e period, before the DL capacity is limited to licensed capacity. Precondition:
e cases: CC_UC8 Undefined value:-1 Unit: 1 d Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
dlLicFractBbPool2
0
"Defines the DL capacity
of the second baseband pool in percentage oflicensed DL capacity. Unit: 1% Take
s effect: Not valid unless there are two baseband pools and an installed DL capa
city license. Use cases: CC_UC5, CC_UC8 Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
ulLicFractBbPool2
0
"Defines the UL capacity
of the second baseband pool in percentage of licensed UL capacity. Unit: 1% Tak
es effect: Not valid unless there are two baseband pools and an installed UL cap
acity license. Use cases: CC_UC5, CC_UC9 Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
nbapDscp
0
Differentiated Services Code Poi
nt (DSCP) value for NBAP-C and NBAP-D. Takes effect: At next restart. Use cases:
Integrate RBS in the Radio Network Requirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01217 R
ev:A Ref. [CB_ICC]
NodeBFunction
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of NodeBFuncti
on. Only bit0 is settable via Mub operations. Other bits have only get access. b
it0 - UNDER_REPAIR bit1 - CRITICALbit2 - MAJORbit3 - MINOR bit4 - ALARM_OUTSTAND
ING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means n"
NodeBFunction
eulSchedulingWeight
This is a sequence of 16
weight factors associated with the 16 Scheduling Priority Indicators (SPIs). Th
e weight factors represent the relative bandwidth between users assigned to the
different scheduling priorities. The special value 0xFFFE (65534) is us
NodeBFunction
eulNonServHwRate
128
The amount of hardware r
esources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamicallymay be allocated to a non-serv
ing E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data. Unit: 1 kbps Resolution: 32
Requirement: EU2SCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00712 Rev A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
eulLowRate
32
Defines an EUL scheduling grant
below eulTargetRate. A user's grant will at most be reduced to this level in a s
ingle step during overload situations. Unit: 1 kbps Resolution: 32 Requirement:
EulSch2_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:04488 Rev. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
collectTraceStatus
"Status of trace collect
ion, initiated with operation collectTraces.Possible values:? UNDETERMINED = Ini
tial value. ? COLLECTING = Trace collection ongoing. ? FINISHED = Trace collecti
on has finished OK. ? FAILED = Trace collection failed. Undefined value:"
NodeBFunction
featureStateStandardizedTma
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'TMA with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the feature is
ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencie
s: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateStandardizedRet
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'RET with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the feature is
ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencie
s: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateStandardizedRet
"License state f
or licensed feature 'RET with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the license is
ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the featur
e, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of L
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateStandardizedTma
"License state f
or licensed feature 'TMA with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the license is
ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the featur
e, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of L
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateEul2msTti 0
"Feature state for licen
sed feature 'EUL 2 ms TTI', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATE
D. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to AC
TIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that i"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEul2msTti
"License state for licen
sed feature 'EUL 2 ms TTI', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. Th
at is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed. Possibl
e values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emergen"
NodeBFunction
featureStateDualStackIub
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Dual Stack Iub', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or
DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: If the valu
e is set to ACTIVATED while NodeBFunction::licenseStateDualStackIub = DISABLED,
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateDualStackIub
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Dual Stack Iub', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DI
SABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installe
d. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emerg

"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEnhancedLayer2
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Enhanced Layer 2', indicating if the license is ENABLED or
DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is instal
led. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Eme
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateSpecialHwSupport
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Special HW Support', indicating if the license is ENABLED o
r DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is inst
alled. Note that for this feature there is no feature state attribute since the
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateGrake
sed feature 'Advanced Receiver, GRAKE in RBS', indicating if the license is ENAB
LED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is
installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case o"
NodeBFunction
featureStateGrake
0
sed feature 'Advanced Receiver, GRAKE in RBS', indicating if the feature is ACTI
VATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Ca
n only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for "
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumEulUsers
"License state for capac
ity license 'Number of EUL Users per Cell', indicating if the license is ENABLED
or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the capacity, is i
nstalled. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of "
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumHsdpaUsers
"License state f
or capacity license 'Number of HSDPA Users per Cell', indicating if the license
is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the capa
city, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case o
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumHsPdschCodes
"License state f
or capacity license 'Number of HS-PDSCH Codes per Cell', indicating if the licen
se is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the c
apacity, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In cas
"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumEulUsers
Indicates the li
censed capacity limit for 'Number of EUL Users per Cell'. The value reflects the
capacity value in the license key. The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'.
Unit: 1 EUL user Dependencies: The value is not affected by Licensing Emergency
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumHsdpaUsers
Indicates the li
censed capacity limit for 'Number of HSDPA Users per Cell'. The value reflects t
he capacity value in the license key. The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'
. Unit: 1 HSDPA user Dependencies: The value is not affected by Licensing Emerg
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumHsPdschCodes
Indicates the li
censed capacity limit for 'Number of HS-PDSCH Codes per Cell'. The value reflect
s the capacity value in the license key. The value 2147483647 represents 'no lim
it'. Unit: 1 HS-PDSCH code Dependencies: The value is not affected by Licensing
NodeBFunction
licenseStateMimo
sed feature 'MIMO', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, w
hether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed. Possible values
: ? ENABLED ? DISABLED Dependencies: In case of Licensing Emergency Unlo"
NodeBFunction
featureState64Qam
0
sed feature '64 QAM', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Pos
sible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATE
D in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that is, if "
NodeBFunction
licenseState64Qam
sed feature '64 QAM', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is,
whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed. Possible valu
es: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emergency Unl"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNum40WPowerAmplifiers
"License
state for the capacity license 'Number of 40 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW bas
ed RBS', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or n

ot a valid license key for the capacity is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED
? DISAB"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNum60WPowerAmplifiers
"License
state for the capacity license 'Number of 60 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW bas
ed RBS', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or n
ot a valid license key for the capacity is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED
? DISAB"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNum40WPowerAmplifiers
Indicate
s the licensed capacity limit for 'Number of 40 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW b
ased RBS'. The value reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value 2
147483647 represents 'no limit'. Unit: 1 Power Amplifier Dependencies: The value
is not
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNum60WPowerAmplifiers
Indicate
s the licensed capacity limit for 'Number of 60 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW b
ased RBS'. The value reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value 2
147483647 represents 'no limit'. Unit: 1 Power Amplifier Dependencies: The value
is not
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumCarriers
Indicates the li
censed capacity limit for 'Number of Carriers on RUW/RRUW based RBS'. The value
reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value 2147483647 represents
'no limit'. Unit: 1 carrier Dependencies: The value is not affected by Licensin
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumCarriers
"License state for the c
apacity license 'Number of Carriers on RUW/RRUW based RBS', indicating if the li
cense is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or not a valid license key for th
e capacity is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependenci"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateDlPowerControlEul
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Down Link Power Control for Enhanced Uplink', indicating if
the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key
for the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencie
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateDlPowerControlEul 0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Down Link Power Control for Enhanced Uplink', indicating if
the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIV
ATEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is in
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateMbmsIubEfficiency
"License state f
or licensed feature 'MBMS Iub Efficiency Improvements', indicating if the licens
e is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the fe
ature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateMbmsIubEfficiency 0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'MBMS Iub Efficiency Improvements', indicating if the featur
e is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDepende
ncies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for
"
NodeBFunction
licenseState16Qam
sed feature '16 QAM Modulation', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLE
D. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed. Po
ssible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Em"
NodeBFunction
featureState16Qam
0
sed feature '16 QAM Modulation', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACT
IVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set
to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, t"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaDynamicCodeAllocation
"License
state for capacity license 'HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation', indicating if the l
icense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for t
he capacity, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In
case of"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaFlexibleScheduler
"License
state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Flexible Scheduler', indicating if the licens
of Licen"
NodeBFunction
featureStateHsdpaFlexibleScheduler
0
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Flexible Scheduler', indicating if the featur
the fea"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaIncrementalRedundancy
"License
state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Incremental Redundancy', indicating if the li
cense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for th
e feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In c
ase of L"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEnhancedUplinkIntroduction
"License
state for licensed feature 'Enhanced Uplink Introduction', indicating if the li
ase of L"
NodeBFunction
availableRbsChannelElementsDownlink
Indicate
s the available RBS Channel Elements in downlink for R99 traffic. Available RBS
Channel Elements Downlink is equal to enabled downlink hardware capacity minus d
ownlink hardware resources needed for A-DCH channels. Unit: 1 CEUndefined value:
0 Use
NodeBFunction
availableRbsChannelElementsUplink
Indicate
s the available RBS Channel Elements in uplink for R99 and uplink EUL traffic. U
nit: 1 CEUndefined value: 0 Use cases: Manage Licensing Requirement: LIC_AD_RBSOSS_6502:03495 Rev. A Ref. [CB_LMT]
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityRbsChannelElementsDownlink
Indicates the licensed capacity limit for 'RBS Channel Elements Downlink'. The v
alue reflects the downlink capacity value in the license key. The value 21474836
47 represents 'no limit'. Unit: 1 CE Dependencies: The value is not affected by
Licensing Emerg
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityRbsChannelElementsUplink
Indicate
s the licensed capacity limit for 'RBS Channel Elements Uplink'. The value refle
cts the uplink capacity value in the license key. The value 2147483647 represent
s 'no limit'. Unit: 1 CEDependencies: The value is not affected by Licensing Eme
rgency
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRbsChannelElementsDownlink
"License
state for capacity license 'RBS Channel Elements Downlink', indicating if the l
icense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for t
he capacity, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In
case of"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRbsChannelElementsUplink
"License
state for capacity license 'RBS Channel Elements Uplink', indicating if the lic
ense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the
capacity, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In c
ase of L"
NodeBFunction
eulMaxAllowedSchRate
With GRAKE: 4480 Without GRAKE:
3968
The maximum allowed scheduled data rate per user. Unit: 1 kbpsResolution
: 32 Requirement: EU2GRK_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03501 Rev A Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeBFunction
licenseState4wayRxDiversity
"License state f
or licensed feature '4-way RX Diversity', indicating if the license is ENABLED o
r DISABLED. That is whether or not a valid license key, for the feature, is inst
alled. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLED Dependencies: In case of Licensing
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateHsdpaImprovedLinkAdaptation 0
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'Improved HSDPA Link Adaptation', indicating if the
feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDD
ependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is install
ed for t"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaImprovedLinkAdaptation
"License
state for licensed feature 'Improved HSDPA Link Adaptation', indicating if the
license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for
the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In
case of"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateConfigurableCarrierBandwidth
"License state for licensed feature 'Configurable Carrier Bandwidth', indicating
if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license
key for the feature, is installed. Note that for this feature there is no featur
e state attribut"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRttPositioning
"License state f
or licensed feature 'RTT Positioning', indicating if the license is ENABLED or D
ISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is install
ed. Note that for this feature there is no feature state attribute since the fea
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateFDpchSrbOnHsdpa
"License state f
or licensed feature 'SRB on HSDPA' (F-DPCH + SRB on HSDPA), indicating if the li
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaMc
sed feature 'Multi-Carrier', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. T
hat is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed. Possib
le values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emerge"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaMcInactCtrl
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Multi-Carrier Inactivity Control', indicating if the licens
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRetCascading
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Support for Cascading of AISG RET Antennas', indicating if
the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key
for the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateRetCascading
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Support for Cascading of AISG RET Antennas', indicating if
the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVA
TEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is ins
"
NodeBFunction
supportSystemAvailable 0
"Indicates whether or no
t the Support System application is installed in the system and shall be used. U
ser category: Ericsson personnel Use cases: Manufacture RBS, Configure RBS at Si
te, Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_SIC]"
NodeBFunction
featureStatePerHarqProcessGrant 0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'EUL Single HARQ Process Scheduling' (Per HARQ Process Grant
), indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ? ACTI
VATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid li
"
NodeBFunction
eul2msFirstSchedStep
160
Specifies if initial ram
p-up step from zero rate stops at the 20 kbps step introduced by the feature 'EU
L Single HARQ Process Scheduling' (Per HARQ Process Grant). Unit: 1 kbps Depende
ncies: The attribute is ignored if the feature 'EUL Single HARQ Process
NodeBFunction
licenseStatePerHarqProcessGrant
"License state f
or licensed feature 'EUL Single HARQ Process Scheduling' (Per HARQ Process Grant
), indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a v
alid license key for the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DIS
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateDualTmaSupport
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Dual TMA Support', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED o
r DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only

be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, th
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateHsdpaMinBitRate
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Minimum Bit Rate HSDPA scheduling', indicating if the featu
re is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDepend
encies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed fo
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateCpc
"License state for licensed feat
ure 'CPC' (Enhanced uplink transmission, CPC + Enhanced downlink reception, CPC)
, indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a va
lid license key for the feature, is installed. Possible values: "
NodeBFunction
licenseStateDualTmaSupport
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Dual TMA Support', indicating if the license is ENABLED or
DISABLED. That is, wheater or not a valid license key for the feature, is instal
led. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Eme
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaMinBitRate
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Minimum Bit Rate HSDPA scheduling', indicating if the licen
se is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the f
eature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateIncrNumHsCodes
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Increased HSDPA code capacity on HS-TX', indicating if the
feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDD
ependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is install
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateIncrNumHsCodes
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Increased HSDPA code capacity on HS-TX', indicating if the
license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for
the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In
"
NodeBFunction
featureStateEulForLargeRbsConfig
0
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'EUL for large RBS configurations', indicating if th
e feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATE
DDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is insta
lled for"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEulForLargeRbsConfig
"License
state for licensed feature 'EUL for large RBS configurations', indicating if th
e license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key fo
r the feature, is installed. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies:
In case "
NodeBFunction
eulDchMaxAllowedSchRate Awaiting STN test
The maxi
mum allowed scheduled data rate per user when a user has both DCH and E-DCH 2 ms
TTI configured. Unit: 1 kbpsResolution: 32 Ref. [CB_MOP]
NodeSynch
NodeSynchId
NodeSynch
userLabel
NodeSynch
phaseDiffThreshold
50
Threshold for detection
of too large phase drift between RNC and RBS. Unit: 10 parts per billion (ppb) R
esolution: 10
NodeSynch
phaseMeasurement
Latest calculated RFN to
BFN phase difference value. Special values: 40960000 indicates no value availab
le Unit: microsecond Resolution: 125
NodeSynch
timeStamp
Time stamp for the last reported
value of the phase measurement and associated accuracy. Format: yyyy-mm-dd hh:m
m:ss.Special values: Empty string: no measurement done.
NodeSynch
sampleIntervalInit
100
Time interval between sa
mples for the Node synchronization algorithm operating in the initialization sta
te. The value should be higher than the measured round trip time for the parent
Iub link.Unit: ms Resolution: 50
NodeSynch
fixedWindowSizeInit
12
Number of samples to be
taken for the fixed window of the Node synchronization algorithm operating in th
e initialization state
NodeSynch
sampleIntervalSup
10
Time interval between sa
mples for the Node synchronization algorithm operating in the supervision state.
Unit: s
NodeSynch
fixedWindowSizeSup
10
Number of samples to be
taken for the fixed window of the Node synchronization algorithm operating in th
e supervision state.
NodeSynch
slidingWindowSize
100
Number of fixed windows
to be kept within the sliding window of the Node synchronization algorithm.
NodeSynch
maxTransportDelay
Latest calculated Maximu
m dynamic transport delay including the measurement inaccuracy. Special values:
40960000 indicates no value available Unit: microseconds Resolution: 125
NodeSynch
staticDelay
Latest calculated one way static
delay. Special values: 40960000 indicates no value available Unit: microsecond
Resolution: 125
NodeSynch
operationalState
the Node Synchronization signaling.
NodeSynch
availabilityStatus
of the Node Synchronization signaling. More than one of the following conditions
can apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: P
OWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (se
NodeSynch
maxAllowedIubRtt
500
Maximum allowed Round Tr
ip Time for node synch with the parent Iub Link. Resolution: 50Unit: ms Change T
akes Effect: Immediately
NotificationIRP
NotificationIRPId
Relative Distinguished N
ame
NotificationIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Notification IRP ve
rsion entries. Note: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet,Sub:
FMS Ref [21] "
ObifDeviceGroup
ObifDeviceGroupId
ObifDeviceGroup
configurationGroup
0
Indicates the RU configu
ration group for a Main Remote RBS. The configuration group specifies the topolo
gy of the RUs. Possible values: ? ALL1 = Max one RU per BU-port. All ports can b
e used. ? ALL1_CPRI2 = CPRI2 mode. Max one RU per BU-port. All ports ca
ObifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
ObifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
ObifDeviceGroup
operationalState
ObifDeviceGroup
usageState
OpticalInterfaceLink
"Reference to th
e plug-in unit of OBIF board or auxiliary plug-in unit of RRU or RRUW to which t
his cable must be connected. The information sent through the cable is sent from
Object A to Object B. Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase
"
"Reference to th
e plug-in unit of OBIF board or auxiliary plug-in unit of RRU or RRUW to which t
his cable must be connected. The information sent through the cable is sent from
Object A to Object B. Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase
"
objectAConnector
"Value represent
ing the connector on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.? T
X_A, TX_B up to TX_F are valid connectors for OBIFB.? A_RX_OPT is a valid connec
tors for the slave port on RRU or RRUW. ? B_TX_OPT is valid connector for the ma
"
objectBConnector
"Value represent
ing the connector on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.? R
X_A, RX_B up to RX_F are valid connectors for OBIFB.? A_TX_OPT is a valid connec
tor for the slave port on RRU or RRUW. ? B_RX_OPT is valid connector for the mas
"
OpticalInterfaceLinkId
OptoCommCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the opto co
mmunication cable. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get acce
ss.bit0=UNDER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (s
et to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outs"
OptoCommCable
OptoCommCableId
Os155SpiTtp
Os155SpiTtpId
Os155SpiTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Os155SpiTtp
lineNo
The line number. The maximum range of th
is attribute can vary between the boards. See the description of the relevant bo
ard for details.
Os155SpiTtp
standardMode
The standard that this MO compli
es to.
Os155SpiTtp
shutDownTimeout 0
Os155SpiTtp
muxMode
The level at which the STM-1 or OC3 sign
al is demultiplexed.
Os155SpiTtp
msDegThreshold 0
"Specifies the number of receive
d blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is taken every sec
ond. If the threshold is exceeded, that second is considered as a bad second. De
pendencies: This attribute is applicable only if the supervision"
Os155SpiTtp
msDegM 0
Specifies the number of bad seconds in a
continuous measurement period that causes a MS Degraded Signal alarm. See the e
xplanation of bad seconds in attribute msDegThreshold. Dependencies: This attrib
ute is applicable only if the supervisionMode has value
Os155SpiTtp
msRdiReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm Mult
iplexer Section (MS) Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - enab
le reporting. false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
msAisReporting FALSE(0)
Indicates whether the al
arm Multiplexer Section (MS) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true
- enable reporting. false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
loopBack
en setting the attribute loopBack.
Os155SpiTtp
administrativeState
0
.
Os155SpiTtp
operationalState
Os155SpiTtp
availabilityStatus
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBy
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBySync
Os155SpiTtp
poissonDegThreshold
6
Specifies the maximum Bi
t Error Rate (BER) for the MS Degraded Signal (MS-DEG) alarm. BER is the ratio o
f the erroneous bits detected to the number of bits transmitted.The attribute gi
ves a maximum BER of 10e-poissonDegThreshold. If the threshold is excee
Os155SpiTtp
supervisionMode BURSTY(1)
Controls if the detectio
n of the MS-DEG alarm should assumePoisson or Bursty distribution of errors.
Os155SpiTtp
Os155SpiTtpId
Os155SpiTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Os155SpiTtp
lineNo
ard for details.
Os155SpiTtp
standardMode
es to.
Os155SpiTtp
shutDownTimeout 0
Os155SpiTtp
muxMode
Os155SpiTtp
msDegThreshold 0
Os155SpiTtp
msDegM 0
Os155SpiTtp
msRdiReporting 0
Os155SpiTtp
msAisReporting 0
iplexer Section (MS) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - enabl
e reporting. false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
loopBack
Os155SpiTtp
administrativeState
0
.
Os155SpiTtp
operationalState
Os155SpiTtp
availabilityStatus
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBy
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBySync
Os155SpiTtp
poissonDegThreshold
6
Os155SpiTtp
Os155SpiTtp
Os155SpiTtpId
Os155SpiTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Os155SpiTtp
lineNo
ard for details.
Os155SpiTtp
standardMode
es to.
Os155SpiTtp
shutDownTimeout 0
Os155SpiTtp
muxMode
Os155SpiTtp
msDegThreshold 0

Os155SpiTtp
msDegM 0
Os155SpiTtp
msRdiReporting 0
Os155SpiTtp
msAisReporting 0
iplexer Section (MS) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - enabl
e reporting. false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
loopBack
Os155SpiTtp
administrativeState
0
.
Os155SpiTtp
operationalState
Os155SpiTtp
availabilityStatus
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBy
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBySync
Os155SpiTtp
poissonDegThreshold
6
Os155SpiTtp
Ospf
OspfId
Ospf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ospf
ospfRouterId
"This attribute has the format of an IP
address. To set this attribute, administrativeState has to be set to LOCKED. The
ospfRouterId is uniquely identifying the router in the Autonomous System. By co
nvention to ensure uniqueness, this is configured to the"
Ospf
ospfASBdrRtrStatus
0
"Specifies whether this router i
s configured as an Autonomous System border router. This attribute must be set t
o true if the user wants to configure static routes, which are distributed to ot
her OSPF routes as external routes. Configuration of static rout"
Ospf
operationalState
"The operational state. This att
ribute can only be set to ENABLED when the attribute, workingMode in Ip MO is se
t to ROUTER_MODE."
Ospf
availabilityStatus
Ospf
administrativeState
0
Ospf
ospfAreaBdrRtrStatus
0
Area border router flag. Indicat
es whether the router is acting as an area border router or not.
Ospf
ipMo
Contains a reference to an Ip MO instance that r
eserves this MO.
Ospf
recoverTopoDb 0
Indicates whether the topology database
is to be recovered from the database at restart.
Ospf
topoDbStoreInterv
0
The interval with which the topo
logy database is stored. Unit: 1 s
Ospf
OspfId
Ospf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ospf
ospfRouterId
Ospf
ospfASBdrRtrStatus
0
Ospf
operationalState
t to ROUTER_MODE."
Ospf
availabilityStatus
Ospf
administrativeState
0
Ospf
0
Ospf
ipMo
eserves this MO.
Ospf
recoverTopoDb 0
Ospf
topoDbStoreInterv
0
Ospf
OspfId
Ospf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ospf
ospfRouterId
Ospf
ospfASBdrRtrStatus
0
Ospf
operationalState
t to ROUTER_MODE."
Ospf
availabilityStatus
Ospf
administrativeState
0
Ospf
0
Ospf
ipMo
eserves this MO.
Ospf
recoverTopoDb 0
Ospf
topoDbStoreInterv
0
OspfArea
OspfAreaId
OspfArea
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfArea
stubArea
0
Specifies whether the OSPF area
is a stub area or not.
OspfArea
importExternalLsa
0
Specifies whether import
ing Autonomous System external LSAs is supported.
OspfArea
sendAreaSummary 0
Specifies whether the router ori
ginates and propagates summary LSAs into a stub-area.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetric 0
Cost for default router when the
router advertises into a stub area and the router is an area border router. Thi
s attribute is set by default to the least metric among the interfaces to other
areas.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetricType
0
Stub area metric type. R
FC 1850 (OSPF V2 MIB): comparableCost (external type 1) nonComparable (external
type 2)
OspfArea
areaLsaChecksum 0
Represents 32-bit unsigned sum o
f the link-state advertisements LS check-sums contained in this area's link-stat
e database.
OspfArea
areaId
The OSPF area identity in form of an IP
address. This areId uniquely identifies the area. AreaId 0.0.0.0 is used for the
OSPF backbone. Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255.
OspfArea
range0
OspfArea IP address range zero (0).
OspfArea
range1
OspfArea IP address range one (1).
OspfArea
range2
OspfArea IP address range two (2).
OspfArea
reservedBy
OspfArea
range0.advertise
Indicates whether the ar
ea range should be advertised into OSPF.
OspfArea
range0.ipAddress
The subnet address of th
e range.
OspfArea
range0.subnetMask
"IP subnet mask of the r
ange to be added. The subnet mask must be contigouos. That is, has the LSB set t
o 0 (zero). Example: 255.255.255.X Contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.111
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range1.advertise
OspfArea
range1.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range1.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range2.advertise
OspfArea
range2.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range2.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
OspfAreaId
OspfArea
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfArea
stubArea
0
OspfArea
importExternalLsa
0
OspfArea
sendAreaSummary 0
OspfArea
stubAreaMetric 0
areas.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetricType
0
type 2)
OspfArea
areaLsaChecksum 0
e database.
OspfArea
areaId
OspfArea
range0
OspfArea
range1
OspfArea
range2
OspfArea
reservedBy
OspfArea
range0.advertise
OspfArea
range0.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range0.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range1.advertise
OspfArea
range1.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range1.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range2.advertise
OspfArea
range2.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range2.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
OspfAreaId
OspfArea
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfArea
stubArea
0
OspfArea
importExternalLsa
0
OspfArea
sendAreaSummary 0
OspfArea
stubAreaMetric 0
areas.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetricType
0
type 2)
OspfArea
areaLsaChecksum 0
e database.
OspfArea
areaId
OspfArea
range0
OspfArea
range1
OspfArea
range2
OspfArea
reservedBy
OspfArea
range0.advertise
OspfArea
range0.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range0.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range1.advertise
OspfArea
range1.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range1.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfArea
range2.advertise
OspfArea
range2.ipAddress
e range.
OspfArea
range2.subnetMask
11111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) N"
OspfInterface
OspfInterfaceId
OspfInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfInterface
ospfAreaRelated
The identity of the OspfArea con
nected to this OspfInterface. The default value is the default OspfArea MO.
OspfInterface
lsaTransmissionInterval 0
The time between LSA retransmissions over the interface. Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
helloInterval 0
The time between sending OSPF He
llo-packets over the interface. This attribute must have a positive value. Unit:
1 s
OspfInterface
routerDeadInterval
0
The time after which a n
eighbor router is declared dead when not heard from. Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
interfaceTransitDelay 0
Estimated delay for the
transmission of a link state update package over the interface. Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
interfacePriority
0
The interface priority.E
ach router is configured with a priority configured from 0 - 255 where 0 is the
lowest priority and 255 the highest. This attribute must have a positive value.
OspfInterface
relatedLink
Each OSPF interface is connected
to one IP link. The relatedLink can be either an IpAtmLink or an EthernetLink M
O reference.
OspfInterface
OspfInterfaceId
OspfInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfInterface
ospfAreaRelated
OspfInterface
OspfInterface
helloInterval 0
1 s
OspfInterface
routerDeadInterval
0
OspfInterface
OspfInterface
interfacePriority
0
OspfInterface
relatedLink
O reference.
OspfInterface
OspfInterfaceId
OspfInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfInterface
ospfAreaRelated
OspfInterface
OspfInterface
helloInterval 0
1 s
OspfInterface
routerDeadInterval
0

OspfInterface
OspfInterface
interfacePriority
0
OspfInterface
relatedLink
O reference.
OutDevice
administrativeState
0
e of the device. Possible values: ? LOCKED ? UNLOCKED Use cases: EAC_UC210,EAC_U
C220,EAC_UC230 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
equipmentName
"Specifies the external device b
eing controlled. Use cases: EAC_UC210, EAC_UC200 Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
normallyOpen
0
Defines the normal (non-active)
state of the control port. If true the external equipment is turned on by closin
g the circuit between the External Alarm and Control Unit and the external equip
ment. If false the external equipment is turned on by opening t
OutDevice
OutDeviceId
OutDevice
outDeviceStatus 0
"The current status of the exter
nal device. Possible values: ? 0 = Off ? 1 = On Use cases: EAC_UC240, EAC_UC250
Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
availabilityStatus
OutDevice
operationalState
OutDevice
usageState
OutDevice
userLabel
]
OutDeviceSet
OutDeviceSetId
OutDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
OutDeviceSet
operationalState
PacketDataRouter
PacketDataRouterId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN. Set by the system.
PacketDataRouter
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state of the Packet Data Router.
PacketDataRouter
operationalState
The operational
state of the Packet Data Router.
PacketDataRouter
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the Packet Data Router.More than one of the following conditions can
apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWERO
FF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when b
PacketDataRouter
userLabel
C.
PacketDataRouter
rncIpAddress
"The IP address of the A
AL5 TP terminated in the router processor. The input format used by the operator
is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each field may consist of three di
gits.The value of each digit shall be in the range 0..255 "
PacketDataRouter
cnIuLinkIpAddress
"IP address at t
he CN side of the IuLink, e.g. in ATM VC terminating router or one of the IP add
resses in SGSN, used for IP level ping link or network supervision. The input fo
rmat used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each fiel
"
PacketDataRouter
timeToLive
20
Time-to-live value assig
ned to uplink traffic IP header.
PacketDataRouter
aal5TpRef
Reference to the Aal5TpV
ccTp Managed Object that represents the Core Network AAL5 connection endpoint. D
ependencies: The Aal5TpVccTp MO has a reference to a Spm MO.The PdrDevice that i
s parent to this PacketDataRouter should refer to the same Spm MO.
PacketDataRouter
reservedBy
eferences to this MO."
Paging
PagingId
of the RDN. Set by the system to 1.
Paging
cnDrxCycleLengthCs
6
"Core Network DRX cycle length c
oefficient (k) for UEs in idle mode, circuit switched.The cycle length is calcul
ated as the k'th potential of 2, where k = 6..9.For example, 6 corresponds to cy
cle length 640 ms, 7 corresponds to cycle length 1280 ms, etc. C"
Paging
cnDrxCycleLengthPs
7
"Core Network DRX cycle length c
oefficient (k) for UEs in idle mode, packet switched.The cycle length is calcula
ted as the k'th potential of 2, where k = 6..9.For example, 6 corresponds to cyc
le length 640 ms, 7 corresponds to cycle length 1280 ms, etc. Ch"
Paging
bcchModCycleLength
9
"BCCH modification cycle length
coefficient (k). The cycle length is calculated as the k'th potential of 2, wher
e k = 6,..,9. The BCCH modification information element should be transmitted in
every frame within a defined interval. This interval will be wi"
Paging
noOfPagingRecordTransm 2
Number of preconfigured subseque
nt transmissions of the same Paging Record.
Paging
utranDrxCycleLength
5
The DRX cycle length coefficient
(k) for UEs in URA_PCH. The DRX cycle length is the frequency with which the UE
listens on the paging channel. The parameter is applicable for both UTRAN and C
N initiated paging in URA_PCH. Value mapping: The cycle length
PauDeviceGroup
PauDeviceGroupId
PauDeviceGroup
usageState
PauDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
PauDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
PauDeviceGroup
operationalState
Pcap
PcapId
Pcap
operationalState
The operational state of the PCA
P signaling bearer.
Pcap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the P
CAP More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object.Valu
e mapping: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OF
FLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when b
Pcap
userLabel
Pcap
sccpDisabledT 100
"Timer for supervising the propagated op
erational state change of the local PCAP The alarm ""Local Failure"" is issued o
n timer expiry. Unit: s"
Pcap
userOutOfServiceT
100
"Timer for supervising the N-STA
TE-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote PCAP (SSN=249). Timer ex
piry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm ""Local Failure"" and the remote P
CAP (SSN=249) issues the alarm ""Remote Failure"". Unit: s "
Pcap
localSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApLocal MO that rep
resents the local SCCP Access point.
Pcap
remoteSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApRemote MO that re
presents the remote SCCP Access point.
Pccpch
availabilityStatus
Pccpch
dbchDeviceSetRef
Pccpch
operationalState
Pccpch
PccpchId
Pccpch
pnIsActive
ed on PCCPCH. Possible values: ? 0 = FALSE ? 1 = TRUE User category: Ericsson pe
rsonnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Pch
PchId
Pch
administrativeState
0
channel.
Pch
operationalState
The operational state of the cha
nnel.
Pch
availabilityStatus
channel. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object
: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit
4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit "
Pch
userLabel
Pch
pchPower
-4
"Maximum power to be used for transmitti
ng the PCH, relative to the primaryCpichPower value. Unit: 0.1 dB "
Pch
pichPower
-7
"PICH power is the power to be used for
transmitting on the physical channel carrying the paging indicators, relative to
the primaryCpichPower value. Unit: dB"
Pch
pichMode
18
Number of paging indications per frame i
n the PICH. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturbance
s: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.
Pch
sccpchOffset
20
"Radio timing offset inside a radio fram
e. (SCCPCH parameter) Value mapping: 0: 0 chips 1: 256 chips ... 149: 38144 chip
s Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its
value is set, the PCH is disabled automatically and then"
Pch
availabilityStatus
Pch
operationalState
Pch
PchId
Pch
pnIsActive
ed on PCH. Possible values: ? 0 = FALSE ? 1 = TRUE User category: Ericsson perso
nnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Pch
pnTfi
Defines the transport format that are used in an
active PN sending.Precondition: PN transmission is started. User category: Eric
sson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Pcpich
availabilityStatus
Pcpich
operationalState
Pcpich
PcpichId
PcuDeviceGroup
PcuDeviceGroupId
PcuDeviceGroup
usageState
"Indicates the usage of correspo
nding device(s). Possible values: ? ACTIVE? BUSY? IDLEUse cases: AUC_302, AUC_30
1, AUC_308 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_AUC]
"
PcuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
PcuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
PcuDeviceGroup
operationalState
PdDevice
PdDeviceId
PdDevice
reservedBy
PdDevice
availabilityStatus
PdDevice
operationalState
PdDevice
usageState
PdDeviceSet
PdDeviceSetId
PdDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
PdDeviceSet
operationalState
PdrDevice
PdrDeviceId
PdrDevice
userLabel
PdrDevice
deviceIndId
by the system to ""PDRD-<#>"", where #=a number greater that zero."
PdrDevice
administrativeState
0
of the Packet Data Router device.
PdrDevice
operationalState
the Packet Data Router device.
PdrDevice
usageState
The usage state of the Packet Da
ta Router device.
PdrDevice
availabilityStatus
of the Packet Data Router device. More than one of the following conditions can
apply for the same object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWERO
FF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to
PdrDevice
spmReference
or PiuDevice MO.
Pich
availabilityStatus

Pich
dbchDeviceSetRef
Pich
operationalState
Pich
PichId
Pich
piTestPtrnIsActive
"Identifies if a paging indicato
r test pattern is transmitted on PICH 0=false, 1=true User category: Ericsson pe
rsonnel Ref. [CB_UTS]"
PiuDevice
administrativeState
0
e. If this attribute is set to SHUTTING_DOWN, it will immediately go into the st
ate LOCKED."
PiuDevice
availabilityStatus
It contains details about operationalState. Possible values when operationalSta
te is set to DISABLED: - FAILED - DEPENDENCY_LOCKED - DEPENDENCY_FAILED
PiuDevice
operationalState
PiuDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.
PiuDevice
PiuDeviceId
PiuDevice
deviceId
"The local identity of the devic
e within the PIU. Dependencies: If the attribute loaderType in LoadModule MO is
set to OSE_LOADER, the value of deviceId is the same as for the attributes insta
nceId and restartGroup from Program MO, struct ProgramInstance."
PiuDevice
reservedBy
PiuDevice
administrativeState
0
ate LOCKED."
PiuDevice
availabilityStatus
PiuDevice
operationalState
PiuDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.
PiuDevice
PiuDeviceId
PiuDevice
deviceId
PiuDevice
reservedBy
PiuDevice
administrativeState
0
ate LOCKED."
PiuDevice
availabilityStatus
PiuDevice
operationalState
PiuDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.
PiuDevice
PiuDeviceId
PiuDevice
deviceId
PiuDevice
reservedBy
PiuType
PiuTypeId
t automatically during system upgrade.
PiuType
productData
"Specifies the product number, short pro
duct revision, product name and product information of the plug-in-unit. The pro
duction date is not used. Recommended: Exclude the trailing letters in the revis
ion of the PiuType. Example: - R2B = R2 without trailing"
PiuType
boardWidth
The width of the plug-in-unit board in s
teps of 5 mm. A plug-in-unit can use more space than the slot that it occupies.
Example: boardWidth=3 corresponds to 3*5 = 15 mm. Unit: 5 mm
PiuType
role
"This value is: - MP if a board has the role of
a Main processor - BP if a board has the role of a device board, or - CMXB if a
board has the role of a CMXB board, or - OTHERS, otherwise."
PiuType
reservedBy
PiuType
defAllowedSeqRestarts
"Default value for the PlugInUni
t attribute, allowedSeqRestarts."
PiuType
lmFilesInstallState
0
"Specifies the ""sum"" of the fi
le states for all load modules required for this PiuType. Example: If all requir
ed load modules are installed, then this attribute = INSTALLED. If no required l
oad modules are installed, then this attribute = NOT_INSTALLED. Ot"
PiuType
Information about the product. I
f AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlimited).
PiuType
PiuType
for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The product nu"
PiuType
he product. Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7B The product revision is mandatory for
SubrackProdType."
PiuType
digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight characters.
Example: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by two digits for th"
PiuType
PiuTypeId
PiuType
productData
PiuType
boardWidth
PiuType
role
PiuType
reservedBy
PiuType
PiuType
lmFilesInstallState
0
PiuType
PiuType
PiuType
PiuType
SubrackProdType."
PiuType
PiuType
PiuTypeId
PiuType
productData
PiuType
boardWidth
PiuType
role
PiuType
reservedBy
PiuType
PiuType
lmFilesInstallState
0
PiuType
PiuType
PiuType
PiuType
SubrackProdType."
PiuType
PlannedAreaProperties
PlannedAreaPropertiesId
plannedConfigurationName
Planned
Configuration name.Sub: PCA
activationScheme
0
Indicates the Ac
tivation scheme attached to the plan. Initial value is DEFAULT. DEFAULT= 0 INTRA
_MIB_ORDERING = 1 INTER_MIB_ORDERING = 2 Sub: PCA
partlyActivated 0
Indicates if the activat
ion is realised partly for the plan. Initial value is FALSE.Sub: PCA
activationLastCommitRecord
Record o
f last commit time (in ns) of activation elements set and used by the activation
algorithms. Sub: PCA
activationInformationRecord
A record
of activation related information items. Sub: PCA
overallActivationStatus 0
"Activation stat
us of the planned configuration. Initial value is NOT_STARTED. NOT_STARTED = 0 I
N_PROGRESS = 1 PARTLY_REALIZED = 2, FAILED = 3, COMPLETE = 4, TERMINATING= 5, TE

RMINATED= 6, SCHEDULED= 7, TIMED_OUT= 8 Sub: PCA "
activationDate
Start date and time for
the activation. Format: YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS Sub: PCA
jobID
CIF AM job id Sub: PCA
nodeActivationStateRecord
A record
containing planned node name and its activation status. Sub: PCA
abortAtPreCheckFailure 0
Indicates that t
he activation will not being if there any pre-check failures in the plan.This at
tribute will be used only activations that are scheduled. Initial value is FALSE
.Sub: PCA
useRobustReconfig
0
Indicates if the
robust reconfiguration using rollback feature will be used during planned area
activation. Initial value is FALSE.Sub: PCA
configAdmCountdown
0
"Specifies the n
change must be made. Sub: PCA "
activationInformationRecord.activationInfoKey
Activation information item key.
activationInformationRecord.activationInfoValue
Activation information item value.
activationLastCommitRecord.commitElement
Activation element (Plan or MIB) for which last commit time is recorded.
activationLastCommitRecord.commitTime
Last commit time (in ns) set and used by the activation algorithms.
nodeActivationStateRecord.activationState
0
"Current activation state of MIB. Initial value is NOT_STARTED. NOT_STAR
TED = 0 QUEUED = 1 IN_PROGRESS = 2 COMPLETE = 3, FAILED = 4, PARTLY_COMPLETED =
5, TERMINATED= 6, NEVER_CONNECTED = 7, TIMED_OUT= 8 FAILED_PRECHECK=9"
nodeActivationStateRecord.mibRootFDN
FDN of MIB root.
PlannedConfigurationApp
PlannedConfigurationAppId
Plmn
PlmnId
Plmn
userLabel
the MO instance.
Plmn
mcc
"Mobile Contry Code Note: Integer, for CORBA use
rs,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instances"
Plmn
mnc
"Mobile Network Code Note: Integer, for CORBA us
ers,The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instances"
Plmn
mncLength
"The length of the attribute ""mnc"" The
set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instances"
Plmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
Sequence of max 30 PlmnIdentites
.
Plmn
Plmn
Plmn
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn
List of PLMN identities used to
identify the external CN operators that have roaming agreements with a sharing C
N operator.
PlmnIdentityGroup
reservedBy
"Reference, updated auto
matically by the system, that points back toward the MO that has a reference to
this MO.See reference in CnOperator."
PlmnIdentityGroup
userLabel
C.
PlmnIdentityGroup
PlmnIdentityGroupId
Naming attribute
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mcc
0
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mnc
0

PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mncLength 0
PlugInUnit
PlugInUnitId
PlugInUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
PlugInUnit
administrativeState
0
.
PlugInUnit
operationalState
It is set to ENABLED when the basic OS is started, all other programs on the MP/
BP are loaded/started, and all hardware tests during start-up are performed."
PlugInUnit
productType
0
Describes the product type.
PlugInUnit
piuType
PlugInUnit
piuGroupNumber 0
"Indicates which restart group t
he plug-in unit belongs to. A restart group consists of a number of plug-in unit
s, where at least one must be enabled (working) or performing recovery. When no
plug-in unit in a group is working, the node is restarted automa"
PlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
PlugInUnit
reservedBy
PlugInUnit
allowedSeqRestarts
0
"The number of automatic
sequential restarts that are allowed for a PIU. When this number of automatic r
estarts has been exceeded, the automatic restarting halts and the PIU is fault-m
arked. The time limit between two restarts is 5 minutes. This means that"
PlugInUnit
hwTestResult
Contains text information from l
atest performed hardware tests.
PlugInUnit
hwTestStatus
0
Indicates the status of hardware
tests.
PlugInUnit
greenLed
of the plug-in unit. The following values are possible for this attribute: NOT_
AVAILABLE = The LED state is not readable at the moment STEADY_LIGHT = Power pre
sent SLOW_BLINK = Missing resource FAST_BLINK = Load or test in
PlugInUnit
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the plug-i
n unit. The following values are possible for this attribute: NOT_AVAILABLE = Th
e LED state is not available at the moment OUT = No fault STEADY_LIGHT = PIU fau
lt
PlugInUnit
yellowLed
AVAILABLE = The LED state is not available at the moment OUT = PIU unlocked STEA
DY_LIGHT = PIU locked SLOW_BLINK = Shutting-down in progress FL
PlugInUnit
unitType
Displays the same value as the a
ttribute productName from the struct AdminProductData in MO PiuType.
PlugInUnit
PlugInUnitId
PlugInUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
PlugInUnit
administrativeState
0
.
PlugInUnit
operationalState
PlugInUnit
productType
0
PlugInUnit
piuType
PlugInUnit
piuGroupNumber 0
PlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
PlugInUnit
reservedBy
PlugInUnit
allowedSeqRestarts
0
PlugInUnit
hwTestResult
PlugInUnit
hwTestStatus
0
tests.
PlugInUnit
greenLed
PlugInUnit
redLed
lt
PlugInUnit
yellowLed
PlugInUnit
unitType
PlugInUnit
PlugInUnitId
PlugInUnit
administrativeState
0
.
PlugInUnit
operationalState
PlugInUnit
productType
0
PlugInUnit
piuType
PlugInUnit
piuGroupNumber 0
PlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
PlugInUnit
reservedBy
PlugInUnit
allowedSeqRestarts
0
PlugInUnit
hwTestResult
PlugInUnit
hwTestStatus
0
tests.
PlugInUnit
greenLed
PlugInUnit
redLed
lt
PlugInUnit
yellowLed
PlugInUnit
unitType
PmIRP
irpVersion
One or more PM IRP version entries Sub:
PMS
PmService
minorAlarmCeasingDelta 5
The percentage of the at
tribute maxNoOfCounters used to calculate the minor alarm ceasing limit. Minor a
larm ceasing limit = maxNoOfCounters * (100 - minorAlarmCeasingDelta) / 100 A mi
nor alarm is ceased when the total number of active counters becomes lo
PmService
maxNoOfMonitors 30
"The maximum number of simultane
ously active performance monitorings. If this limit is exceeded, when a performa
nce monitoring is created or resumed, the create or resume operation is rejected
. To keep the number of active performance monitorings below the"
PmService
maxNoOfPmFiles 200
"The maximum number of Result Ou
tput Period(ROP) files that are maintained in the node. If a new file is created
and the limit is exceeded,the oldest file is deleted. If the value is set to a
lower value than before, files can be deleted to keep the number"
PmService
performanceDataPath
The name of the path to
where the ROP files are stored.
PmService
performanceDataVolume 0
"The volume (c or any pvolume) where the ROP files are stored. The format for this attribute is : ""/c/
"" or ""/pxxx/"" where each x is a digit (0..9)."
PmService
userLabel
Label for free use.
PmService
warningAlarmLimitPercent
80
The percentage o
f the attribute maxNoOfCounters used to calculate the warning alarm limit. Warni
ng alarm limit = maxNoOfCounters * warningAlarmLimitPercent/100 A warning alarm
is raised if the total number of active counters exceeeds the warning alarm lim
PmService
warningAlarmCeasingDelta
5
The percentage o
fmaxNoOfCounters used to calculate the warning alarm ceasing limit. Warning alar
m ceasing limit = maxNoOfCounters * (warningAlarmLimitPercent - warningAlarmCeas
ingDelta)/100. A warning alarm is ceased when the total number of active counte
PmService
maxNoOfCounters 65000 "The maximum number of simultane
ously active counters. If this limit is exceeded, when a performance monitoring
is created or resumed, the create or resume operation is rejected. If the total
number of simultaneously active counters becomes higher than a p"
PmService
transactionTimeOut
60
"The time for the transa
ction timeout that is applied for all transactions created internally by the Per
formance Management Service, for example when creating a performance monitoring.
Unit: 1 s"
PmService
PmService
maxNoOfMonitors 30
PmService
maxNoOfPmFiles 100
PmService
performanceDataPath
PmService
performanceDataVolume /p001200/
"The volume (c o
r any p-volume) where the ROP files are stored. The format for this attribute is
: ""/c/"" or ""/pxxx/"" where each x is a digit (0..9)."
PmService
userLabel
Label for free use.
PmService
80
The percentage o
PmService
5
The percentage o
PmService
PmService
transactionTimeOut
60
Unit: 1 s"
PmService
PmService
maxNoOfMonitors 30
PmService
maxNoOfPmFiles 200
PmService
performanceDataPath
PmService
performanceDataVolume 0
"The volume (c or any pvolume) where the ROP files are stored. The format for this attribute is : ""/c/
"" or ""/pxxx/"" where each x is a digit (0..9)."
PmService
userLabel
Label for free use.
PmService
80
The percentage o
PmService
5
The percentage o
PmService
PmService
transactionTimeOut
60
Unit: 1 s"
PoolArea
PoolAreaId
PoolArea
userLabel
abel on the MO instance.
PositioningServiceClass
PositioningServiceClassId
positioningServiceClassInstId
ID of th
e service class. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
userLabel
C.
firstAttemptResultQosCheck
Controls
whether the QoS of the result of the first positioning attempt shall be perform
ed.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
secondAttemptResultQosCheck
Controls
whether the QoS of the result of the second positioning attempt shall be perfor
med.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
firstAttemptCandidate
"Ordered list co
ntaining three Positioning methods that the RNC selects between, when determinin
g the positioning method for the first positioning attempt. Change takes effect:
Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
secondAttemptMethod
Positioning meth
od for the second positioning attempt. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
(next positioning transaction)
thirdAttemptMethod
Positioning meth
od for the third positioning attempt. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (
next positioning transaction)
agpsMeasTimeMax
"Maximum measurement tim
e, signaled to the UE in the A-GPS MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.Unit: 1 ms Change
takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
fixedRespTimeMax
"Fixed maximum r
esponse time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORTIN
G CONTROL. Special values: When this attribute has value -1, the RANAP IE ""Resp
onse Time"", received in the LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL message, is used to set
th"
lowDelayRespTimeMax
"Maximum respons
e time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORTING CONT
ROL, when the RANAP IE ""Response Time"" is set to 'Low Delay' and fixedRespTime
Max = -1. Dependencies: Only used when fixedRespTimeMax = -1 Unit: ms Resolution
: "
delayTolerantRespTimeMax
"Maximum
response time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORT
ING CONTROL, when the RANAP IE ""Response Time"" is set to 'Delay Tolerant' and
fixedRespTimeMax is set to -1. Dependencies: Only used when fixedRespTimeMax = 1 Unit: ms"
shapeConversionP
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Polygon'. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (n
ext positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEa
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Arc'. Change takes effect: Ongoing connecti
ons (next positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEp
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point'. Change takes effect: Ongoing connec
tions (next positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEpuc
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Uncertainty Circle'. Change take
s effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEpue
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Uncertainty Ellipse'. Change tak
es effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEpa
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Altitude'. Change takes effect:
Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
shapeConversionEpaue
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Altitude and Uncertainty Ellipso
id'. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
reportedConfidenceLevel
Confidence value
for the reported position sent by the LOCATION REPORT message. Unit: % Change t
akes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PowerControl
PowerControlId
PowerControl
betaPrachControlTf0
11
"Beta value (gainFactor)
for RACH control part, TFC 0. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Change
takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
betaPrachControlTf1
10
for RACH control part, TFC 1. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Change
PowerControl
betaPrachDataTf0
15
for RACH data part, TFC 0. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Change ta
kes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
betaPrachDataTf1
15
for RACH data part, TFC 1. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Change ta
kes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
reportPeriodicity
1000
Report periodicity (RTWP
period) for RBS common measurements. This attribute may only be changed by Eric
sson personnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.
Unit: 10 ms Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
hysteresisSiUpdate
30
"If the difference betwe
en reported power measurement and the power value transmitted in System Informat
ion is larger than this hysteresis in one cell, an update of system information
is initiated in that cell. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso"
PowerControl
pO1
0
Power offset for the TFCI.Value mapping:
0: 0.00 dB 1: 0.25 dB ... 24: 6.00 dB Unit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
pO2
12
Power offset for the TPC bits.Value mapp
ing: 0: 0.00 dB 1: 0.25 dB ... 24: 6.00 dB Unit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
pO3
12
Power offset for the pilot bits.Value ma
pping: 0: 0.00 dB 1: 0.25 dB ... 24: 6.00 dB Unit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
cBackOff
0
"Used to back off the open loop
power control estimate to a conservative starting point. Value mapping: -60: -15
,00 dB -59: -14,75 dB ...60:15,00 dB Unit: 0.25 dB"
PowerControl
ecNoPcpichDefault
-16
The default value to be
used in power calculations for Ec divided by No.
PowerControl
maxAdjustmentStep
1
"Maximum adjustment step
for downlink power balancing. This parameter is signaled over NBAP with the val
ues [1..10] slots, where 1 corresponds to an allowed change of the downlink powe
r (due to downlink power balancing) of at most 1 dB every 1 slot. 10 cor"
PowerControl
adjustmentPeriod
8
Adjustment period for do
wnlink power balancing. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
.Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
adjustmentRatio 0
Adjustment ratio for downlink po
wer balancing. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change t
akes effect: New connections
PowerControl
codePowerPeriod 200
Measurement period for downlink
power balancing. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit:
10 ms Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
dlPcMethod
BALANCING(3)
Selects the downlink pow
er control method to be used at establishment of the radio connection.Change tak
es effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulSirGuard
2
Defines the range used when dete
rmine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the RBS to RNC. Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: dB Change takes effe
ct: New connections
PowerControl
ulSirStep
10
Size of upstep of SIR target for
10 ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulOuterLoopRegulator
JUMP(1) Regulation type for upli
nk outer loop power control algorithm. Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirErrorReportHyst
60
Defines the hysteresis u
sed to determine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the RBS
to RNC. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Resolution: 10
Unit: ms Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirEstFilter
0
Measurement filtering coefficien
t used to determine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the R
BS to RNC. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes
effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirMin -82
Minimum allowed SIR target. Unit: 0.1 dB
Change takes effect: New connections

PowerControl
sirMax EUL is activated: 120 EUL is not activated: 100
Maximum allowed SIR target for 10 ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect
: New connections
PowerControl
sirIncreaseMask 4
"Time that subsequent ""SIR targ
et up"" commands are ignored after a successful ""SIR target up"" command, for 1
0 ms TTI users. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: r
adio frame (10 ms) Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
blerCorrectionFactor
8
"The jump algorithm typi
cally gives a result that is slightly biased towards increased BLER. This parame
ter is used to compensate for this bias. This attribute may only be changed by E
ricsson personnel.Value mapping: 1: 0,1 2: 0,2 ... 10: 1,0 Change takes "
PowerControl
initShoPowerParam
-2
Correction of initial do
wnlink power at soft handover RL setup.Unit: dB Change takes effect: New connect
ions
PowerControl
transmittedCodePowerFilter
4
Measurement Filt
er Coefficient for Transmitted Code Power measurement used for downlink power ba
lancing. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies:C
hanging this attribute may affect traffic. Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
rtwpFilter
9
Filter coefficient for received
total wideband power measurement.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSir1
10
Delta in UL SIR target value dur
ing the frame containing the start of the first transmission gap in the transmis
sion gap pattern.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit:
0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSirAfter1 5
ing the frame after the frame containing the start of the first transmission gap
in the transmission gap pattern. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSir2
10
ing the frame containing the start of the second transmission gap in the transmi
ssion gap pattern.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit:
0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSirAfter2 5
ing the frame after the frame containing the start of the second transmission ga
p in the transmission gap pattern. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
itp
0
Mode of transmission power of the uplink
DPCCH at the first slot after transmission gap.This attribute may only be chang
ed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
rpp
1
Mode of step size during recovery period
.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: N
ew connections
PowerControl
pcpichPowerDefault
33
"Default primary CPICH p
ower.If the primary CPICH power is not provided from DRNC, DPCCH_Power_Offset is
calculated using this parameter. Unit: dBm"
PowerControl
fixedPowerDl
65
"Fixed downlink power used in th
e fixed-balancing downlink power control method, expressed relative to the PCPIC
H power.Value mapping: 1: -35.0 dB 2: -34.5 dB 3: -34.0 dB ... 70: -0.5 dB 71: 0
.0 dB 72: 0.5 dB ... 101: 15.0 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change takes effe"
PowerControl
fixedRefPower 65
"Fixed downlink reference power
used in the fixed-balancing downlink power control method, expressed relative to
the PCPICH power.Value mapping: 1: -35.0 dB 2: -34.5 dB 3: -34.0 dB ... 70: -0.
5 dB 71: 0.0 dB 72: 0.5 dB ... 101: 15.0 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change "
PowerControl
cPO
0
Used to set the uplink DPCCH power offse
t to a conservative level. Value mapping: -30: -15.0 dB -29: -14.5 dB ... 0:0.0
dB ...30: 15.0 dB Unit: 0.5 dB
PowerControl
sirErrorMode
2
Used to determine which SIR erro
r measurements shall be initiated. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.Value mapping: 0: None 1: Event E 2: Event F 3: Both (1&2)

PowerControl
cCM
4
Used to adjust the reference power for u
sers in compressed mode during DL power balancing This attribute may only be cha
nged by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0.0 dB ... 4: 2.0 dB ... 20: 10.0 d
B Unit: 0.5 dB
PowerControl
gainFactorCLow 11
Reference gain factor (generic b
eta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor >= 32. 'Low' refers to low data transmission capability due to high spread
ing factor. Used by Power Control. This attribute may only be c
PowerControl
gainFactorDLow 15
eta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor >= 32. 'Low' refers to low data transmission capability due to high spread
ing factor. Used by Power Control. This attribute may only be c
PowerControl
gainFactorCHigh 8
eta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor in the range 8 < SF <= 16. 'High' refers to high data transmission capabil
ity due to low spreading factor. Used by Power Control. This at
PowerControl
gainFactorDHigh 15
eta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor in the range 8 < SF <= 16. 'High' refers to high data transmission capabil
ity due to low spreading factor. Used by Power Control. This at
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetSrb
40
Initial SIR target in th
e uplink for stand alone SRB. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetLow
40
e uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor >= 32. Unit: 0.1 dB Chang
e takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetHigh
70
e uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <= 16 (but > 4). Dependen
cies: RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <=4 use ulInitSirTargetExtraHigh
as the initial SIR target instead. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: N
PowerControl
dlInitSirTarget 41
Initial SIR target for the downl
ink DPDCH part of all RABs. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
cNbifho 10
Factor used to take into account the non
-blind inter-frequency handover margin. Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5
PowerControl
gainFactorCExtraHigh
5
Reference gain factor (g
eneric beta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spr
eading factor <= 8. 'Extra high' refers to extra high data transmission capabili
ty due to very low spreading factor.Used by Power Control. This attribu
PowerControl
gainFactorDExtraHigh
15
Reference gain factor (g
eneric beta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spr
eading factor <= 8. 'Extra high' refers to extra high data transmission capabili
ty due to very low spreading factor.Used by Power Control. This attribu
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetExtraHigh
70
Initial SIR targ
et in the uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <= 4. Unit: 0.1 d
B Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetEdch
30
"Initial SIR target in t
he uplink for RABs in state EUL/HS (that is, using the E-DCH) and using 10 ms TT
I. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
transmissionTargetError 10
"Wanted percentage of EDCH frames for which the number of harq transmissions is greater than the target
, for 10 ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 % Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
transmissionTargetErrorTti2
20
"Wanted percenta
ge of E-DCH frames for which the number of harq transmissions is greater than th
e target, for 2 ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 % Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
sirIncreaseMaskTti2
4
"Time that subsequent ""
SIR target up"" commands are ignored after a successful ""SIR target up"" comman
d, for 2 ms TTI users. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Unit: radio frame (10 ms)"
PowerControl
ulSirStepTti2 5
Size of upstep of SIR target for
2 ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 70
"Initial SIR target in t
he uplink for RABs in state EUL/HS (that is, using the E-DCH) and using 2 ms TTI
. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
sirMaxTti2
173
Maximum allowed SIR target for 2
ms TTI users. Unit: 0.1 dB Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
fdpchErrorRateTarget
1
Error Rate Target signal
ed to the UE to be used to control the power of TPC (Transmit Power Control) com
mands sent on F-DPCH.Unit: % Change takes effect: Next reconfiguration
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetEdchSrb 50
Initial uplink SIR Targe
t signalled to the RBS to be used to control the power of standalone SRB on E-DC
H.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: Next reconfiguration
PowerDistribution
PowerDistributionId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
PowerDistribution
userLabel
Label for free use.
PowerDistribution
mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect 0
Specifie
s the voltage at which the BFU must disconnect the main load. The main load is d
isconnected when systemVoltage > mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect.Dependencies: pr
iorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect -mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect >= 0.2 V.If mai
nLoadUn
PowerDistribution
priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect
0
Specifies the voltage at which the BFU must disconnect the Priority Load. The pr
imary load is disconnected when systemVoltage > priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconne
ct. Dependencies: priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect -mainLoadUndervoltageDiscon
nect >= 0.2 V U
PowerDistribution
undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOffset
0
Specifies the offset for the disconnected voltage above which the BFU reconnects
the load. Applicable both for main and priority load. The default value will gi
ve an undervoltage reconnection at mainLoadUnderVoltageDisconnect - undervoltage
DisconnectCease
PowerDistrSystem
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the power distribution system. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POW
ER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? D
EGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: PSC_U
PowerDistrSystem
currentLoad
The measured power distr
ibution current load.Use cases: PSC_UC103 Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
currentOverloadAlarmCeaseOffset 0
"Alarm c
ease offset for power distribution current load. Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103
, PSC_UC104 Unit: 1 A Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
currentOverloadAlarmLevel
0
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution current load. Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_U
C104 Unit: 1 A Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
0
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution input voltage.Example: 25 = 2.5 V. Us
e cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputOvervoltageAlarmLevel
0
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution input voltage.Example: -580 = -58 V. Use cases: PSC_
UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
0
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution input voltage.Example: 10 = 1 V Cease
condition is true if power distribution input voltage < inputUndervoltageAlarmL
evel - inputUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_U
C104 Unit: 0.1 V"
PowerDistrSystem
inputUndervoltageAlarmLevel
0
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution input voltage.Example: -480 = -48 V Fault condition
is true if power distribution input voltage > inputUndervoltageAlarmLevel. Use c
ases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputVoltage
ibution input voltage.Example: -480 = -48 V Undefined value: -1 Use cases: PSC_U
C103 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
operationalState
Defines the oper
ational state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: PSC_UC103 Requir
ement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
pdDeviceRef
Reference to MO PdDevice
. Use cases: PSC_UC101 Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
PowerDistrSystemId
PowerDistrSystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
0
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution system voltage.Example: 10 = 1 V Ceas
e condition is true if power distribution system voltage > systemOvervoltageAlar
mLevel + systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC
_UC104 Unit: 0.1"
PowerDistrSystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel
0
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution system voltage.Example: -580 = -58 V Fault condition
is true if power distribution system voltage < systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel. Use
cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
0
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution system voltage.Example: 10 = 1 VCease
condition is true if power distribution system voltage < systemUndervoltageAlar
mLevel - systemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PS
C_UC104 Unit: 0."
PowerDistrSystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel
0
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution system voltage.Example:-480 = -48 V Fault condition
is true if power distribution system voltage > systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel. Use
cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemVoltage
ibution system voltage.Example: -480 = -48 V Undefined value: -1 Use cases: PSC_
UC103 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupply
PowerSupplyId
PowerSupply
userLabel
Label for free use.
PowerSupply
nominalVoltage 0
The desired system voltage.Depen
dencies: Superseded by chargingVoltage when MO BatteryBackup is created Unit: 0.
1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately.
PowerSupply
0
The offs
et for the system over voltage level below which the system over voltage alarm i
s ceased. The alarm cease condition is true when systemVoltage > SystemOvervolta
geAlarmLevel + SystemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Take
s effec
PowerSupply
0
Alarm level for
system over voltage.The alarm active condition is true when systemVoltage > Syst
emOvervoltageAlarmLevel Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Takes effect: Immediately. Use
r category: Ericsson personnel.
PowerSupply
0
The offs
et for the system under voltage level above which the system undervoltage alarm
ceases. The alarm cease condition is true when systemVoltage < SystemUndervoltag
eAlarmLevel - SystemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Unit: 0.1 V Resolution: 1 Take
s effec
PowerSupply
0
Alarm level for
system undervoltage. The alarm raise condition is true when systemVoltage is low
er than SystemUndervoltageAlarmLevel. Dependencies: systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel
shall be higher than the mainLoadUnderVoltageDisconnectLevel. Unit: 0.1 V Reso
PowerSupply
systemVoltage
"The measured system voltage. It
is equal to the attribute batteryVoltage, MO BatteryBackup, when the battery is
connected. Undefined value: -1 (no connection with neither PDU, BFU nor PSU) Un
it: 0.1 V Resolution: 1"
PowerSupplySubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet pos
ition as defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet. It is used to disting
uish subracks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to
be built.Example: 9. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL"
PowerSupplySubrack
noOfSlots
0
"Number of slots in powe
r supply subrack, depends on the RBS type. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requir
ement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
PowerSupplySubrack
PowerSupplySubrackId
PowerSupplySubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position. T
he value consist of (<X><Y><Z>): X = Cabinet position within the node starting f
rom the left, one digit (1 - 9). Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabine
t starting from the ground, one letter (A - Z). Z = Subrack horizontal p"
PowerSupplySystem
acDeviceRef
Reference to AcDevice MO
PowerSupplySystem
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the power supply system. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF
? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADE
D ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: PSC_UC203_M
PowerSupplySystem
batteryCurrent
The measured battery cur
rent. It is positive when the battery is charged and negative when discharging.
Undefined value: -9999 Use cases: PSC_UC203Unit: 1 A Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
batteryOvertempAlarmCeaseOffset 0
"The lev
el at which the power supply system battery temperature alarm ceases. Cease cond
ition is true when battery temperature < batteryOvertempAlarmLevel - batteryOver
tempAlarmCeaseOffset. Unit: 1?C Scope: Battery supervision Use cases: PSC_UC201,
PSC_UC2"
PowerSupplySystem
batteryOvertempAlarmLevel
0
"The ala
rm level for power supply system battery temperature. Fault condition is true wh
en battery temperature > batteryOvertempAlarmLevel. Unit: 1?C Scope: Battery sup
ervision Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
batteryTestEnable
0
Indicates if it
is allowed to start battery test. It does not prevent using the batteries in cas
e of AC failure. Dependencies: May not be set to true if attribute Battery::batt
eryCapacityDefaultValue =< 30 (battery test is not allowed for low capacity bat
PowerSupplySystem
batteryVoltage
"The measured battery vo
ltage. It is measured over the battery, hence 0 means the battery is disconnecte
d. It is equal to the system voltage when the battery is connected. Use cases: P
SC_UC203 Unit: 0.1 V Undefined value: -1 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
bfDeviceRef
Reference to BfDevice MO
PowerSupplySystem
cyclicBattTestStartTime 0
"Indicates at wh
at time during a day the cyclic battery test is started.Expressed as hh:mm hh =
hours (00..23) mm = minutes (00..59) Scope: Battery test Takes effect: At commit
or at next test if battery test is active. Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC
"
PowerSupplySystem
mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect 0
Indicate
s at what voltage the battery fuse unit must disconnect the main load. Note that
this is not for disconnection of the battery. Disconnection of the battery is d
one at 39 V. Disconnected when systemVoltage > mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect. s
ystemVo
PowerSupplySystem
mainPrioCurrentLoad
The measured sys
tem current load. It is the sum of the current load delivered from each rectifie
r minus the battery current. Use cases: PSC_UC203 Undefined value: -1 Unit: 1 A
Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
monthBatteryTest
0
"Gives the month
s during which battery test is executed. Example: 2340 = 100100100100 = March, J
une, September and December bit0=JANUARY bit1=FEBRUARY bit2=MARCH bit3=APRIL bit
4=MAY bit5=JUNE bit6=JULY bit7=AUGUST bit8=SEPTEMBER bit9=OCTOBER bit10=NOVEMBER
"
PowerSupplySystem
operationalState
Defines the oper
ational state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: PSC_UC203_MSS Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
PowerSupplySystemId
PowerSupplySystem
priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect
0
Indicates at what voltage the battery fuse unit must disconnect the priority loa
d. Note that this is not for disconnection of the battery. Disconnection of the
battery is done at 39 V. Disconnected if systemVoltage >priorityLoadUndervoltage
Disconnect. sys
PowerSupplySystem
psDeviceRef
Reference to PsDevice. U
se cases: PSC_UC201 Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
secureTransmBatteryBackupTimeLimit
0
"Battery backup time limit, indicating when it is time to order a shut down of r
adio resources during low battery time level. Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, P
SC_UC204, PSC_UC227_MSS Unit: 1 min Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
secureTransmEnable
0
"Indicates if ra
dio resources must be shut down during low battery time level. Use cases: PSC_UC
201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204,PSC_UC227_MSS Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
0
"The alarm ceased level for system voltage. Cease condition is true when systemV
oltage > systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel + systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset. Unit:
0.1 V Scope: Battery supervision Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204 Ref.
[FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
0
"Alarm l
evel for system voltage.Fault condition is true when systemVoltage < systemOverv
oltageAlarmLevel. Unit: 0.1 V Scope: Battery supervision Use cases: PSC_UC201, P
SC_UC203, PSC_UC204 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemPowerLoad
The measured system powe
r load. It is represented in percent of available capacity. It is the mean value
of the power load delivered from each rectifier. Undefined value: -1 Use cases:
PSC_UC203 Unit: 1% Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
0
"The level at which the system undervoltage alarm ceases. Cease condition is tru
e when systemVoltage < systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel - systemUndervoltageAlarmCea
seOffset. Unit: 0.1 V Scope: Battery supervision Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203
, PSC_UC204 Ref."
PowerSupplySystem
0
"Alarm l
evel for system undervoltage. Fault condition is true when systemVoltage > syste
mUndervoltageAlarmLevel. Unit: 0.1 V Scope: Battery supervision Use cases: PSC_U
C201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204 Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemVoltage
"The measured system vol
tage. It is equal to the Battery Voltage when the battery is connected, otherwis
e it is the highest voltage delivered from one PS. Example: -480 = -48 V Undefin
ed value: -1 Use cases: PSC_UC203 Unit: 0.1 V Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
temperatureDisconnect 0
"Indicates the t
emperature at which the battery fuse unit disconnects the battery. Applies to bo
th main and priority loads. Disconnected when battery temperature > temperatureD
isconnect. Note! Shall only for certain special batteries be set to values > 60,
"
PowerSupplySystem
temperatureDisconnectCeaseOffset
0
Indicates the temperature at which the battery fuse unit reconnects the battery.
Applies to both main and priority loads. Reconnected when battery temperature <
temperatureDisconnect -temperatureDisconnectCeaseOffset. Unit: 1?C Scope: Batte
ry fuse supervi
PowerSupplySystem
undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOffset
0
Indicates the voltage at which the battery fuse unit reconnects the load. Applic
able both for main and priority load. Reconnected when systemVoltage < mainLoadU
ndervoltageDisconect - undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOffset. The default values of
mainLoadUnderVo
Prach
availabilityStatus
Prach
operationalState
Prach
PrachId
Prach
ubchDeviceSetRef
Reference to MO UbchDeviceSet. R
ef. [CB_MOP]
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
fileLocation
Indicates the location (
absolute path) on the hard disk for the GPEH ROP files. Hard coded in system to
?/c/pm_data/. Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement Data Re
quirement: PERFEVENT_RBS_RE:140 Ref. [CB_PMG]
maxFileSize
0
"The maximum size allowe
d for the current GPEH ROP file, not yet compressed with the gzip algorithm. Whe
n maxFileSize is reached, writing to the current ROP file is stopped. Writing is
resumed again at the beginning of the next ROP (in the next ROP file). "
maxStorageSize 270
"Maximum disk usage allo
wed for GPEH files compressed with the gzip algorithm in the node. The size of a
n compressed GPEH ROP file is approximately 1/5 of the uncompressed GPEH ROP fil
e size. When maxStorageSize is reached, the oldest compressed GPEH ROP f"
PredefRbsScannerGpehId
scanState
"The state of the GPEH s
canner. The value is set by the system, according to the suspend/resume operatio
n from the Mub user, over the PMCI interface. Possible values: ? ACTIVE ? SUSPEN
DED Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement Data Req"
Program
ProgramId
"The value component of the RDN. It is s
et automatically during system upgrade. If the Program MO is manually created, t
hen set the value for this attribute."
Program
userLabel
Label for free use.
Program
loadModule
Specifies which load module the Program
is instantiated from.
Program
operationalState
Program
startState
0
"Indicates if the program is permitted t
o enter the operational state enabled or not after a PIU restart. The default st
ate is DISABLED, to avoid that an operating program and a new version of the sam
e program have its startState enabled at the same time. "
Program
heapSize
0
Specifies the program heap size. The val
ue in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by Program and used if no value is su
bmitted at the creation of the Program MO. The referenced load module has a defa
ult size defined at compile time. This value is used if
Program
poolSize
0
Specifies the program pool size. It is p
ossible to set this value at the creation of the Program MO. It is only valid fo
r MP programs. The value in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by Program and
used if no value is submitted at the creation of the Pr
Program
restartTimer
0
"Specifies the time that a program has t
o execute without faults, until the restart counter is reset. The time value is
in seconds. restartTimer= -1 Forever, implies that the restart counter is only r
eset when the PIU is restarted. This attribute is only r"
Program
restartCounterLimit
0
"Specifies the number of times t
hat a program can restart, without escalation to a PIU restart. The possible val
ues are: - restartCounterLimit = -1 Unlimited, do not restart PIU, regardless of
the number of times the specific program restarts. - restartCou"
Program
programInstances
A list of program instances. The
default value of this attribute is an empty list. This attribute is only releva
nt if the parent of this MO is the PlugInUnit MO.
Program
loaderType
0
Specifies the type of the program loader
. For use by Ericsson staff only.This is the LoaderName in the UCF. Possible val
ues are: - OSE_LOADER - DEVICE_LOADER
Program
"If loaderType is set to DEVICE_
LOADER, this attribute can have a value. It is transferred to the device loader.
For use by Ericsson staff only."
Program
deviceLoaderName
LOADER, this attribute must have a value.For use by Ericsson staff only."
Program
programInstances.distribution 0
"Specifies the processor
and/or processor core, where the program instance executes. In case of a single
CPU or a single core, this value must be set to 0. The instances can be distrib
uted within only one PlugInUnit MO."
Program
programInstances.instanceId
0
The instance ID of the p
rogram at the resource layer. The value 0 means that it is not instatiated.
Program
programInstances.restartGroup 0
The restart group this p
rogram instance belongs to. It controls the error escalation. The value 0 means
that this program instance does not belong to any restart group.
Program
ProgramId
Program
userLabel
Label for free use.
Program
loadModule
Program
operationalState
Program
startState
0
Program
heapSize
0
Program
poolSize
0
Program
restartTimer
0
Program
restartCounterLimit
0
Program
programInstances
Program
loaderType
0
Program
Program
deviceLoaderName
Program
Program
0
Program
Program
ProgramId
Program
loadModule
Program
operationalState
Program
startState
0

Program
heapSize
0
Program
poolSize
0
Program
restartTimer
0
Program
restartCounterLimit
0
Program
programInstances
Program
loaderType
0
Program
Program
deviceLoaderName
Program
Program
0
Program
Psch
availabilityStatus
Psch
operationalState
Psch
PschId
PsDevice
PsDeviceId
PsDevice
reservedBy
PsDevice
availabilityStatus
PsDevice
operationalState
PsDevice
usageState
PsDeviceSet
PsDeviceSetId
PsDeviceSet
availabilityStatus

PsDeviceSet
operationalState
Psu
deviceRef
Reference to the PS device that supervis
es this unit.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition: PCU created. Ref. [CB_
ECF]
Psu
PsuId
Psu
alarmStatus
0
Psu
greenLed
Psu
productionDate 0
Psu
productName
Psu
productNumber
Psu
productRevision
Psu
productType
0
Psu
redLed
Psu
serialNumber
Psu
yellowLed
PsuDeviceGroup
PsuDeviceGroupId
PsuDeviceGroup
usageState
PsuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
PsuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
PsuDeviceGroup
operationalState
RabHandling
RabHandlingId
RabHandling
psStreamingInactivityTimer
30
"Time after whic
h an inactive PS Streaming RAB is released. When both the downlink and uplink th
roughput for a PS Streaming RAB have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitted)
for this length of time, a release of the PS Streaming RAB is requested from the
"
RabHandling
activeQueueMgmt 0
Determines if active queue manag
ement (early congestion detection and selective dropping of packets) is turned o
n or off for all PS Interactive RABs. Change takes effect: New connections
RabHandling
eulMinHwSchRate 32
"The pre-allocated hardware rate
for scheduled data for E-DCH users in the RBS. Needed for RBS hardware consumpt
ion calculations in RNC.The calculation is performed in the same way for 2 ms an
d 10 ms TTI, with this constant as input, but the values shall t"
RabHandling
amrNbMmUeRelease
R99(0) "UE 3GPP-release control
for AMR-NB MM. Defines from which 3GPP release of a UE, AMR-NB multimode is all
owed. UEs older than this release are limited to AMR-NB Single-mode 12.2 configu
rations. Change takes effect: New connections "
Rach
RachId
Rach
administrativeState
0
channel.
Rach
operationalState
The operational state of the cha
nnel.
Rach
availabilityStatus
channel. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object
: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit
4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit "
Rach
userLabel
Rach
scramblingCodeWordNo
0
"Scrambling Code for preamble an
d message part.PRACH parameter. The value range covers both the RRC and NBAP spe
c. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its
value is set, the RACH is disabled automatically and then re-en"
Rach
preambleSignatures
65535 "Preamble signatures for PRACH.
Bit 0: P0 Bit 1: P1 ... Bit 15: P15 One or more preamble signatures can be activ
e. The rightmost bit (bit 0) in the Corba data type long corresponds to P0, bit
1 corresponds to P1 and so on. However not that bit 0 is the lef"
Rach
preambleThreshold
34
"The threshold for preamble dete
ction, relative to the interference level.This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: -36.0 dB 1: -35.5 dB ... 34:-19.0 dB ... 72
: 0.0 dB Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoin"
Rach
subChannelNo
4095
"Sub channel numbers. Bit 0: sub channel
no 0 Bit 1: sub channel no 1 ... Bit 11: sub channel no 11 One or more sub chan
nel numbers can be active. The rightmost bit (bit 0) in the Corba data type long
corresponds to sub channel no 0, bit 1 corresponds to s"
Rach
aichTransmissionTiming 4
"AICH timing delay parameter. Di
sturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Whenever its value
is set, the RACH is disabled automatically and then re-enabled. Unit: chips "
Rach
aichPower
-6
"AICH power, to be used for transmitting
on AICH, relative to the primaryCpichPower value. The value range is set to cov
er both the RRC and NBAP spec. Unit: dB"
Rach
powerOffsetP0 1
Power step when no acquisition indicator
is received. Unit: dB
Rach
powerOffsetPpm -4
Power step between preamble and the mess
age part. Unit: dB
Rach
preambleRetransMax
32
Maximum number of preambles in o
ne preamble ramping cycle.
Rach
maxPreambleCycle
32
Maximum number of preamble rampi
ng cycle.
Rach
constantValueCprach
-19
Constant value used by the UE to
calculate the initial power on PRACH according to the Open loop power control p
rocedure. Unit: dB
Rach
spreadingFactor 64
"Minimum spreading factor to use for PRA
CH. Value mapping: 32: TTI = 10 ms. 64: TTI = 20 ms. Disturbances:Changing this
attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the RACH is dis
abled automatically and then re-enabled."
Rach
increasedRachCoverageEnabled
0
"Enables or disables the
feature Increased RACH Coverage in this cell. When the feature Increased RACH C
overage is active, the available preamble signatures and the preamble scrambling
code number are calculated internally by the RNC. When the feature Incr"
Rach
availabilityStatus
Rach
blerIsActive
Indicates whether BLER is measured on RA
CH. Possible values: ? 0 = FALSE ? 1 = TRUE User category: Ericsson personnel Re
f. [CB_UTS]
Rach
blerL3ReportPeriod
"Time period for updates of bler
LatestValue, expressed in multipes of measPeriod. Only valid when a BLER measure
ment is started. Unit: Unit: 1..5999: 10 ms radio frames, 6001..6060: x - 6000 m
inutes Examples: 1 = 10 ms, 6001 = 1 minute User category: Erics"
Rach
blerMeasPeriod
Defines the BLER measurement period. Onl
y valid when a BLER measurement is started.Unit: 10 ms radio frames User categor
y:Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Rach
blerMeasTime
"Time within blerMeasPeriod, in which BL
ER measurements are being performed. Only valid when a BLER measurement is start
ed. Unit: 10 ms radio frames User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]"
Rach
fileName
The file in which the measurements will
be logged. Only valid when a BLER measurement is started. User category: Ericsso
Rach
operationalState
Rach
RachId
RadioLinks
noOfRadioLinks
Total number of radio links on t
he corresponding cell carrier. Ref. [CB_DCC]
RadioLinks
RadioLinksId
Ranap
RanapId
RDN.
Ranap
operationalState
The operational state of the RAN
AP signaling bearer.
Ranap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the R
ANAP.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object: Bi
1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or bit 1
Ranap
userLabel
Ranap
cnDomainInd
"Core network domain indicator, as defin
ed in the Ranap specification. Specifies whether this instance of Ranap belongs
to the CS or PS domain. Dependencies: It is not possible to create a Ranap insta
nce if cnDomainId = CIRCUIT_SWITCHED, userPlaneTransport"
Ranap
noOfResetSendings
5
"Number of consecutive retries o
f sending RESET message to the CN.An alarm is issued only once and will occur af
ter the last unsuccessful RESET message, that is, after last timeout of resetRes
endT."
Ranap
resetResendT
40
Time between successive sendings of RESE
T message to the CN.Unit: s
Ranap
resetAckGuardT 25
Guard period before sending a RESET ACKN
OWLEDGE message to the CN.Unit: s
Ranap
preferredAddressing
0
Deprecated:This attribute is cur
rently not used by the system.Changing it has no effect.
Ranap
sccpDisabledT 100
erational state change of the local SCCP.The alarm ""Local Failure"" is issued o
Ranap
userOutOfServiceT
100
TE-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote RANAP (SSN=142).Timer ex
piry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm ""Local Failure"" and for remote R
ANAP (SSN=142) issues the alarm ""Remote Failure"".Unit: s"
Ranap
localSccpApRef
Ranap
remoteSccpApRef
Ranap
cnId
"Identity of the Core Network node that this MO
instance represents. This identity must be unique within the CnOperator in which
this instance is contained.When NRI MOCN is active, this identity should be uni
que within the RNC. Dependencies:If Iu Flex is a"
Ranap
networkResourceIdentifier
0
"List of NRI values used
by Iu Flex to select a CN node when the routing procedure is based on (P)TMSI .
The attribute must have all elements set.Dependencies:The first 8 elements are
always used by the system. If the license SupHighCapMscPool is active, t"
Ranap
relativeCapacity
0
"Relative capacity of this Ranap
instance (CN node) compared to other nodes in the domain. Only used when Iu Fle
x is active. The capacity weights for all selected Ranap instances (CN nodes) fo
r the current domain type are added together, to give the sum of"
Ranap
maxResetResourceMessageSize
250
Maximum number of IuSigC
onn IDs to be sent in each RESET RESOURCE message to the CN.
Ranap
ranapResetResourceMonitorThresh 200 (when activated)
"Thresho
ld value for the number of received Connection-Id's in Ranap ""reset-resource""
messages.When the number of Connection-ID's received in RANAP ""reset-resource""
messages from this core network node exceeds the value of this threshold within
the time in"
Ranap
ranapResetResourceMonitorPeriod 60
"Monitoring period for t
he number of received Connection-Id's in Ranap ""reset-resource"" messages.When
the number of Connection-ID's received in RANAP ""reset-resource"" messages from
this core network node exceeds the value of ranapResetResourceMonitorThresh"
RaxDeviceGroup
RaxDeviceGroupId
RaxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RaxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
RaxDeviceGroup
operationalState
RaxDeviceGroup
usageState
RbsConfiguration
unlockRbsAfterIntegration
0
Indicate
s if the RBS should be unlocked after activation of Planned Area.
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence
Indicates the Pl
anned Area to be activated as part of the Auto-Integration.
RbsConfiguration
createCVAfterIntegration
0
Indicate
d if a CV should be created for the NodeB after the OSS integration is complete.
RbsConfiguration
integrationDetails
The date and tim
e of integration. Format: YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
RbsConfiguration
licenseHandling 0
Indicates if a license s
hould be installed as part of the Auto-integration procedure.
RbsConfiguration
softwareUpgrade
Indicates if a software
upgrade should be performed as part of the Auto-integration procedure. If a soft
ware upgrade should be performed it stores the Upgrade Package name; if a softwa
re upgrade should not be performed it stores an empty string.
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence.plannedAreaName
The Planned Area Name.
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence.userId
The id o
f the user who specified this Plan to be auto activated.
RbsConfiguration
rbsLogicalName
The logical name of the
RBS. The attribute is set by the site installer. Use cases: Configure RBS at Sit
e Ref. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
ethernetIpAddress
"The IP address
of the Ethernet link used for O&M access. The attribute value is fetched from th
e DHCP server. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value: """" Specifica
tion: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter yourIpAddress Use cases
: "
RbsConfiguration
ethernetSubnetMask
"The subnet mask
of the Ethernet link used for O&M access. The attribute value is fetched from t
he DHCP server. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value: """" Specific
ation: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOptions, option co
de"
RbsConfiguration
smrsIpAddress
"The IP address to the S
MRS server containing the Autointegration RBS Summary File. The attribute value
is fetched from the DHCP server. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined val
ue: """" Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter"
RbsConfiguration
summaryFileFilePath
"The file name (
including path) of the Autointegration RBS Summary File. The attribute value is
fetched from the DHCP server. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value:
"""" Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOpti
on"
RbsConfiguration
dhcpIpAddress
"The IP address to the D
HCP server. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server. User category:
Ericsson personnel Undefined value: """" Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC
3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 54 Use cases: Configur"
RbsConfiguration
dnsIpAddress
"The IP address to the D
NS. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server. User category: Ericsson
personnel Undefined value: """" Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHC
P result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 6 Use cases: Configure RBS at "
RbsConfiguration
defaultGateway
"The IP address to the d
efault gateway. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server. If the DHCP
server provides a list of IP addresses, the address with highest preference is
used by the RBS. Undefined value: """" Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, "
RbsConfiguration
oamConfigFile
The O&M access (site bas
ic) configuration file stored as a string. The value is set by the system based
on a file which is either fetched from the SMRS server by operation fetchRbsConf
igurationFiles or inserted via the RBS Element Manager. User category:
RbsConfiguration
siteConfigFile
The site equipment (site
external hardware) configuration file stored as a string. The value is set by t
he system based on a file which is either fetched from the SMRS server by operat
ion fetchRbsConfigurationFiles or inserted via the RBS Element Manager.
RbsConfiguration
summaryFile
"The Autointegration RBS
Summary file stored as a string. The value is set by the system based on a file
which is fetched from the SMRS server by operation fetchRbsConfigurationFiles.U
ser category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value: """" Use cases: Configur"
RbsConfiguration
configurationReport
"The configurati
on report stored as a string. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value:
"""" Use cases: Configure RBS at Site Ref. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
RbsConfigurationId
RbsConfiguration
configFaultReason
"The reason why
the OSS-RC configuration failed. The attribute is set by OSS-RC. Undefined value
: """" Use cases: Configure RBS at Site Ref. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
rbsConfigLevel
"The configuration level
of the RBS. Only used for synchronization/interaction with OSS-RC during auto-i
ntegration of an IP based RBS (that is, the attribute is not applicable to any o
ther configuration method, and the value of the attribute is irrelevent "
RbsConfiguration
progressLevel
The progress of the conf
iguration. Unit: 1% Undefined value: 0 User category: Ericsson personnel Use cas
es: Configure RBS at Site Ref. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
progressInformation
"The configurati
on operation performed. User category: Ericsson personnel Undefined value: """"
Use cases: Configure RBS at Site Ref. [CB_IBC]"
RbsGroup
RbsGroupId
RbsGroup
userLabel
abel on the MO instance. It is used by RANOS application to write the attribute
value into the GUI.
RbsGroup
listOfRbs
References to RBSs that are incl
uded in the group. The attribute consists of a sequence of the full Distinguishe
d Names of the MeContext's that represent the associated RBS's according to [9]
and [20].
RbsLocalCell
availabilityStatus
of the cell. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY
_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL
? NO STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
carrierRef
"Reference to the Carrier MO use
d by the cell. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Add Capacity, Increase Coverage
Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11 Ref. [CB_SIC]"
RbsLocalCell
cellRange
0
"Defines the maximum range (in m
eters) for random access detection (random access distance). For soft handover t
he RBS adds a soft handover margin internally. Note that the actual cell range r
esolution is 3 chips, that is, around 234 m. Unit: 1 m Precondit"
RbsLocalCell
hsdpaCapability
"The HSDPA capability of the cel
l. Possible values: ? HSDPA_CAPABLE ? HSDPA_NON_CAPABLE Specification: 3GPP TS 2
5.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signalling Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00
853 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RbsLocalCell
localCellId
"The identity of the RBS local c
ell. Precondition: Cell not setup by the RNC (availabilityStatus=OFF_LINE). Depe
ndencies: Value must be the same as in the corresponding RNC MO UtranCell. Speci
fication: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signall"
RbsLocalCell
maxDlPowerCapability
"The maximum downlink po
wer capability for the cell. The attribute is calculated and reported to the RNC
. Unit: 0.1 dBm Undefined value: -1 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN I
ub interface NBAP signalling Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00854 Rev:A Re"
RbsLocalCell
minDlPowerCapability
"The minimum downlink po
wer capability for the cell. The attribute is calculated and reported to the RNC
. Unit: 0.1 dBm Undefined value: -301 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN
Iub interface NBAP signalling Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00855 Rev:A "
RbsLocalCell
minSpreadingFactor
"Indicates the minimum s
preading factor supported by the cell. Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRA
N Iub interface NBAP signalling Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RbsLocalCell
ocnsContinuousTransmissionOn
0
OCNS continuous
transmission on/off for all users.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User categ
ory: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgPow 0
OCNS average power per i
nteractive user. One value per user. Attribute ocnsInteractiveNumOfUsers gives t
he number of valid values. Unit: 0.1 dBm Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 Use
r category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgRequestInterArrivalTime
0
OCNS average interactive arrival time. Unit: 0.1 s Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001
:04884 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgRequestSize 0
OCNS average int
eractive request size. Unit: 1 kB Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User categ
ory: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveNumOfUsers
0
Number of intera
ctive users for OCNS. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsso

RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveRandomizationOn 0
OCNS randomizati
on on/off for interactive users. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User catego
ry: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsIsActive
0
Shows whether OCNS is active on
the cell. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsIsConfigured
0
Shows whether OCNS is co
nfigured on the cell. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsPowerVariation
0
OCNS power variation for
all users.Possible values: ? OFF ? RA50 ? TU3 Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:048
84 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechAvgPow
0
OCNS average power per s
peech user. One value per user. Attribute ocnsSpeechNumOfUsers gives the number
of valid values. Unit: 0.1 dBm Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category
: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechNumOfUsers
0
Number of speech users f
or OCNS.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsson personnel Re
f. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechRandomizationOn
0
OCNS randomizati
on on/off for speech users. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: E
ricsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsVideoAvgPow 0
OCNS average power per video use
r. One value per user. Attribute ocnsVideoNumOfUsers gives the number of valid v
alues. Unit: 0.1 dBm Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsson
personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsVideoNumOfUsers
0
Number of video users fo
r OCNS.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsson personnel Ref
. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
operationalState
state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9 Ref. [CB
_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
RbsLocalCellId
RbsLocalCell
rbsSynchronizationRef
Reference to the RbsSync
hronization MO. Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2 Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
userLabel
]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsStandardDeviation 0
OCNS power variation sta
ndard deviation. Unit: 0.1 dB Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category:
Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsCorrelationTime
0
OCNS correlation time.Un
it: 1 s Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsson personnel Re
f. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsHsdpaNumOfUsers
0
Number of HSDPA users fo
r OCNS. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User category: Ericsson personnel Re
f. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsHsdpaTransmissionProbability
0
OCNS HSD
PA transmission probability. Unit: 0.01 Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User
category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechActivityFactor
0
OCNS activity fa
ctor for speech users. Unit: 1% Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884 User categor
y: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
hsCodeResourceId
0
Specifies the mapping of
HS-DSCH Resources of the cell to an HSDPA processing resource on the TX board.
Effect of this parameter is only considered if the steeredHsAllocation is set to
true. Using the value 0 means that the cell will not support HS-DSCH.
RbsLocalCell
maxNumHsPdschCodes
5
"The maximum number of H
S-PDSCH codes allowed per cell. Dependencies: If license key 'Number of HS-PDSCH
Codes per Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumHsPdschCodes) and
Licensing Emergency Unlock is not activated, maxNumHsPdschCodes can not"
RbsLocalCell
maxNumHsdpaUsers
16
"The maximum number of H
SDPA users allowed per cell. Dependencies: If license key 'Number of HSDPA Users
per Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumHsdpaUsers), and Licens
ing Emergency Unlock is not activated, a higher value of maxNumHsdpaUser"
RbsLocalCell
maxEAgchPowerDl -140
Maximum downlink power for an in
dividual E-AGCH channel in the cell. Unit: 0.1 dB Requirement: EULCP_AD_RBS_5302
:04791 Rev.:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
maxUserEHichERgchPowerDl
-140
"E-HICH for serv
ing and non serving/E-RGCH have fixed power relative CPICH power. But if feature
'DL Power Control EUL' is active, then the parameter defines the maximum power
for E-HICH relative to CPICH for serving E-DCH RL. The parameter value is still
"
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxRotCoverage
0
Maximum RoT (Rise over T
hermal) level allowed to preserve coverage. Unit: 0.1 dB Requirement: EULCP_AD_R
BS_5302:04791 Rev. A Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
eulNoERgchGroups
16
Number of E-RGCH groups
per channelization code and cell. Recommended value: 16 Takes effect: At next se
tup of E-DCH Resources for this cell. Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302_06791 Rev.
A Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
eulThermalLevelPrior
-1040 "The anticipated uplink
noise floor of the unloaded RBS, including feeder and TMA contributions. Unit: 0
.1 dBm Takes effect: If the noise floor is locked, at commit. If the noise floor
is not locked, at next noise floor lock or at next setup of E-DCH Resou"
RbsLocalCell
eulSlidingWindowTime
72000 "The length of the slidi
ng window during which a thermal noise level is found. Unit: 1 s Resolution: 10
Takes effect: If the noise floor is locked, at commit. If the noise floor is not
locked, at next noise floor lock or at next setup of E-DCH resources. R"
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxNoSchEDch 100
The maximum number of simultaneo
us scheduled E-DCH users. Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302:06154 Rev. B Ref. [CB_
MOP]
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 80
The maximum allowed contribution
to uplink interference rise from traffic generated in the own cell. The schedul
er limits the E-DCH power based on this parameter. Unit is rise of interference
(noise rise) in dB. Unit: 0.1 dB Requirement: EULCP_AD_RBS_5302
RbsLocalCell
eulMinMarginCoverage
10
"The uplink interference
contribution from other cells is estimated in the load estimator, but is never
allowed to go below the value of this parameter. The unit is load factor, that i
s, interference power from other cells divided by total interference pow"
RbsLocalCell
eDchCapability
"The E-DCH capability of the cel
l. Possible values: ? EDCH_CAPABLE ? EDCH_NON_CAPABLE Specification: 3GPP TS 25.
433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signalling Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:0085
6 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RbsLocalCell
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the RbsLoca
lCell. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UNDE
R_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alar"
RbsLocalCell
eulLockedOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate
The purp
ose with this parameter is to provide the operator with the noise floor level us
ed when the noise floor is locked. This parameter is used in conjunction with th
e parameters eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock and eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate according
to tab
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock
The struct attri
butes eulNoiseFloorLock and eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate are set and get togethe
r. eulNoiseFloorLock is used together with eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate to be ab
le to lock the noise floor level (eulNoiseFloorLock set to true) to either the
RbsLocalCell
coherenceMode 2
"Specifies how large part of the
preamble that is accumulated coherently.When coherenceMode is 4, the parameter
Rach::preambleThreshold (RNC MOM) is recommended to be reduced 3 steps (1.5 dB)
from 35 to 32. Possible values: ? 2 = Accumulate ? of the preamb"
RbsLocalCell
eDch2msTtiCapability
"Shows whether the cell
is E-DCH 2 ms TTI capable or not. Possible values: ? EDCH_2MS_TTI_CAPABLE ? EDCH
_2MS_TTI_NON_CAPABLE Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NB

AP signalling Requirement: EU2MIA_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00646 Rev:A Ref. [CB_M"
RbsLocalCell
maxEAgchPowerDlTti2
-80
Maximum downlink power f
or an individual E-AGCH channel in the cell. Applicable to 2 ms TTI. Unit 0.1 dB
Resolution: 1 Requirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00724 Rev A Ref. [CB_MOP]
RbsLocalCell
maxUserEHichPowerDlTti2 -80
"E-HICH (for serving and
non serving) have fixed power relative CPICH power. But if feature 'DL Power Co
ntrol EUL' is active, then the parameter defines the maximum power for E-HICH re
lative to CPICH for serving E-DCH RL. The parameter value is still fixed"
RbsLocalCell
maxNumEulUsers 0
"The maximum number of Serving E
UL users allowed per cell. Dependencies: If license key 'Number of EUL Users per
Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumEulUsers), and Licensing Em
ergency Unlock is not activated, maxNumEulUsers can not be set t"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateEnhancedLayer2
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Enhanced Layer 2', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED o
r DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only
be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, th
"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateMimo
0
sed feature 'MIMO', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possi
ble values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED
in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that is, if No"
RbsLocalCell
eHichMinCodePower
-220
Minimum downlink power i
n a cell to be used for an individual E-HICH channel on 10 ms TTI. Note that the
minimum power for 2 ms TTI users is 6 dB higher than the value given by this pa
rameter.Dependencies: Only used when NodeBFunction::licenseStateDlPower
RbsLocalCell
qualityCheckPowerEHich 0
Offset to be used in E-H
ICH power. Unit: 0.1 dB Dependencies: Only used when NodeBFunction::licenseState
DlPowerControlEul is ENABLED and NodeBFunction::featureStateDlPowerControlEul is
ACTIVATED. Requirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03251 Rev.A Ref. [CB_MOP
RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaDynamicCodeAllocation 0
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation', indicating if the f
eature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDe
pendencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installe
d for th"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaIncrementalRedundancy 0
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Incremental Redundancy', indicating if the fe
ature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDep
endencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed
for the"
RbsLocalCell
featureState4wayRxDiversity
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature '4-way RX Diversity', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED
or DEACTIVATED. The attribute is used to activate and deactivate the feature in
the cell. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be s
"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateFDpchSrbOnHsdpa
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'SRB on HSDPA' (F-DPCH + SRB on HSDPA), indicating if the fe
ature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDep
endencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed
"
RbsLocalCell
fDpchCapability
Shows whether the cell is F-DPCH
capable or not. Possible values: ? FDPCH_CAPABLE ? FDPCH_NON_CAPABLE Ref. [CB_R
OC]
RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaMc
0
sed feature 'Multi-Carrier', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVAT
ED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to A
CTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that "
RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaMcInactCtrl
0
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Multi-Carrier Inactivity Control', indicating if the featur
"
RbsLocalCell
hsdpaMcCapability
The HSDPA Multi-Carrier
capability of the cell. Possible values: ? HSDPA_MC_CAPABLE ? HSDPA_MC_NON_CAPAB
LE Ref. [CB_ROC]
RbsLocalCell
cpcCapability
"Shows whether the cell is CPC (
Enhanced uplink transmission, CPC + Enhanced downlink reception, CPC) capable or
not. Possible values: ? CPC_CAPABLE ? CPC_NON_CAPABLE Specification: 3GPP TS 25
.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signalling Requirement: CPC"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateCpc 0
"Feature state for licensed feat
ure 'CPC' (Enhanced uplink transmission, CPC + Enhanced downlink reception, CPC)
, indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED per cell. Possible value
s: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only be set to ACT"
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock.eulNoiseFloorLock
0
"When set to true, locks the noise floor level. Used in conjunction with eulOpti
malNoiseFloorEstimate to be able to lock the noise floor level to either the cur
rent level, when eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) or to a
value defined i"
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock.eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate
-1040 "Used in conjunction with eullNoiseFloorLock to be able to lock the nois
e floor level to either the current level, when eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is
set to -1 (=undefined value), or to a value defined in eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstim
ate. Unit: 0.1 dBm Undef"
RbsSlot
RbsSlotId
RbsSlot
slotPosition
0
"Slot position within the subrack, start
ing from left. Use cases: MEC_200, MEC_220 Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:15 Depend
encies: Maximum value =< noOfSlots in the corresponding subrack MO. Ref. [FS_MEC
]"
RbsSlot
slotState
0
"The state of the slot. ? FREE = the slo
t is free to be configured with a new PIU ? USED = a PIU is inserted in the slot
, or the slot is reconfigured with a PIU Use cases: MEC_200, MEC_220 Requirement
: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:15&16 Ref. [FS_MEC]"
RbsSubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet position as
defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet. It is used to distinguish sub
racks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to be built
.Example: 9. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL"
RbsSubrack
noOfSlots
0
Number of slots in the subrack.
Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12 Ref. [CB_ECF]
RbsSubrack
RbsSubrackId
RbsSubrack
subrackPosition
RbsSynchronization
masterTu
Indicates which TIM devi
ce owning plug-in unit is master. Possible values: ? NO_ACTIVE ? PLUG_IN_UNIT_RE
F1 ? PLUG_IN_UNIT_REF2 Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00857 Rev:A Use cases: NSD_U
C14 Dependencies: timDeviceRef1&2 Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
nodeIsStable
Stability status of the
node. TRUE if at least one TIM device is stable.Use cases: NSD_UC14 Dependencies
: timDeviceRef1&2 Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
nodeIsSynchronized
Synchronization
status of the node. TRUE if at least one TIM device is synchronized. Use cases:
NSD_UC14 Dependencies: timDeviceRef1&2 Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
RbsSynchronizationId
RbsSynchronization
timDeviceRef1
"Reference to the TimDev
ice MO on the plug-in unit pointed out by plugInUnitRef1. Use cases: NSD_UC3, NS
D_UC4 Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
timDeviceRef2
"Reference to the TimDev
ice MO on the plug-in unit pointed out by the plugInUnitRef2. Use cases: NSD_UC3
, NSD_UC4 Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
plugInUnitRef1
"Reference to first timi
ng unit owning plug-in unit MO. Precondition: PlugInUnit MO must exist. Use case
s: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4 Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
plugInUnitRef2
"Reference to second tim
ing unit owning plug-in unit MO. Precondition: PlugInUnit MO must exist. Use cas
es: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4 Ref. [FS_NSD]"
Rcs
RcsId
Rcs
dchRcLostT
50
"Timer that is started when all radio li
nks for a connection are lost. At time-out, the radio connection is considered l
ost. Special values: The value 18000 deci seconds = 1800 s = 30 minutes is used
for testing purposes to ""disable"" the Radio Connection S"
Rcs
cchWaitCuT
9
Waiting timer for cell update.Special va
lues: 0 is used to indicate infinity (timer not used). Unit: 5 minutes
Rcs
hsDschRcLostT 50
Controls the RCS timer for supervision o
f uplink synch of RLS containing the serving HS-DSCH radio link. Special values:
18000 indicates that the RCS function is switched off. Used for test purposes.
Unit: 0.1 s Resolution: 5
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
plugInUnitRef
Reference to the TXB plug-in uni
t where the AAL5 connection terminates. Precondition: The TXB PlugInUnit MO must
exist. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT AAL5 co
nnection terminates. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
vclTpRef
Reference to the the VCL termina
tion point the RDBT AAL5 VCC is associated with. Precondition: The VclTp MO must
exist. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
logicalLineNumber
0
"Identifiies the logical
connection to the RDBTH PC. Only applicable to ET boards with channelization (t
hat is, with STM1). For other ET boards it shall be set to 0. Ref. [CB_UTS]"
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
RdbtAal5TpVccTpId
RdbtTestPort
piuDeviceRef
Reference to the logical TX boar
d (TXL) where the RDBT connection orginates. Precondition: The DUW TXL PiuDevice
MO must exist. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtTestPort
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT UDP con
nection terminates. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtTestPort
RdbtTestPortId
RdbtTestPort
internalMac
When the test conenctor is used
then internal MAC address must be provided as the destination for the RDBT data.
The data is sent out on the sRIO test connector. The MAC address must be a vali
d address to an RDBT receiver connected to the sRIO test connec
RdbtUdpTp
piuDeviceRef
Reference to the logical TX boar
d (TXL) where the RDBT connection orginates. Precondition: The DUW TXL PiuDevice
MO must exist. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT UDP con
nection terminates. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
ipAccessHostEtRef
Reference to the the IP
host that the RDBT data is sent on. Precondition: The IpAccessHostEt MO must exi
st. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
remoteUdpPort
Identifies the remote UDP port o
n the RDBTH PC. Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
RdbtUdpTpId
RdbtUdpTp
remoteIpAddress
The IP address of the RDBTH PC w
here the RDBT data is sent. Ref. [CB_UTS]
ReliableProgramUniter
ReliableProgramUniterId
The value compon
ent of the RDN. It is set automatically during system upgrade.
userLabel
Label for free use.
Compare this lab
el to the reliableProgramLabel in the LoadModule MO.
admActiveSlot
"Reference to a Slot, co
ntains the running ""Normal"" relation to a slot. If the reference is set to the
passive slot, the passive slot is cleared and only one relation is set."
admPassiveSlot
ntains the running ""Stand-by"" relation to a slot. If the reference is set to t
he active slot or a NULL value, the passive slot will be cleared."
switchOver
0
Controls when to switch
the RPU if a certain error occurs.
normalisation 0
"Controls when to switch
back the RPU after error recovery has been done. Normalisation at PIU unlock is
always done, regardless of the value of this attribute."
replication
0
Specifies the level of d
ata replication that is associated with the RPU.
operationalMode
"Specifies if the RSH ex
ecution mode (active/passive) in the two Reliable Programs, matches the normal/s
tand-by relations set on the corresponding RPU."
reservedBy
rpuId
The ReilableProgramUniter identi
ty on the resource layer.
The value compon
userLabel
Label for free use.
Compare this lab
admActiveSlot
admPassiveSlot
switchOver
0
normalisation 0
replication
0
operationalMode
reservedBy
rpuId
The value compon
Compare this lab
admActiveSlot
admPassiveSlot
switchOver
0
normalisation 0
replication
0
operationalMode
reservedBy
rpuId
Repertoire
RepertoireId
It is set automatically during system upgrade. If this MO is manually created (n
ot reccomended) the value for this attribute has to be set.
Repertoire
userLabel
Label for free use.
Repertoire
name
A function friendly name associated to t
he repertoire. The value must be unique with respect to all repertoires with the
same install state.
Repertoire
info
Information regarding the function.
Repertoire
piuTypeList
A list containing all PiuType re
ferences that has been added to this repertoire.
Repertoire
reservedBy
Repertoire
RepertoireId
Repertoire
userLabel
Label for free use.
Repertoire
name
same install state.
Repertoire
info
Repertoire
piuTypeList
Repertoire
reservedBy
Repertoire
RepertoireId
Repertoire
name
same install state.
Repertoire
info
Repertoire
piuTypeList
Repertoire
reservedBy
ResMeasControl
ResMeasControlId
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1
RES measurement 1. Defines the R
ES service and RES rmq for this measurement.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4
ResMeasControl
resMeasure5
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodSpeech
16
RES measurement period f
or the RES services containing Speech: - SPEECH12200 - SPEECH12200_ALL - AMR7950
- AMR5900 - AMR4750 - AMRWB - AMRWB_ALL - AMRNBMM - PSCONVSPEECHEULHS - PSCONVS
PEECHEULHS_ALL Unit: s Change takes effect: RES scanner activated. The
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodStreaming 16
or the RES services containing Streaming: - PSSTRDCHHS - PSSTRDCHHS_ALL - PSSTRD

CHDCH - CSSTREAMING Unit: s Change takes effect: When the RES scanner is activat
edThe value will not take effect if the scanner is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodVideo
16
or the RES services containing Video: - VIDEO - PSCONVUNKNOWNEULHS Change takes
effect: RES scanner activated. The change will not take effect if the scanner is
already active. Unit: s
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodInteractive
16
RES Measurement
period for the RES services containing Interactive: - PSINTDCHDCH - PSINTDCHHS PSINTEULHS Unit: s Change takes effect: RES scanner activated. The change will
not take effect if the scanner is already active.
ResMeasControl
resUeFraction 0
"Defines a subset of UEs during
a RES recording. Measurements shall be started for 1/resUeFraction of the UE's t
hat shall have performed the measurements. If this parameter is set to 1, then t
he measurement should be done for all UEs. Change takes effect: "
ResMeasControl
resMeasure7
ResMeasControl
resMeasure8
ResMeasControl
resMeasure9
ResMeasControl
resMeasure10
RES measurement 10. Defines the
RES service and RES rmq for this measurement.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure11
ResMeasControl
resMeasure12
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1.rmq 0
RES measurement quantity to be m
easured. Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is alr
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1.service
0
RES service to be measur
ed. Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is already
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure10.rmq
0
RES measurement quantity
to be measured. Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanne
r is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure10.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure11.rmq
0
ResMeasControl
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure12.rmq
0
ResMeasControl
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure5.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure5.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure7.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure7.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure8.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure8.service
0
active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure9.rmq 0
eady active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure9.service
0
active.
RetDevice
electricalAntennaTilt 0
The antenna tilt induced
by the RETU. Unit: 0.1? Dependencies: The total antenna tilt relative the verti
cal plane is electricalAntennaTilt + AntennaBranch::mechanicalAntennaTilt for th
is antenna. A positive value for the total tilt gives that the antenna
RetDevice
reservedBy
RetDevice
RetDeviceId
RetDevice
aretDeviceData
ARET device data. Valid only for
ARET.The device data is read from the ARET unit and can not be changed. Precond
ition: The ARET must be installed and operational. Ref. [CB_MOP]
RetDevice
availabilityStatus
RetDevice
operationalState
RetDevice
usageState
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.antennaBearing
See 3GPP TS25.46
6 Annex B (Field No. 0x25).

RetDevice
aretDeviceData.antennaModelNumber
See 3GPP
TS25.466 Annex B (Field No. 0x01).
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.antennaOperatingBand
See 3GPP
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.antennaSerialNumber
See 3GPP
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.baseStationId
See 3GPP TS25.46
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.beamwidthForBands
See 3GPP
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.gainForBands
See 3GPP TS25.46
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.installationDate
See 3GPP TS25.46
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.installedMechTilt
See 3GPP
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.installersId
See 3GPP TS25.46
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.maxSupportedElectricalTilt
See 3GPP TS25.466 Annex B (Field No. 0x06).
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.minSupportedElectricalTilt
See 3GPP TS25.466 Annex B (Field No. 0x07).
RetDevice
aretDeviceData.sectorId
See 3GPP TS25.466 Annex
B (Field No. 0x24).
RetDeviceSet
productNumber
Vendor specific software product
number of the RETU. Use cases: AUC_321 Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
RetDeviceSetId
RetDeviceSet
retType
Type of RETU. Defines (together with ant
ennaType on the corresponding SectorAntenna MO) which configuration data (MO Ret
Profile) that is used. Use cases: AUC_321 Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
revState
Revision state of the software r
unning on the RETU.Use cases: AUC_321 Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
RetDeviceSet
operationalState
RetProfile
antennaType
"Type of antenna. Corresponds to
the same attribute on the MO SectorAntenna. Possible values: ? 0..50 = Reserved
for predefined antenna types supported by Ericsson. ? 51..100 = Available for c
ustomer specific antenna types. For the reserved antenna types, "
RetProfile
checkSum
"Checksum of minTilt, maxTilt an
d the RET configuration parameters. CRC16 with initial value 0xFFFF is used to c
alculate the checksum. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage, Modi
fy Antenna Equipment Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
maxTilt
"Maximum electrical antenna tilt value.
Unit: 0.1? Dependencies: minTilt =< maxTilt Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, In
crease Coverage, Modify Antenna Equipment Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
minTilt
"Minimum electrical antenna tilt value.
Unit: 0.1? Dependencies: minTilt =< maxTilt Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, In
crease Coverage, Modify Antenna Equipment Ref. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam1
"RET configuration parameter 1.
Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage, Modify Antenna Equipment Re
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam2
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam3
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam4
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam5
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam6
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam7
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
retParam8
f. [CB_MOP]"
RetProfile
RetProfileId
RetProfile
retType
"Type of RETU. Corresponds to the same a
ttribute on the MO RetDeviceSet. 0=Katrein vendor RETU 1=RETU product number 1 2
=RETU product number 2 : 100=RETU product number 100 Use cases: Configure RBS at
Site, Increase Coverage, Modify Antenna Equipment Ref. "
RetuDeviceGroup
RetuDeviceGroupId
RetuDeviceGroup
usageState
RetuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RetuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
RetuDeviceGroup
operationalState
RfCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the opto communicat
ion cable. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=
UNDER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1
when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outs"
RfCable
"Reference to the hardware unit
(for example, PIU of sTRX, auxiliary plug-in unit of PAU/sAIU/RU/FU/RUW/RRUW) to
which this cable must be connected. The information sent through the cable is s
ent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is used both for DL "
RfCable
"Reference to the hardware unit
(for example, PIU of sTRX, auxiliary plug-in unit of PAU/sAIU/FU/RU/RUW/RRUW, Co
nnectionField or PIU of sTRX) to which this cable must be connected. The informa
tion sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. I"
RfCable
dlAttenuation 0
"Cable attenuation, downlink. Example: 3
6 = 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 dB
Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Undefined value: -1
Ref. [CB_ECF]"
RfCable
electricalDlDelay
0
"Electrical downlink delay of th
e cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify A
RfCable
electricalUlDelay
0
"Electrical uplink delay of the
cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Undefined value: -1 Use cases: Scratch RB
S at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell
setup for the affected cell. User category: Ericsson personnel R"
RfCable
objectAConnector
on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected. Note that the value
NOT_CONNECTED shall only be used temporarily during certain reconfiguration act
ivities. Leaving the cable in this state will result in an alar
RfCable
objectBConnector
on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected. Possible values: ?
FB_IN = Valid connector for sTRX.? H1-H3 = Valid connectors for Connection Field
. ? J1-J3 = Valid connectors for Connection Field. ? RX_A and R
RfCable
RfCableId
RfCable
ulAttenuation 0
"Cable attenuation, uplink. Example: 36
= 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 dB T
akes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Undefined value: -1 R
ef. [CB_ECF]"
RfifDeviceGroup
crossConnActive
Identifies if RFIF cross-connect
ion is active or not. This depends on the node configuration. Ref. [CB_ECF]
RfifDeviceGroup
RfifDeviceGroupId
RfifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RfifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
RfifDeviceGroup
operationalState
RfifDeviceGroup
usageState
Riu
RiuId
Riu
userLabel
Label for free use. Ref. [DR_MOM]
RncCapacity
RncCapacityId
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit
Defines the node license
d capacity as defined in the License Key File.noLimit is used to define if the v
alue is valid or not.
RncCapacity
keyId
The product identity of the key for the
capacity feature under license control.
RncCapacity
isLicensedControlled
Indicates if the capacit
y feature is under license control.
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit
"Wanted node capacity li
mit. Normally set to the same limit as licensedCapacitylimit.The operator can se
t this to a lower value than licensedCapacityLimit for test reasons, known probl
ems in the node etc. noLimit is used to define if the value is valid or "
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit
Indicates the current ca
pacity limit applied in the node. This value is the lower of licensedCapacityLim
it and operatorCapacityLimit and is used as the 100% limit for the counter pmCap
acityUtilization.If the value of the attribute is changed during the RO
RncCapacity
capacityUnit
"Defines the unit (bps/ number o
f users, number of connected IP RBS etc.) for the licensed capacity."
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit.noLimit
0
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit.value
0
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit.noLimit 0
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit.value
0
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit.noLimit TRUE(1)
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit.value
0
RncConfigLimits
RncConfigLimitsId
Naming attribute. Contai
ns the value part of the RDN. Set by the system.
RncConfigLimits
externalGsmCellsLimit
Maximum number of Extern
alGsmCell MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.

RncConfigLimits
externalUtranCellsLimit
Maximum number of Extern
alUtranCell MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
locationAreasLimit
Maximum number of Locati
onArea MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
serviceAreasLimit
Maximum number of Servic
eArea MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
iubLinksLimit
Maximum number of IubLink MO ins
tances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
routingAreasLimit
Maximum number of Routin
gArea MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
cellRelationsLimit
"Maximum number of cell
relation MO instances that can be configured in the RNC (the sum of UtranRelatio
n, GsmRelation and CoverageRelation instances)."
RncConfigLimits
packetDataRoutersLimit
Maximum number of Packet
DataRouter MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
mbmsServiceAreasLimit
Maximum number of MbmsSe
rviceArea MO instances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
urasLimit
Maximum number of Ura MO instanc
es that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
utranCellsLimit
Maximum number of UtranCell MO i
nstances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
pdrDevicesLimit
Maximum number of PdrDevice MO i
RncConfigLimits
dcDevicesLimit
Maximum number of DcDevice MO in
stances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
ccDevicesLimit
Maximum number of CcDevice MO in
stances that can be configured in the RNC.
RncConfigLimits
rncModulesLimit
Maximum number of RncModule MO i
RncDeployment
RncDeploymentId
RncFeature
RncFeatureId
RncFeature
featureState
0
Used to activate or deactivate a
feature. A prerequisite for activating a feature under license control is that
a valid license key has been installed in the CPP License Manager (licenseState
= ENABLED). Change takes effect: Feature-dependent
RncFeature
licenseState
"Indicates whether a valid key i
s installed or not in the License Manager. Value mapping: ENABLED: Set when ther
e is a valid key, or if the feature is not under license control (isLicenseContr
olled = FALSE). DISABLED: Indicates that a valid key is not inst"
RncFeature
serviceState
Indicates whether the feature is
operable or inoperable (whether the feature is providing service or not).
RncFeature
keyId
Product identity of the key for the feat
ure under license control.
RncFeature
isLicenseControlled
Defines whether the feat
ure is under license control or not.
RncFunction
RncFunctionId
RncFunction
userLabel
RncFunction
mcc
0
"The MCC part of the PLMN identity for t
his RNC.The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and the
Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnId
=12546.) The PLMN identity is broadcast in all UTRAN cel"
RncFunction
mnc
0
"The MNC part of the PLMN identity for t
his RNC.The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and the
Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnId
=12546.) The PLMN identity is broadcast in all UTRAN cel"
RncFunction
mncLength
0
"The length of the MNC part of t
he PLMN identity for this RNC.The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country C
ode, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125
and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.) The PLMN identity is broadcast in"
RncFunction
rncId 0
RNC identity used in the radio network.
The RNC identity is a part of the RNTI.The initial value of this attribute has n
o relevance. This attribute must be configured by the operator. Disturbances:Cha
nging this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. All ce
RncFunction
gpehStorageSize 100000 "Total GPEH storage size availab
le on the O&M MP and each Module MP. When gpehStorageSize is exceeded, the GPEH
function will remove the oldest GPEH file(s) from the persistent storage to make
space for a new file, and GPEH recording will continue. This at"
RncFunction
gpehFileSize
15000 "Specifies the size of each GPEH
file. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file. If the gpehFileSize is
reached within a specific ROP, the GPEH will stop the recording until the next R
OP begins. Unit: kB (1000 bytes)"
RncFunction
uetrFileSize
275
"Size of each UETR recording fil
e. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file. The default value will give
a storage time of 1 hour for each file, for 2 simultaneous CTR recordings and 1
6 simultaneous UETR recordings, and given that ctrFileSize is al"
RncFunction
ctrFileSize
5000
"Size of each CTR recording file
. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file. The default value will give
a storage time of 1 hour for each file, for 2 simultaneous CTR recordings and 16
simultaneous UETR recordings, and given that uetrFileSize is al"
RncFunction
recordingStorageSize
60000 "Total size of the stora
ge space available for PM Recording ROP files on the O&M MP. When recordingStora
geSize is reached, the PM Recording function will remove the oldest recording fi
le and continue. If the recordingStorageSize is completely used by a sin"
RncFunction
loadSharingRrcEnabled 0
Indicates whether the In
ter-Frequency Load Sharing function has been enabled in the RNC.Change takes eff
ect: Immediately
RncFunction
loadSharingThreshold
20
Threshold below which RR
C redirections for inter-frequency load sharing will be inhibited.Defined in ter
ms of the difference in available resources between the source cell and the targ
et cell.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit:
RncFunction
aliasPlmnIdentities
List of alias PLMN ident
ities for this RNC. Defines PLMNs with roaming restrictions for the Selective Ha
ndover feature. See the class description of UtranRelation for more details.
RncFunction
emergencyCallRedirect 0
"Turns on/off the redire
ction of all emergency calls to GSM, in order to provide more accurate positioni
ng information.If this parameter is ON and a UE requests to establish an RRC con
nection and indicates 'Emergency call' as establishment code, the WCDMA "
RncFunction
loadSharingDirRetryEnabled
FALSE(0)
Indicate
s whether the Load Sharing via Directed Retry to GSM function has been enabled i
n the RNC.
RncFunction
gpehDataLevel HEADER_DATA_ONLY(0)
"Determines whet
her the entire protocol message of the selected GPEH external events should be r
ecorded, or only the header data of the selected external events.When recording
external events, the GPEH user may select to record header data only or the enti
"
RncFunction
hsOnlyBestCell 0
RNC wide switch for selecting on
ly the best cell for HS.
RncFunction
hsCellChangeAllowed
0
Overall On/Off switch fo
r serving HS-DSCH cell change
RncFunction
hsCellChangeCfnOffset 50
Offset in number of fram
es calculated from the activation time at serving HS-DSCH Cell Change. This attr
ibute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies: hsCellChangeCfnOff
set >= hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset
RncFunction
hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset 5
"Used when calculating t
he time for the switch-over of the HS MAC-D flow from Source Cell to Target Cell
, at Serving HS-DSCH Cell Change. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Dependencies: hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset <= hsCellChangeCfnOffset"
RncFunction
networkResourceIdentifierLengthCs
0
Bitmask
length of the NRI for CS/MSC.Value mapping;: networkResourceIdentifierLengthCs =
= 0 indicates that Iu Flex is not active for the CS domain.networkResourceIdenti
fierLengthCs > 0 activates Iu Flex for the CS domain. Dependencies:Before activa
ting or
RncFunction
networkResourceIdentifierLengthPs
0
Bitmask
length of the NRI for PS/SGSN. Value mapping;: networkResourceIdentifierLengthPs
== 0 indicates that Iu Flex is not active for the PS domain.networkResourceIden
tifierLengthPs > 0 activates IuFlex for the PS domain. Dependencies:Before activ
ating o
RncFunction
highPrioScanReserve
0
Specifies the percentage
of the GPEH file size that is reserved for high-priority scanners. This means t
hat no events from low-priority scanners shall be written into the file when the
following limit is reached: gpehFileSize - (highPrioScanReserve / 100)
RncFunction
nbapAuditInterval
0
"Time interval for perio
dic NBAP audit procedure. Special values: 0 means that the periodic NBAP audit i
s deactivated.If the periodic NBAP audit is activated by changing the value from
zero (deactivated) to non zero (activated), the NBAP audit will start i"
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger
"Indicates whether triggers lead
ing to a transition from HS-DSCH to a DCH connection are acted upon or not. For
information about the cases, see struct definitions for HsToDchTrigger"
RncFunction
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold
50
The UE shall sen
d an unhappy bit if it takes the UE more than this time to empty its buffer with
the current serving grant. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel. Unit: ms
RncFunction
ecLocationAttemptUmts 0
Determines whether an at
tempt to determine the location of the UE should be made in the UMTS system for
emergency calls. Dependencies: Not used if ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore = FALSE.
RncFunction
ecCnPriorityLevel
7
Priority level received
from the Core Network that RNC interprets as the identifier for CS Speech Emerge
ncy Calls. Change takes effect: Immediately
RncFunction
ecSbhoTimer
6
"Time within which a service-bas
ed handover must be completed for an emergency call. A service-based handover fo
r emergency call can be initiated when ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore = FALSE, or when ec
CnSbhoRequestIgnore = TRUE but it is not possible to perform UMT"
RncFunction
ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore 0
"Determines if a request
from the Core Network for Service based handover should be ignored for an Emerg
ency Call, if positioning using A-GPS is possible."
RncFunction
primaryCnOperatorRef
Reference to the primary
CnOperator in this RNC. Used to select which CN Operator to use when there is m
ore than one CnOperator instance defined and neither NRI MOCN nor Cell MOCN is a
ctive.
RncFunction
edchTciIntervalMin
250
"Defines the minimum int
erval between two consecutive TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frames, belongin
g to one flow controlled EUL flow, which are sent towards RBS. The interval is v
alid per flow controlled flow, regardless of which type of TCI that are "
RncFunction
hsIubDrtExtensionInterval
100
"Minimum time in
terval between two HS-DSCH Data Frames with a DRT Extension. The purpose is to n
ot send DRT Extensions too often. When the parameter is set to zero, no DRT Exte
nsions are sent (the feature is turned OFF).This attribute may only be changed b
"
RncFunction
maxPowerOverloadHystTime
10
Hysteresis time
for detection and resolution of HS-DSCH overload. Unit: s Change takes effect: I
mmediately
RncFunction
nbapDscp
0
DiffServ code point value sent b
y RNC for NBAP-C and NBAP-D. Change takes effect: For all Iub links at cold RNC
node restart.It will not be affected by warm or refresh restart.
RncFunction
hsMissingCaSupervisionTime
33
"Time without a
received CAPACITY ALLOCATION (CA) control frame, for this PQF, that results in a
reduced HSDPA bit rate.The reason for checking the presence of these CAPACITY A
LLOCATION control frames in RNC is that a CA shall be received at least every on

"
RncFunction
hsMissingCaReduction
50
Defines the degree of bi
t rate reduction due to missing CAPACITY ALLOCATION control frames. Example: New
bit rate = Old bit rate * (1- hsMissingCaReduction/100).This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: % Change takes effect: New conn
RncFunction
edchSoftCongThreshold 66
"Starting point for the
soft congestion detection.This point is the shortest dynamic delay that can be d
etected as soft congestion, expressed as percentage of edchDataFrameDelayThresho
ld This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: % "
RncFunction
maxAllowedGbrDlPsStream 256
Maximum allowed GBR in t
he downlink for PS Streaming RABs. Unit: kbps (1000 bits per second) Change take
s effect: New connections
RncFunction
mocnExternalNriMatching 0
"Determines whether a (P
)TMSI allocated in an external RAN is handled as if it is allocated in the share
d RAN to which the RNC belongs, during selection of Core Network. Value mapping:
FALSE: external (P)TMSIs will be handled as external (P)TMSIs TRUE: ext"
RncFunction
pcapPositioningMode
0
"Selects either the SAScentric mode of positioning, or the RNC-centric mode (with no SAS involved). Cha
nge takes effect: New connections"
RncFunction
iuSccpConRateThresh
10000 "Connection setup rate t
hreshold for the feature Load Triggered Access Class Barring.The Iu-signaling co
nnection setup rate is averaged over a period configured in the attribute iuSccp
ConRateMeasPeriod. If the measured average exceeds this threshold, the L"
RncFunction
iuSccpConRateMeasPeriod 120
Averaging period for Iu
signaling connection setup rate measurement used for the feature Load Triggered
Access Class barring and PDF-counter pmIuSccpConRate. Unit: s Resolution: 10Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately after each measurement period Dependencies
RncFunction
intraNodeIpResourceRef
Node internal IP resourc
es available for inter-subrack data transport. The node internal IP resources ar
e used to relieve the inter-subrack links (ISL) of dedicated channel data transp
ort. The IpAccessHostPool referred to by this attribute must contain at
RncFunction
scriptVersion
Provides the possibility to reco
rd script version run on the node. The value is not used by the RNC.
RncFunction
spare 0
"Spare attribute. It is intended for tem
porary solutions and its usage may vary depending on RNC release. Index [1] is c
urrently in use:When set to 0, ""Improved Handling of pmSum Counters"" is turned
off for all cells in this RNC. When set to any other valu"
RncFunction
maxBlockedPreambSignatures
4
Maximum number o
f preamble signatures that can be blocked in a cell. This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: Immediately
RncFunction
preambleThresholdIncrRachCov
-190
Indicates the pr
eamble threshold to be used when the feature Increased RACH Coverage is active.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -360: -3
6.0 dB -355: -35.5 dB ...-190: -19.0 dB ...-5: -0.5 dB 0: 0 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Res
RncFunction
initialIuAccessRateMax 0
"Maximum number of initi
al Iu accesses per second, for registration towards the core network. Initial Iu
accesses exceeding the maximum number are rejected.0 disables the feature. Chan
ge takes effect: New connections"
RncFunction
cyclicAcbPs
"Settings for the feature Manual
ly-triggered Cyclic Access Class Barring for the PS domain. Only access classes
0-9 for UEs of release 6 or later are affected.The feature Manually-triggered Cy
clic Access Class Barring is active when the feature is on, and "
RncFunction
cyclicAcbCs
"Settings for the feature Manual
ly-triggered Cyclic Access Class Barring for the CS domain. Only access classes
0-9 for UEs of release 6 or later are affected.The feature Manually-triggered Cy
clic Access Class Barring is active when the feature is on, and "
RncFunction
cyclicAcb
Settings for the feature Manuall
y-triggered Cyclic Access Class Barring for non-domain specific barring. Only ac
cess classes 0-9 are affected.The feature Manually-triggered Cyclic Access Class
Barring is active when the feature is on and any of the flags

RncFunction
cyclicAcbRotationTime 10
"Time between two consec
utive rotations of barred access classes for the feature Manually-triggered Cycl
ic Access Class Barring. After this time, the currently barred classes are enabl
ed, and the next rotationGroupSize classes are barred (in the range 0 - "
RncFunction
evolvedHsUePrioEnabled If not 64QAM or MIMO is activate
d: FALSE(0) If 64QAM or MIMO is activated: TRUE(1)
"Controls if prioritizat
ion of Evolved HS UEs is taken into account when allocating UEs to DC-SPs in the
RNC node.When the parameter is set to TRUE, the priority of UEs with different
HS capabilities is set with the parameter evolvedHsUePrioLevel.When the "
RncFunction
evolvedHsUePrioLevel
0
Controls the priority of
different HS capable UEs at DC-SP allocation in the RNC node.Each element in th
e sequence represents a priority level used for allocating UEs to DC-SPs. The va
lue of each element specifies the minimum UE capability that is include
RncFunction
evolvedHsUePrioLoadThresh
0
"DC-SP load at w
hich the normal DC-SP allocation priorities may be overridden when allocating SP
for lower priority UEs. If the SP that has been chosen for UE allocation has a
load above this threshold, the SP allocation will be re-evaluated as though the
"
RncFunction
cyclicAcb.acbEnabled
FALSE(0)
Enables or disab
les this part of the feature Manual-triggered Cyclic Access Class Barring.
RncFunction
cyclicAcb.rotationGroupSize
5
"Number of acces
s classes that are barred. When it is time to rotate the barred classes, the cur
rently barred classes are enabled, and the next rotationGroupSize classes are ba
rred (in the range 0 - 9)."
RncFunction
cyclicAcbCs.acbEnabled FALSE(0)
Enables or disab
RncFunction
cyclicAcbCs.rotationGroupSize 5
"Number of acces
RncFunction
cyclicAcbPs.acbEnabled FALSE(0)
Enables or disab
RncFunction
cyclicAcbPs.rotationGroupSize 5
"Number of acces
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.changeOfBestCellInterRnc 0
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when Se
rving HS-DSCH Cell Change can not be completed, when it has been triggered by a
change of best cell (event 1d) indication and the cell is an inter-RNC UTRAN Cel
l."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.changeOfBestCellIntraRnc 0
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when Se
rving HS-DSCH Cell Change can not be completed, when it has been triggered by a
Change of Best Cell."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.poorQualityDetected
0
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when po
or radio quality has been detected."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.servHsChangeInterRnc
0
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when th
e serving HS-DSCH cell is removed from the Active Set, a Serving HS-DSCH Cell Ch
ange can not be completed and the best cell is an inter-RNC UTRAN Cell."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.servHsChangeIntraRnc
0
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when th
e serving HS-DSCH cell is removed from the Active Set, a Serving HS-DSCH Cell Ch
ange can not be completed and the best cell is an intra-RNC UTRAN Cell."
RncFunction
RncFunction

RncFunction
The length of th
e MNC part of a PLMN identity used in the radio network Unit: digit
RncModule
RncModuleId
RncModule
operationalState
RncModule.
RncModule
availabilityStatus
of the RncModule. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the s
ame object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: O
FFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bi"
RncModule
userLabel
RncModule
rncModuleResourceId
Created by the system. U
sed locally within the RNC to address the RncModule.
RncModule
rpuRefs
Reference to the MP processor on which t
he RncModule program is executing.
RncModule
reservedBy
"Sequence of IubLink MO referenc
es which belongs to this RncModule. The system will set the reservedBy when a ne
w IubLink MO is created or deleted for the RncModule, and then in the same trans
action as the creation/deletion."
RncModule
programInstanceId
0
The instanceId of the Pr
ogramInstances that are associated with this RncModule. Used when instantiating
Programs to allow them to distinguish between the different RncModule instances
on the same processor. The attribute value must be unique for all RncMo
RncRealtimeIndicators
RncRealtimeIndicatorsId
Naming attribute
fachDchHsUsers
"Current number of UEs i
n state FACH/DCH and HS in the RNC.The value is re-calculated once every second.
If the feature ""Real-time Traffic Flow Indicator"" is not active, -1 is report
ed"
iuThroughputCs
"Current Iu throughput f
or CS traffic.The value is re-calculated once every second. If the feature ""Rea
l-time Traffic Flow Indicator is not active, -1 is reported. Unit: Mbit/s"
iuThroughputPs
"Current Iu throughput f
or PS traffic.The value is re-calculated once every second. If the feature ""Rea
l-time Traffic Flow Indicator"" is not active, -1 is reported. Unit: Mbit/s"
RncSystemParameters
RncSystemParametersId
RncSystemParameters
tRrcChSwitch1 15
Started at transmission
of RRC: RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION.Stopped at reception of RRC: RADIO BEARER R
ECONFIGURATION COMPLETE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcChSwitch3 5
of RRC: TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION.Stoppe
d at reception of RRC: TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE or RADIO BEARE
R RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRnsapChSwitch4
4
Started at trans
mission of DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST.Stopped at reception of DEDI
CATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION RESPONSE. Unit: s This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcEst1
3
ofRRC CONNECTION SETUP to UE.Stopped at reception of RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLE
TE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRel1
1
of RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to UE in state CELL_DCH.Stopped at reception of RRC CO
NNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRel2
1
of RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to UE in state CELL_FACH.Stopped at reception of RRC C
ONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericss
on personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRlSetupIub 3
Timer used to supervise
the NBAP Radio Link Setup procedure.Started at transmission of NBAP RADIO LINK S
ETUP REQUEST.Stopped at reception of NBAP RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE. Unit: s Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapRlSetupIur
4
Timer used to su
pervise the RNSAP Radio Link Setup procedure.Started at transmission of RNSAP RA
DIO LINK SETUP REQUEST.Stopped at reception of RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE.
Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tNbapSynchRlReConfig2 3
Waiting time for
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY (Iub). Unit: s This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapSynchRlReConfig1 4
Waiting time for
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY (Iur). Unit: s This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRABEst
5
Waiting time for RRC RES
PONSE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRABRel
6
of RRC: RADIO BEARER RELEASE or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION.Stopped at receptio
n of RRC: RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcActiveSetUpdate
5
Timer used to su
pervise the RRC Active Set Update procedure.Started at transmission of RRC ACTIV
E SET UPDATE REQUEST.Stopped at reception of RRC ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE or R
RC ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE. Unit: s This attribute may only be changed by Eri
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRlAdd
3
the NBAP Radio Link Addition procedure.Started at transmission of NBAP RADIO LIN
K ADDITION REQUEST.Stopped at reception of NBAP RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE or
NBAP RADIO LINK ADDITION FAILURE or NBAP ERROR INDICATION. Unit: s This
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapRlAdd
4
the RNSAP Radio Link Addition procedure.Started at transmission of RNSAP RADIO L
INK ADDITION REQUEST.Stopped at reception of RNSAP RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE
or RNSAP RADIO LINK ADDITION FAILURE or RNSAP ERROR INDICATION. Unit: s
RncSystemParameters
hsWaitMeasRepT 750
Maximum waiting time for
a Measurement Report from the UE. Unit: ms Resolution: 250 This attribute may o
nly be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
ueRcVersion
to record script version run on the node. The value is not used by the RNC. Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RnlQosClassProfile
RnlQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
RnlQosClassProfile
rnlQosClassProfileInsId
Internal identif
ier of this instance.
RnlQosClassProfile
userLabel
C.
RnlQosClassProfile
tcPsBgQosRef
Reference to the QoS spe
cification for PS Background. Dependencies:References a SpiQosClass under this R
nlQosClassProfile instance.Change takes effect: New connections
RnlQosClassProfile
tcPsBgArpSpiMapRef
Reference to an
instance containing external ARP to SPI mappings for PS Background Dependencies:
This reference must point at an instance of ArpSpiMap that is contained under t
he same profile as this instance.Change takes effect: New connections
Rnsap
RnsapId
RDN.
Rnsap
operationalState
The operational state of the RNS
AP signaling bearer.
Rnsap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the R
NSAP.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object: Bi
1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or bit 1

Rnsap
userLabel
Rnsap
sccpDisabledT 100
erational state change of the local SCCP.The alarm ""Local Failure"" is issued o
Rnsap
userOutOfServiceT
100
TE-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote RNSAP (SSN=143).Timer ex
piry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm ""Local Failure"" and for remote R
NSAP (SSN=143) issues the alarm ""Remote Failure"". "
Rnsap
localSccpApRef
Rnsap
remoteSccpApRef
RoutingArea
RoutingAreaId
RoutingArea
userLabel
Location Area name CMS Ref.
RoutingArea
rac
Routing area code CMS Ref.[22]
RoutingArea
nmo
0
Network operation mode that indicates wh
ether the Gs interface between the SGSN and MSC/VLR is installed. MODE_I = 0 MOD
E_II = 1
RoutingArea
RoutingAreaId
RoutingArea
userLabel
RoutingArea
rac
"Routing Area Code of a routing area. An
RA is used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the PS CN.When the paramete
r is changed, UTRAN updates system information and notifies the UEs. The rac is
unique in the LA. An LA can span over several RNCs. "
RoutingArea
nmo
0
Network operation mode that indicates wh
ether the Gs interface between the SGSN and MSC/VLR is installed.
RoutingArea
reservedBy
Rrc
RrcId
Rrc
t300
10
Time for supervision of RRC Connection Setup. Us
ed by the UE. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value map
ping: 0: 100 ms 1: 200 ms 2: 400 ms 3: 600 ms 4: 800 ms 5: 1000 ms 6: 1200 ms 7:
1400 ms 8: 1600 ms 9: 1800 ms 10: 2000 ms 11:
Rrc
t302
5
"Maximum time between UE transmission of Cell Up
date message and UE reception of the Cell Update Confirm message. If not receive
d, the UE sends a new Cell Update.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.0: 100 ms 1: 200 ms 2: 400 ms 3: 600 "
Rrc
t305
3
"Time in UE between periodic cell updates. If th
is time has expired, the UE sends a new CELL UPDATE.Value mapping: 0: No updatin
g 1: 5 min 2: 10 3: 30 4: 60 5: 120 6: 360 7: 720 min"
Rrc
t308
40
Started at UE transmission of the RRC Connection
Release Complete message.Set in SIB 1. This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel.Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
t317
180
"Maximum time for moving from CELL_FACH to idle
mode if ""out of service area"". Used by the UE. This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.Unit: s "
Rrc
n300
5
Maximum number of retransmissions of RRC Connect
ion Request. Used by the UE. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pers
onnel.Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
n302
6
Maximum number of retransmissions of Cell Update
. Used by the UE. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Rrc
n308
1
Maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC con
nection release complete message. Used by the UE.This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
t309
6
UE timer that is controlled by UTRAN and sent to
the UE in system information.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel.Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
n313
100
Number of frames to be considered for out-of-syn
c detection (UE in DCH). This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personne
l.
Rrc
n315
1
"Number of frames to be considered for in-sync d
etection (UE in DCH) This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.De
pendencies: Must not be set longer than t313, assuming 1 frame = 10 ms. "
Rrc
t307
30
Waiting time before moving to idle (UE in PCH or
FACH) This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: s
Rrc
t316
30
Waiting time before starting T317 (UE in PCH) Th
is attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: s
Rrc
t313
3
"Waiting time before ""RL Failure"" (UE in DCH).
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0 indi
cates that the t313 is not in use. Dependencies: Must be set longer than n315, a
ssuming 1 frame = 10 ms. Unit: s "
Rrc
cfnOffsetMarginFirstRabEst
0
Additional margin in num
ber of radio frames added to the system margin when the activation time (the CFN
) is set at establishing any RAB to a stand alone RRC connection by use of synch
ronization procedure B. Resolution:1Change takes effect: At next synchr
Rrc
cfnOffsetSrbDchDl
18
The TTI Alignment (UL and 2*DL)
and UE Processing delay in number of radio frames added to the activation time (
i.e. the CFN) calculated by the RNC using SRB on DCH-DL.This system constant can
be calculated in the following way:cfnOffsetSrbDchDl = 2*TTI_A
Rrc
cfnOffsetSrbHs 8
TTI alignment and UE Processing delay in
number of radio frames added to the activation time (i.e. the CFN) calculated b
y the RNC using SRB on HS.This system constant can be calculated in the followin
g way:cfnOffsetSrbHs = TTI_Alignment_DL+ TTI_Alignment_
Rrc
cfnOffsetMarginSrbDchDl 0
Additional operator margin in nu
mber of radio frames added to the activation time (i.e. the CFN) calculated by t
he RNC when using SRB on DCH-DL.This parameter is used together with dto and toA
we in calculation of CFN offset. When establishing the first RA
Rrc
cfnOffsetMarginSrbHs
0
Additional operator margin in nu
mber of radio frames added to the activation time (i.e. the CFN) calculated by t
he RNC when using SRB on HS.Unit: 10 ms Change takes effect: At next synchronize
d reconfiguration of the connection.
RruDeviceGroup
RruDeviceGroupId
RruDeviceGroup
usageState
RruDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RruDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
RruDeviceGroup
operationalState
RttPositioning
RttPositioningId
RttPositioning
posQualities
Typical QoS parameters for the R
TT positioning method. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positionin
g transaction)
RttPositioning
measTimeMaxUe 15
Specifies the maximum value of t
he RNC timer controlling the Rx-Tx timing measurement in UE. The timer shall be
set to this value whenever a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message that requests an UE RxT
x type 1 measurement is sent. In case the timer expires before
RttPositioning
measTimeMaxRbs 15
Specifies the maximum value of t
he RNC timer controlling the RTT measurement in RBS The timer shall be set to th
is value whenever a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message that reques
ts an RTT Measurement is sent. In case the timer expires before
RttPositioning
propagationTimeUncertainty
Expected two-way
propagation time uncertainty which should reflect:i) the RTT measurement error
ii) the UE RxTx type 1 Measurement erroriii) radio propagation effects.Note that
the parameter does not reflect the effect of non-simultaneous measurement time
RttPositioning
outlierFactor 30
"Factor that describes how much
larger distance than the cell size an RTT measurement may represent, before it i
s counted as a measurement error.Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect: Ongoing connecti
ons (next positioning transaction)"
RttPositioning
posQualities.accuracyCodeTypical
0
"Expecte
us = 10 "
RttPositioning
posQualities.confidenceEstimate 95
Expected confide
nce of the positioning method to be used for shape Conversion.Unit: %
RttPositioning
posQualities.responseTimeTypical
1500
Expected
RttPositioning
posQualities.verticalAccuracyCodeTypical
0
(1.025^verticalA"
RuDeviceGroup
RuDeviceGroupId
RuDeviceGroup
usageState
RuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
RuDeviceGroup
operationalState
RuifDeviceGroup
RuifDeviceGroupId
RuifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
RuifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
RuifDeviceGroup
operationalState
RuifDeviceGroup
usageState
SaiuDeviceGroup
SaiuDeviceGroupId
SaiuDeviceGroup
usageState
SaiuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
SaiuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
SaiuDeviceGroup
operationalState
SasPositioning
SasPositioningId
SasPositioning
enabledSasFeatures
0
"Selects the positioning
-methods that will be signaled to the SAS, if the UE also supports them. Change
SasPositioning
pcapSasRespTime 200
Time without SAS response after
which the RNC aborts the CN positioning request. Unit: ms Resolution: 100 Change
takes effect: New connections
SccpApLocal
SccpApLocalId
SccpApLocal
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpApLocal
operationalState
SccpApLocal
availabilityStatus
SccpApLocal
ssN
"The Subsystem number (SSN) of the SCCP
Access Point. If the SccpAp is local, then the SSN has to be unique among all ot
her SccpAp MOs under the same SccpSp MO. Disturbances: At a change of this attri
bute, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpApLocal re"
SccpApLocal
maxConn
"Specifies the maximum number of connect
ions allowed for this SCCP Access Point. It is only valid for local SCCP Access
Points. At a change of the attribute, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpAp
Local related to the same SccpSp is affected."
SccpApLocal
reservedBy
SccpApLocal
useS1 TRUE(1) "Controls adding of OPC from routing lab
el to Calling Party Address if absent. false = Do not add OPC to Calling Party A
ddress. true = Add OPC to Calling Party Address. Disturbances: At a change of th
is attribute, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpAp"
SccpApLocal
enablePoolProxyExtension
0
"Controls adding
of OPC to Calling Party Address, DPC to Called Party Address from routing label
and copying SSN from Called Party Address to Calling Party Address if absent. f
alse = Do not add OPC to Calling Party Address, DPC to Called Party Address and
"
SccpApRemote
SccpApRemoteId
SccpApRemote
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpApRemote
operationalState
SccpApRemote
availabilityStatus
SccpApRemote
reservedBy
SccpApRemote
mtp3bApId
The identity of the Mtp3bAp used
by this MO.
SccpApRemote
ssN
The Subsystem Number (SSN) of the SCCP A
ccess Point. The SSN must be unique among all SccpApRemote instances referring t
o the same Mtp3bAp.
Sccpch
availabilityStatus
Sccpch
dbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to MO DbchDeviceSet. R
ef. [CB_MOP]
Sccpch
operationalState

Sccpch
pnIsActive
ed on SCCPCH. Possible values: ? 0 = FALSE ? 1 = TRUE User category: Ericsson pe
rsonnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
Sccpch
SccpchId
SccpScrc
SccpScrcId
SccpScrc
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpSp
SccpSpId
SccpSp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpSp
operationalState
SccpSp
mtp3bSpId
The identity of the L3 Signalling Point
used by this MO.
SccpSp
prioSST 1
Sets the priority for the Subsystem Test message
when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the
message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message prio
rity: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priority
SccpSp
prioIT 1
"Sets the priority for the Inactivity Test messa
ge when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP,
the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message p
riority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priorit"
SccpSp
prioRLSD
1
"Sets the priority for the connection re
lease message when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from
the SCCP, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of th
e message priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest prio"
SccpSp
prioGeneral
0
"Sets the priority for all the other mes
sages which are issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from th
e SCCP, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the m
essage priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priorit"
SccpSp
upperConnThres 80
Allows the user to specify the level at
which the upper connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds m
ust be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made
available for the entire SCCP. Unit: 1%
SccpSp
lowerConnThres 50
Allows the user to specify the level at
which the lower connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds m
ust be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made
available for the entire SCCP. Dependencies: The value
SccpSp
swapUDTPointer 1
There are two ways to construct a UDTS f
rom a UDT: - to only swap the pointers to Called Party Address (CdPA) and Callin
g Party Address (CgPA) in a UDT message when constructing a UDTS. - to swap data
How this is done in the SCCP is configurable. The XUDT
SccpSp
hopCounterSclc 8
"The SCLC hop counter is a parameter tha
t is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCLC messages on the way
to the end destination. If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero
in a non-end destination node, the SCCP initiates the a"
SccpSp
hopCounterScoc 8
"The SCOC hop counter is a parameter tha
t is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCOC messages on the way
to the end destination. If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero
in no end destination node, the SCCP initiates the appr"
SccpSp
tconnEst
600
Connection establishment control timer.
Guiding values: Range 600 - 1200 Default 600 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tIas
3000
Send inactivity control timer. Guiding values: R
ange 3000-6000 Default 3000 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tIar
6600
Receive inactivity control timer. Guiding values
: Range 6600-12600 Default 6600 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tRel
100
Connection release timer. Guiding values: Range
100-200 Default 100 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tCong 300
Congestion timer. Guiding values: Range 10-2550
Default 300 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tStatInfo
300
Subsystem Status Test timer. Guiding val
ues: Range 10-2550 Default 300 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tconnResp
150
Connection response waiting timer. Guidi
ng values: Range 100-200 Default 150 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
tReass 150
Reassembly timer. Guiding values: Range 100-200
Default 150 Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
SccpSp
smiValue
0
The Subsystem Multiplicity Indicator (SM
I) is always ignored for incoming messages. This SCCP can however be configured
to insert a specific SMI value in outgoing messages. The coding and interpretati
on is as follows: Coding Comment 0|Affected Subsystem m
SccpSp
useSCMG
The use of SCMG functions. SST = SCCP Subsystem
Test message. SSA = SCCP Subsystem Allowed message. SSP = SCCP Subsystem Prohibi
ted message. SSC = SCCP Subsystem Congested message.
SccpSp
maxRelayedConn 0
Connection Oriented SCCP Signaling Relay
Point (SRP-CO) and Maximum number of Relayed Connections is not used in this CP
P version.
SccpSp
reservedBy
SccpSp
useSCMG.allowRemoteBroadcast
0
Controls the remote broa
dcast. 0 = allow remote broadcast. 1 = do not allow remote broadcast. Set allowR
emoteBroadcast=1 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.initiateTimerTcon
0
Controls whether to init
iate hardcoded congestion timer or not. 0 = start timer when SSC is received. 1
= do not start timer. Set initiateTimerTcon=1 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSSA 1
Controls when to send SSA (SCCP Subsyste
m Allowed message). 0 = Do not send SSA. 1 = Send SSA immediately when client at
taches. Set sendSSA=0 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSSP 3
Controls whether to send SSP (SCCP Subsy
stem Prohibited message). 0 = Do not send SSP when client detaches. 1 = Send SSP
immediately when client detaches. 2 = Do not send SSP when receiving MTP_TRANSF
ER_ind and user is detached and do not send when user d
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSST 1
"Controls when to send SST (SCCP Subsyst
em Test message). 0 = Wait for tStatInfo timer to expire once after MTP_RESUME b
efore sending SST. 1 = Send SST immediately after MTP_RESUME, then start tStatIn
fo timer. Set sendSST=0 for the TTC standard."
SccpSp
useSCMG.useSST 0
Controls whether to send SST messages or
not (SCCP Subsystem Test message). 0 = Send SST as indicated by sendSST. 1 = (n
ot used) 2 = (not used) 3 = Do not initiate SST. Set useSST=3 for the TTC standa
rd
Scpich
availabilityStatus
Scpich
operationalState
Scpich
ScpichId
Sctp
SctpId
Sctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sctp
operationalState
Sctp
availabilityStatus
Sctp
numberOfAssociations
The maximum number of associatio
ns that can be handled by this SCTP MO.
Sctp
reservedBy
Sctp
ipAccessHostGpbId
The identity of an IpAccessHostG
pb referred to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected i
f ipAccessSctpRef is set. This attribute must contain a value if an M3uAssociati
on MO refers to this MO.
Sctp
minimumRto
10
The minimum value for RTO. The value of
this attribute has the following relation to the values of other attributes: tSa
ck + expected Round Trip Time < minimumRto < maximumRto A new value of the attri
bute applies to both existing and new associations. Uni

Sctp
maximumRto
40
"The maximum value for the RTO. The valu
e of this attribute must be greater than the value of minimumRto. A new value of
the attribute applies to both existing and new associations. Unit: 1 cs (centis
econd, that is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
initialRto
20
The initial value that the Retransmissio
n Timeout (RTO) takes prior to the first measurement of the Round-Trip Time (RTT
). The value of this attribute has the following relation to the values of other
attributes: minimumRto <= initialRto <= maximumRto A n
Sctp
rtoAlphaIndex 3
The attribute rtoAlphaIndex (Retransmiss
ion Timeout Alpha Index) computes the value of the Smoothed Round-Trip Time (SRT
T) for a specific destination address. It weights the RTT values. The value of t
his attribute is used to create a value of RTO.Alpha be
Sctp
rtoBetaIndex
2
The attribute rtoBetaIndex (Retransmissi
on Timeout Beta Index) computes the value of RTTVar (Round Trip Time Variation)
of a destination address. The value of this attribute is used to create a value
of RTO.Beta between 0 and 1. A value close to 1 gives a
Sctp
validCookieLife 60
The attribute sets the lifespan of the S
tate Cookie sent in the INIT_ACK chunk. It limits the amount of time between sen
ding the INIT_ACK and the reception of a COOKIE_ECHO chunk when establishing an
association. The value of this attribute has the follow
Sctp
allowedIncrementCookieLife
30
The attribute defines th
e allowed increment of the validCookieLife parameter (in local node) when an inc
rease of the parameter is requested from remote node. A new value of the attribu
te does not apply to associations that are already established. Unit: 1
Sctp
keyChangePeriod 4
Defines how often the secret key used fo
r computing the Message Authentication Code (MAC) on the State Cookie is changed
. A new value of the attribute does not change the current measurement interval.
It applies only to subsequent intervals. A new value o
Sctp
associationMaxRtx
"Iu, Iur: 8 Iub: 12"
"The maximum num
ber of consecutive retransmissions to a remote peer (on all the destination IP a
ddresses of the peer). If the number of retransmissions becomes greater than thi
s value, the remote peer is considered to be unreachable and the association is
"
Sctp
pathMaxRtx
"If the path selection a
lgorithm is SCTP_PATHS, this attribute specifies the maximum number of consecuti
ve retransmissions to a remote transport address. For other path selection algor
ithms, this attribute specifies the maximum number of consecutive retran"
Sctp
maxInitialRtrAtt
8
"The maximum number of retransmi
ssions allowed for both INIT and COOKIE_ECHO chunks. If the number of retransmis
sions exceeds this value, SCTP aborts the initialization of the association and
reports the error to the SCTP user. A new value of the attribute"
Sctp
maxShutDownRtrAtt
5
The maximum number of retransmis
sions during the shutdown phase of an association. A new value of the attribute
applies to both existing and new associations. Unit: 1 attempts
Sctp
heartbeatInterval
"The amount of t
ime added to the RTO of a specific address when setting up the period of time be
tween sending heartbeats. Small values can lead to an earlier detection of unrea
chable addresses than higher values. However, sending the heartbeat too often ca
"
Sctp
heartbeatStatus TRUE(1) Enables and disables heartbeats for asso
ciations. true - enable heartbeats. false - disable heartbeats. A new value of t
his attribute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
maxIncomingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of in
coming streams for an association. 17 is the default value for M3UA associations
. A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are already esta
blished.
Sctp
maxOutgoingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of ou
tgoing streams for an association. Note that 17 is the default value for M3UA as
sociations. A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are al
ready established.
Sctp
maxUserDataSize 0
"The maximum number of bytes of an IP da
tagram that can be transferred in a single unit over a specific path in an IP ne
twork. If an IP datagram exceeds the Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU), it is ei
ther fragmented or dropped. This value does NOT include "
Sctp
mBuffer "Iu, Iur: 256 Iub: 16" "The attribute sets the size of
the buffer used for storing user data pending to be sent or retransmitted in an
association. That is, the attribute sets the maximum amount of user data that SC
TP buffers before discarding user messages. The value may need t"
Sctp
nThreshold
"Iu, Iur: 192 Iub: 12" Sets the value of the th
reshold used to ask the SCTP user to stop the delivery of a data on an associati
on. A congestion indication will be sent to the user when the SCTP send buffer u
sage is above nTreshold. The value of this attribute has the following
Sctp
tSack 4
"The time delay for sending the Selective Acknow
ledgement (SACK), that is, the time from reception of the DATA chunk to sending
of the SACK chunk. A new value of the attribute does not change the current meas
urement interval. It applies only to subsequent "
Sctp
initialAdRecWin "Iu, Iur: 32768 Iub: 16384"
"The initial val
ue of the advertised receiver window credit. If the value of this attribute is i
ncreased, it applies to both existing and new associations. If the value is decr
eased, it does not apply to associations that are already established. Unit: 1 B
"
Sctp
intervalOobPkts 3600
The number of seconds after which the co
unter for out-of-the-blue packets is reset. A new value of the attribute does no
t change the current measurement interval. It applies only to subsequent interva
ls. A new value of the attribute applies to both existi
Sctp
intervalLostUser
0
"The number of seconds after whi
ch SCTP decides that the connection to the SCTP user is lost. After the time spe
cified in this attribute has elapsed, all the endpoints and the associations rel
ated to this SCTP user are terminated. A new value of the attrib"
Sctp
maxBurst
4
The number of packages that are sent dur
ing the fast retransmit phase when a SACK is processed. A new value of the attri
bute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
nPercentage
85
This attribute is set as a percentage of
the attribute nThreshold. A congestion-ceased indication is sent to the SCTP us
er when the usage of the SCTP send buffer drops below nPercentage. A new value o
f the attribute applies to both existing and new associ
Sctp
bundlingActivated
ENABLED(1)
Enables and disables the
use of bundling. A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new
associations.
Sctp
bundlingTimer 10
Specifies the maximum SCTP bundling dela
y. Value=0 means that SCTP bundles only what is available and sends directly (no
delay). A new value of the attribute does not change the current measurement in
terval. It applies only to subsequent intervals. A new
Sctp
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProgramUnite
r MO. There is a one to one relation between SCTP MO and ReliableProgramUniter M
O instances.
Sctp
ipAccessSctpRef
The identity of an IpAccessSctp referred
to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected if ipAccessH
ostGpbId is set.
Sctp
heartbeatMaxBurst
0
"The maximum number of heartbeat
s, which can be sent at the same time during the path probing procedure. If the
value is set to 0, path probing is not used. A new value of the attribute does n
ot apply to associations that are already established."
Sctp
heartbeatPathProbingInterval
"Iu, Iur: 500 Iub: 70" The inte
rval between consecutive heartbeats during the path probing. The value of this a
ttribute has the following relationship to the values of other attributes: maxim
umRto <= heartbeatPathProbingInterval <= heartbeatInterval. A new value of the a
ttribut
Sctp
pathSelection SCTP_PATHS(0) The type of path selection algor
ithm.
Sctp
SctpId
Sctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sctp
operationalState
Sctp
availabilityStatus
Sctp
numberOfAssociations
2
The maximum number of associatio
ns that can be handled by this SCTP MO.
Sctp
reservedBy
Sctp
ipAccessHostGpbId
The identity of an IpAccessHostG
pb referred to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected i
f ipAccessSctpRef is set. This attribute must contain a value if an M3uAssociati
on MO refers to this MO.
Sctp
minimumRto
10
The minimum value for RTO. The value of
this attribute has the following relation to the values of other attributes: tSa
ck + expected Round Trip Time < minimumRto < maximumRto A new value of the attri
bute applies to both existing and new associations. Uni
Sctp
maximumRto
40
"The maximum value for the RTO. The valu
e of this attribute must be greater than the value of minimumRto. A new value of
the attribute applies to both existing and new associations. Unit: 1 cs (centis
econd, that is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
initialRto
20
The initial value that the Retransmissio
n Timeout (RTO) takes prior to the first measurement of the Round-Trip Time (RTT
). The value of this attribute has the following relation to the values of other
attributes: minimumRto <= initialRto <= maximumRto A n
Sctp
rtoAlphaIndex 3
The attribute rtoAlphaIndex (Retransmiss
ion Timeout Alpha Index) computes the value of the Smoothed Round-Trip Time (SRT
T) for a specific destination address. It weights the RTT values. The value of t
his attribute is used to create a value of RTO.Alpha be
Sctp
rtoBetaIndex
2
The attribute rtoBetaIndex (Retransmissi
on Timeout Beta Index) computes the value of RTTVar (Round Trip Time Variation)
of a destination address. The value of this attribute is used to create a value
of RTO.Beta between 0 and 1. A value close to 1 gives a
Sctp
validCookieLife 60
The attribute sets the lifespan of the S
tate Cookie sent in the INIT_ACK chunk. It limits the amount of time between sen
ding the INIT_ACK and the reception of a COOKIE_ECHO chunk when establishing an
association. The value of this attribute has the follow
Sctp
allowedIncrementCookieLife
30
The attribute defines th
e allowed increment of the validCookieLife parameter (in local node) when an inc
rease of the parameter is requested from remote node. A new value of the attribu
te does not apply to associations that are already established. Unit: 1
Sctp
keyChangePeriod 4
Defines how often the secret key used fo
r computing the Message Authentication Code (MAC) on the State Cookie is changed
. A new value of the attribute does not change the current measurement interval.
It applies only to subsequent intervals. A new value o
Sctp
associationMaxRtx
12
"The maximum number of consecuti
ve retransmissions to a remote peer (on all the destination IP addresses of the
peer). If the number of retransmissions becomes greater than this value, the rem
ote peer is considered to be unreachable and the association is "
Sctp
pathMaxRtx
6
"If the path selection algorithm is SCTP
_PATHS, this attribute specifies the maximum number of consecutive retransmissio
ns to a remote transport address. For other path selection algorithms, this attr
ibute specifies the maximum number of consecutive retran"
Sctp
maxInitialRtrAtt
8
"The maximum number of retransmi
ssions allowed for both INIT and COOKIE_ECHO chunks. If the number of retransmis
sions exceeds this value, SCTP aborts the initialization of the association and
reports the error to the SCTP user. A new value of the attribute"
Sctp
maxShutDownRtrAtt
5
The maximum number of retransmis
sions during the shutdown phase of an association. A new value of the attribute
applies to both existing and new associations. Unit: 1 attempts

Sctp
heartbeatInterval
1
"The amount of time added to the
RTO of a specific address when setting up the period of time between sending he
artbeats. Small values can lead to an earlier detection of unreachable addresses
than higher values. However, sending the heartbeat too often ca"
Sctp
heartbeatStatus TRUE(1) Enables and disables heartbeats for asso
ciations. true - enable heartbeats. false - disable heartbeats. A new value of t
his attribute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
maxIncomingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of in
coming streams for an association. 17 is the default value for M3UA associations
. A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are already esta
blished.
Sctp
maxOutgoingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of ou
tgoing streams for an association. Note that 17 is the default value for M3UA as
sociations. A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are al
ready established.
Sctp
maxUserDataSize 0
"The maximum number of bytes of an IP da
tagram that can be transferred in a single unit over a specific path in an IP ne
twork. If an IP datagram exceeds the Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU), it is ei
ther fragmented or dropped. This value does NOT include "
Sctp
mBuffer 16
"The attribute sets the size of the buffer used
for storing user data pending to be sent or retransmitted in an association. Tha
t is, the attribute sets the maximum amount of user data that SCTP buffers befor
e discarding user messages. The value may need t"
Sctp
nThreshold
12
Sets the value of the threshold used to
ask the SCTP user to stop the delivery of a data on an association. A congestion
indication will be sent to the user when the SCTP send buffer usage is above nT
reshold. The value of this attribute has the following
Sctp
tSack 4
"The time delay for sending the Selective Acknow
ledgement (SACK), that is, the time from reception of the DATA chunk to sending
of the SACK chunk. A new value of the attribute does not change the current meas
urement interval. It applies only to subsequent "
Sctp
initialAdRecWin 16384 "The initial value of the advertised rec
eiver window credit. If the value of this attribute is increased, it applies to
both existing and new associations. If the value is decreased, it does not apply
to associations that are already established. Unit: 1 B"
Sctp
intervalOobPkts 3600
The number of seconds after which the co
unter for out-of-the-blue packets is reset. A new value of the attribute does no
t change the current measurement interval. It applies only to subsequent interva
ls. A new value of the attribute applies to both existi
Sctp
intervalLostUser
0
"The number of seconds after whi
ch SCTP decides that the connection to the SCTP user is lost. After the time spe
cified in this attribute has elapsed, all the endpoints and the associations rel
ated to this SCTP user are terminated. A new value of the attrib"
Sctp
maxBurst
4
The number of packages that are sent dur
ing the fast retransmit phase when a SACK is processed. A new value of the attri
bute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
nPercentage
85
This attribute is set as a percentage of
the attribute nThreshold. A congestion-ceased indication is sent to the SCTP us
er when the usage of the SCTP send buffer drops below nPercentage. A new value o
f the attribute applies to both existing and new associ
Sctp
bundlingActivated
ENABLED(1)
Enables and disables the
use of bundling. A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new
associations.
Sctp
bundlingTimer 10
Specifies the maximum SCTP bundling dela
y. Value=0 means that SCTP bundles only what is available and sends directly (no
delay). A new value of the attribute does not change the current measurement in
terval. It applies only to subsequent intervals. A new
Sctp
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProgramUnite
r MO. There is a one to one relation between SCTP MO and ReliableProgramUniter M
O instances.
Sctp
ipAccessSctpRef
The identity of an IpAccessSctp referred
to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected if ipAccessH
ostGpbId is set.
Sctp
heartbeatMaxBurst
0
"The maximum number of heartbeat
s, which can be sent at the same time during the path probing procedure. If the
value is set to 0, path probing is not used. A new value of the attribute does n
ot apply to associations that are already established."
Sctp
heartbeatPathProbingInterval
70
The interval between con
secutive heartbeats during the path probing. The value of this attribute has the
following relationship to the values of other attributes: maximumRto <= heartbe
atPathProbingInterval <= heartbeatInterval. A new value of the attribut
Sctp
pathSelection SCTP_PATHS(0) The type of path selection algor
ithm.
SduFormat
SduFormatId
SduFormat
sduSize
Subflow size (TB size). This attribute m
ay only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bit
SduFormat
formatContext
Applicable when more than one SD
U Format exists per subflow and more than one subflow exists for one rabType. It
is used to create a subflow combination with the correct sduSize parameters e.g
. SID + an AMR rate. This attribute may only be changed by Eric
Sector
utranCellRef
"DN of the related RNC UtranCell MO. FDN
according to [9] and [20] For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::
MOReference,"
Sector
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the s
ector. Possible values: ? NOT_INSTALLED ? POWER_OFF ? IN_TEST ? DEPENDENCY_LOCKE
D ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO
Sector
beamDirection 0
"Beam direction of the corresponding sec
tor antenna. Examples: ? 000 = North ? 090 = East ? 180 = South ? 270 = West Uni
t: 1? Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Sector
geoDatum
0
"Denotes the geodetic (geographic) datum
for this sector. Example: WGS84 (World Geodetic System 1984) Use cases: Configu
re RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Sector
height
"Height above ground. Example: 1015 = 10.15 mete
rs Unit: 1 cm Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
Sector
latHemisphere 0
"Defines the latitudinal hemisphere. Pos
sible values: ? NORTH ? SOUTH Example: Bromma airfield has latHemisphere = NORTH
Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
Sector
latitude
0
"Defines the latitude of the correspondi
ng sector antenna, according to a certain geodetic datum (see attribute geoDatum
). Example: Bromma airfield has latitude 5532101 according to WGS84. Use cases:
Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
Sector
longitude
0
"Defines the longitude of the correspond
ing sector antenna, according to a certain geodetic datum (see attribute geoDatu
m). Example: Bromma airfield has longitude 0060157 according to WGS84. Use cases
: Configure RBS at Site, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
Sector
maxInternalUlGainOn
FALSE(0)
Turns maximum RBS intern
al uplink gain in the sector on or off. Precondition: The cells using the sector
must not be setup. TMA type for the sector must not be ATMA. Enabled AI devices
used by the corresponding carriers must support setting of maximum UL
Sector
numberOfTxBranches
0
"Number of TX branches in this s
ector. Dependencies: Value defined at initSector. If the sector is not initiated
, the value is undefined. Undefined value: -1Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, A
dd Capacity, Increase Coverage Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_"
Sector
operationalState
Sector
proceduralStatus
"The procedural status of the se
ctor. Possible values: ? INITIALIZED ? INITIALIZATION REQUIRED ? NOT INITIALIZED
? INITIATING ? REPORTING ? TERMINATING Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, BCM_FU_RBS_6

011:00858 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]"
Sector
SectorId
Sector
tmaDeviceRef
Reference to TmaDevice MO(s). The attrib
ute value is updated at commit of initSector. Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00860
Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Sector
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
Sector
band
0
"Defines the frequency band used in the sector.
Value defined at initSector. Dependencies: Must match fqBandLowEdge and fqBandHi
ghEdge of AntennaBranch. Undefined value: 0 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.104, Base
Station (BS) radio transmission and reception (F"
Sector
sectorAntennasRef
Reference to the SectorAntenna M
O(s) of the sector. Dependencies: Number of valid sector antenna references depe
nds on the value of the attribute numberOfSectorAntennas. Ref. [CB_MOP]
Sector
retDevicesRef
Reference to the RetDevice MO(s) of the
sector. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector. Requirement: BCM
_FU_RBS_6011:00859 Rev:A Ref. [CB_MOP]
Sector
numberOfSectorAntennas 0
"Number of SectorAntenna MO(s) i
n the sector. Precondition: Sector must be un-initiated. When changing the value
from 2 to 1, the second MO SectorAntenna must not have any children.Dependencie
s: It is only possible to change the value from 2 to 1, if all c"
Sector
radioBuildingBlock
0
Indicates the configured Radio B
uilding Block in a DUW configuration.Possible values: ? RBB10_1A ? RBB11_1A ? RB
B12_1A ? RBB22_1A ? RBB22_1B ? RBB22_1C ? RBB22_2A ? RBB24_1A ? NA = Not Applica
ble Takes effect: At commit of initSector. Precondition: Sector
Sector
lineRate
0
Specifies the capacity on an optical or
electrical link. Only valid for DUW. Possible values: ? X_2 = 1.2 Gb/s link? X_4
= 2.5 Gb/s link ? NA = Not applicable Takes effect: At commit of initSector. Pr
econdition: Sector must be un-initiated. Use cases: Man
Sector
reservedBy
"Contains a list of MO instances that re
serve this MO instance. Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipme
nt, Increase Coverage Ref. [CB_SIC]"
SectorAntenna
antennaType
0
Type of antenna. Possible values
: ? 0..50 = Reserved for predefined antenna types supported by Ericsson. ? 51..1
00 = Available for customer specific antenna types. Precondition: Corresponding
sector not initiated. Ref. [CB_MOP]
SectorAntenna
reservedBy
that reserve this MO instance. Ref. [CB_MOP]
SectorAntenna
SectorAntennaId
SectorAntenna
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the SectorA
ntenna. Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access.bit0=UND
ER_REPAIR bit1=CRITICALbit2=MAJORbit3=MINOR bit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 whe
n bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding ala"
Security
requestedSecurityLevel
"Shows the security leve
l requested. The requested security level may differ from the operational securi
ty level in some situations. The value of this attribute is set using the action
s, setSecurityLevel3 or adaptSecurityLevel, or by using the command, sec"
Security
operationalSecurityLevel
"Shows the curre
nt security level in the node. The operational security level may differ from th
e requested security level in some situations. The value of this attribute is se
t using the actions, setSecurityLevel3 or adaptSecurityLevel, or by using the co
"
Security
telnetAndFTPServersActive
"Specifies wheth
er Telnet and FTP servers are activated. The value of this attribute is controll
ed using the command, secmode. In Security Level 3, these servers are inactivate
d."
Security
debugPortsActive
s whether the debug server and the UDP link handler are activated. If they are a
ctivated, these services open the TCP and UDP ports. The state of this attribute
is controlled using the command, secmode. In Security Level 3, these se"
Security
fileTransferClientMode
s whether the node uses FTP or SFTP when retrieving files from external file ser
vers. The state of this attribute is controlled using the command, secmode, and
can be set on all security levels."
Security
authorizationCacheTimeOut
0
Timeout for auth
orization data obtained from the AA server. All locally cached authorization dat
a are cleared and then requested again from the AA server. Unit: 1 min
Security
localAuthenticationFileVersion
Specifies the ve
rsion of the file used for local user authentication.
Security
aAServerIPAddressList
List of Authentication a
nd Authorization Server IP addresses The list can contain up to 10 IP addresses.
The IP address used by the node is selected randomly from the list.
Security
SecurityId
Security
userLabel
Label for free use.
Security
localAADatabaseInstallationFailure
"States
whether the action, installLocalAADatabase has failed to complete within the spe
cified duration. This attribute must be set to false using the action, cancelIns
tallLocalAADatabase, before installLocalAADatabase can be executed again. The at
tribute "
Security
trustedCertificateInstallationFailure
"States
whether one or more of the following is true: - the action, installTrustedCertif
icate has failed to complete within the specified duration - a downloaded certif
icate is corrupted - a downloaded certificate does not match the information pro
vided in"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates
A list containin
g information about each installed trusted certificate. This attribute is update
d when a new trusted certificate is installed or removed (uninstalled).
Security
targetMonitorPortActive
"Specifies whether the t
arget monitor is activated. If activated, it opens a TCP port for output of trac
e data. The value of this attribute is controlled using the command, secmode, an
d it can be set on all security levels."
Security
localAuthorizationFileVersion
Specifies the ve
rsion of the file used for local user authorization.
Security
corbaSecurityActive
s whether Corba security is activated or not. The state of this attribute is con
trolled using the command, secmode. Corba security is disabled in Security Level
1 and enabled in Security Levels 2 and 3."
Security
certEnrollState
Certification Enrollment State T
his attribute shows the current state of the certificate enrollment.
Security
certEnrollErrorMsg
"Certification Enrollmen
t Error Message If the enrollment enters the error state, this attribute contain
s a string that states the cause of the error. Otherwise, the value of this attr
ibute is not defined."
Security
nodeCertificate
Shows information about the curr
ently active node certificate to be inspected.
Security
certExpirWarnTime
0
Certification Expiry War
ning Time This attribute specifies how far in advance an event is issued when th
e node certificate is about to expire. Unit: 1 day
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.category
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.fingerprint
"A string in the following format: <hash-algorithm> [Fingerprint] = <bb1>:<bb2>:
.. :<bbn> where:<hash-algorithm> is MD5, SHA-1 or SHA1, and the substring Finge
rprint is optional. The equals sign is mandatory and is followed by 16 (MD5) or
20 (SHA-1 or SHA"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.issuer
A string
representation of the X.509 name of the authority that has issued the certifica
te.
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.notValidAfter
"The time format is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSS Exampl
e: The valid format for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.notValidBefore
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.serialNumber
A string representation of the certificate serial number (up to 40 digits long).
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.subject
A string
representation of the X.509 name denoting the entity for which the certificate
was issued.
Security
nodeCertificate.fingerprint
"A string in the
following format: <hash-algorithm> [Fingerprint] = <bb1>:<bb2>: .. :<bbn> where
:<hash-algorithm> is MD5, SHA-1 or SHA1, and the substring Fingerprint is option
al. The equals sign is mandatory and is followed by 16 (MD5) or 20 (SHA-1 or SHA
"
Security
nodeCertificate.issuer
A string representation
of the X.509 name of the authority that has issued the certificate.
Security
nodeCertificate.notValidAfter
"The time format
is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSS Example: The valid for
mat for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November 1985 is 1985110
6210627"
Security
nodeCertificate.notValidBefore
"The time format
6210627"
Security
nodeCertificate.serialNumber
A string represe
ntation of the certificate serial number (up to 10 digits long).
Security
nodeCertificate.subject
of the X.509 name denoting the entity for which the certificate was issued.
Security
Security
"Shows the curre
"
Security
"Specifies wheth
d."
Security
debugPortsActive
Security
Security
0
Timeout for auth
Security
Specifies the ve
Security
Security
SecurityId

Security
userLabel
Label for free use.
Security
"States
tribute "
Security
"States
vided in"
Security
A list containin
Security
Security
Specifies the ve
Security
corbaSecurityActive
Security
certEnrollState
Security
certEnrollErrorMsg
Security
nodeCertificate
Security
certExpirWarnTime
0
Security
Security
20 (SHA-1 or SHA"
Security
A string
te.
Security
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
Security
A string
was issued.
Security
"A string in the

"
Security
Security
"The time format
6210627"
Security
"The time format
6210627"
Security
A string represe
Security
Security
Security
"Shows the curre
"
Security
"Specifies wheth
d."
Security
debugPortsActive
Security
Security
0
Timeout for auth
Security
Specifies the ve
Security
Security
SecurityId
Security
userLabel
Label for free use.
Security
"States
tribute "
Security
"States
vided in"
Security
A list containin

Security
Security
Specifies the ve
Security
corbaSecurityActive
Security
certEnrollState
Security
certEnrollErrorMsg
Security
nodeCertificate
Security
certExpirWarnTime
0
Security
Security
20 (SHA-1 or SHA"
Security
A string
te.
Security
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
Security
A string
was issued.
Security
"A string in the
"
Security
Security
"The time format
6210627"
Security
"The time format
6210627"
Security
A string represe
Security
SecurityHandling
SecurityHandlingId
Naming attribute
SecurityHandling
ciphering
1
"Indicates whether ciphe
ring is used or not. Setting this attribute to 1 (ciphering ""On"") means that c
iphering is preferred. If the core network does not allow ciphering or the UE do
es not support ciphering, ciphering will not be used. The value of this at"
SecurityHandling
cipheringGuardTime
80
Guard time for s
tart of ciphering in RLC-TM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pers
onnel.Unit: frames
Segment
SegmentId
Segment
userLabel
Provides support for a user defined labe
l or name upon an object instance level.
Segment
ipAddress
The IP address where the Segment can be
reached from a management point of view.
Segment
rnsRefs
A list of DNs of the SubNetwork MOs for all RNSs
associated to the Segment. The DNs consist of the full Distinguished Names acco
rding to [9] and [20].
Segment
connectionStatus
0
"Status of the instance. ""Never
Connected"" is set at instance creation, after that the value is controlled by F
MS. ""Connected"" is set to indicate that the Segment is connected. If connectio
n with the Segment is lost, ""Disconnected"" is set. NEVER_CONNECTED ="
ServiceArea
ServiceAreaId
ServiceArea
userLabel
Location Area nameRef.
ServiceArea
sac
Service area code
ServiceArea
ServiceAreaId
ServiceArea
userLabel
ServiceArea
sac
Service Area Code of the service area th
at a cell belongs to.A ServiceAreais used by UTRAN to indicate the location of a
UE to the CN. It is also used by the CN to indicate to UTRAN in which area to b
roadcast CN information.It is unique in the LA.An LA ca
ServiceArea
reservedBy
Shelf
ShelfId
Shelf
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that reserves th
is MO instance.
Shelf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Shelf
boardOrientation
0
Specifies the orientation of the
hardware units in the shelf.
Shelf
content
Specifies the content of the shelf.
Shelf
noOfPositions 0
Specifies the number of physical positio
ns in the shelf.
Shelf
position
"Specifies the physical position of the
shelf within the cabinet. The position is given as a combination of vertical pos
ition, given in letters, and horizontal position, given in digits. Vertical posi
tioning starts from the ground and horizontal positionin"
Shelf
positionRef
"Reference to the cabinet, in which the
shelf is placed."
Shelf
ShelfId
Shelf
reservedBy
is MO instance.
Shelf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Shelf
boardOrientation
0
Shelf
content
Shelf
noOfPositions 0
ns in the shelf.
Shelf
position
Shelf
positionRef
shelf is placed."
Shelf
ShelfId
Shelf
reservedBy
is MO instance.
Shelf
userLabel
Label for free use.
Shelf
boardOrientation
0
Shelf
content
Shelf
noOfPositions 0
ns in the shelf.
Shelf
position
Shelf
positionRef
shelf is placed."
Sid
SidId
Sid
updateCellReattsNo
5
Number of update reattempts when
an update of system information parameters in a cell failed. Change takes effec
t: Immediately
Sid
sib1
Structure contains the Sib1 parameters.
Sid
sib3
Sid
sib5
Sid
sib7
Sid
sib11
Sid
sib12
Sid
sib7ExpirationTimeFactor
1
SIB7 use expiration time
as re-read mechanism. The expiration time is sib7RepPeriod times sib7Expiration
TimeFactor. Change takes effect: Immediately
Sid
noOfMaxDrxCycles
1
"Paging notification duration. T
o notify UEs in IDLE mode about a system information update, the RNC sends a pag
ing message on the PCH at every page occasion of a number of maximum DRX cycles.
Change takes effect: Immediately"
Sid
noOfMibValueTagRetrans 0
Number of MIB value tag retransm
issions on the FACH. Change takes effect: Immediately
Sid
cnInformation 2
System Information should be distributed
about these CNs.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value
mapping: 0: PS only1: CS only2: PS and CS
Sid
sib2
Structure containing the Sib2 parameters.
Sid
schedulingBlockEnabled
Controls whether the Scheduling
Block (SB1) is being broadcasted or not.Value mapping: TRUE: the Scheduling Bloc
k is sent on the broadcast channel and SIB scheduling information is divided bet
ween the MIB and SB1.FALSE: the Scheduling Block is not sent on
Sid
sb1
Contains the configuration for the Scheduling Bl
ock (SB1).
Sid
sib18
Structure containing the Sib18 parameters.
Sid
sb1.sb1RepPeriod
128
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
the Scheduling Block As it must be possible to schedule and broadcast all suppo
rted SIBs/SBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be possible to use
all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase"
Sid
sb1.sb1StartPos 126
"Start position (SIB_POS) for the Schedu
ling Block.Dependencies: Only even values in the range 0 to (sb1RepPeriod - 2) a

re valid, with the exception of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ...,
4088. Change takes effect: Immediately Unit: SFN Resolu"
Sid
sib11.sib11RepPeriod
128
System Information Block (SIB) type 11.As it must be possible to schedule and b
roadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be po
ssible to use all the valid values within this range. For exampl"
Sid
sib11.sib11StartPos
20
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 11.The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists."
Sid
32
Sid
sib12.sib12StartPos
14
stem Information Block (SIB) type 12.The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists."
Sid
128
Sid
sib18.sib18StartPos
122
"Start position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 18.Dependencies: Only even values in the range
0 to (sib18RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exception of the following values
: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect: Immediate"
Sid
sib1.sib1RepPeriod
32
System Information Block (SIB) type 1.As it must be possible to schedule and br
oadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be pos
sible to use all the valid values within this range. For example"
Sid
sib1.sib1StartPos
4
stem Information Block (SIB) type 1.The default value is optimized for a situati
on where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, and
one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists. "
Sid
sib2.sib2RepPeriod
128
a System Information Block (SIB) type 2. As it must be possible to schedule and
broadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be
possible to use all the valid values within this range. For exam"
Sid
sib2.sib2StartPos
118
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for a
System Information Block (SIB) type 2.The default value is optimized for a situa
tion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, a
nd one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists"
Sid
sib3.sib3RepPeriod
16
Sid
sib3.sib3StartPos
2
Sid
sib5.sib5RepPeriod
32
Sid
sib5.sib5StartPos
6
Sid
sib7.sib7RepPeriod
16
Sid
sib7.sib7StartPos
2
Site
SiteId
Site
userLabel
the MO instance.
Site
location
The postal address to a geographical loc
ation
Site
latitude
0
"The value must be given in seconds and
composed by the formula3600*D + 60*M + S (D: degrees, M: minutes, S: seconds). P
ositive degree values (0 o - 90 o ) correspond to northlatitude values whereas n
egative degree values (-0 o - -90 o ) correspond to sout"
Site
longitude
0
"The value must be given in seconds and
composed by the formula3600*D + 60*M + S (D: degrees, M: minutes, S: seconds). P
ositive degree values (0 o - 180 o ) correspond to east longitude values.Negativ
e degree values (-0 o - -180 o ) correspond to west long"
Site
altitude
0
Positive values represents meter above t
he ground whereas negative represents meters below the ground. The precision is
0.1 m
Site
timeZone
0
The timeZone the site exists in
Site
freeText
Operators choice of information
Site
listOfNe
List of ManagedElement MO instances that
belong this Site.FDN according [9] and [20]
Site
datum 0
This gives the geographical information a contex
t.
Slot
SlotId
Slot
userLabel
Label for free use.
Slot
slotState
Indicates the state of the slot.
Slot
slotNumber
"The number of the slot position from th
e left hand side, starting with 1."
Slot
reservedBy
Slot
productData
"Describes the plug-in-unit that is curr
ently inserted. The information is only available when slotState = USED. If the
board inserted in the slot stops working or is pulled out of the slot, the produ
ctData attribute will not change its value. The value of"
Slot
upgradeGroupId 0
"This attribute can to group a number of
PIUs, all in the group can be upgraded at the same time. If upgradeGroupTypeNam
e is """", this attribute is not used."
Slot
upgradeGroupTypeName
"The upgradeGroupTypeName, toget
her with the upgradeGroupId, defines an upgrade group."
Slot
activeSwAllocation
active is the one currently used by the PlugInUnit, configured in this Slot. If
no PlugInUnit is configured or if no matching SwAllocation, cont"
Slot
A user-friendly name of the prod
uct.
Slot
"Unique identity for eac
h product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC number). The
maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 slashes, 2
spaces and 2 characters for origination notation. Example of product num"
Slot
"Indicates the revision
state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits and/or o
ne or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R or P. Ex
ample: R1A, R1A02, P7B A suffix may be added to the revision state. The "
Slot
"The production date can
be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit representa
tion of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a two-digit re
presentation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eigh"
Slot
Slot
SlotId
Slot
userLabel
Label for free use.
Slot
slotState
Slot
slotNumber
Slot
reservedBy
Slot
productData
Slot
upgradeGroupId 0
Slot
Slot
activeSwAllocation
Slot
uct.
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
SlotId
Slot
slotState
Slot
slotNumber
Slot
reservedBy
Slot
productData
Slot
upgradeGroupId 0

Slot
Slot
activeSwAllocation
Slot
uct.
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
SpDevicePool
SpDevicePoolId
SpDevicePool
noOfLockedDevices
"Number of locked Device
s of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePoo
l"
SpDevicePool
noOfUnlockedDevices
"Number of unlocked Devi
ces of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDeviceP
ool"
SpDevicePool
noOfEnabledDevices
"Number of enable Device
l"
SpDevicePool
noOfDisabledDevices
"Number of disable Devic
es of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePo
ol"
SpDevicePool
noOfIdleDevices
"Number of idle Devices of a cer
tain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool"
SpDevicePool
noOfBusyDevices
"Number of busy Devices of a cer
tain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool"
SpDevicePool
noOfActiveDevices
"Number of active Device
l"
SpDevicePool
totalNoOfDevices
"Total number of Devices
of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool
"
SpiQosClass
SpiQosClassId
SpiQosClass
spiQosClassInsId
Internal identifier of t
his instance.
SpiQosClass
flowControl
Specifies if Flow Control is act
ivated for this SPI value.Change takes effect: New connections
SpiQosClass
userLabel
SpiQosClass
reservedBy
s to this MO."
Spm
SpmId
Spm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Spm
operationalState
Spm
availabilityStatus
Spm
switchModuleNumber
0
The switch module number.
Spm
asciPortNumber 0
Specifies the ATM Switch Core Interface
(ASCI) port number.
Spm
executionResourceNumber 0
The identity of the SPM on the S
pecial purpose Processor Unit (SPU).
Spm
runningResourceIdList
Contains the list of identities
of running Spm MOs.
Spm
installedResourceIdList
of installed Spm MOs in the system.
Spm
spLinkName
The unique name of the link between the
SP and BP.
Spm
reservedBy
Spm
SpmId
Spm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Spm
operationalState
Spm
availabilityStatus
Spm
switchModuleNumber
0
The switch module number.
Spm
asciPortNumber 0
Specifies the ATM Switch Core Interface
(ASCI) port number.
Spm
executionResourceNumber 0
The identity of the SPM on the S
pecial purpose Processor Unit (SPU).
Spm
runningResourceIdList
of running Spm MOs.
Spm
installedResourceIdList
of installed Spm MOs in the system.
Spm
spLinkName
The unique name of the link between the
SP and BP.
Spm
reservedBy
Spu
SpuId
Spu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Spu
operationalState
Spu
availabilityStatus
Spu
spLinkName
The special purpose processor link name.
Spu
SpuId
Spu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Spu
operationalState
Spu
availabilityStatus
Spu
spLinkName
The special purpose processor link name.
Ssch
availabilityStatus
Ssch
operationalState
Ssch
SschId
StrxDeviceGroup
StrxDeviceGroupId
StrxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
StrxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
StrxDeviceGroup
operationalState
StrxDeviceGroup
usageState
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtpId
Sts1SpeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts1SpeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts1SpeTtp
operationalState
Sts1SpeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarms Ala
rm Indication Signal - P (AIS-P) are to be issued. true - reporting enabled. fal
se - reporting disabled.
Sts1SpeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarms Rem
ote Defect Indication - P (RDI-P) are to be issued. true - reporting enabled. fa
lse - reporting disabled.
Sts1SpeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
"Trace Identifier Mismat
ch (TIM) consequent action, that is for generation of Alarm Indication Signal (A
IS) downstream and Remote Defect Indication (RDI) upstream as a consequence of t
he TIM detection. true - enabled. false - disabled."
Sts1SpeTtp
expectedPathTrace
"The expected path trace
. The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string (""
""). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NU
LL characters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR an"
Sts1SpeTtp
transmittedPathTrace
"The transmitted path tr
ace. The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string
(""""). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with
NULL characters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR"
Sts1SpeTtp
reservedBy
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtpId
Sts1SpeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts1SpeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts1SpeTtp
operationalState
Sts1SpeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Sts1SpeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Sts1SpeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
Sts1SpeTtp
expectedPathTrace
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtp
reservedBy
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtpId
Sts1SpeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts1SpeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts1SpeTtp
operationalState
Sts1SpeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Sts1SpeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Sts1SpeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
Sts1SpeTtp
expectedPathTrace
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtp
reservedBy
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtpId
Sts3CspeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts3CspeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts3CspeTtp
operationalState
Sts3CspeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
Sts3CspeTtp
expectedPathTrace
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtp
reservedBy
erve this MO instance. Identity of the AtmPort reserving this MO.
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtpId
Sts3CspeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts3CspeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts3CspeTtp
operationalState
Sts3CspeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
Sts3CspeTtp
expectedPathTrace
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtp
reservedBy
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtpId
Sts3CspeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts3CspeTtp
availabilityStatus
Sts3CspeTtp
operationalState
Sts3CspeTtp
aisPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
rdiPReporting 0
Sts3CspeTtp
timConsequentAction
0
Sts3CspeTtp
expectedPathTrace
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtp
reservedBy
Subflow
SubflowId
of the RDN.
Subflow
subflowNumber
Identifies which subflow this MO instanc
e relates to.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
sduDelivery
Indicates if erroneous SDUs shall be del
ivered or not. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value ma
pping: 0: Erroneous SDUs are delivered 1: Erroneous SDUs are not delivered 2: No
check if SDUs are erroneous
Subflow
sduErrRatioMan
Mantissa part of SDU Error Ratio. This a
ttribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
sduErrRatioExp
Exponent part of SDU Error Ratio. This a
Subflow
resBitErrRatioMan
Mantissa part of Residual Bit Er
ror Ratio. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
resBitErrRatioExp
Exponent part of Residual Bit Er
ror Ratio. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
SubNetwork
SubNetworkId
Relative Distinguished Name.
SubNetwork
dnPrefix
d only if the instance of the SubNetwork MO is a local root instance of the MIB,
SubNetwork
userLabel
label on the MO instance. Can be set by EQH in Sub-network and RNS level. Can be
set by RAH in RNS level. , RAH "
SubNetwork
userDefinedNetworkType 0
Type of network e.g. UTR
ANFor RNS = NULL
SubNetwork
rncRef
Reference to the MeContext that represen
t the associated RNC. The attribute consists of the FDN of the MeContext accordi
ng to [9] and [20]. Used only in RNS. For sub-network = NULL.
Subrack
SubrackId
Subrack
userLabel
Label for free use.
Subrack
switchModule
"Reference to a SwitchModule MO, where t
he switch module number is retrieved. This number describes how the subrack is c
onnected to the node, that is, how the subrack's cables are connected to the hub
subrack. The hub subrack has switch module number 0. Th"
Subrack
subrackType
There can only be one hub subrack in the
node. The hub subrack is used to control switching and synchronization for the
complete node.
Subrack
productType
"This attribute describes the product ty
pe and is always set to the value ""HW""."
Subrack
subrackPosition
Specifies the subrack position within a
cabinet. The purpose of this attribute is to help in troubleshooting as its valu
e is included in the alarm information. The subrack position is also included in
the product inventory. The subrack position consists o
Subrack
cabinetPosition
"Specifies the position of the cabinet,
within a group of other cabinets, in which this subrack is placed. The purpose o
f this attribute is to help in troubleshooting as its value is included in the a
larm information."
Subrack
numberOfSlots 0
Specifies the actual number of slots con
figured on the node. This attribute is set to the value of defNumberOfSlots in M
O SubrackProdType at create of the subrack.
Subrack
The operational product data des
cribes the backplane of the subrack that is actually installed.
Subrack
reservedBy
Subrack
subrackProdTypeRef
"Reference to an instance of Sub
rackProdType MO. This attribute must be specified if administrativeProductData i
s not used. If it is not specified, detection of a SubrackProdType MO with the e
xact matching product data is done, and if successful, attribute"
Subrack
subrackNumber 0
"The number of the subrack. If switchMod
ule is set, any setting of this attribute will be ignored. It will instead displ
ay the value already set in the attribute switchModuleNumber, in the referred Sw
itchModule MO."
Subrack
powerMeasurements
Indicates the power measurements
of the subrack.
Subrack
maxPowerDissipation
Indicates the maximum power diss
ipation of the subrack. Unit: 1 W
Subrack
numberOfDenibDevices
0
"Specifies the total number of f
ans in the Denib-chain connected to the subrack.This attribute is set to -1 by d
efault, indicating that no Denib devices are used, and the attribute fanConfigur
ation then specifies the fan configuration for the subrack. If f"
Subrack
A user-friendly
Subrack
"Unique identity
"
Subrack
"Indicates the r
"
Subrack
"The production
"
Subrack
The serial numbe
Subrack
powerMeasurements.currentLeft
"Specifies the value of
the current, supplied from the leftmost slot in the subrack. The value -1 means
that no current measurement is available. Unit: 1 mA (milliampere)"
Subrack
powerMeasurements.currentRight
the current, supplied from the rightmost slot in the subrack. The value -1 means
Subrack
powerMeasurements.distributedPower
Specifies the to
tal distribution of power in the subrack. This attribute is applicable only if a
ll other measurements in this struct are available. Unit: 1 W
Subrack
powerMeasurements.voltageLeft
the voltage, distributed from the leftmost slot in the subrack. The value -1 mea
ns that no voltage measurement is available. Unit: 1 mV (millivolt)"
Subrack
powerMeasurements.voltageRight
the voltage, distributed from the rightmost slot in the subrack. The value -1 me
ans that no voltage measurement is available. Unit: 1 mV (millivolt)"
Subrack
SubrackId
Subrack
userLabel
Label for free use.
Subrack
switchModule
Subrack
subrackType
complete node.
Subrack
productType
Subrack
subrackPosition
Subrack
cabinetPosition
larm information."
Subrack
numberOfSlots 0
Subrack
Subrack
reservedBy
Subrack
subrackProdTypeRef

Subrack
subrackNumber 0
itchModule MO."
Subrack
powerMeasurements
of the subrack.
Subrack
maxPowerDissipation
Subrack
0
Subrack
A user-friendly
Subrack
"Unique identity
"
Subrack
"Indicates the r
"
Subrack
"The production
"
Subrack
The serial numbe
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Specifies the to
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
SubrackId
Subrack
userLabel
Label for free use.
Subrack
switchModule
Subrack
subrackType
complete node.
Subrack
productType

Subrack
subrackPosition
Subrack
cabinetPosition
larm information."
Subrack
numberOfSlots 0
Subrack
Subrack
reservedBy
Subrack
subrackProdTypeRef
Subrack
subrackNumber 0
itchModule MO."
Subrack
powerMeasurements
of the subrack.
Subrack
maxPowerDissipation
Subrack
0
Subrack
A user-friendly
Subrack
"Unique identity
"
Subrack
"Indicates the r
"
Subrack
"The production
"
Subrack
The serial numbe
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Specifies the to

Subrack
Subrack
SubrackProdType
boardPositions
"Indicates the slot positions in
the subrack where it is possible to insert the CMXB, SCU and TU boards. If any
of these positions are not specified, then a board type position with the value
0 is created."
SubrackProdType
defNumberOfSlots
Defines the number of sl
ots to be created in the subrack.
SubrackProdType
fanConfiguration
Indicates the fan config
uration in the subrack. It is silent ignored if the attribute numberOfDenibDevic
es in MO Subrack is set to > -1.In this case the numberOfDenibDevices overrides
this attribute for the fan configuration.
SubrackProdType
productData
Specifies the product data for t
he backplane of the subrack. Recommended: Exclude the trailing letters in the pr
oduct revision of this MO. Examples: - R2B corresponds to R2 - R2B/3 remains as
R2B/3 - R2B/A corresponds to R2
SubrackProdType
reservedBy
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdTypeId
he RDN. It is set automatically during system upgrade. Note that if this MO is m
anually created (not recommended) the value for this attribute has to be set.
SubrackProdType
transmissionType
Specifies the type of tr
ansmission.
SubrackProdType
userLabel
Label for free use.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.cmxbPositionA
0
"Indicates the s
lot position in the subrack where the Ethernet Switch Board, CMXB, is situated.
This value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots. 0 indicat
es that this board is not supported."
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.cmxbPositionB
0
"Indicates the s
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.scuPositionA
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Switch Control Unit (SCU) board is situated
. This value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots. 0 indic
ates that this board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.scuPositionB
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.tuPositionA
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Timing Unit (TU) board is situated. This va
lue must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots. 0 indicates that
this board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.tuPositionB
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdType
"The product num
"
SubrackProdType
"The revision st
SubrackProdType
"The production
"
SubrackProdType
boardPositions
0 is created."
SubrackProdType
defNumberOfSlots
SubrackProdType
fanConfiguration
SubrackProdType
productData
SubrackProdType
reservedBy
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdTypeId
SubrackProdType
transmissionType
ansmission.
SubrackProdType
userLabel
Label for free use.
SubrackProdType
0
"Indicates the s
SubrackProdType
0
"Indicates the s
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType

SubrackProdType
SubrackProdType
"The product num
"
SubrackProdType
"The revision st
SubrackProdType
"The production
"
SubrackProdType
boardPositions
0 is created."
SubrackProdType
defNumberOfSlots
SubrackProdType
fanConfiguration
SubrackProdType
productData
SubrackProdType
reservedBy
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdTypeId
SubrackProdType
transmissionType
ansmission.
SubrackProdType
userLabel
Label for free use.
SubrackProdType
0
"Indicates the s
SubrackProdType
0
"Indicates the s
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
0
Indicates the sl
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdType
"The product num
"
SubrackProdType
"The revision st
SubrackProdType
"The production
"
SupportApplication
SupportApplicationId
Relative Disting
uished NameSub:
SupportApplication
userLabel
"Provides support for pu
tting a label on the MO instance. , "
SupportSystemConfiguration
SupportSystemConfigurationId
SwAllocation
SwAllocationId
"The value component of the RDN.
It is set automatically during system upgrade. If this MO is manually created (
not recommended), the value for this attribute has to be set."
SwAllocation
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwAllocation
role
Specifies the role of a slot or plug-inunit. The role must be unique with respect to other SwAllocation MOs in the node
. This is a preparation to introduce pre-defined SwAllocation in future upgrade
packages.
SwAllocation
repertoireList
A list of references to repertoi
res.
SwAllocation
slotList
"A list of references to mainly
slots in a subrack, for example, Slot MO, Fan MO, Webserver MO, Jvm MO, ActiveOt
herLMs MO. It may also refer to other objects that handle auxiliary units, for e
xample, XPIU and RBS FAN."
SwAllocation
SwAllocationId
SwAllocation
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwAllocation
role
packages.
SwAllocation
repertoireList
res.
SwAllocation
slotList
SwAllocation
SwAllocationId
SwAllocation
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwAllocation
role
packages.
SwAllocation
repertoireList
res.
SwAllocation
slotList
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnitId
he RDN.
SwitchCoreUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchCoreUnit
administrativeStateSili 0
e for the Switch Internal Link Interface (SILI) on the switch board. This attrib
ute refers to all ports, that is, the state LOCKED locks all ports, and UNLOCKED
unlocks all ports."
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSil
Indicates the traffic handling capability of all ports as a group on the board,
that is, it is enabled if one or more of the eight ports is enabled. This attrib
ute is only used for test."
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSync
network synchronization distribution.
SwitchCoreUnit
availabilityStatusSil
of the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports. It contains details about operationalSt
ate.
SwitchCoreUnit
availabilityStatusSync
of the network synchronization distribution. It contains details about operation
alState.
SwitchCoreUnit
reservedBy
SwitchCoreUnit
silPorts
"Contains a list of port numbers
. The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read the state of the switch int
ernal port. See also the actions getSilPortState, getOperState and getAvailState
."
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnitId
he RDN.
SwitchCoreUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchCoreUnit
unlocks all ports."
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSil
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnit
ate.
SwitchCoreUnit
alState.
SwitchCoreUnit
reservedBy
SwitchCoreUnit
silPorts
."
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnitId
he RDN.
SwitchCoreUnit
unlocks all ports."
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSil
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnit
ate.
SwitchCoreUnit
alState.
SwitchCoreUnit
reservedBy
SwitchCoreUnit
silPorts
."
SwitchExtensionUnit
SwitchExtensionUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
SwitchExtensionUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchExtensionUnit
administrativeStateSil 0
"The administrat
ive state for the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports on the switch board. This att
ribute refers to all ports, that is, the state LOCKED locks all ports, and UNLOC
KED unlocks all ports."
SwitchExtensionUnit
operationalStateSil
The operational
state. The operational state is enabled if one of the eight ports is enabled.
SwitchExtensionUnit
The operational
state of network synchronization distribution.
SwitchExtensionUnit
The availability
state of the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports. It contains details about operat
ionalState.
SwitchExtensionUnit
The availability
status of the network synchronization distribution. It contains details about o
perationalState.
SwitchExtensionUnit
reservedBy
SwitchExtensionUnit
silPorts
"Contains a list of port
numbers. The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read the state of the sw
itch internal port. Se also the actions getSilPortState, getSilOperState and get
SilAvailState."
SwitchFabric
SwitchFabricId
SwitchFabric
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchFabric
SwitchFabricId
SwitchFabric
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchFabric
SwitchFabricId
SwitchInternalLink
SwitchInternalLinkId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
SwitchInternalLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit1
Contains a reference of
one connection point for a SwitchCoreUnit or SwitchExtensionUnit.

SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit2
SwitchInternalLink
siliport1
"Switch internal port nu
mber on PlugInUnit 1. On a standard SCB/SXB board, the ports are labeled from th
e bottom to the top. Port nr -> label: 0 ->D 1 ->C 2 ->B 3 ->A Note that this ma
pping can change when a board is added or removed."
SwitchInternalLink
siliport2
SwitchInternalLink
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state.
SwitchInternalLink
operationalStateTraffic
The operational
state of switch internal link. There is no traffic if the link is set to DISABLE
D.
SwitchInternalLink
availabilityStatusTraffic
The avai
lability status of the switch internal link. It contains details about operation
alState.
SwitchInternalLink
The operational
state of network synchronization distribution. There is no clock distribution if
the link is set to DISABLED.
SwitchInternalLink
The availability
perationalState.
SwitchInternalLink
SwitchInternalLinkId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit1
SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit2
SwitchInternalLink
siliport1
SwitchInternalLink
siliport2
SwitchInternalLink
administrativeState
0
The administrati
ve state.
SwitchInternalLink
operationalStateTraffic
The operational
state of switch internal link. There is no traffic if the link is set to DISABLE
D.
SwitchInternalLink
availabilityStatusTraffic
The avai
lability status of the switch internal link. It contains details about operation
alState.
SwitchInternalLink
The operational
state of network synchronization distribution. There is no clock distribution if
the link is set to DISABLED.
SwitchInternalLink
The availability
perationalState.
SwitchModule
SwitchModuleId
SwitchModule
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchModule
switchModuleNumber
"Specifies the number of
the switch module (SMN). switchModuleNumber >= 0 The main switch module, wit
h one or two TimingUnits, is given SMN = 0. SMN for extension switch modules dep
ends on the port pair that the extension switch module is connected to i"
SwitchModule
secondSmnEvaluation
"Second Switch Module Nu
mber (SMN) Evaluation There are two cables that are relevant for SMN numbering:
- If the cabling is wrong, secondSmnEvaluation shows the second opinion about th
e switchModuleNumber. - Under normal conditions secondSmnEvaluation = sw"
SwitchModule
administrativeState
0
e. When setting the administrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, a notification that th
e state has been changed to LOCKED is sent towards the operator. There is howeve
r no guarantee that this operation has been successful due to limitation"
SwitchModule
administrativeStateSwitchPlaneA 0
"The administrat
ive state of switch plane A. It is not allowed to lock both switch plane A and B
. When setting the administrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, a notification that the
state has been changed to LOCKED is sent towards the operator. There is however
"
SwitchModule
administrativeStateSwitchPlaneB 0
"The administrat
ive state of switch plane B. It is not allowed to lock both switch plane A and B
"
SwitchModule
operationalState
The operational state. A
t least one of the switch planes is set to ENABLED.
SwitchModule
operationalStateSwitchPlaneA
The operational
state of Switch Module plane A. This attribute is set to DISABLED if any of the
switch ports is faulty. But the switch may still be used.
SwitchModule
operationalStateSwitchPlaneB
The operational
state of Switch Module plane B. This attribute is set to DISABLED if any of the
SwitchModule
availabilityStatus
SwitchModule
availabilityStatusSwitchPlaneA
The availability
status of the Switch Plane A. It contains details about operationalState.
SwitchModule
availabilityStatusSwitchPlaneB
The availability
status of the Switch Plane B. It contains details about operationalState.
SwitchModule
activeSwitchPlane
"Specifies the active sw
itch plane: A or B. During multiple faults, both plan A and B may be used."
SwitchModule
reservedBy
SwitchModule
SwitchModuleId
SwitchModule
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchModule
switchModuleNumber
SwitchModule
secondSmnEvaluation
SwitchModule
administrativeState
0
SwitchModule
"The administrat
"
SwitchModule
"The administrat
"
SwitchModule
operationalState

SwitchModule
The operational
SwitchModule
The operational
SwitchModule
availabilityStatus
SwitchModule
The availability
SwitchModule
The availability
SwitchModule
activeSwitchPlane
SwitchModule
reservedBy
SwitchModule
SwitchModuleId
SwitchModule
switchModuleNumber
SwitchModule
secondSmnEvaluation
SwitchModule
administrativeState
0
SwitchModule
"The administrat
"
SwitchModule
"The administrat
"
SwitchModule
operationalState
SwitchModule
The operational
SwitchModule
The operational
SwitchModule
availabilityStatus
SwitchModule
The availability
SwitchModule
The availability
SwitchModule
activeSwitchPlane
SwitchModule
reservedBy
SwitchPortStp
actualPathCost
Actual path cost.
SwitchPortStp
configuredPathCost
20000 "Configured path cost. I
f manualPathCost is true, the value of the attribute actualPathCost will be dete

rmined by this attribute. If manualPathCost is false, the value of the attribute
actualPathCost may differ from the value of this attribute."
SwitchPortStp
edgePortBpduGuardTimeOut
600
"The time before
an edge port blocked with BPDU Guard goes unblocked. If this attribute is set t
o 0, manual interaction via the action unblockEdgePort is needed. Unit: 1 s"
SwitchPortStp
edgePortMode
ADMIN_EDGE_OFF(0)
The behavior of
an edge port. Setting the edgePortMode may cause a short link failure (several s
econds).Setting the edgePortMode to ADMIN_EDGE_BPDU_GUARD or ADMIN_EDGE_BPDU_FIL
TER turns on the external link redundancy feature if:- the MO SwitchPortStp is
SwitchPortStp
manualPathCost FALSE(0)
"Determines the possibil
ity to manually configure the path cost. If this attribute is set to true, the p
ath cost can be configured by setting the attribute configuredPathCost. If this
attribute is set to false, the system ignores the attribute configuredPa"
SwitchPortStp
priority
0
Port priority. The port with the
lowest portPriority value will be selected as Root port in the case when more t
han one port is connected to the Root bridge. If two ports have the same priorit
y the one with the lowest port number gets the best priority. T
SwitchPortStp
protocolVersion
The actual protocol version runn
ing on this port as the result of negotiation with the remote switch port.
SwitchPortStp
remoteBridgeId
"The bridge id of the counterpar
t bridge in the spanning tree protocol messaging. This attribute is relevant onl
y for ports with the role alternate or root. The attribute consists of priority
and macaddress combined into a string, where the first 4 charact"
SwitchPortStp
rootPathCost
Specifies the Root Path Cost use
d in Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) transmitted from this port. Specificatio
n: IEEE Std 802.1D-2004
SwitchPortStp
stpRole
The STP role of the port.
SwitchPortStp
stpState
The STP state of the port.
SwitchPortStp
SwitchPortStpId
SwitchPortStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchPortStp
settingsUsed
Indicates if the settings in thi
s MO instance are used.
SwitchPortStp
actualPathCost
Actual path cost.
SwitchPortStp
configuredPathCost
SwitchPortStp
600
"The time before
SwitchPortStp
edgePortMode
ADMIN_EDGE_OFF(0)
The behavior of
an edge port. Setting the edgePortMode may cause a short link failure (several s
econds).Setting the edgePortMode to ADMIN_EDGE_BPDU_GUARD or ADMIN_EDGE_BPDU_FIL
TER turns on the external link redundancy feature if:- the MO SwitchPortStp is
SwitchPortStp
SwitchPortStp
priority
0
SwitchPortStp
protocolVersion
SwitchPortStp
remoteBridgeId
SwitchPortStp
rootPathCost
n: IEEE Std 802.1D-2004
SwitchPortStp
stpRole
SwitchPortStp
stpState
SwitchPortStp
SwitchPortStpId
SwitchPortStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchPortStp
settingsUsed
SwitchPortStp
actualPathCost
Actual path cost.
SwitchPortStp
configuredPathCost
SwitchPortStp
600
"The time before
SwitchPortStp
edgePortMode
ADMIN_EDGE_OFF(0)
The behavior of
an edge port.
SwitchPortStp
SwitchPortStp
priority
0
SwitchPortStp
protocolVersion
SwitchPortStp
remoteBridgeId
SwitchPortStp
rootPathCost
n: IEEE Std 802.1D-2004
SwitchPortStp
stpRole
SwitchPortStp
stpState
SwitchPortStp
SwitchPortStpId
SwitchPortStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchPortStp
settingsUsed
SwitchStp
administrativeState
0
e. Turns on or off the use of the Spanning Tree Protocol. SHUTTING_DOWN is not s
upported and if set the value is changed to LOCKED. In case the parent MO is an
instance of EthernetSwitchModule, this attribute is not applicable and i"
SwitchStp
bridgeForwardDelay
150
"The delay used by the s
witch before changing to the Forwarding state, in case of a port interoperating
with a legacy STP switch. If interoperability with legacy STP bridges is wanted,
the value of bridgeForwardDelay must be set to greater than or equal to"
SwitchStp
bridgeHelloTime 20
"Interval between periodic trans
missions of configuration messages by designated ports. If interoperability with
legacy STP bridges is wanted, the value of bridgeHelloTime must be set to less
than or equal to (bridgeMaxAge/2 -10). Ranges and limitations ca"
SwitchStp
bridgeId
"The bridge ID of the switch. Th
e attribute consists of priority and macaddress combined into a string, where th
e first 4 characters repesent the priority, and the last characters represent th
e macaddress. A hyphen (-) separates the two. Example: ""0000-00:"
SwitchStp
bridgeMaxAge
60
"The maximum time interval befor
e a switch, not receiving any BPDUs, assumes that a network change has occurred.
If interoperability with legacy STP bridges is wanted, the value of bridgeMaxAg
e must be set to greater than or equal to 2 x (bridgeHelloTime +"
SwitchStp
bridgePriority 0
"Switch priority used by the pro
tocol. The value must be a multiple of 4096. The preferred rootswitch must have
a low value and the standby rootswitch must have a value that is almost as low.
To achieve as good convergence time as possible, when the rootsw"
SwitchStp
mode
RSTP(0) "The kind of spanning tree protocol used
. The system supports Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, RSTP."
SwitchStp
rootBridgeId
"The bridge ID of the switch def
ined as the root bridge. The attribute consists of priority and macaddress combi
ned into a string, where the first 4 characters repesent the priority, and the l
ast characters represent the macaddress. A hyphen (-) separates "
SwitchStp
rootPortNumber
The root port number.
SwitchStp
SwitchStpId
SwitchStp
topologyChangeTime
The time since the lates
t topology change occurred. Unit: 1 s
SwitchStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchStp
transmitHoldCount
0
"The maximum number of B
PDUs that may be sent on one port to a neighboring switch.When the maximum numbe
r is reached, only one more BPDU may be sent per second. A high value gives bett
er convergence time. The fastest convergence is achieved with the value "
SwitchStp
administrativeState
0
SwitchStp
bridgeForwardDelay
150
SwitchStp
bridgeHelloTime 20
SwitchStp
bridgeId
SwitchStp
bridgeMaxAge
60
SwitchStp
bridgePriority 0
SwitchStp
mode
SwitchStp
rootBridgeId
SwitchStp
rootPortNumber
SwitchStp
SwitchStpId
SwitchStp
topologyChangeTime
SwitchStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchStp
transmitHoldCount
0
SwitchStp
administrativeState
0
SwitchStp
bridgeForwardDelay
150
SwitchStp
bridgeHelloTime 20
SwitchStp
bridgeId
SwitchStp
bridgeMaxAge
60
SwitchStp
bridgePriority 0
SwitchStp
mode
SwitchStp
rootBridgeId
SwitchStp
rootPortNumber
SwitchStp
SwitchStpId
SwitchStp
topologyChangeTime
SwitchStp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchStp
transmitHoldCount
0
SwManagement
SwManagementId
SwManagement
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwManagement
SwManagementId
SwManagement
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwManagement
SwManagementId
Synchronization
SynchronizationId
Synchronization
degradationIsFault
0
"Determines whether a tr
ansmission link degradation (for example, high bit-error rate) is interpreted as
a synchronization reference fault or not. This attribute is applicable only for
traffic carrying synchronization references."
Synchronization
syncReference
"List of resources for synchroni
zation references. Possible references are: E1PhysPathTerm, E3PhysPathTerm, J1Ph
ysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, T3PhysPathTerm, Os155SpiTtp, TuSyncRef, IpSyncRef. T

he IpSyncRef is not supported in TUB1 nodes. A synchronization r"
Synchronization
syncRefPriority 0
"Synchronization reference prior
ity. 1 represents the highest and 8 the lowest priority. Every synchronization r
eference must have a unique priority value. Value 0 means not applicable, that i
s, no synchronization reference with this priority is defined. T"
Synchronization
syncRefActivity
"List of attributes for synchron
ization references, where each attribute specifies whether the respective synchr
onization reference is active. Zero or one reference is active. The length of th
is list is 8."
Synchronization
syncRefStatus
List of status attributes for sy
nchronization references. The length of this list is 8.
Synchronization
userLabel
Label for free use.
Synchronization
nodeSystemClock
State of the system clock on the
node.
Synchronization
SynchronizationId
Synchronization
degradationIsFault
0
Synchronization
syncReference
Synchronization
syncRefPriority 0
Synchronization
syncRefActivity
is list is 8."
Synchronization
syncRefStatus
Synchronization
userLabel
Label for free use.
Synchronization
nodeSystemClock
node.
Synchronization
SynchronizationId
Synchronization
degradationIsFault
0
Synchronization
syncReference
Synchronization
syncRefPriority 0
Synchronization
syncRefActivity
is list is 8."
Synchronization
syncRefStatus
Synchronization
userLabel
Label for free use.
Synchronization
nodeSystemClock
node.
SystemConstants
sysConstants
"A string that holds system cons
tants (name and value). A system constant pair consists of a name and a value. T
he name and value is separated by ':' while system constant pairs are separated
by ','. If a system constant is not included in the attribute, t"
SystemConstants
SystemConstantsId
SystemFunctions
SystemFunctionsId
SystemFunctions
userLabel
Label for free use.
SystemFunctions
SystemFunctionsId
SystemFunctions
userLabel
Label for free use.
SystemFunctions
SystemFunctionsId
T1PhysPathTerm
T1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T1PhysPathTerm
loopback
T1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1PhysPathTerm
transmissionMode
0
The type of transmission
medium.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
T1PhysPathTerm
T1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T1PhysPathTerm
loopback
T1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1PhysPathTerm
transmissionMode
0
medium.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
T1PhysPathTerm
T1PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T1PhysPathTerm
loopback
T1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
T1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1PhysPathTerm
transmissionMode
0
medium.
T1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync

T1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 0
T1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
0
T1Ttp
T1TtpId
T1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1Ttp
aisReporting
0
ng disabled.
T1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
ing disabled.
T1Ttp
operationalState
T1Ttp
availabilityStatus
T1Ttp
reservedBy
T1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
T1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1Ttp
degDegM 0
T1Ttp
degDegThr
0
T1Ttp
T1TtpId
T1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1Ttp
aisReporting
0
ng disabled.
T1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
ing disabled.
T1Ttp
operationalState
T1Ttp
availabilityStatus
T1Ttp
reservedBy
T1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
T1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1Ttp
degDegM 0
T1Ttp
degDegThr
0
T1Ttp
T1TtpId
T1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
T1Ttp
aisReporting
0
ng disabled.
T1Ttp
rdiReporting
0
ing disabled.
T1Ttp
operationalState
T1Ttp
availabilityStatus
T1Ttp
reservedBy
T1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
T1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED(0)
T1Ttp
degDegM 0
T1Ttp
degDegThr
0
T3PhysPathTerm
T3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T3PhysPathTerm
loopback
T3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
Indicates whether the alarm Alar
m Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - rep
orting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
Indicates whether the alarm Remo
te Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - re
porting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
T3PhysPathTerm
T3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T3PhysPathTerm
loopback
T3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
orting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
porting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
T3PhysPathTerm
T3PhysPathTermId
he RDN.
T3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
T3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
T3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
T3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
0
.
T3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 0
T3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
T3PhysPathTerm
loopback
T3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
0
orting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
0
porting disabled.
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
T3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
TcMap
TcMapId
RDN.
TcMap
userLabel
TcMap
gbrRangeStart
Starting point for the GBR range.Depende
ncies:gbrRangeStart < gbrRangeEnd For further restrictions please see TcMap clas
s description.Unit: kbps (1000 bits per second) Change takes effect: New connect
ions
TcMap
gbrRangeEnd
End point for the GBR range.Dependencies
:gbrRangeEnd > gbrRangeStart For further restrictions please see TcMap class des
cription.Unit: kbps (1000 bits per second) Change takes effect: New connections
TcMap
tdRangeStart
Starting point for the Transfer Delay ra
nge.Dependencies:tdRangeStart < tdRangeEnd For further restrictions please see T
cMap class description.Unit: ms Change takes effect: New connections
TcMap
tdRangeEnd
End point for the Transfer Delay range.D
ependencies:tdRangeEnd > tdRangeStart For further restrictions please see TcMap
class description.Unit: ms Change takes effect: New connections
TcMap
qosRef
Reference to an instance containing the QoS sett
ings.Dependencies:This reference must point at an instance of SpiQosClass or Tnl
QosClass that is contained under the same profile as this instance. Change takes
effect: New connections
TcMap
arpSpiMapRef
Reference to an instance containing exte
rnal ARP to SPI mappings.This attribute is not applicable under some profiles. D
ependencies: This reference must point at an instance of ArpSpiMap that is conta
ined under the same profile as this instance.Change tak
TimDevice
TimDeviceId
TimDevice
userLabel
TimDevice
deviceIndId
by the system to ""TIMD-<#>"", where #=a number greater that zero."
TimDevice
administrativeState
0
of the Timing Unit device.
TimDevice
operationalState
the Timing Unit device.
TimDevice
usageState
The usage state of the Timing Un
it device.
TimDevice
availabilityStatus
of the TimDevice. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the sa
me object: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OF
FLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or
TimDevice
standbyStatus
The standby status of the TimDev
ice.
TimDevice
isStable
The clock stability status of th
e TIM device. Possible values: ? NOT_STABLE = TIM device has not reached the sta
bility required to transmit RF. ? STABLE = TIM device has reached and confirms t
o the stability required to transmit RF. ? EMPTY = State is not
TimDevice
isSynchronized
"The synchronization status of t
he TimDevice. ? NOT_SYNCHRONIZED (TIM device does not receive reference from net
work synchronization function, or that TIM device is not capable of tracking the
received ref) ? SYNCHRONIZED (TIM device receives an (external)"
TimDevice
reservedBy
TimDevice
TimDeviceId
TimDevice
availabilityStatus
TimDevice
operationalState
TimDevice
usageState
TimDeviceSet
TimDeviceSetId
TimDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
TimDeviceSet
operationalState
TimDeviceSet
usageState
TimingUnit
TimingUnitId
TimingUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
TimingUnit
operationalState
TimingUnit
availabilityStatus
TimingUnit
tuSystemClock
State of the system clock signal
.
TimingUnit
TimingUnitId
TimingUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
TimingUnit
operationalState
TimingUnit
availabilityStatus
TimingUnit
tuSystemClock
.
TimingUnit
TimingUnitId
TimingUnit
operationalState
TimingUnit
availabilityStatus
TimingUnit
tuSystemClock
.
TmaDevice
reservedBy
TmaDevice
TmaDeviceId
TmaDevice
availabilityStatus
TmaDevice
operationalState
TmaDevice
usageState
TmaDeviceSet
TmaDeviceSetId
TmaDeviceSet
dlTrafficDelay 0
"Internal downlink traffic delay
. Only applicable to AU type ATMAU. Example: 112 = 11.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Use case
s: AUC_309, AUC_315 Takes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells. Ref
. [FS_AUC]"
TmaDeviceSet
ulTrafficDelay 0
"Internal uplink traffic delay.
Only applicable to AU type ATMAU. Example: 312 = 31.2 ns Unit: 0.1 ns Use cases:
AUC_309, AUC_315 Takes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells. Ref.
[FS_AUC]"
TmaDeviceSet
dlAttenuation 0
"Internal attenuation, downlink.
Only applicable to AU type ATMAU. Example: 50 = 5.0 dB Unit: 0.1 dB Use cases:
AUC_309, AUC_315 Takes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells. Ref. [
FS_AUC]"
TmaDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
TmaDeviceSet
operationalState
TmaDeviceSet
userLabel
]
TnApplication
TnApplicationId
TnApplication
userLabel
label on the MO instance. ,"
TnlCchQosClassProfile
TnlCchQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
TnlCchQosClassProfile
userLabel
C.
TnlDchQosClassProfile
TnlDchQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
TnlDchQosClassProfile
userLabel
C.
TnlHspaQosClassProfile
TnlHspaQosClassProfileId
Naming a
ttribute. Contains the value part of the RDN.
TnlHspaQosClassProfile
userLabel
C.
TnlIuQosClassProfile
TnlIuQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
TnlIuQosClassProfile
userLabel
C.
TnlQosClass
TnlQosClassId
TnlQosClass
tnlQosClassInsId
0
his instance. Used to set the value of the spi attribute.
TnlQosClass
userLabel
TnlQosClass
aal2QosClass
AAL2 QoS class for the user plan
e transport bearer. Change takes effect: New connections
TnlQosClass
dscpEgress
DiffServ Code Point value for th
e user plane transport bearer egress IP packets . Change takes effect: New conne
ctions
TnlQosClass
dscpIngress
DiffServ Code Point value for th
e user plane transport bearer ingress IP packets. Change takes effect: New conne
ctions
TnlQosClass
spi
Scheduling Priority Indicator.
TnlQosClass
reservedBy
s to this MO."
TnlQosClass
prefIubUserPlaneTransportOption
"Defines the pre
ferred Iub user plane transport option. Only used for the IubLinks for which the
dual stack feature has been configured, and only when the dual stack feature ha
s been activated. IubLinks that do not have the dual stack feature activated wil
"
TnlQosClass
prefIubUserPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls
if ATM is enabled in the transport layer.
TnlQosClass
prefIubUserPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls
if IPv4is enabled in the transport layer.
TpaDevice
reservedBy
TpaDevice
TpaDeviceId
TpaDevice
maxTotalOutputPower
0
"The maximum total outpu
t power of the TPA device, allowed to configure for TPA devices on RUW and RRUW.
When set to the undefined value, the output power is set by the RBS.Preconditio
n: There must not be any cell setup using the TPA device. The TPA device"
TpaDevice
availabilityStatus
TpaDevice
operationalState
TpaDevice
usageState
TpaDeviceSet
TpaDeviceSetId
TpaDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
TpaDeviceSet
operationalState
TrafficClass
TrafficClassId
TrafficClass
trafficClassInsId
his instance.
TrafficClass
userLabel
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC
TrafficClass
defaultQosRef
"Reference to the default QoS sp
ecification. Under some profiles, this reference is used when no match is found
among the child instances. Once the defaultQosRef attribute has been set to a no
n-empty value, it cannot be set to empty again. This attribute i"
TrafficClass
tcInd
Traffic class indicator.
TrafficClass
cnInd
Core network type indicator.
TrafficClass
serviceInd
Service type indicator.
TrafficClass
ssd
Source statistics descriptor.
TrafficClass
arpSpiMapRef
Reference to an instance contain
ing external ARP to SPI mappings.This attribute is not applicable under some pro
files. Dependencies: This reference must point at an instance of ArpSpiMap that
is contained under the same profile as this instance.Change tak
TrafficClassPsInt
TrafficClassPsIntId
Naming attribute
TrafficClassPsInt
trafficClassPsIntInsId
Internal identif
ier of this instance.
TrafficClassPsInt
thp
Traffic Handling Priority used w
hen calculating the QoS class.
TrafficClassPsInt
si
Signaling Indicator used when ca
lculating the QoS class.
TrafficClassPsInt
userLabel
C.
TrafficClassPsInt
qosRef
"Reference to the QoS specificat
ion.Once the defaultQosRef attribute has been set to a non-empty value, it canno
t be set to empty again. This attribute is not applicable under some profiles. D
ependencies: Points to a TnlQosClass instance or a SpiQosClass i"
TrafficClassPsInt
arpSpiMapRef
containing external ARP to SPI mappings.This attribute is not applicable under
some profiles. Dependencies: This reference must point at an instance of ArpSpiM
ap that is contained under the same profile as this instance.Change tak
TransportNetwork
TransportNetworkId
The value compon
TransportNetwork
userLabel
Label for free use.
TransportNetwork
TransportNetworkId
The value compon
TransportNetwork
userLabel
Label for free use.
TransportNetwork
TransportNetworkId
The value compon
TransportNetwork
userLabel
Label for free use.
TrDevice
reservedBy
TrDevice
TrDeviceId
TrDevice
availabilityStatus
TrDevice
operationalState
TrDevice
usageState

TrDeviceSet
TrDeviceSetId
TrDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
TrDeviceSet
operationalState
TrDeviceSet
usageState
TrxDeviceGroup
TrxDeviceGroupId
TrxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
TrxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
TrxDeviceGroup
operationalState
TrxDeviceGroup
usageState
TrxRfCable
aiuConnector
Value denoting the TRX RF connec
tor at the AIU. Possible values: ? HL_IN_A1 ? HL_IN_A2 ? LL_IN_A ? LL_IN_B? LL_I
N_C? LL_IN_D? TX_IN_A Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Ref. [CB_ECF]
TrxRfCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the AIU to
which the TRX RF cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition
: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist. Ref. [CB_
ECF]
TrxRfCable
alarmStatus
0
2 or 3 is set to 1) No bit set means no outstanding alarm. Spec"
TrxRfCable
dlAttenuation
"RF attenuation of the cable, do
wnlink.Example: 36 = 3.6 dB Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equip
ment Unit: 0.1 dB Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Us
er category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
TrxRfCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical downlink del
ay of the cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanoseconds Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site,
Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for t
he affected cell. User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_ECF]"
TrxRfCable
trxConnector
Value denoting the connector tow
ards the TRX. Possible values: ? TX_A ? TX_B Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Ref.
[CB_ECF]
TrxRfCable
trxPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the TRX to
which the TRX RF cable is connected. Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site Precondition
: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MO must exist. Ref. [CB_E
CF]
TrxRfCable
TrxRfCableId
TuDeviceGroup
TuDeviceGroupId
TuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
TuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
TuDeviceGroup
operationalState
TuDeviceGroup
usageState
TuSyncRef
TuSyncRefId
TuSyncRef
userLabel
Label for free use.
TuSyncRef
operationalState
TuSyncRef
administrativeState
0
.
TuSyncRef
availabilityStatus
TuSyncRef
reservedBy
TuSyncRef
TuSyncRefId
TuSyncRef
userLabel
Label for free use.
TuSyncRef
operationalState
TuSyncRef
administrativeState
0
.
TuSyncRef
availabilityStatus
TuSyncRef
reservedBy
TuSyncRef
TuSyncRefId
TuSyncRef
userLabel
Label for free use.
TuSyncRef
operationalState
TuSyncRef
administrativeState
0
.
TuSyncRef
availabilityStatus
TuSyncRef
reservedBy
TxDeviceGroup
bbBusState
"Identifies the baseband (gamma)
bus usage. Two TX boards located in the same subrack work in load-sharing, wher
e one of the boards is master, controlling the bus. Data from the slave board is
sent through a cross-connection and is combined with the data o"
TxDeviceGroup
tpcMode
States the mode of the test bus. Possibl
e values: ? 0 = NORMAL ? 11 = MONITORUser category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_
UTS]
TxDeviceGroup
TxDeviceGroupId
TxDeviceGroup
numHsCodeResources
0
Indicates how many proce
ssing resources on the TXB that shall be loaded with HSDPA software. An HSDPA pr
ocessing resource supports a number of HS-DPSCH codes. The number of supported H
S-DPSCH codes depends on how many cells that uses the HSDPA processing
TxDeviceGroup
numEulResources 0
Indicates how many processing re
sources on the TXB that shall be loaded with EUL software. Dependencies: If set
to 1 then numHsCodeResources must be > 0 on at least one TxDeviceGroup MO within
the same baseband pool. May only be set to 1 on one TxDeviceGr
TxDeviceGroup
l1AckMonitorIsActive
Shows if L1-ACK monitori
ng is active.User category: Ericsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
TxDeviceGroup
isHiMonitoringStarted
Identifies if monitoring
ofACK/NACK sent on the E-HICH channel is started. User category: Ericsson perso
nnel Ref. [CB_UTS]
TxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus

TxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
TxDeviceGroup
operationalState
TxDeviceGroup
usageState
UbchDeviceSet
reservedBy
UbchDeviceSet
UbchDeviceSetId
UbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
UbchDeviceSet
operationalState
UbchDeviceSet
usageState
UeMeasControl
UeMeasControlId
UeMeasControl
userLabel
UeMeasControl
filterCoefficient1
2
Coefficient for layer 3
filtering before intra-frequency reporting evaluation.Change takes effect: Ongoi
ng connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
measQuantity1 CPICH_EC_NO(2) Used by UE functions for
intra-frequency measurements (in CELL_DCH). Quantity to measure for the chosen
mode. The value of this attribute will set the message data CPICH_Ec/No or CPICH
_RSCP accordingly. Dependencies: If CN Hard Handover is supported and m
UeMeasControl
asCellSyncInfoRepInd
1
Indicates if cell synchr
onization information shall be reported for cells in the active set.This attribu
te may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: False 1: True Cha
nge takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
dsCellSyncInfoRepInd
1
Cell synch information r
eport indicator.Indicates if cell synchronization information shall be reported
for cells in the detected set.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel.Value mapping: 0: False 1: True Change takes effect: Ongoing con
UeMeasControl
msCellSyncInfoRepInd
1
Indicates if cell synchr
onization information shall be reported for the cells in the monitored set.This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: False 1: T
rue Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
triggerCondTwo1a
5
Indicates which set of t
he cells shall be used in event 1a reporting evaluation.This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 2 : Monitored set cells 4 : Dete
cted set cells 5 : Detected set cells and monitored set cells Change ta
UeMeasControl
reportingRange1a
6
Used by UE functions for
intra-frequency measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH). Threshold used for additio
n-window in evaluation criteria for event type 1a. Value mapping: 0:0.0 dB 1:0.5
dB ... 6: 3.0 db .. 29: 14.5 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change takes effect: Ongo
UeMeasControl
w1a
0
Weight factor to include active set cell
s other than the best in evaluation criteria for event 1a. Used by UE functions
for intra-frequency measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH).Unit: 0.1 Change takes e
ffect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
hysteresis1a
0
Hysteresis used in addition-wind
ow in evaluation criteria for event 1a to avoid ping pong effects. Used by UE fu
nctions for intra-frequency measurement reporting in CELL_DCH. Value mapping: 0
: 0.0dB (no hysteresis) 1 : 0.5dB ... 15 : 7.5dB Unit: 0.5 dB C
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger1a 11
Time between detection of event
1a and sending of the measurement report. Used by UE functions for intra-frequen
cy measurement reporting in CELL_DCH.Value mapping: 0 : 0 ms 1 : 10 ms 2 : 20 ms
3 : 40 ms 4 : 60 ms 5 : 80 ms 6 : 100 ms 7 : 120 ms 8 : 160 ms
UeMeasControl
amountOfReporting1a
7
"Number of reports when
UE has reverted to event-triggered periodical reporting due to 'cell addition fa
ilure', for event type 1a. Used by UE functions for intra-frequency measurement
reporting (in CELL_DCH).This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson p"
UeMeasControl
reportingInterval1a
3
Interval of event-trigge
red periodical reporting in case of 'cell addition failure' or 'cell replacement
failure'. Indicates the interval in seconds of periodical reporting triggered b
y event 1a. Used by UE functions for intra-frequency measurement report
UeMeasControl
maxNumberRepCells1a
3
Maximum number of cells
included in the report for event 1a.This attribute may only be changed by Ericss
on personnel.Value mapping: 1 : Virtual/Active set cells + 1 2 : Virtual/Active
set cells + 2 3 : Virtual/Active set cells + 3 4 : Virtual/Active set c
UeMeasControl
triggerCondOne1b
1
Specify the set of cells
that shall be used in event 1b reporting evaluation.This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 1: Active set cells Change takes ef
fect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
reportingRange1b
10
Used by UE functions for
intra-frequency measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH). Threshold used for drop wi
ndow in evaluation criteria for event 1b. Value mapping: 0:0.0 dB 1:0.5 dB ... 1
0: 5.0 db .. 29: 14.5 dB Unit: 0.5 db Change takes effect: Ongoing conn
UeMeasControl
w1b
0
Weight factor to include active set cell
s other than the best in evaluation criteria for event 1b. Used by UE functions
for intra-frequency measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH).Unit: 0.1 Change takes e
ffect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
hysteresis1b
0
Hysteresis used in the drop wind
ow in evaluation criteria for event type 1b.Used by UE functions for intra-frequ
ency measurement reporting in CELL_DCH. Value mapping: 0 : 0.0 dB (no hysteresis
) 1 : 0.5 dB ... 15 : 7.5 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change takes effect:
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger1b 12
1b and sending of the measurement report. Used by UE functions for intra-frequen
cy measurement reporting in CELL_DCH. Value mapping: 0 : 0 ms 1 : 10 ms 2 : 20 m
s 3 : 40 ms 4 : 60 ms 5 : 80 ms 6 : 100 ms 7 : 120 ms 8 : 160 m
UeMeasControl
hysteresis1c
2
Used by UE functions for intra-f
requency measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH). Hysteresis used in replacement thr
eshold in evaluation criteria for event 1c to avoid ping pong effects. Value map
ping: 0:0.0 dB (no hysteresis) 1:0.5 dB 2:1.0 dB .. 15: 7.5 dB
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger1c 11
1c and sending of the measurement report. Used by UE functions for intra-frequen
cy measurement reporting in CELL_DCH. Value mapping: 0: 0 ms 1: 10 ms 2: 20 ms 3
: 40 ms 4: 60 ms 5: 80 ms 6: 100 ms 7: 120 ms 8: 160 ms 9: 200
UeMeasControl
amountOfReporting1c
7
Maximum number of period
ic reports at event-triggered periodic reporting for event 1c.This attribute may
only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 1 1: 2 2: 4 ... 6: 64 7
: infinity Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CEL
UeMeasControl
reportingInterval1c
3
Interval of event-trigge
red periodical reporting in case of 'cell addition failure' or 'cell replacement
failure'. Indicates the interval in seconds of periodical reporting triggered b
y event 1c. Used by UE functions for intra-frequency measurement report
UeMeasControl
maxNumberRepCells1c
3
included in the report for event 1c.This attribute may only be changed by Ericss
on personnel.Value mapping: 1 : Virtual/Active set cells + 1 2 : Virtual/Active
set cells + 2 3 : Virtual/Active set cells + 3 4 : Virtual/Active set c
UeMeasControl
hysteresis1d
15
Hysteresis used in drop window i
n evaluation criteria for event type 1d. Used by UE functions for intra-frequenc
y measurement reporting (in CELL_DCH). Value mapping: 0:0.0 dB (no hysteresis) 1
:0.5 dB 2:1.0 dB ... 15: 7.5 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change takes effec
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger1d 14
1d and sending of the measurement report. Value mapping: 0: 0 ms 1: 10 ms 2: 20
ms 3: 40 ms 4: 60 ms 5: 80 ms 6: 100 ms 7: 120 ms 8: 160 ms 9: 200 ms 10: 240 ms
11: 320 ms 12: 640 ms 13: 1280 ms 14: 2560 ms 15: 5000 ms Chan
UeMeasControl
readSfnInd
1
Indicates if reading of SFN is r
equired for the target cell.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Value mapping: 0 : False 1 : True Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
(next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
filterCoefficient2
2
filtering before inter-frequency measurement reporting evaluation.Change takes e
ffect: Ongoing connections (next time that 2d/2f measurements are started or mod
ified)
UeMeasControl
usedFreqW2d
0
Weighting factor for event 2d fo
r the used frequency.Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next ti
me that 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)
UeMeasControl
hysteresis2d
0
Hysteresis for event 2d. Value m
apping: 0:0.0 dB 1:0.5 dB ... 29: 14.5 dB Unit: 0.5 db Change takes effect: Ongo
ing connections (next time that 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger2dEcno
320
"Time between detection
of event 2d and sending of the measurement report, when the measurement quantity
is CPICH EC/NO. Special values: When the value 5000 is set, the Measurement Con
trol message will not be sent at all. Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongo"
UeMeasControl
usedFreqW2f
0
Weighting factor for event 2f fo
r the used frequency.Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next ti
me that 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)
UeMeasControl
hysteresis2f
0
Hysteresis for event 2f. Value m
apping: 0:0.0 dB 1:0.5 dB ... 29: 14.5 dB Unit: 0.5 db Change takes effect: Ongo
ing connections (next time that 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger2fEcno
1280
of event 2f and sending of the measurement report, when the measurement quantity
is CPICH EC/NO. Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time th
at 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)"
UeMeasControl
utranFilterCoefficient3 2
filtering of UTRAN quality before inter-RAT reporting evaluation.Change takes ef
fect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-RAT measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
gsmFilterCoefficient3 1
filtering of GSM quality before inter-RAT reporting evaluation.Change takes effe
ct: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-RAT measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
gsmTimeDiffRepInd
0
Indicates whether GSM ob
served time difference shall be reported for GSM cells.This attribute may only b
e changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0 : False 1 : True Change takes e
ffect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-RAT measurements are s
UeMeasControl
utranW3a
0
Weighting factor for event 3a fo
r UTRAN. Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inte
r-RAT measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
gsmThresh3a
-95
Threshold for event 3a for GSM.
Range is valid for GSM carrier RSSI.Unit: dBm Change takes effect: Ongoing conne
ctions (next time that inter-RAT measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
hysteresis3a
0
Hysteresis for event 3a. Value m
apping: 0:0.0 dB ... 15: 7.5 dB Unit: 0.5 dB Change takes effect: Ongoing connec
tions (next time that inter-RAT measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger3a 6
3a and sending of the measurement report. Value mapping: 0: 0 ms 1: 10 ms 2: 20
ms 3: 40 ms 4: 60 ms 5: 80 ms 6: 100 ms 7: 120 ms 8: 160 ms 9: 200 ms 10: 240 ms
11: 320 ms 12: 640 ms 13: 1280 ms 14: 2560 ms 15: 5000 ms Chan
UeMeasControl
maxNumberRepCells1d
1
included in the report for event 1d.This attribute may only be changed by Ericss
on personnel.Value mapping: 1: Virtual/Active set cells + 1 2: Virtual/Active se
t cells + 2 3: Virtual/Active set cells + 3 4: Virtual/Active set cells
UeMeasControl
maxNumberRepCells3a
4
included in the report for event 3a. This attribute may only be changed by Erics
son personnel.
UeMeasControl
filterCoeff6
3
"Coefficient for layer 3 filteri
ng before UE internal measurement reporting evaluation, for event 6a and 6b. Cha
nge takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)"
UeMeasControl
measQuant6
UE_TRANSMITTED_POWER(0) "Measurement qua
ntity for UL connection quality reporting evaluation, for event 6a and 6b. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: Ongoing
connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)"
UeMeasControl
ueTxPowerThresh6b
18
Threshold for event 6b.
Unit: dBm Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
timeTrigg6b
1280
6b and sending of the measurement report. Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoing
connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
filterCoeff4_2b 2
"Coefficient for layer 3 filteri
ng before inter-frequency reporting evaluation, for measurement 4 event 2b. Chan
ge takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-frequency measurement
s are started)"
UeMeasControl
cellSyncInfoRepInd4_2b FALSE(0)
"Indicates if ce
ll synchronization information shall be reported for cells in the Virtual Active
Set(s), for measurement 4 event 2b. This attribute may only be changed by Erics
son personnel.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-fre
"
UeMeasControl
ueAutoUpdateMode4_2b
ON_WITH_NO_REPORTING(2) "Indicat
es if UE autonomous update of the Virtual Active Set(s) shall be done or not, fo
r measurement 4 event 2b. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personn
el.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-frequency meas
urements"
UeMeasControl
usedFreqW4_2b 0
Weighting factor for measurement
4 event 2b for the currently used frequency. Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect: Ong
oing connections (next time that inter-frequency measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
hyst4_2b
10
Hysteresis for measurement 4 eve
nt 2b. Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5 Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next
time that inter-frequency measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
timeTrigg4_2b 100
"Time between detection of event
2b and sending of the measurement report, for measurement 4. Unit: ms Change ta
kes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inter-frequency measurements are
started)"
UeMeasControl
nonUsedFreqThresh4_2bEcno
-10
Threshold for me
asurement 4 event 2b for the non-used frequencies when the measurement quantity
is Ec/No. Unit: dB Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inte
r-frequency measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
nonUsedFreqThresh4_2bRscp
-100
Threshold for me
asurement 4 event 2b for the non-used frequencies when the measurement quantity
is RSCP. Unit: dBm Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time that inte
r-frequency measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
usedFreqThresh2dEcnoDrnc
-13
Threshold for ev
ent 2d for the used frequency for cells located in DRNC when the measurement qua
ntity is Ec/No. Note: This parameter is also used for calculation of a threshold
value for the used frequency for 2f events. The calculated value is sent to th
UeMeasControl
usedFreqThresh2dRscpDrnc
-105
Threshold for ev
ent 2d for the used frequency for cells located in the DRNC when the measurement
quantity is RSCP. Note: This parameter is also used for calculation of a thresh
old value for the used frequency for 2f events. The calculated value is sent to
UeMeasControl
usedFreqRelThresh2fEcno 2
Relative threshold for e
vent 2f versus event 2d for the used frequency when the measurement quantity is
Ec/No. Note: This parameter is used for calculation of a threshold value for the
used frequencyfor 2f events. The calculated value is sent to the UE in
UeMeasControl
usedFreqRelThresh2fRscp 3
Relative threshold for e
vent 2f versus event 2d for the used frequency when the measurement quantity is
RSCP. Note: This parameter is used for calculation of a threshold value for the
used frequencyfor 2f events. The calculated value is sent to the UE in
UeMeasControl
nonUsedFreqW4_2b
0
Weighting factor for mea
surement 4 event 2b for the non-used frequencies. Unit: 0.1 Change takes effect:
Ongoing connections (next time that inter-frequency measurements are started)
UeMeasControl
maxNumbRepCells4_2b
2
per reported non-used frequency included in the report for measurement 4 event 2
b. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect:
Ongoing connections (next time that inter-frequency measurements are s
UeMeasControl
hsQualityEstimate
CPICH_RSCP(1) "Indicates wheth
er it is CPICH Ec/N0 or CPICH RSCP that should be used for indicating ""best cel
l"" for HS-DSCH cell selection and HS-DSCH cell change. Change takes effect: Ong
oing connections (next switch to HS-DSCH)"
UeMeasControl
hsHysteresis1d 10
Hysteresis value for event 1D fo
r HS connections. Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5 Change takes effect: Ongoing connec
tions (next switch to HS-DSCH)
UeMeasControl
hsTimeToTrigger1d
640
Sets the Event 1D Time t
o Trigger value specific for HS connections Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoin
g connections (next switch to HS-DSCH)
UeMeasControl
utranRelThresh3aEcno
0
"Relative threshold for
event 3a versus event 2d, when the 2d measurement with measurement quantity CPIC
H EC/NO was started. This parameter is used to compute the absolute 3a Ec/No thr
eshold, by adding it to the current 2d Ec/No threshold (absolute 3a Ec/N"
UeMeasControl
utranRelThresh3aRscp
0
"Relative threshold for
event 3a versus event 2d when the 2d measurement with measurement quantity CPICH
RSCP was started. This parameter is used to compute the absolute 3a RSCP thresh
old, by adding it to the current 2d RSCP threshold (absolute 3a RSCP thr"
UeMeasControl
usedFreqRelThresh4_2bEcno
0
"Relative thresh
old for event 2b versus event 2d, when the 2d measurement with measurement quant
ity CPICH EC/NO was started. This parameter is used to compute the absolute 2b E
c/No used frequency threshold, by adding it to the current 2d Ec/No threshold (a
"
UeMeasControl
usedFreqRelThresh4_2bRscp
0
"Relative thresh
old for event 2b versus event 2d when the 2d measurement with measurement quanti
ty CPICH RSCP was started. This parameter is used to compute the absolute 2b Rsc
p threshold, by adding it to the current 2d Rscp threshold (absolute 2b Rscp use
"
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger2dRscp
320
of event 2d and sending of the measurement report, when the measurement quantity
is CPICH RSCP. Special values: When the value 5000 is set, the Measurement Cont
rol message will not be sent at all. Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoi"
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger2fRscp
1280
of event 2f and sending of the measurement report, when the measurement quantity
is CPICH RSCP. Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next time tha
t 2d/2f measurements are started or modified)"
UeMeasControl
utranRelThreshRscp
5
"Relative threshold used
during bad connection quality, when the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP. Thi
s parameter is used to compute the absolute RSCP threshold for the used frequenc
y for 3a or 2b measurements, when bad connection quality has been trigge"
UeMeasControl
utranThresh3aForcedGsm 0
UTRAN threshold for even
t 3a for Service/Load Based GSM Handover measurements using measurement quantity
CPICH Ec/No. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: dB
Change takes effect: New connections
UeMeasControl
event1dRncThreshold
2
"Number of consecutive t
imes that event 1a and/or event 1c measurement reports must be received proposin
g to add a particular cell to the active set, where the proposed cell does not h
ave the capabilities required to provide the same level of service as th"
UeMeasControl
event1dRncOffset
2
"Offset added to the cel
l measurements received in event 1a and/or event 1c measurement reports, when de
termining whether to trigger event 1d-RNC.Received 1a / 1c event reports proposi
ng to add a cell to the active set, where the proposed cell does not hav"
UeMeasControl
timeToTrigger6d 320
6d and sending of the measurement report Unit: ms Change takes effect: Ongoing c
onnections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
UeMeasControl
txPowerConnQualMonEnabled
0
"Defines whether
connection quality monitoring, using Tx Power Measurements is enabled or not. C
hange takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)"
UeMeasControl
usedFreqGanThreshEcNo -13
Quality threshold for ev
ent 3a measurements for the used frequency when there are no GSM cells in the li
st. This threshold is used when only GAN measurements are active and the UE is n
ot in GAN Preferred Mode. When both GSM and GAN measurements are active
UePositioning
UePositioningId
UePositioning
enabledPositioningFeatures
0
"Enables and dis
ables the different UE positioning features, which are optional. Dependencies: I
t is not possible to enable A-GPS unless an instance of the MO Class GpsReceiver
has been created.It is also not possible to delete that instance if A-GPS is en
"
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping
Mapping between Client T
ype and Service Class. Change takes effect:Ongoing connections (next positioning
transaction)
UePositioning
cellIdPosQualities
Typical QoS parameters f
or the Cell Id positioning method. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (nex
t positioning transaction)
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.lawfulInterceptServices
0
The service class valid for the lawful intercept services client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.plmnOperAnonymousStatistics 0
The service class valid for the plmn operator anonymous statistics client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.plmnOperBroadcastServices
0
The service class valid for the plmn operator Broadcast services client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.plmnOperOm
0
The service clas
s valid for PLMN operator O&M Client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.plmnOperServices
0
The serv
ice class valid for the plmn operator services client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.plmnOperTargetMsServiceSupport
0
The service class valid for the plmn operator target MS service support
client type.
UePositioning
clientTypeMapping.valueAddedServices
0
The serv
ice class valid for the value added services client type.
UePositioning
cellIdPosQualities.accuracyCodeTypical 0
"Expecte
us = 10 "
UePositioning
cellIdPosQualities.confidenceEstimate 95
Expected
confidence of the positioning method to be used for shape Conversion.Unit: %
UePositioning
cellIdPosQualities.responseTimeTypical 700
Expected
UePositioning
cellIdPosQualities.verticalAccuracyCodeTypical 0
(1.025^verticalA"
UeRabType
UeRabTypeId
UeRabType
trafficClass
Traffic class for the RAB type.D
efines the type of an application for which the RAB is optimized. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: Conversational 1: S
treaming 2: Interactive 3: Background
UeRabType
assymetryInd
RAB asymmetry indicator. This at
tribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: Symmetric Bi
directional 1: Asymmetric Unidirectional DL 2: Asymmetric Unidirectional UL 3: A
symmetric Bidirectional
UeRabType
maxBitRateDl
Maximum bit rate in downlink dir
ection. Use of value is based on the RAB asymmetry indicator. This attribute may
only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bps
UeRabType
maxBitRateUl
Maximum bit rate in uplink direc
tion. Use of value is based on the RAB asymmetry indicator. This attribute may o
nly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bps
UeRabType
maxSduSize
Maximum SDU size. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bit
UeRabType
transferDelay
"Transfer delay.Indicates maximu
m delay for 95th percentile of the distribution of delivered SDUs during the lif
etime of a bearer service, where delay for an SDU is defined as the time from a
request to transfer of an SDU at one SAP to its delivery to the "
UeRabType
trafficHandlingPriority
Traffic handling priorit
y. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRabType
sourceStatisticsDescriptor
Specifies the ch
aracteristics of the source of submitted SDUs. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: Speech 1: Unknown
UeRabType
ingressBitRateAverage
Ingress bit rate average
. Traffic descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This a
ttribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0 bps 1: 64
bps ... 32000: 2048000 bps (2048 kbps) Unit: 64 bps
UeRabType
ingressBitRatePeak
Ingress bit rate peak. T
raffic descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This attr
ibute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0 bps 1: 64 bp
s ... 32000: 2048000 bps (2048 kbps) Unit: 64 bps
UeRabType
egressBitRateAverage
Egress bit rate average.
Traffic descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This at
tribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0 bps 1: 64
bps ... 32000: 2048000 bps (2048 kbps) Unit: 64 bps
UeRabType
egressBitRatePeak
Egress bit rate peak. Tr
affic descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This attri
bute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0 bps 1: 64 bps
... 32000: 2048000 bps (2048 kbps) Unit: 64 bps
UeRabType
ingressSscsSduSizeAverage
Ingress SsCs SDU
Size Average. Traffic Descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC a
nd CN. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: octet
UeRabType
ingressSscsSduSizePeak
Ingress SsCs SDU Size Pe
ak. Traffic Descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: octet
UeRabType
egressSscsSduSizeAverage
Egress SsCs SDU
Size Average. Traffic Descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC an
d CN. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: octet
UeRabType
egressSscsSduSizePeak
Egress SsCs SDU Size Pea
k. Traffic Descriptor parameter for the connection between the RNC and CN. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: octet
UeRabType
iucInitTimer
"Time to wait for CN response to
an Iu-c initialization procedure. After this length of time, if no response has
been received, RNC repeats the initialization procedure. The maximum number of
repeated attempts is defined in noIucInitRep. This attribute may"
UeRabType
noIucInitRep
"Number of repeated attempts to
initialize the Iu user plane protocol, when it has failed. This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0 is used to indicate that n
oIucInitRep is not in use. Change takes effect: New connections"

UeRabType
rabType
Identifies what kind of radio access bea
rer this MO instance represents. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.
UeRabType
dchFrameSynchRef
Reference to DchFrameSyn
ch MO.
UeRc
UeRcId
RDN.
UeRc
userLabel
UeRc
stopCfnOffset
Used to determine the value to which IE
CM Configuration Change CFN (RNSAP and NBAP) and TGPS reconfiguration CFN (RRC)
shall be set when stopping compressed mode. This attribute may only be changed b
y Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 1: 100 2: 150 3: 20
UeRc
gsmHoAllowed
Enables/disables the possibility of HO f
rom UMTS to GSM per RAB type. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel.Value mapping: 0 : not allowed1 : allowed Change takes effect: Ongoing co
nnections (next change of RC state)
UeRc
rcState
State of the radio connection. This attribute ma
y only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: See UeRc class descriptio
n for list of possible values and their interpretation. Dependencies:This attrib
ute has the same value as the value part of the
UeRc
ifhoAllowed
Enables/disables the possibility of IFHO
per RAB state. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change
takes effect: Ongoing connections (next change of RC state)
UeRc
resService
This parameter specifies the RES service
which the UeRc belongs to. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.
UeRc
serviceOffset2dEcno
"Service-specific offset for eve
nt 2d when the measurement quantity is Ec/No.For each cell in the Active Set, th
e cell parameter UtranCell::usedFreqThresh2dEcno or the RNC parameter Handover::
usedFreqThresh2dEcnoDrnc is retrieved, depending on if the cell "
UeRc
serviceOffset2dRscp
"Service-specific offset for eve
nt 2d when the measurement quantity is RSCP.For each cell in the Active Set, the
cell parameter UtranCell::usedFreqThresh2dRscp or the RNC parameter Handover::u
sedFreqThresh2dRscpDrnc is retrieved, depending on if the cell i"
UeRc
preferredCpmMethUl
Preferred compressed mode method
for the uplink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change
takes effect: Next state transition
UeRc
preferredCpmMethDl
Preferred compressed mode method
for the downlink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Chan
ge takes effect: Next state transition
UeRc
spare 0
UeRc
connectionCapability
Indicates which capabilities are
supported by a specific UeRc.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel.Change takes effect: Next reconfiguration
UeRc
ganHoAllowed
Enables/disables handover from UMTS to G
AN.Dependencies: Not used if the license ganMobility is not active.Change takes
effect: Ongoing connections (next change of RC state)This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRc
connectionCapability.cpcSupport
Capability information i
ndicating this UeRc is CPC compatible. Change takes effect: Next reconfiguration
UeRc
connectionCapability.fdpchSupport
Capability infor
mation indicating if F-DPCH is supported by this UeRc.
UeRc
connectionCapability.multiCarrierSupport
Capabili
ty information indicating if Multi Carrier is supported by this UeRc. Change tak
es effect: New connection
UeRcEdchFlow
UeRcEdchFlowId
UeRcEdchFlow
harqTransmUlMax For 10 ms TTI: 4 For 2 ms TTI: 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for E-DCH.
UeRcEdchFlow
macdPowerOffset
E-DCH MAC-d power offset used by
the Outer loop power control function. This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel.Unit: dB
UeRcEdchFlow
harqTransmUlTarget
Targeted number of HARQ
transmissions in the uplink. It is recommended that the value of this attribute
should be the same for all flows under a specific UeRc instance. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcEdchFlow
transmissionGrantType
Indicates whether schedu
led or non-scheduled grant info applies for the EUL MAC-d flow. This attribute m
ay only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcEdchFlow
t1eTimerUl
Time that the re-ordering entity
should wait for an outstanding MAC-es PDU. It is recommended that the value of
this attribute should be the same for all flows under a specific UeRc instance.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit:
UeRcEdchFlow
rbType
"Identifies what kind of radio bearer th
is MO instance represents. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Special values: Only the values RB_RRC, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE and RB_PS_INTERACT
IVE_2 are applicable for this attribute and MO (even tho"
UeRcEdchFlow
tti
TTI for E-DCH Unit: ms
UeRcEdchGainFactors
UeRcEdchGainFactorsId
Naming attribute
UeRcEdchGainFactors
edpdchGainFactorUl
Reference gain f
actor for the UL E-DPDCH reference transport format 1. This attribute may only b
e changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcEdchGainFactors
referenceEtfci
Reference E-TFCI for sig
naled E-DPDCH gain factors. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Specification: 3GPP 25.321
UeRcEdchGainFactors
tfInd
Transport format indicator. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcHsdsch
UeRcHsdschId
UeRcHsdsch
macHsWindowSize
"MAC-hs/MAC-ehs window size used
in the RBS and the UE for MAC-hs/MAC-ehs data transfer. The parameter value set
ting is signaled via NBAP and RRC. If MIMO or Multi-Carrier is used for a HS-DSC
H connection, the value signaled is min(32, 2 * macHsWindowSize)"
UeRcHsdsch
discardTimer
Time to live for a MAC-hs SDU st
arting from the instant of its arrival into an HSDPA Priority Queue. The RBS sha
ll use this information to discard out-of-data MAC-hs SDUs from the HSDPA Priori
ty Queues. The parameter value setting is signaled via NBAP. Th
UeRcHsdsch
timerT1
Time to live for MAC-hs SDU. The Re-orde
ring release timer T1 controls the stall avoidance in the UE reordering buffer.
The parameter value setting is signaled via NBAP and RRC. This attribute may onl
y be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: ms
UeRcHsdsch
macHsReorderingBufferSize
MAC-hs reorderin
g buffer size. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: kB
(1000 bytes)
UeRcHsdsch
rbType
is MO instance represents.Special values: Only the values RB_RRC, RB_PS_INTERACT
IVE_HS, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_HS_2, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_HS_3, and RB_PS_STREAMING_HS a
re applicable for this attribute and MO (even though the"
UeRcPhyChDl
UeRcPhyChDlId
UeRcPhyChDl
spreadingFactor
Spreading factor. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: SF 4 1: SF 8 2: SF
16 3: SF 32 4: SF 64 5: SF 128 6: SF 256 7: SF 512
UeRcPhyChDl
dpchSlotFormat
Indicates which message part for
mat the DPCH shall use. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
.
UeRcPhyChDl
tfciPresenceIndicator
"TFCI presence indicator
.This has the same meaning as the RRC parameter ""TFCI existence"". DPCH info. T
his attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: No= TF
CI not present; same as ""TFCI existence"" = FALSE 1: Yes = TFCI present; sa"
UeRcPhyChDl
noTfc
Current number of TFCs. This attribute m
UeRcPhyChDl
fixFlexPosition
Fixed or flexible position for T
rCH onDPCH. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mappi
ng: 0: FIXED 1: FLEXIBLE
UeRcPhyChDl
noPilotBits
Number of pilot bits for DPCH. T
he number of pilot bits needs to be signaled to the UE in case the downlink phys
ical connection uses spreading factor 128 or 256. In all other cases the UE calc
ulates the number of pilot bits based on slot format informatio
UeRcPhyChEdch
UeRcPhyChEdchId
UeRcPhyChEdch
edpcchGainFactorUl
Gain factor for the UL E
-DPCCH. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcPhyChEdch
edchMinimumSetEtfci
E-DCH minimum set E-TFCI
. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Specification: 3GPP 2
5.321
UeRcPhyChEdch
puncturingLimitUl
Puncturing limit when in
creasing the number of used channelization codes.Only applies when the number of
code channels is less than the maximum allowed by the UE capability and restric
tions imposed by UTRAN. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
UeRcPhyChEdch
tti
TTI for E-DCH. This attribute may only b
e changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: ms
UeRcPhyChEdch
etfciTableIndex
E-TFCI table index. This attribu
te may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Specification: 3GPP 25.321
UeRcPhyChEdch
eulHarqRv
INCR_REDUND(1) "Controls if Chase Combi
ning or Incremental Redundancy shall be used as the Redundancy Version. The para
meter controls whether the Information Element ""HARQ RV Configuration"" in RRC
is set to ""rv0"" or ""rvtable""."
UeRcPhyChEdch
edpdchGainFactorMinReduced
"Minimum reduced
E-DPDCH gain factor.When E-DCH is configured, if the total UE transmit power (a
fter applying DPCCH power adjustments and gain factors) would exceed the availab
le maximum power, the UE shall firstly reduce the E-DPDCH power with the E-DPDCH
"
UeRcPhyChUl
UeRcPhyChUlId
UeRcPhyChUl
spreadingFactor
Spreading factor. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: SF 4 1: SF 8 2: SF
16 3: SF 32 4: SF 64 5: SF 128 6: SF 256 7: SF 512
UeRcPhyChUl
dpcchSlotFormat
Indicateswhich message part form
at the DPCH shall use for DPCCH. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.
UeRcPhyChUl
tfciPresenceIndicator
TFCI presence indicator.
DPCH info. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mappi
ng: 0: No= TFCI not present 1: Yes = TFCI present
UeRcPhyChUl
noTfc
Current number of TFCs. This attribute m
UeRcPhyChUl
punctureLimit
The maximum amount of puncturing
for DCH in uplink rate matching. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Value mapping: 0: 40 % 1: 44 % 2: 48 % ... 15: 100 % Unit: %
UeRcRab
UeRcRabId
of the RDN.
UeRcRab
rbType
Identifies what kind of radio bearer this MO ins
tance represents. Value RB_RRC is not applicable for this attribute and MO (but
is nonetheless allowed to be set). This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.
UeRcRab
fcState 0
Determines if the Iub Flow Control is going to b
e applied for PS Interactive RAB in the current Rc state.

UeRcRb
UeRcRbId
of the RDN.
UeRcRb
rbType
"Identifies what kind of radio bearer this MO in
stance represents. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Spec
ial values: Value RB_PACKET_ADCH, RB_PACKET_ADCH_2, RB_PACKET_ADCH_3and RB_STREA
MING_ADCH are not applicable for this attribute "
UeRcRb
rlcLogChType
RLC Logical Channel Type. RLC info commo
n to RNC side and UE side This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personn
el.Value mapping: 0: DCCH Dedicated Control Ch. Valid only on DCS side 1: DTCH D
edicated Traffic Ch.Valid only on DCS side 2: BCCH Broa
UeRcRb
rlcMode
RLC transport mode. RLC info common to RNC side
and UE side. It is assumed that the same value is used for both DL and UL. 0: Ac
knowledged (AM) 1: Transparent (TM) 2: Unacknowledged (UM) This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRb
rncTimerPoll
"Timer poll, started when poll is transm
itted. New poll is sent when timer expires and no STATUS is received. RLC info o
n RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0: not usedUnit: ms "
UeRcRb
rncTimerStatusProhibit
Minimum time between STATUS repo
rts. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0: not usedUnit: ms
UeRcRb
rncLastPduInTransmPoll
Indicates if poll at last PDU in
transmission buffer is used or not. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mo
de = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping:
0: poll not used 1: poll used
UeRcRb
rncLastPduInReTransmPoll
Indicates if poll at las
t PDU in retransmission buffer is used or not. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only
for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Valu
e mapping: 0: poll not used 1: poll used
UeRcRb
rncMissingPduIndicator
Indicates if RNC should send a S
TATUS report for each detected PDU missing. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for
RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value m
apping: 0: RNC shall not send STATUS reports 1: RNC shall send
UeRcRb
rncTransmissionWindowSize
Maximum number of RLC PD
Us sent without getting them acknowledged. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for
SRB with RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
.
UeRcRb
rncReceivingWindowSize
Maximum number of RLC PDUs in th
e receiving buffer. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for SRB with RLC mode = AM.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRb
rncInSequenceDelivery
Indicates if in-sequence deliver
y shall be used or not. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = UM and A
M. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: th
e value can be configured but in-sequence delivery will still b
UeRcRb
rncMaxDat
Determines the number oftransmissions of
a PDU before a SDU is discarded or reset procedure is initiated. The maximum nu
mber of transmissions of a PDU equals MaxDat-1. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only
for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed
UeRcRb
rncMaxRst
Determines the maximum number oftransmis
sions of a reset PDU. The maximum number of transmissions of a reset PDU equals
MaxRst-1. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may
only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRb
rncTimerRst
Timer used for retransmission of reset P
DU.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0: n
ot usedUnit: ms
UeRcRb
rncTimerPollProhibit
Minimum time between polls. Used
in RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values:
0: not usedUnit: ms
UeRcRb
rncPollSdu
"Number of SDUs, interval between pollin
g. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0: a

ttribute not used "
UeRcRb
rncPollWindow
"Percentage of transmission windows, thr
eshold for polling. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Spe
cial values: 0: not used Unit: % "
UeRcRb
rncPollPdu
"Number of PDUs, interval between pollin
gs. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: 0:
not used "
UeRcRb
ueSduDiscardMode
Transmission SDU discard mode. R
LC info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.V
alue mapping: 0: Timer Based Explicit (can be configured but is not used) 1: Tim
er Based No Explicit (can be configured but is not used) 2: Max
UeRcRb
ueMaxDat
Determines the number of transmissions o
f a PDU before a SDU is discarded or reset procedure is initiated. The number of
transmissions is equal to MaxDat - 1. RLC info on UE side UL.Valid only for RLC
mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Erics
UeRcRb
ueTransmissionWindowSize
Us sent without getting them acknowledged.RLC info on UE side UL.Valid only for
SRB with RLC mode = AM.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Value mapping: 0:1 Max PDU sent 1:8 2:16 3:32 4:64 5:128 6:256 7:512 8:
UeRcRb
ueTimerRst
Timer used for retransmission of reset P
DU. RLC info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Value mapping: 0:50ms 1:100ms 2:150ms.. 11: 600 ms 12: 700 ms .. 15: 1000 ms
Unit: ms
UeRcRb
ueMaxRst
The maximum number of transmissions of r
eset PDU equals MaxRst-1. RLC info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: MaxRst =1 1:4 2:6 3:8 4: 12 5: 16 6:
24 7: MaxRst=32
UeRcRb
ueTimerPollProhibit
Minimum time between polls. RLC
polling info on UE side UL.Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values:-1: not used10..550 ms with res
olution 10 600..1000ms with resolution 50 Unit: ms
UeRcRb
ueTimerPoll
"Timer poll, started when poll is transm
itted. New poll is sent when timer expires and no STATUS is received. RLC pollin
g info on UE side UL.Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be ch
anged by Ericsson personnel.Special values: -1: not used"
UeRcRb
ueLastTxPduPoll
Last PDU in transmission poll. RLC polli
ng info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.V
alue mapping: 0: not last PDU in Transmission Poll 1: last PDU in Transmission P
oll
UeRcRb
ueLastReTxPduPoll
Last PDU in retransmission poll.
RLC polling info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson p
ersonnel.Value mapping: 0: not last PDU in Retransmission Poll 1: last PDU in Re
transmission Poll
UeRcRb
ueInSequenceDelivery
Indicates whether in-sequence de
livery shall be used. It is assumed that the same value is used for both DL and
UL. RLC info on UE side DL. Valid for RLC mode = AM and UM. This attribute may o
nly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: in-seque
UeRcRb
ueReceivingWindowSize
Maximum number of RLC PDUs in th
e receiving buffer.RLC info on UE side DL. Valid only for SRB with RLC mode = AM
.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0:1 PDU
in buffer 1:8 2:16 3:32 4:64 5:128 6:256 7:512 8:768 9:1024 10
UeRcRb
ueTimerStatusProhibit
Minimum time between STATUS repo
rts. RLC info on UE side DL. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values:-1: not used10..550 ms with r
esolution 10 600..1000ms with resolution 50 Unit: ms
UeRcRb
ueMissingPduIndicator
Indicates if UE should send a ST
ATUS report for each detected PDU missing. This value is also used in DL RLC Sta
tus Info sent on RRC. RLC info on UE side DL. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapp
UeRcRb
uePollSdu
gs. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -1At
tribute not used. 01 SDU interval14 SDU intervals216 SDU intervals364 SDU interv
als "
UeRcRb
uePollPdu
g. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -1Att
ribute not used. 01 PDU interval12 PDU interval24 PDU interval38 PDU interval416
PDU interval532 PDU interval664 PDU interval7128 PDU in"
UeRcRb
uePollWindow
"Percentage of transmission windows, thr
eshold for polling. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Spe
cial values: 0: not used Unit: % "
UeRcRb
trChId
Transport Channel Identity (DCH Id) which gives
the association between RB and Transport Channel. RB Mapping Info.This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRb
logChMux
Logical Channel Multiplexing indicator i
n MacD. RB Mapping Info.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
.Value mapping: 0: multiplexing is notperformed 1: multiplexing is performed
UeRcRb
trChTypeDl
Transport Channel Type DL. RB Mapping In
fo. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: D
CH 1: FACH 2: DSCH 3: HS-DSCH
UeRcRb
trChTypeUl
"Transport Channel Type UL. RB Mapping I
nfo.Valid for RLC mode = UM, AM and TM. This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel.Value mapping: -1: Not Applicable 0: DCH 1: RACH 2: CPCH 3: E-D
CH "
UeRcRb
rbUser
Identifies the user of this radio bearer. This a
UeRcRbRlc
UeRcRbRlcId
UeRcRbRlc
tti
"Identifies the uplink TTI of this insta
nce. Possible values: -1 (Not Used), 2 (2ms), 10 (10ms) This attribute may only
be used by Ericsson personnel. "
UeRcRbRlc
flexibleRlc
"Identifies whether this instanc
e supports fixed or flexible PDU size.Possible values: -1 (Not Used), 0 (Fixed),
1 (Flexible) This attribute may only be used by Ericsson personnel. "
UeRcRbRlc
maxMacdPduSizeExtended
Maximum Flexible RLC PDU
size. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies: T
he value used for this RAB is the minimum of maxMacdPduSizeExtended and IurLink:
:maxMacdPduSizeExtended Unit: bytes Change takes effect: New connection
UeRcRbRlc
rncMaxDat
Determines the number oftransmis
sions of a PDU before a SDU is discarded or reset procedure is initiated. The ma
ximum number of transmissions of a PDU equals MaxDat-1. This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRbRlc
rncMaxRst
Determines the maximum number of
transmissions of a reset PDU. The maximum number of transmissions of a reset PDU
equals MaxRst-1. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRbRlc
rncPollWindow
"Percentage of transmission wind
ows, threshold for polling. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Unit: % "
UeRcRbRlc
rncReceivingWindowSize
Us in the receiving buffer. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRbRlc
rncTimerPoll
"Timer poll, started when poll i
s transmitted. New poll is sent when timer expires and no STATUS is received. RL
C info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be cha
nged by Ericsson personnel.Unit: ms "
UeRcRbRlc
rncTimerRst
Timer used for retransmission of
reset PDU.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: ms
UeRcRbRlc
rncTimerStatusProhibit
Minimum time between STA
TUS reports. RLC info on RNC side. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: ms
UeRcRbRlc
rncTransmissionWindowSize
Maximum number o
f RLC PDUs sent without getting them acknowledged. RLC info on RNC side. Valid o
nly for RLC mode = AM.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcRbRlc
ueMaxDat
Determines the number of transmi
ssions of a PDU before a SDU is discarded or reset procedure is initiated. The n
umber of transmissions is equal to MaxDat - 1. This attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 2: MaxDat = 3 3: 4 4: 5
UeRcRbRlc
ueMaxRst
The maximum number of transmissi
ons of reset PDU equals MaxRst-1. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.Value mapping: 0: MaxRst =1 1:4 2:6 3:8 4: 12 5: 16 6: 24 7: MaxRst=3
2
UeRcRbRlc
uePollWindow
"Percentage of transmission wind
ows, threshold for polling. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel.Unit: % "
UeRcRbRlc
ueReceivingWindowSize
Us in the receiving buffer.RLC info on UE side DL. Valid only for SRB with RLC m
ode = AM.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping:
0:1 PDU in buffer 1:8 2:16 3:32 4:64 5:128 6:256 7:512 8:768 9:1024 10
UeRcRbRlc
ueTimerPoll
"Timer poll, started when poll i
s transmitted. New poll is sent when timer expires and no STATUS is received. RL
C polling info on UE side UL.Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 10.. 550 ms w"
UeRcRbRlc
ueTimerRst
Timer used for retransmission of
reset PDU. RLC info on UE side UL.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.Value mapping: 0:50ms 1:100ms 2:150ms.. 11: 600 ms 12: 700 ms .. 15:
1000 ms Unit: ms
UeRcRbRlc
ueTimerStatusProhibit
Minimum time between STA
TUS reports. RLC info on UE side DL. Valid only for RLC mode = AM. This attribut
e may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 10..550 ms with resol
ution 10 600..1000ms with resolution 50 Unit: ms
UeRcRbRlc
ueTransmissionWindowSize
Maximum number o
f RLC PDUs sent without getting them acknowledged. RLC info on UE side UL. Valid
only for RLC mode = AM. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personne
l.Value mapping: 0:1 Max PDU sent 1:8 2:16 3:32 4:64 5:128 6:256 7:512 8:768 9:
UeRcTrCh
UeRcTrChId
UeRcTrCh
trChId
Transport Channel Identity. This attribu
te may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcTrCh
rbType
is MO instance represents. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Special values: Values RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_HS, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_2, RB_PS_INTE
RACTIVE_3, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_HS_2, RB_PS_INTERACTIVE_HS_"
UeRcTrCh
dchFpId
"DCH Frame Protocol Identity. This is th
e group that a DCH belongs to. In case of coordinated DCHs, all of them shall ha
ve the same attribute value. Frame Handling parameter. This attribute may only b
e changed by Ericsson personnel. "
UeRcTrCh
frameHandlingPriority
Frame Handling Priority.
Frame Handling parameter. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Value mapping: 0: Lowest priority ... 15: Highest priority
UeRcTrCh
payloadCrcPresenceIndicator
Payload Cyclic R
edundancy Check (CRC) usage indicator (to SP and NBAP/RRC). Frame Handling param
eter. Note: NBAP/RRC messages use the opposite enumeration as shown below. This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0:False 1:Tr
UeRcTrCh
ulFpMode
UL Format Protocol (NBAP). Frame
Handling parameter. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Va
lue mapping: -1: Not Applicable 0:Normal 1:Silent
UeRcTrCh
blerQualityTargetDl
BLER quality target in t
he downlink. This attribute is valid only if CRC is used. MOM value = 10 Log10(t
ransport channel highest quality (BLER)) Value mapping: -63: 0.0000005 = 0.00005
% ... -60: 0.000001 = 0.0001 % ... -25: 0.003 = 0.3 % ... -20: 0.01 =
UeRcTrCh
blerQualityTargetUl
BLER quality target in t
he uplink. This attribute is valid only if CRC is used. MOM value = 10 Log10(tra
nsport channel highest quality (BLER)) Value mapping: -63: 0.0000005 = 0.00005 %
... -60: 0.000001 = 0.0001 % ... -25: 0.003 = 0.3 % ... -20: 0.01 = 1
UeRcTrCh
noTfDl
Current number of TFs defined in downlin
k. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf0Dl
Transport block size for this TF
in downlink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bit
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf0Dl
Number of transport blocks for t
his TF in downlink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf1Dl
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf1Dl
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf2Dl
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf2Dl
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf3Dl
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf3Dl
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf4Dl
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf4Dl
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf5Dl
s
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf5Dl
UeRcTrCh
ttiDl
Transmission time interval in downlink.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 10 ms
1: 20 ms 2: 40 ms 3: 80 msUnit: ms
UeRcTrCh
chCodingTypeDl
Channel coding type in downlink.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: No C
oding 1: Convolutional 2: Turbo
UeRcTrCh
chCodingRateDl
Channel coding rate in downlink.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: Codi
ng rate = 1/2 1: Coding rate = 1/3
UeRcTrCh
rateMatchingAttrDl
Rate matching attribute
in downlink. This attribute may only be used by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcTrCh
crcSizeDl
CRC size in downlink. This attri
bute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: 0 bits 1: 8 2:
12 3: 16 4: 24 bits Unit: bits
UeRcTrCh
noTfUl
Current number of TFs defined in uplink.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Special values: -1: No
t Applicable
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf0Ul
in uplink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: bits
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf0Ul
his TF in uplink. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf1Ul
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf1Ul
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf2Ul
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf2Ul
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf3Ul
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf3Ul
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf4Ul
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf4Ul
UeRcTrCh
sizeOfTbTf5Ul
UeRcTrCh
noOfTbTf5Ul
UeRcTrCh
ttiUl
Transmission Time Interval in uplink. Th
is attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -1: Not Ap
plicable 0: 10 ms 1: 20 ms 2: 40 ms 3: 80 msUnit: ms
UeRcTrCh
chCodingTypeUl
Channel coding type in uplink. T
his attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: 0: No Cod
ing 1: Convolutional 2: Turbo
UeRcTrCh
chCodingRateUl
Channel coding rate in uplink. T
his attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -1: Not A
pplicable 0: Coding rate = 1/2 1: Coding rate = 1/3
UeRcTrCh
rateMatchingAttrUl
Rate matching attribute
in uplink. This attribute may only be used by Ericsson personnel.Special values:
-1: Not Applicable
UeRcTrCh
crcSizeUl
CRC size in uplink. This attribu
te may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Value mapping: -1: Not Applicable 0
: 0 bits 1: 8 2: 12 3: 16 4: 24 bits Unit: bits
UeRcTrCh
maxTfSubset
"Array of the maximum Transport
Formats (TFIs) allowed for this TrCH. The first element in the array specifies t
he maximum TFI for TFC Subset 0, the second element specifies the maximum TFI fo
r TFC Subset 1, and so forth. The attribute must have all elemen"
UeRrcType
UeRrcTypeId
UeRrcType
dchFrameSynchRef
Reference to DchFrameSyn
ch MO.
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalProfileId
he RDN.
UniSaalProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalProfile
reservedBy
UniSaalProfile
profileData
The profile data.
UniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionAbatement 30
"The percentage
of the buffer for which congestion is stopped. When the current send buffer occu
pancy for a Termination Point (TP) decreases below congestionAbatement, a conges
tion ceased indication is sent to the user of this TP. If the congestionAbatemen
"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionOnSet
90
"The percentage
of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion. When the current
send buffer occupancy for a Termination Point (TP) increases above congestionOn
Set, a congestion indication is sent to the user of this TP. The part of the buf
"
UniSaalProfile
"Initial number
of credits. For 64 kbit/s use 30. This attribute must follow the rule, initialCr
edit > maxPD. Unit: number of transmitted PDUs"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxCC
4
ransmitted PDUs"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxPD
alCredit."
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxStat
67
UniSaalProfile
profileData.timerCC
1000
the roundtrip delay. Unit: 1 ms (milliseconds)"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.timerIdle 2000
UniSaalProfile
500
"The timer to be
"
UniSaalProfile
4000
"The timer to de
erNoResponse >= timerKeepAlive + one roundtrip delay Unit: 1 ms (milliseconds)"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.timerPoll 100
traffic (active phase). Unit: 1 ms (milliseconds)
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalProfileId
he RDN.
UniSaalProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalProfile
reservedBy
UniSaalProfile
profileData
The profile data.
UniSaalProfile
"The percentage
"
UniSaalProfile
90
"The percentage
"
UniSaalProfile
"Initial number
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxCC
4
ransmitted PDUs"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxPD
alCredit."
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxStat
67
UniSaalProfile
profileData.timerCC
1000
UniSaalProfile

UniSaalProfile
500
"The timer to be
"
UniSaalProfile
4000
"The timer to de
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalProfileId
he RDN.
UniSaalProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalProfile
reservedBy
UniSaalProfile
profileData
The profile data.
UniSaalProfile
"The percentage
"
UniSaalProfile
90
"The percentage
"
UniSaalProfile
"Initial number
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxCC
4
ransmitted PDUs"
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxPD
alCredit."
UniSaalProfile
profileData.maxStat
67
UniSaalProfile
profileData.timerCC
1000
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalProfile
500
"The timer to be
"
UniSaalProfile
4000
"The timer to de
UniSaalProfile
UniSaalTp
UniSaalTpId
UniSaalTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalTp
operationalState
UniSaalTp
reservedBy
UniSaalTp
uniSaalProfileId
Contains a reference to
an UniSaalProfile MO. Dependencies: The maxStat attribute defined in the struct
UniSaalProfileData of UniSaalProfile MO is dependent on the AAL5 SDU size define
d in the Aal5TpVccTp MO.
UniSaalTp
aal5TpVccTpId
"Contains a reference to an Aal5
TpVccTp MO instance. The AAL5 termination point must terminate on a main process
or, MP."
UniSaalTp
maxSduSize
Q.2630: 128
"Maximum SAAL SDU size.
When setting the value of maxSduSize the 4 bytes used by the SAAL layer for the
SAAL header has to be considered. Example: If fromUserMaxSduSize is set to 256 a
nd toUserMaxSduSize is set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO, the maxSduSize "
UniSaalTp
UniSaalTpId
UniSaalTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalTp
operationalState
UniSaalTp
reservedBy
UniSaalTp
uniSaalProfileId
Q.2630: UniSaalProfile=win30 NBA
P-C: UniSaalProfile=win30 NBAP-D: UniSaalProfile=win100 Contains a reference to
UniSaalTp
aal5TpVccTpId
or, MP."
UniSaalTp
maxSduSize
Q.2630: 128 NBAP-C: 2044 NBAP-D: 1024
"Maximum SAAL SDU size. When setting the value of maxSduSize the 4 bytes used by
the SAAL layer for the SAAL header has to be considered. Example: If fromUserMa
xSduSize is set to 256 and toUserMaxSduSize is set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO,
the maxSduSize "
UniSaalTp
UniSaalTpId
UniSaalTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
UniSaalTp
operationalState
UniSaalTp
reservedBy
UniSaalTp
uniSaalProfileId
Contains a reference to
UniSaalTp
aal5TpVccTpId
or, MP."
UniSaalTp
maxSduSize
Q.2630: 128 NBAP-C: 2044 NBAP-D: 1024
"Maximum SAAL SDU size. When setting the value of maxSduSize the 4 bytes used by
the SAAL layer for the SAAL header has to be considered. Example: If fromUserMa
xSduSize is set to 256 and toUserMaxSduSize is set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO,
the maxSduSize "
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackageId
"The value component of
the RDN. It is set automatically during system upgrade. If this is empty, the at
tribute, upgradePackageDocumentId is copied."
UpgradePackage
userLabel
Label for free use.
UpgradePackage
loadModuleList
Specifies the references to load
modules that belong to this upgrade package. This list is null until a successf
ul install has been performed.

UpgradePackage
upgradeControlFilePath
Specifies the path to th
e UCF on the node once it has been fetched from the FTP server.
UpgradePackage
state 0
"Specifies the state of this upgrade pac
kage. This attribute is used to accept, reject or modify behavior of actions. Fo
r example, the action, upgrade, is not allowed in the state NOT_INSTALLED. The a
ction, confirmUpgrade, is called to continue and conclud"
UpgradePackage
progressHeader 0
Specifies the current upgrade pr
ogress information. Changes in the progress header do not require any particular
action.
UpgradePackage
progressTotal 0
Specifies one of the following:
- the total number of load module files to be downloaded during installation of
an UpgradePackage MO - the total number of load module files to be downloaded du
ring installation of an PiuType MO - the total number of steps
UpgradePackage
progressCount 0
Shows the progress of: - an inst
allation of an UpgradePackage MO - installation of a PiuType MO or - execution o
f an upgrade. This attribute specifies the current number of downloaded load mod
ule files during installation of an upgrade package. A load mod
UpgradePackage
administrativeData
Contains product data fo
r this upgrade package. This information is extracted from the UCF.
UpgradePackage
confirmationDeadline
"Specifies the deadline,
date and time, for an operator confirmation. If the deadline is not met, then a
n automatic rollback to a previous configuration is issued. The format is UTC ti
me."
UpgradePackage
ftpServerIpAddress
The IP address of the FT
P Server. Examples: - 110.112.111.102 - wnaw107 (logical name).
UpgradePackage
upFilePathOnFtpServer
Specifies the file path
on the FTP server to the UCF.
UpgradePackage
user
0
The user identity to the FTP server.
UpgradePackage
password
0
"Password to the FTP server. Thi
s attribute is only supplied when the UP MO is created, and it is not displayed.
"
UpgradePackage
upgradePackageDocumentId
"Specifies the d
ocument number and revision of the upgrade package. White spaces are removed, an
d an underscore is inserted between the document number and the revision. Exampl
e: 19089-CSX10901/1_A"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingCVs
Specifies the configurat
ion version(s) that prevents delete of the UP.
UpgradePackage
otherReferringCVs
"Specifies the configura
tion versions that refer to this MO, but do not affect the deletable status of t
he MO UpgradePackage. The deletable status is specified in the attribute, isDele
table."
UpgradePackage
isDeletable
0
Specifies if the UpgradePackage
MO can be deleted.
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages
This attribute is only v
alid for UPs of type Delta. It contains the merge history of this upgrade packag
e. Examples: - Product Data for normal UP (non Delta UP) - Product Data for Delt
a UP1 - Product Data for Delta UP2.
UpgradePackage
upCompatibilityIndex
"Specifies a compatibili
ty index. If this is specified, it may be used when verifying that an upgrade fr
om-state is valid for this UP. It is only used when the UCF element upgrade wind
ow contains this type of information."
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion
Specifies the CPP upgrade packag
e version of this UP. This information is extracted from the UCF.
UpgradePackage
actionResult
"Contains the result from the la
test four invoked actions. This attribute is only valid for the actions: - insta
ll (all variants) - cancelInstall - verifyUpgrade - update - upgrade For the act
ions, update, upgrade, and rebootNodeUpgrade, this attribute is "
UpgradePackage
stepLabel
"Contains the name of the curren
tly executing step in the used sequence, defined in the UCF. This value is speci
fied in the attribute label in the element Step or UpdateStep in the UCF."
UpgradePackage
maxTimeBetweenUpgradeEvents
0
States the maxim
um time allowed to elapse before the next upgrade event (FM event) is sent. Unit
: 1 min
UpgradePackage
sendEvents
0
"Defines whether upgrade events
(FM events) shall be sent or not during execution of an upgrade. The default max
imum time between FM events is 60 seconds. This means that if no new progress in
dication is available within that time, the last FM event is sen"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs
Specifies the upgrade pa
ckage(s) that prevents delete of the UP.
UpgradePackage
typeOfUP
States the type of UP specified
in the UCF.
UpgradePackage
progressHeaderAddInfo
"Additional information
to the attribute, progressHeader."
UpgradePackage
actualTypeOfUP
"States the actual type of the U
P. Its value is set by copying the value of the attribute, requestedTypeOfUP. It
s initial value is set when the UP is created. This value is then updated in the
following cases: - the UP is not active, that is, state is not "
UpgradePackage
requestedTypeOfUP
"States the type of UP t
o be used when an install action is executed. It is not used when load modules f
or a specific MO PiuType are installed. When an upgrade action is executed, the
type used at the last install is valid."
UpgradePackage
This identity is used to
link more than one result to one action.
UpgradePackage
actionResult.additionalInfo
UpgradePackage
actionResult.info
0
UpgradePackage
actionResult.time
"A timestamp. Format exa
mple: Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"
UpgradePackage
actionResult.typeOfInvokedAction
0
UpgradePackage
administrativeData.productInfo
Information abou
t the product. If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlim
ited).
UpgradePackage
administrativeData.productName
"The name of the
product. The product name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, Upgra
dePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
UpgradePackage
administrativeData.productNumber
"The pro
duct number of the product or document. Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BF
D 101 999 For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package
. Maximum length for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The pr
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
administrativeData.productRevision
"The rev
ision state of the product. Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7B The product revision i
s mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuTy
pe, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
UpgradePackage
administrativeData.productionDate
"The pro
duction date is represented in two ways: - the preferred syntax is four-digits f
or the year, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of ei
ght characters. Example: 19991231 - the date is also be represented by two digit
s for th"
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages.productInfo
Informat
ion about the product. If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.
. (unlimited).
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages.productName
"The nam
e of the product. The product name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersio
n, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages.productNumber
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages.productRevision
"The rev
UpgradePackage
basedOnUpgradePackages.productionDate
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion.productInfo
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion.productName
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion.productNumber
"The product num
"
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion.productRevision
"The revision st
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion.productionDate
"The production
"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs.productInfo
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs.productName
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs.productNumber
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs.productRevision
"The rev
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs.productionDate
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackageId
UpgradePackage
userLabel
Label for free use.
UpgradePackage
loadModuleList
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
state 0
UpgradePackage
progressHeader 0
action.
UpgradePackage
progressTotal 0
UpgradePackage
progressCount 0
UpgradePackage
administrativeData
UpgradePackage
me."
UpgradePackage
ftpServerIpAddress
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
user
0
UpgradePackage
password
0
"
UpgradePackage
"Specifies the d
e: 19089-CSX10901/1_A"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingCVs
UpgradePackage
otherReferringCVs
table."
UpgradePackage
isDeletable
0
MO can be deleted.
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion
UpgradePackage
actionResult
UpgradePackage
stepLabel
UpgradePackage
0
States the maxim
: 1 min
UpgradePackage
sendEvents
0
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs
UpgradePackage
typeOfUP
in the UCF.
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
actualTypeOfUP
UpgradePackage
requestedTypeOfUP
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
actionResult.info
0
UpgradePackage
actionResult.time
mple: Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"
UpgradePackage
0
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
Informat
. (unlimited).
UpgradePackage
"The nam
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro

s for th"
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The product num
"
UpgradePackage
"The revision st
UpgradePackage
"The production
"
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackageId
UpgradePackage
loadModuleList
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
state 0
UpgradePackage
progressHeader 0
action.
UpgradePackage
progressTotal 0

UpgradePackage
progressCount 0
UpgradePackage
administrativeData
UpgradePackage
me."
UpgradePackage
ftpServerIpAddress
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
user
0
UpgradePackage
password
0
"
UpgradePackage
"Specifies the d
e: 19089-CSX10901/1_A"
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingCVs
UpgradePackage
otherReferringCVs
table."
UpgradePackage
isDeletable
0
MO can be deleted.
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
cppUpVersion
UpgradePackage
actionResult
UpgradePackage
stepLabel
UpgradePackage
0
States the maxim
: 1 min
UpgradePackage
sendEvents
0
UpgradePackage
deletePreventingUPs
UpgradePackage
typeOfUP
in the UCF.
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
actualTypeOfUP
UpgradePackage
requestedTypeOfUP
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
UpgradePackage
actionResult.info
0
UpgradePackage
actionResult.time
mple: Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"
UpgradePackage
0
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
Informat
. (unlimited).
UpgradePackage
"The nam
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The product num
"
UpgradePackage
"The revision st
UpgradePackage
"The production
"
UpgradePackage
Information abou
ited).
UpgradePackage
"The name of the
UpgradePackage
"The pro
oduct nu"
UpgradePackage
"The rev
UpgradePackage
"The pro
s for th"
UpgradeTrace
outputMode
0
Specifies where to direct traces
.
UpgradeTrace
level 0
Specifies the trace level that is a spec
ified level is also valid for all lower levels. To enable sending of detailed tr
ace logs at least one class or function must be added and the level must be chan
ged to a value greater than the default value.
UpgradeTrace
fileName
0
Specifies the name of the file w
here trace logs are written. The attribute is used by the trace function only if
the attribute outputMode is set to FILE.
UpgradeTrace
fileSize
0
Specifies the file size. The att
ribute is used by the trace function only if the attribute outputMode is set to
FILE. When the log file reaches the specified size the contents are moved to a b
ackup file called <fileName>_old. Unit:1 kb
UpgradeTrace
flushInterval 0
Specifies the amount of trace lo
gs that result in a flush to the active log file. The attribute is used by the t
race function only if the attribute outputMode is set to FILE.
UpgradeTrace
activeClasses
Specifies the classes that are p
art of the defined trace properties.
UpgradeTrace
activeFunctions
Specifies the functions that are
part of the defined trace properties. A maximum of four functions can be activa
ted at the same time.
UpgradeTrace
sendLogsAsNotifications 0
Specifies whether or not
trace logs are sent as notifications (AVCs) for the attribute traceInformation.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation
Contains the trace infor
mation.
UpgradeTrace
typeOfStorage 0
Specifies how the trace properti
es are stored.
UpgradeTrace
UpgradeTraceId
UpgradeTrace
traceDirectoryPath
The path to the director
y where the trace logs are stored.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.additionalInformation
Addition
al information.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.className
The name of the
class from which the trace information originates.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.methodName
The signature of
the method from which the trace information originates.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.timeStamp
"A timestamp. Fo
rmat example: Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.type
ace log.
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation.version
Software version
of the system upgrade logic.
UpgradeTrace
outputMode
0
.
UpgradeTrace
level 0
UpgradeTrace
fileName
0
UpgradeTrace
fileSize
0
UpgradeTrace
flushInterval 0
UpgradeTrace
activeClasses
UpgradeTrace
activeFunctions
UpgradeTrace
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation
mation.
UpgradeTrace
typeOfStorage 0
es are stored.
UpgradeTrace
UpgradeTraceId
UpgradeTrace
traceDirectoryPath
UpgradeTrace
Addition
al information.
UpgradeTrace
The name of the
UpgradeTrace
The signature of
UpgradeTrace
"A timestamp. Fo
UpgradeTrace
ace log.
UpgradeTrace
Software version
UpgradeTrace
outputMode
0
.
UpgradeTrace
level 0
UpgradeTrace
fileName
0
UpgradeTrace
fileSize
0
UpgradeTrace
flushInterval 0
UpgradeTrace
activeClasses
UpgradeTrace
activeFunctions
UpgradeTrace
UpgradeTrace
traceInformation
mation.
UpgradeTrace
typeOfStorage 0
es are stored.
UpgradeTrace
UpgradeTraceId
UpgradeTrace
traceDirectoryPath
UpgradeTrace
Addition
al information.
UpgradeTrace
The name of the
UpgradeTrace
The signature of
UpgradeTrace
"A timestamp. Fo
UpgradeTrace
ace log.
UpgradeTrace
Software version
UplinkBaseBandPool
UplinkBaseBandPoolId
UplinkBaseBandPool
radioInterfaceBoardRef
"Refers to the r
adio interface board connected to the UL baseband pool. Use cases: MEC_300, DBC_
UC157, DBC_UC161, DBC_UC165 Ref. [CB_PMG]"
Ura
UraId
Ura
uraIdentity
Used to identify a certain URA. Specific
ation: 3GPP 25.331
Ura
userLabel
Ura
reservedBy
Sequence of UtranCell MO references whic
h belong to this URA.
UserPreferences
UserPreferencesId
UserPreferences
userLabel
abel on the MO instance. .

UserPreferences
userId
Identifies the user to whom the preferen
ces apply. .
UserPreferences
preferences
Configurable preference names an
d values.Sub:RAH Ref.
UserPreferences
preferences.prefName
UserPreferences
preferences.prefValue
UtranCell
lac
Location Area Code
UtranCell
rac
0
Routing Area Code. Default is significan
t for Radio GUIs.
UtranCell
sac
Service Area Code
UtranCell
utranCellIubLink
"DN of the related IubLi
nk MO. FDN according to [9] and [20] For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::Attrib
uteTypes::MOReference,"
UtranCell
snDirectedRetryTarget
UtranCell
sectorRef
"DN of the related RBS Sector MO
. FDN according to [9] and [20] For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTy
pes::MOReference,"
UtranCell
powerLocked
0
Indicates whether the cell is lo
cked for power save.
UtranCell
useId
Represents a unique id per cell.
UtranCell
UtranCellId
UtranCell
administrativeState
0
of the cell.
UtranCell
operationalState
the cell.
UtranCell
availabilityStatus
of the cell.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same ob
ject: Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE
Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 o"
UtranCell
userLabel
UtranCell
localCellId
"Represents resources in the RBS
that can be used for the configuration of a cell.The local cell ID shall have t
he same value as configured in the RBS, and shall be unique within the RBS; that
is, no two UtranCells under the same IubLink should have the sa"
UtranCell
cId
"Cell identity.Unique in the RNC.cId is
the identifier of a cell in one RNC, and is used together with the RncFunction a
ttribute rncId as cell id at system information broadcast. Dependencies: Changin
g this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. "
UtranCell
tCell
"Timing delay used for defining start of
SCH, CPICH and the downlink scrambling codes. Value mapping: 0: 0 chip 1: 256 c
hip .. 9: 2304 chip Dependencies: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing tra
ffic. "
UtranCell
uarfcnUl
Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequ
ency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central uplink frequen
cy. The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is described in 3GPP s
pecification TS 25.104. Dependencies: An intra-frequency relati
UtranCell
uarfcnDl
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Fre
quency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central downlink fre
quency. The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is described in 3G
PP specification TS 25.104. Dependencies: An intra-frequency re
UtranCell
The primary downlink scr
ambling code to be used in the cell. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may a
ffect ongoing traffic.
UtranCell
primarySchPower -18
"Primary SCH power, relative to
the primaryCpichPower value. Unit: 0.1 dB"
UtranCell
secondarySchPower
-35
"Secondary SCH power, re
lative to the primaryCpichPower value. Unit: 0.1 dB"
UtranCell
primaryCpichPower
0
Power to be used for tra
nsmitting the PCPICH. Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing t
raffic. It is recommended to increase/decrease the value in steps not greater th
an 3dBm (preferably in 1dBm steps). Unit: 0.1 dBm
UtranCell
maxTxPowerUl
24
Maximum UE transmission power on
the RACH when accessing the system. Used in UE functions for cell selection/res
election in idle mode and connected mode.Also used to control the maximum TX pow
er level that a UE may use. If the current UE uplink transmit p
UtranCell
maximumTransmissionPower
0
"Maximum transmi
ssion power. This is the maximum power for all downlink channels that are allowe
d to be used simultaneously in a cell, added together.Unit: 0.1 dBm "
UtranCell
bchPower
-31
"BCH power is the power to be us
ed for transmitting on the BCH, relative to the primaryCpichPower value. Unit: 0
.1 dB "
UtranCell
cellReserved
NOT_RESERVED(1) "Indicates if this cell
shall be reserved for operator use. If it is reserved, there will be no service
to the UEs."
UtranCell
treSelection
2
Control of cell selection/resele
ction. Time-to-trigger for cell reselection. Also used for absolute priority bas
ed cell reselection. Value launched by System Information (SIB 3).Unit: s
UtranCell
qualMeasQuantity
0
"Used in UE functions fo
r cell selection/reselection in idle and connected mode.Cell selection and resel
ection quality measure. Value launched by System information (SIB3, SIB11 and SI
B12)."
UtranCell
qHyst1 4
Cell reselection hysteresis used in UE f
unctions in idle and connected mode.Value launched by System information (SIB3).
Resolution: 2
UtranCell
qHyst2 4
The hysteresis value of the serving cell
.Used to perform cell ranking for the serving cell.Resolution: 2
UtranCell
qQualMin
-18
Used in UE functions for cell se
lection/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Minimum required (acceptabl
e) quality level in the cell. Unit: dB
UtranCell
qRxLevMin
-115
Used in UE functions for cell se
lection/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Minimum required (acceptabl
e) RX level in the cell.Value launched by System information (SIB11) for each in
tra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjacent cell
UtranCell
individualOffset
0
Used in UE function even
t-reporting. This offset is added to the measured quantity before the UE evaluat
es if an event has occurred.Unit: 0.1 dB Resolution: 5 Change takes effect: Ongo
ing connections
UtranCell
pwrAdm 75
Admission limit for downlink cell carrie
r power. Expressed relative to the lower of maximumTransmissionPower (configured
in this UtranCell instance) and maxDlPowerCapability (configured in the corresp
onding instance of RbsLocalCell in the RBS). Dependenci
UtranCell
pwrOffset
15
Cell carrier power offset. Expre
ssed relative to the lower of maximumTransmissionPower (configured in this Utran
Cell instance) and maxDlPowerCapability (configured in the corresponding instanc
e of RbsLocalCell in the RBS). Used by Congestion Control. Depe
UtranCell
pwrHyst 300
"Hysteresis time for detection of conges
tion in the downlink transmitted carrier power.When the measured power has been
above the detection level (pwrAdm + pwrOffset) for this length of time, this cel
l is considered to be congested in the downlink.Likewise"
UtranCell
pwrCongFilter 1
Power congestion filter. Used by
Congestion Control. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Ch
ange takes effect: Re-initiation of DL TX carrier power measurements
UtranCell
tmCongAction
2000
"Interval between periodic conge
stion-resolution actions targeting the guaranteed traffic class connections in t
his cell.The default setting is a reference case setting.However, the actual set
ting may need to deviate from the default, depending on the requ"
UtranCell
releaseAseDl
1
"Amount of ASE in the downlink t
o be released with each periodic congestion-resolution action targeting the guar

anteed traffic class connections in this cell.The default setting is a reference
case setting. However, the actual setting may need to deviate f"
UtranCell
txInterval
1000
Defines the periodicity of the D
L cell carrier power measurement reporting. Used by CellLoad Monitor Initializat
ion in Admission Control. The configured value is divided by 10 by the RNC traff
ic application before it is sent on NBAP to RBS. This attribute
UtranCell
txFilter
5
Defines the RBS internal filteri
ng. Used by CellLoad Monitor Initialization in Admission Control. This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute
may affect ongoing traffic. Change takes effect: Re-initiation
UtranCell
fPwrUp 20
Attack factor for filtering the measured
/estimated power consumption. Used by Cell Load Monitor in Admission Control. Th
is attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturbances: Changing th
is attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its v
UtranCell
fPwrDown
10
Decay factor for filtering the m
easured/estimated power consumption. Used by Cell Load Monitor in Admission Cont
rol. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Unit: % Change tak
es effect: Immediately
UtranCell
dlCodeAdm
80
"Admission limit based on downli
nk channelization code tree usage. Expressed as percentage of the code tree curr
ently in use. Used by Admission Control, in Admission Request Handler. Unit: % C
hange takes effect: Immediately"
UtranCell
aseDlAdm
500
"Admission limit on ASE in the d
ownlink. Used by Admission Control, in Admission Request Handler. Unit: ASE Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately"
UtranCell
aseUlAdm
500
"Admission limit on ASE in the u
plink. Used by Admission Control, in Admission Request Handler. Unit: ASE Change
takes effect: Immediately"
UtranCell
sf8Adm 8
Admission limit for non-guaranteed traff
ic class connections with DL SF = 8. Maximum number of radio links with Spreadin
g Factor = 8 in the downlink (DL SF = 8) for which new admission requests for no
n-guaranteed traffic classes will continue to be allowe
UtranCell
sf32Adm 32
ic class connections with DL SF = 32. Maximum number of radio links with Spreadi
ng Factor = 32 in the downlink (DL SF = 32) for which new admission requests for
non-guaranteed traffic classes will continue to be all
UtranCell
tfsFlexConstant 10
"Factor to take the flexibility
of the TFS for a DCH into account when calculating the ASE.This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may af
fect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the cell is dis"
UtranCell
minPwrRl
-150
"Minimum power per radio link. D
isturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its va
lue is set, the cell is disabled automatically and then re-enabled. Change takes
effect: Object disabled/enabled Unit: 0.1 dBmDependencies: minP"
UtranCell
maxRate 40690 "Maximum rate for maximum power mapping.
Dependencies:minimumRate <= interRate <= maxRate Disturbances: Changing this att
ribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the cell is disabl
ed automatically and then re-enabled. Change takes effec"
UtranCell
interRate
7760
"Intermediate rate for maximum p
ower mapping.Dependencies:minimumRate <= interRate <= maxRate Disturbances: Chan
ging this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the c
ell is disabled automatically and then re-enabled. Change takes "
UtranCell
minimumRate
1590
"Minimum rate for maximum power
mapping.Dependencies:minimumRate <= interRate <= maxRate Disturbances: Changing
this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is set, the cell i
s disabled automatically and then re-enabled. Change takes effec"
UtranCell
maxPwrMax
48
"Maximum relative power for maxi
mum power mapping. Dependencies:minPwrMax <= interPwrMax <= maxPwrMax Disturbanc
es: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value is se
t, the cell is disabled automatically and then re-enabled. Chang"

UtranCell
interPwrMax
38
"Intermediate relative power for
maximum power mapping. Dependencies:minPwrMax <= interPwrMax <= maxPwrMax Distu
rbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its value
is set, the cell is disabled automatically and then re-enabled. "
UtranCell
minPwrMax
0
"Minimum relative power for maxi
mum power mapping. Dependencies:minPwrMax <= interPwrMax <= maxPwrMax minPwrRl <
= minPwrMax Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Wh
enever its value is set, the cell is disabled automatically and "
UtranCell
compModeAdm
15
Admission limit on the number of
radio links in compressed mode in this cell.Change takes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
iFHyst 6000
"Hysteresis time for detection of conges
tion in the uplink RTWP in this cell.When the measured RTWP has been above the d
etection level (iFCong) for this length of time, this cell is considered to be c
ongested in the uplink.Likewise, when the measured RTWP "
UtranCell
iFCong 621
"Threshold at which this cell is conside
red to be congested in the uplink.The default setting disables uplink congestion
measurements, in order to prevent problems during upgrading. Value mapping: 0:
-112 dBm 1 :-111.9 dBm ... 130 : -99 dBm ... 620 : -50 d"
UtranCell
interFreqFddMeasIndicator
0
Inter-frequency
FDD measurement indicator.Value mapping: FALSE = No TRUE = Yes
UtranCell
sRatSearch
4
"The decision on when measuremen
ts on GSM frequencies shall be performed is made using this parameter in relatio
n with Squal.If S_qual>this parameter, UE need not perform measurements on GSM c
ells. If S_qual<=this parameter, UE shall perform measurements o"
UtranCell
sIntraSearch
0
The decision on when measurement
s on intra-frequencies shall be performed.Value mapping: 0 : not sent.1 : -32 dB
2 : -30 dB ... 27 : 20 dB Unit: 2 dB
UtranCell
sInterSearch
0
The decision on when measurement
s on inter-frequencies shall be performed.Value mapping: 0 : not sent 1 : -32 dB
2 : -30 dB ... 27 : 20 dB Unit: 2 dB
UtranCell
fachMeasOccaCycLenCoeff 0
Fach Measurement Occasio
n Cycle Length coefficient.A factor used when the UE performs inter-frequency an
d inter-system measurements. The UE uses this parameter to calculate the interva
l length in order to determine the repeating cycle of the measurement.V
UtranCell
accessClassNBarred
[16] = FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0
) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(
0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0) "Specifies which access classes are barr
ed for the feature Cell Level Access Class Barring. Each boolean in the sequence
represents one access class. The access class is restricted by setting the bool
ean to TRUE ('barred'), otherwise the boolean is set to "
UtranCell
utranCellPosition
Models the manageable ch
aracteristics for the cell polygon corners used for UE positioning. Each polygon
corner is described by a latitude and longitude pair together with a latitude s
ign (north or south). Each polygon corner is represented with three pos
UtranCell
sf16Adm 16
ic class connections with DL SF = 16. Maximum number of radio links with Spreadi
ng Factor = 16 in the downlink (DL SF = 16) for which new admission requests for
non-guaranteed traffic classes will continue to be all
UtranCell
intCongFilter 1
RTWP measurement filter coeffici
ent. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effec
t: Re-initiation of UL RTWP measurements
UtranCell
sib1PlmnScopeValueTag
The area identity part o
f PLMN scope value tags for SIB1. Change takes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
locationAreaRef
Reference to the LocationArea Ma
naged Object.
UtranCell
serviceAreaRef
Reference to the ServiceArea Man
aged Object. This serviceAreaRef must be contained by the same instance of Locat
ionArea MO as locationAreaRef.
UtranCell
routingAreaRef
"Reference to the RoutingArea Ma
naged Object. This routingAreaRef must be contained by the same instance of Loca
tionArea MO as locationAreaRef. If there is no packet switched core network conn
ected to the RNC, the routingAreaRef is set to value null."
UtranCell
iubLinkRef
Reference to the IubLink Managed
Object.
UtranCell
reservedBy
s to this MO.See references inUtranRelation and CoverageRelation."
UtranCell
hoType 0
"Indicates whether GSM HO, IFHO or no ha
ndover shall be attempted when a handover from the current WCDMA frequency is tr
iggered by the connection quality monitoring, indicating that the WCDMA quality
is low.Note that the decision is based not only on this "
UtranCell
usedFreqThresh2dEcno
-13
Threshold for event 2d f
or the used frequency when the measurement quantity is Ec/No. Note: This paramet
er is also used for calculation of a threshold value for the used frequency for
2f events. The calculated value is sent to the UE in a RRC Measurement
UtranCell
usedFreqThresh2dRscp
-105
Threshold for event 2d f
or the used frequency when the measurement quantity is RSCP. Note: This paramete
r is also used for calculation of a threshold value for the used frequency for 2
f events. The calculated value is sent to the UE in a RRC Measurement C
UtranCell
nOutSyncInd
10
Number of frames to be considere
d for out-of-sync detection.
UtranCell
nInSyncInd
3
Number of frames to be considere
d for in-sync detection. Dependencies: (nInSyncInd * 10 ms) < rlFailureT
UtranCell
rlFailureT
10
Guard period before sending RL F
ailure.Dependencies: rlFailureT > (nInSyncInd * 10 ms) Unit: 0.1 s
UtranCell
tmCongActionNg 800
"Interval between periodic conge
stion-resolution actions targeting the non-guaranteed traffic class connections
in this cell.The default setting is a reference case setting.However, the actual
setting may need to deviate from the default, depending on the "
UtranCell
releaseAseDlNg 3
"Amount of ASE in the downlink t
o be released with each periodic congestion-resolution action targeting the nonguaranteed traffic class connections in this cell.The default setting is a refer
ence case setting. However, the actual setting may need to devia"
UtranCell
tmInitialG
3000
"Minimum time before congestionresolution actions are initiated on guaranteed traffic class connections in this
cell, after detection of downlink cell congestion. The default setting is a ref
erence case setting. However, the actual setting may need to dev"
UtranCell
directedRetryTarget
"Reference to the Extern
alGsmCell MO, containing the specification of this Load Sharing via Directed Ret
ry target cell. Special values: The default value ""empty"" indicates that no re
ference to any ExternalGsmCell is defined."
UtranCell
loadSharingGsmThreshold 75
Defines percentage of th
e guaranteed non-handover admission limit (pwrAdm) above which Directed Retry sh
ould be invoked Example: If the value of loadSharingGsmThreshold is set to 100 t
hen this means that the threshold at which voice calls are directed to
UtranCell
loadSharingGsmFraction 100
"Defines percentage of S
peech calls that can be directed to GSM after the loadSharingGsmThreshold has be
en exceeded Example: If the value of loadSharingGsmFraction is set to 0, this me
ans no voice calls subject to Directed Retry should be directed to GSM ("
UtranCell
hardIfhoCorr
3
Correction factor to be used in
the calculation of initial power for SRB in hard inter frequency handover situat
ions. Unit: dB
UtranCell
hsdpaUsersAdm 10
Admission limit for the number o
f users assigned to the HS-PDSCH/HS-SCCH in the cell. This limit is applicable b
oth to HSDPA RAB setup and to channel switching. Change takes effect: Immediatel
y
UtranCell
loadSharingMargin
0
Offset added to the down
link power of this cell at inter-frequency load sharing evaluation. Unit: % Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
sf4AdmUl
1000
"Admission limit for non-guarant
eed traffic class connections with UL SF = 4. Maximum number of radio links with
Spreading Factor = 4 in the uplink (UL SF = 4) for which new admission requests
for non-guaranteed traffic classes with admission class ""handov"
UtranCell
sf16gAdm
16
Admission limit for guaranteed t
raffic class connections with DL SF = 16. Maximum number of radio links with Spr
eading Factor = 16 in the downlink (DL SF = 16) for which new admission requests
for guaranteed traffic classes will continue to be allowed.Rea
UtranCell
sHcsRat 3
"RAT specific threshold in the serving c
ell used in the inter-RAT measurement rules.This parameter is used by the UE to
decide when to start GSM measurements for cell reselection,if the serving cell i
s indicated to belong to a Hierarchical Cell Structure ("
UtranCell
sf8AdmUl
50
eed traffic class connections with UL SF = 8. Maximum number of radio links with
Spreading Factor = 8 in the uplink (UL SF = 8) for which new admission requests
for non-guaranteed traffic classes with admission class ""handov"
UtranCell
sf16AdmUl
50
eed traffic class connections with UL SF = 16. Maximum number of radio links wit
h Spreading Factor = 16 in the uplink (UL SF = 16) for which new admission reque
sts for non-guaranteed traffic classes with admission class ""han"
UtranCell
sf8gAdmUl
8
"Admission limit for guaranteed
traffic class connections with UL SF = 8. Maximum number of radio links with Spr
eading Factor = 8 in the uplink (UL SF = 8) for which new admission requests for
guaranteed traffic classes with admission class ""handover"" or """
UtranCell
uraRef
Reference to the URA MO. There can be 0
or a maximum of 4 URAs per cell.
UtranCell
agpsEnabled
0
"Indicates that this cell is con
sidered to be A-GPS capable for emergency calls. For an emergency call, if any o
f the cells in the active set has agpsEnabled==TRUE, then a positioning attempt
will be made within UTRAN rather than handling the call over to "
UtranCell
eulServingCellUsersAdm 0
Admission threshold for
the number of E-DCH users having this cell as serving cell.Includes both 2 ms TT
I and 10 ms TTI users. Change takes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
eulNonServingCellUsersAdm
100
Admission thresh
old for the number of E-DCH users having this cell as non-serving cell. Change t
akes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
codeLoadThresholdDlSf128
100
Code load thresh
old to be used in the initial AMR rate selection algorithm for selecting SF128 o
r SF256 based AMR codec modes in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to
the total code load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RA
UtranCell
pwrLoadThresholdDlSpeech
Contains downlin
k power threshold values used for AMR rate selection.
UtranCell
aseLoadThresholdUlSpeech
Contains uplink
ASE threshold values used for AMR rate selection.
UtranCell
rateSelectionPsInteractive
Configuration of
preferred rate for PS Interactive RABs. This attribute is not used if either th
e dynamic RAB establishment feature or the flexible initial rate selection featu
re is not active for PS Interactive. Used by the Channel Switching and Connecti
UtranCell
accessClassesBarredCs [16] = FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0
ed for the CS domain for the feature Domain Specific Access Class Barring.Each b
oolean in the sequence represents one access class. The access class is restrict
ed by setting the boolean to TRUE ('barred'), otherwise "
UtranCell
accessClassesBarredPs [16] = FALSE(0) FALSE(0) FALSE(0
ed for the PS domain for the feature Domain Specific Access Class Barring.Each b
oolean in the sequence represents one access class. The access class is restrict
ed by setting the boolean to TRUE ('barred'), otherwise "
UtranCell
hcsSib3Config
Specifies the Hierarchical Cell
Structure Information Elements in System Information Block 3.
UtranCell
hcsUsage
"Specifies the Information Eleme
nts ""Use of HCS"" in System Information Blocks 11 and 12."
UtranCell
amrWbRateUlMax 0
Maximum AMR-WB rate to be used i
n the uplink for selecting the maximum rate at setup of an AMR-WB RAB.Only appli
cable for requests including AMR-WB. Unit: bps
UtranCell
amrWbRateDlMax 0
Maximum AMR-WB rate to be used i
n the downlink for selecting the maximum rate at setup of an AMR-WB RAB.Only app
licable for requests including AMR-WB. Unit: bps
UtranCell
antennaPosition
Contains the WGS84 location for
the antenna position of each cell.Change takes effect: New connections
UtranCell
ctchOccasionPeriod
255
Period of CTCH allocatio
ns on S-CCPCH.The CTCH occasions are identified by the first radio frame of the
TTI that can contain CTCH data. The CTCH occasions are fixed on the system frame
number cycle 0..4095 (no modulo calculation) and thus repeated cyclica
UtranCell
cellBroadcastSac
0
Cell Broadcast Service A
rea Code within a location area.Special values: Not defined is indicated by the
value -1. Change takes effect: Immediately
UtranCell
eulServingCellUsersAdmTti2
4
"Admission thres
hold for the number of 2 ms TTI E-DCH users having this cell as serving cell.App
licable at serving cell change, at RAB establishment and at reconfiguration to E
UL.Unit: E-DCH user Change takes effect: Immediately Dependencies: If the value
"
UtranCell
standAloneSrbSelector SRB136(1)
"Defines whether
SRB DCH 3.4, SRB DCH 13.6 or SRB on HS should be used as Stand-alone SRB in the
cell(s).When set to SRB34, SRB is setup on DCH(3.4)/DCH(3.4). When set to SRB13
6, SRB is setup on DCH(13.6)/DCH(13.6). When set to SRBHS, SRB is setup on HS if
"
UtranCell
amrNbSelector 0
"Defines whether AMR-NB single-r
ate or AMR-NB multi-rate should be supported in the cell. If any of the cells in
the active set is configured to SINGLE_RATE, AMR-NB single-rate will be selecte
d."
UtranCell
mocnCellProfileRef
Reference to a profile c
ontaining settings for the Cell MOCN feature for this cell. This attribute must
contain a valid reference when the Cell MOCN feature is active. Change takes eff
ect: New connections
UtranCell
transmissionScheme
0
Transmission technique f
or this cell. Change takes effect: Object disabled/enabled
UtranCell
spare 0
Spare attribute. It is intended for temp
orary solutions and its usage may vary depending on RNC release.
UtranCell
loadBasedHoSupport
0
Enables or disables the
feature Load Based Handover for Speech in this cell. Change takes effect: Ongoin
g connections
UtranCell
loadBasedHoType 0
Determines whether GSM LBHO or I
F Inter-frequency LBHO shall be used. Dependencies: Only used when loadBasedHoSu
pport is set to TRUE. This attribute is license-dependant. Change takes effect:
Next soft congestion trigger
UtranCell
fdpchSupport
Capability information indicatin
g if F-DPCH is supported in the cell as reported by RBS in RSI and Audit respons
e.
UtranCell
cbsSchedulePeriodLength
"Number of consecutive C
TCH occasions scheduled on S-CCPCH that, together with the CTCH occasion period
(configured through UtranCell::ctchOccasionPeriod), define a CBS Schedule Period
. Note: Value 256 is not a valid setting according to 3GPP 25.324 and sh"
UtranCell
ganHoEnabled
0
Indicates if GAN Handover is ena
bled from this cell.Dependencies: Not used if the license ganMobility is not act
ive. Change takes effect: At next evaluation of conditions for allowing a GAN me
asurement
UtranCell
serviceRestrictions
Indicates which services
are restricted in this cell.

UtranCell
cpcSupport
Indicates if CPC is supported in
this cell as reported by RBS.
UtranCell
hsIflsThreshUsers
0
"Threshold for triggerin
g HS interfrequency load sharing in the source cell, relative to the admission l
imit hsdpaUsersAdm. If more than hsIflsThreshUsers/100 * hsdpaUsersAdm HS users
are present when a RAB transition is being evaluated, load sharing is tr"
UtranCell
hsIflsMarginUsers
0
"Margin for HS interfreq
uency load sharing, relative to the admission limit hsdpaUsersAdm. When calculat
ing remaining free resources in the cell during evaluation of a RAB transition,
this margin is subtracted from the result, making the cell look more loa"
UtranCell
dchIflsThreshPower
0
g DCH interfrequency load sharing for rel99 DCH, relative to maximum downlink ca
rrier power utilization. If DL non-HS power + HS required power > dchIflsThreshP
ower/100 when a RAB transition is being evaluated, load sharing is trigg"
UtranCell
dchIflsThreshCode
0
g DCH interfrequency load sharing for rel99 DCH, relative to downlink code tree
utilization. If DL code tree utilization > dchIflsThreshCode/100 when a RAB tran
sition is being evaluated, load sharing is triggered. Setting this param"
UtranCell
dchIflsMarginPower
0
"Margin for DCH interfre
quency load sharing, relative to maximum downlink carrier power utilization. Whe
n calculating remaining free resources in the cell during evaluation of a RAB tr
ansition, this margin is subtracted from the result, making the cell loo"
UtranCell
dchIflsMarginCode
0
"Margin for DCH interfre
quency load sharing, relative to downlink code tree utilization. When calculatin
g remaining free resources in the cell during evaluation of a RAB transition, th
is margin is subtracted from the result, making the cell look more loade"
UtranCell
pathlossThreshold
0
"Pathloss threshold. A p
athloss check is performed before triggering a blind IFHO to a candidate cell, w
hen performing load sharing from DCH state. If the pathloss is higher than this
threshold, the blind IFHO is not allowed. Change takes effect: Immediate"
UtranCell
iflsMode
0
"Defines the types of RAB reconf
iguration that can trigger load sharing actions. Can be set to RAB Establishment
, Upswitch attempts caused by channel switching, or both. Change takes effect: I
mmediately"
UtranCell
aseLoadThresholdUlSpeech.amr12200
100
Threshol
d to be used in the initial AMR rate selection algorithm for selecting AMR12.2 s
peech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total uplink
ASE load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB.Unit: % Cha
nge tak
UtranCell
100
Threshol
d to be used in the initial AMR rate selection algorithm for selecting AMR5.9 sp
eech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total uplink A
SE load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB.Unit: % Chan
ge take
UtranCell
100
Threshol
peech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total uplink
ASE load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB.Unit: % Cha
nge tak
UtranCell
antennaPosition.latitude
0
"Latitude value
(N), derived by the formula: N <= (2^23) * (X / 90) < (N + 1) where X is the lat
itude in degrees (0??..90??). Unit: latitude unit"
UtranCell
antennaPosition.latitudeSign
0
The direction (n
orth or south) of the latitude value.
UtranCell
antennaPosition.longitude
0
"Longitude value
(N), derived by the formula: N <= (2^24) * (X / 360) < (N + 1) where X is the l
ongitude in degrees (-180??..+180??). Unit: longitude unit Resolution: 1"
UtranCell
hcsSib3Config.hcsPrio 0
Specifies the value of t
he Information Element HCS_PRIO in System information Block 3. Specification: 3G
PP TS 25.331
UtranCell
hcsSib3Config.qHcs
0
he Information Element Qhcs in System information Block 3. Specification: 3GPP T
S 25.331
UtranCell
hcsSib3Config.sSearchHcs
-105
Specifies the va
lue of the Information Element SsearchHCS in System information Block 3. Unit: d
B Resolution: 2 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.331
UtranCell
hcsUsage.connectedMode FALSE(0)
"Specifies the v
alue of the Information Element ""Use of HCS"" in System information Block 12. S
pecification: 3GPP TS 25.331"
UtranCell
hcsUsage.idleMode
FALSE(0)
"Specifies the v
alue of the Information Element ""Use of HCS"" in System information Block 11.Sp
ecification: 3GPP TS 25.331"
UtranCell
pwrLoadThresholdDlSpeech.amr12200
100
Threshol
peech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total downlin
k power load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB.Unit: %
Change
UtranCell
100
Threshol
d to be used in the initial AMR rate selection algorithm for selecting AMR5.9 sp
eech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total downlink
power load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB.Unit: %
Change
UtranCell
100
Threshol
peech codec in setup of speech requests. Expressed relative to the total downlin
k power load. Only applicable when establishing an AMR-NB multi-rate RAB. Unit:
% Chang
UtranCell
rateSelectionPsInteractive.channelType 0
"Defines
whether FACH or DCH is selected for PS Interactive RABs. If the dynamic RAB est
ablishment feature is not active for PS Interactive, then DCH is used for all PS
Interactive RABs. Value mapping: FACH: PS Interactive RABs are established on c
ommon ch"
UtranCell
rateSelectionPsInteractive.dlPrefRate 0
"Preferr
ed target rate in the downlink for upswitching. Applicable both when setting up
a non-HSDPA PS Interactive RAB, and when increasing the downlink rate of a PS in
teractive RAB from a rate below the preferred rate. If the flexible initial rate
selecti"
UtranCell
rateSelectionPsInteractive.ulPrefRate 0
"Preferr
ed target rate in the uplink for upswitching. Applicable both when setting up a
non-EUL PS Interactive RAB, and when increasing the uplink rate of a PS interact
ive RAB from a rate below the preferred rate. If the flexible initial rate selec
tion fea"
UtranCell
serviceRestrictions.csVideoCalls
0
Indicate
s if CS Video Calls are restricted or not.Change takes effect: Cell unlocked.
UtranNetwork
UtranNetworkId
UtranNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities
List of alias PLMN ident
ities for the Selective Handover feature. See the class description of UtranRela
tion for more details. Dependencies:Only used if Handover::selHoSup = TRUE and M
OCN is not used.
UtranNetwork
plmnIdentity
The PLMN identity of this UTRAN
Network.
UtranNetwork
reservedBy
s to this MO.See references in IurLink and CnOperator."
UtranNetwork
userLabel
UtranNetwork
UtranNetwork
UtranNetwork
The length of th
e MNC part of a PLMN identity used in the radio network Unit: digit
UtranNetwork
plmnIdentity.mcc
0
UtranNetwork
plmnIdentity.mnc
0
UtranNetwork
UtranRelation
adjacentCell
Reference to UtranCell (RNC or T
DRNC mirror) or ExternalUtranCell (SubNetwork) which contains the specification
of the adjacent cell. Even though this is not a restricted attribute it can only
be set by an operator upon MO creation and cannot be modified
UtranRelation
UtranRelationId
UtranRelation
nodeRelationType
Type of RNC node relatio
n.
UtranRelation
frequencyRelationType
"Type of frequency relat
ion. An intra-frequency relation has the same channel number in the uplink for b
oth cells in the relation (uarfcnUl), and the same number in the downlink for bo
th cells in the relation (uarfcnDl). Otherwise it is considered an inter"
UtranRelation
qOffset1sn
0
source and target cells. used when the IE ""cell_selection_and_reselection_quali
ty_measure"" in SIB 11/22 is set to ""CPICH RSCP"".This is configured through Ut
ranCell::qualMeasQuantity. Unit: dB"
UtranRelation
qOffset2sn
0
source and target cells. used when the IE ""cell_selection_and_reselection_quali
ty_measure"" in SIB 11/22 is set to ""CPICH Ec/No"". "
UtranRelation
utranCellRef
Reference to the UtranCell or Ex
ternalUtranCell MO that contains the specification of the adjacent cell.
UtranRelation
loadSharingCandidate
0
"Identifies whether the
target cell is an inter-frequency load sharing candidate of the source cell. In
order to set the value to TRUE (and thus define the target cell as a candidate f
or IFLS), the target cell and the source cell must belong to the same RB"
UtranRelation
selectionPriority
0
"Selection priority amon
g neighbour UTRAN relations for a UTRAN source cell. The neighbor cell priority
is used when building the monitored set, so that neighbor cells with higher prio
rity are included before low priority neighbors, for each cell in the ac"
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config
Specifies the Hierarchical Cell
Structure Information Elements in System Information Block 11.
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config.hcsPrio 0
he Information Element HCS_PRIO for a neighboring cell in System information Blo
ck 11. Specification: 3GPP TS 25.331
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config.penaltyTime
0
Specifies the va
lue of the Information Element Penalty_time for a neighboring cell in System inf
ormation Block 11. Unit: s Resolution: 10 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.331
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config.qHcs
0
he Information Element Qhcs for a neighboring cell in System information Block 1
1. Specification: 3GPP TS 25.331
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config.temporaryOffset1 0
Specifies the va
lue of the Information Element Temporary_offset1 for a neighboring cell in Syste
m information Block 11. The value 0 is used to represent infinity. Unit: dB Reso
lution: 3 Specification: 3GPP TS 25.331
UtranRelation
hcsSib11Config.temporaryOffset2 0
Specifies the va
lue of the Information Element Temporary_offset2 for a neighboring cell in Syste
m information Block 11. The value 0 is used to represent infinity. Unit: dB Spec
ification: 3GPP TS 25.331
Vc11Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc11Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm Timing Unit
11 (TU11) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - enable reporting

. false - disable reporting.
Vc11Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc11Ttp
operationalState
Vc11Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm VC11 Remote
Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - repor
ting disabled.
Vc11Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
"The shut-down timer. It is used when th
e administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, administr
ativeState is set to LOCKED. Unit: 1 s"
Vc11Ttp
Vc11TtpId
Vc11Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc11Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc11Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc11Ttp
hgTsAllocation DISTRIBUTED(1) The attribute can be set only if
there are no DS0 bundles connected to handling groups that are carried within t
his VC11 frame.
Vc11Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc11Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Vc11Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc11Ttp
operationalState
Vc11Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
ting disabled.
Vc11Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
Vc11Ttp
Vc11TtpId
Vc11Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc11Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc11Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc11Ttp
his VC11 frame.
Vc11Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc11Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Vc11Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc11Ttp
operationalState
Vc11Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
ting disabled.
Vc11Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
Vc11Ttp
Vc11TtpId

Vc11Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc11Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc11Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc11Ttp
his VC11 frame.
Vc12Ttp
Vc12TtpId
Vc12Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc12Ttp
"The transmitted path trace. The
string can be a maximum of 15 characters in length, or an empty string ("""").
A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL ch
aracters. The string consists of the characters ""A - Z"", ""a - z"", "
Vc12Ttp
expectedPathTrace
"The expected path trace. The st
ring can be of a maximum of 15 characters in length, or an empty string ("""").
aracters. The string can consist of the characters ""A - Z"", ""a - z"
Vc12Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
"Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM)
consequent action, that is for generation of Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) down
stream and Remote Defect Indication (RDI) upstream as a consequence of the TIM d
etection. true - enabled. false - disabled."
Vc12Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc12Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc12Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Vc12Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
ting disabled.
Vc12Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc12Ttp
operationalState
Vc12Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc12Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
Vc12Ttp
Vc12TtpId
Vc12Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc12Ttp
aracters. The string consists of the characters ""A - Z"", ""a - z"", "
Vc12Ttp
expectedPathTrace
aracters. The string can consist of the characters ""A - Z"", ""a - z"
Vc12Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc12Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0

Vc12Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc12Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Vc12Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
ting disabled.
Vc12Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc12Ttp
operationalState
Vc12Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc12Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
Vc12Ttp
Vc12TtpId
Vc12Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc12Ttp
aracters. The string consists of the characters ""0"" to ""9"", ""A"" to"
Vc12Ttp
expectedPathTrace
aracters. The string can consist of the characters ""0"" to ""9"", ""A"""
Vc12Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc12Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc12Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc12Ttp
tuAisReporting 0
Vc12Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
ting disabled.
Vc12Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vc12Ttp
operationalState
Vc12Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc12Ttp
shutDownTimeout 0
Vc3Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm Administrati
ve Unit (AU3) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued. true - enable repor
ting. false - disable reporting.
Vc3Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc3Ttp
expectedPathTrace
ring can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string (""""). A n
on-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL chara
cters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR an"
Vc3Ttp
operationalState
Vc3Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
"Indicates the format of the attributes,
expectedPathtrace and transmittedPathtrace. The format may be in 16 or 64 chara

cters. Usually, 16 is used for ETSI and 64 for ANSI/TTC. ITU_T_G707=16 GR_253_CO
RE=64 The 16-character format requires that 15 character"
Vc3Ttp
aracters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR"
Vc3Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc3Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc3Ttp
Vc3TtpId
Vc3Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc3Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc3Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm VC3 Remote D
efect Indication (RDI) is to be issued. true - enable reporting. false - disable
reporting.
Vc3Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Vc3Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc3Ttp
expectedPathTrace
Vc3Ttp
operationalState
Vc3Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
Vc3Ttp
Vc3Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc3Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc3Ttp
Vc3TtpId
Vc3Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc3Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc3Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
reporting.
Vc3Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Vc3Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc3Ttp
expectedPathTrace
Vc3Ttp
operationalState
Vc3Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
Vc3Ttp
Vc3Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc3Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc3Ttp
Vc3TtpId
Vc3Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc3Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc3Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
reporting.
Vc4Ttp
Vc4TtpId
Vc4Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc4Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
Vc4Ttp
"The transmitted path trace. Can
be defined in either 16-character format for ETSI or 64-character format for TT
C. The string can be a maximum of 15 or 62 characters in length, or an empty str
ing (""""). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded "
Vc4Ttp
expectedPathTrace
"The expected path trace. Can be
defined in either 16-character format for ETSI, or 64-character format for TTC.
The string can be a maximum of 15 or 62 characters in length, or an empty strin
g (""""). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded au"
Vc4Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc4Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Vc4Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
reporting.
Vc4Ttp
operationalState
Vc4Ttp
availabilityStatus

Vc4Ttp
reservedBy
Vc4Ttp
Vc4TtpId
Vc4Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc4Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
Vc4Ttp
Vc4Ttp
expectedPathTrace
Vc4Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc4Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Vc4Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
reporting.
Vc4Ttp
operationalState
Vc4Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc4Ttp
reservedBy
Vc4Ttp
Vc4TtpId
Vc4Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vc4Ttp
pathTraceFormat 0
Vc4Ttp
Vc4Ttp
expectedPathTrace
Vc4Ttp
timConsequentAction
0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegThreshold 0
Vc4Ttp
vcDegM 0
Vc4Ttp
auAisReporting 0
Vc4Ttp
vcRdiReporting 0
reporting.
Vc4Ttp
operationalState
Vc4Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vc4Ttp
reservedBy
VclTp
VclTpId
VclTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VclTp
externalVci
Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) The ide
ntifier for this Virtual Channel Link (VCL).
VclTp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that reserve thi
s MO instance.
VclTp
operationalState
VclTp
availabilityStatus
VclTp
counterActivation
0
"Indicates whether PM counters a
re activated for this MO instance, when a Performance Monitoring is created from
the PMS interface. If true, this attribute activates only PM counters of type P
DF, for this MO instance."
VclTp
atmTrafficDescriptorId
"Reference to an instance of Atm
TrafficDescriptor MO. If this reference is set to an new AtmTrafficDescriptor an
d the VclTp is linked to (reserved by) an Aal2PathVccTp, the Aal2PathVccTp must
be locked in order to allow other than bandwidth changes."
VclTp
VclTpId
VclTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VclTp
externalVci
VclTp
reservedBy
s MO instance.
VclTp
operationalState
VclTp
availabilityStatus
VclTp
counterActivation
0
VclTp
VclTp
VclTpId
VclTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VclTp
externalVci
VclTp
reservedBy
s MO instance.
VclTp
operationalState
VclTp
availabilityStatus
VclTp
counterActivation
0
VclTp
VirtualPath
VirtualPathId
VirtualPath
userLabel
label on the MO instance. ,"
VirtualPath
vplTpARef
The FDN of the first virtual pat
h termination point (VplTp MO or ExternalVplTp MO) for this virtual path.
VirtualPath
vplTpBRef
TThe FDN of the second virtual p
ath termination point (VplTp MO or ExternalVplTp MO) for this virtual path.
Vlan
reservedBy
Vlan
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vlan
vid
The VLAN Identifier. Each value within the speci
fied value range can be used by only one VLAN instance. Disturbances: Changing t
his attribute may cause traffic disturbances.
Vlan
VlanId
Vlan
vlanType
0
The type of the VLAN. Only one VLAN inst
ance can be configured with vlanType set to INTERNAL_IP_TRANSPORT. Only one VLAN
instance can be configured with vlanType set to BOARD_INTERNAL.
VpcTp
VpcTpId
VpcTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VpcTp
operationalState
VpcTp
availabilityStatus
VpcTp
continuityCheck 0
Specifies whether VP end-to-end continui
ty check is active. Continuity Checking (CC) means that a cell is sent downstrea
m when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. The contin
uity check both enables generation of CC cells as well
VpcTp
counterMode
0
"PM mode is set to indicate the type of
performance monitoring mode (that is, activation of bidirectional PM measurement
s)."
VpcTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
Nominal performance monitoring (PM) bloc
ksize. The minimum number of ATM cells to send before sending a Forward Performa
nce Monitoring (FPM) cell.
VpcTp
alarmReport
0
Specifies what type of alarms are report
ed.
VpcTp
VpcTpId
VpcTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VpcTp
operationalState
VpcTp
availabilityStatus
VpcTp
continuityCheck 0
VpcTp
counterMode
0
s)."
VpcTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
VpcTp
alarmReport
0
ed.
VpcTp
VpcTpId
VpcTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VpcTp
operationalState
VpcTp
availabilityStatus
VpcTp
continuityCheck 0
VpcTp
counterMode
0
s)."
VpcTp
nomPmBlkSize
0
VpcTp
alarmReport
0
ed.
VplTp
VplTpId
VplTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VplTp
operationalState
VplTp
availabilityStatus
VplTp
externalVpi
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) The identi
fier for this Virtual Path Link (VPL).
VplTp
atmTrafficDescriptor
Reference to an instance of AtmT
rafficDescriptor MO.
VplTp
VplTpId
VplTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VplTp
operationalState
VplTp
availabilityStatus
VplTp
externalVpi
VplTp
VplTp
VplTpId
VplTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
VplTp
operationalState
VplTp
availabilityStatus
VplTp
externalVpi
VplTp
Vt15Ttp
Vt15TtpId
Vt15Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vt15Ttp
aisVreporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm Alarm Indica
tion Signal - V (AIS-V) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - repor
ting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
rdiVreporting 0
Indicates whether the alarm Remote Defec
t Indication - V (RDI-V) is to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - repo
rting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
shutDownTimer 0
Vt15Ttp
operationalState
Vt15Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vt15Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vt15Ttp
Vt15TtpId
Vt15Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vt15Ttp
aisVreporting 0
ting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
rdiVreporting 0
rting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
shutDownTimer 0
Vt15Ttp
operationalState
Vt15Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vt15Ttp
administrativeState
0
Vt15Ttp
Vt15TtpId
Vt15Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Vt15Ttp
aisVreporting 0
ting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
rdiVreporting 0
rting disabled.
Vt15Ttp
shutDownTimer 0
Vt15Ttp
operationalState
Vt15Ttp
availabilityStatus
Vt15Ttp
administrativeState
0
WcdmaCarrier
WcdmaCarrierId
WcdmaCarrier
uarfcnDl
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Fre
quency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central downlink fre
quency. The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is described in 3G
PP specification TS 25.104. Dependencies: WcdmaCarrier instance
WcdmaCarrier
freqBand
0
"Specifies the 3GPP frequency ba
nds Value mapping: 0: ""unspecified"" 1: Band I 2: Band II 3: Band III 4: Band V
I 5: Band IV 6: Band V 7: Band VII 8: Band VIII 9..22: Band IX to Band XXII Chan
ge takes effect: Ongoing connections"
WcdmaCarrier
defaultHoType 0
"Indicates the ""preferred HO ty
pe"" for the Active Set cell in the DRNC connected parent IurLink. Applicable wh
en the WcdmaCarrier instance is a child of an IurLink. Change takes effect: Ongo
ing connections"
WcdmaCarrier
sib5bisEnabled 0
"Indicates if the ""System Infor
mation Block type 5bis"" will be broadcast instead of ""System Information Block
type 5"". Applicable when the WcdmaCarrier instance is a child of RncFunction."
WcdmaCarrier
userLabel
WebServer
WebServerId
WebServer
userLabel
Label for free use.
WebServer
Contains the SwAllocatio
n instance that reserves this MO instance. Restriction: This MO instance can be
reserved by only one instance of SwAllocation.
WebServer
WebServerId
WebServer
userLabel
Label for free use.
WebServer
WebServer
WebServerId
WebServer
XalmDeviceGroup
usageState
XalmDeviceGroup
XalmDeviceGroupId
XalmDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
XalmDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
]
XalmDeviceGroup
operationalState
XpProgram
loadModule
"Reference to the corresponding
LoadModule MO. It contains information for loading, that is, product data, load
module file path and file size. The XpProgram MO may be created by the system an
d then this attribute may be set to NULL. However, when created "
XpProgram
startState
0
"Shows whether the XpProgram is
allowed to be used after an auxiliary unit restart (allowed if enabled). Possibl
e values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: AUC_311, AUC_312, AUC_318 Dependencies
: Only 1 program is allowed to have the state ENABLED at the sam"
XpProgram
XpProgramId

3G Baseline Parameters

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3G Baseline Parameters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MOC_Name

thVccTp MOs connectected to this Aal2Ap MO, where administrativeState is LOCKED

3bAp MO that provides a signalling link for the Aal2Ap MO.

e. When setting the admininstrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, 1800 seconds (30 minu

e Point for Class C. Recommended value for Class C, 130."

applicable for QoS Class C.

TU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04 Ref. [FS_AUC]

LL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: DBC_UC906 Specification:

tory when serviceCategory is CBR. When serviceCategory is set to UBR+, egressAtm

FF_DUTY ? LOG_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: AUC_307

CY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LOG_FU

ndition: Hardware must be installed. Ref. [FS_PIY]"

n Data, 1/15502-HRB 105 602. User category: Ericsson personnel."

icsson personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]

state. Possible values: ? DISABLED ? ENABLED Use cases: AUC_310 Specification: I

e test. Possible values: ? FAILED ? PASSED ? PENDING ? UNDETERMINED Ref. [FS_HWT

onVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."

adedConfigurationVersion, after a node restart, where this is changed to the val

akes effect: New connection

G_FULL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Use cases: DBC_905 Specificatio

ication: ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05 Ref. [FS_DBC]

that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: DBC_UC906 Ref. [FS_DBC]

It contains details about operationalState.

that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: DBC_UC905Ref. [FS_DBC]

ty information indicating if EUL is supported in the cell

g from the right-most SCB."

that reserve this MO instance.

ding to IEEE 8021D: 0 - Best effort 1 - Background 2 - Spare 3 - Excellent effor

ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset to less than interFreqCnhhoPenaltyRscp.This

tically when the MO instance is created.

status of the IpAccessHostPool.More than one of the following conditions can ap

gure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board. The interfac"

igured, that is the attribute linkType of the GigaBitEthernet MO is set to FRONT

elevant, if rps = false. Unit: 1s"

figured, the value of this attribute is DISABLED. If router path supervision is

streams allocated in the RBS. Ref. [CB_DCC]

y Ericsson personnel. Special values: -1: indicates that IubLink::atmUserPlaneTe

physical line interface.

and version of the MIM on the node.

LED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable. - DEGRADED: the corresponding destin

ttribute is valid, only if nodeBehaviour is set to SEP (Signalling End Point). I

mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t

attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfilled: - No external MTP3b u

ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received. Appli

iority for signalling route test (SRT/SRA) messages.

io Network Ref. [CB_ICC]

reference is only used if the controlPlaneTransportOption is set to IPv4. Use c

attribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel1OnSet < discardMessagesLevel1 <=

d. Possible values: ? ENABLED ? DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emerg

ed RBS', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or n

r DEACTIVATED. Possible values: ? ACTIVATED ? DEACTIVATEDDependencies: Can only

ond. If the threshold is exceeded, that second is considered as a bad second. De

eighbor router is declared dead when not heard from. Unit: 1 s

LL ? NO STATUS = Full availability. Ref. [CB_MOP]

N_PROGRESS = 1 PARTLY_REALIZED = 2, FAILED = 3, COMPLETE = 4, TERMINATING= 5, TE

dentity used in the radio network.

Change takes effect: New connections

n personnel.Value mapping: 0: None 1: Event E 2: Event F 3: Both (1&2)

e program have its startState enabled at the same time. "

NDENCY_LOCKED ? DEPENDENCY_FAILED ? FAILED ? OFF_LINE ? DEGRADED ? OFF_DUTY ? LO

n personnel Ref. [CB_UTS]

_2MS_TTI_NON_CAPABLE Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NB

or the RES services containing Streaming: - PSSTRDCHHS - PSSTRDCHHS_ALL - PSSTRD